a tate CT Att Ne MM fae IE AGA IN Nhe te
GE MI Re Pa tH rn et een cS SPY oP apenas AGihnth A> APL IS Bett one Vee
biaeeipecnisdaierendce cares ee ee rE
OE ee ee

aaa ieadien ae

: SS in ge RO Tatar i
\ dbeteemenenen sae atien te rake eae ee

< LPN Back sf Tee CB Ena BAIN a fa emt A : ;
— At nt oO tt Be aE oA abit ts aps oe ee ee aae. i r a eee ey
: Hira BRI AM oe Fe Fw 9 Bout ote en Parnes ee i AE on Bn ty agin atancaednaltat bie det et eae Oe ee Ce ans

ahead nicer aii armada pite. igen - Say areer gee ae SFA Aman dB nh te aL eh Re Rete MTL ines Tenn atan #
ar Snow wap ta witatag retro anions Bega = Sel A I EP Pte fe ete nee aS IE eee ae ate
IL AB atinh glinbrnion aw. petiy tech w renee ag ohn ah oir eNO NE Bt be Prk 0D melee Be Me hedin inn Dn Petal a tt tin dtc Pa, hm Core! iin fin, : . : :
A Sa KPA A nm toe tA ee gots = et D0 ont tat ght Li aed ob eA RAL tl Be Sen be aA oBna Bs Pt aide tethiiiidiiaet ieedeiintueed eet ot ie ie ee ee hn ; . - “
ee ee papee ei Stina hialnantetantdemitiete ee FP LIBS I ORF At AD An BRN fin Pd mesg beer Fon fran ied > Bots ne

BO A te me A EG he th ote EAS, Seoanead Atta Rete Sheena ct Aere

PEO Ap nenbee> iz i aienaetiebioabiaieis Oo ee eee

SN et oh Chen he noe etal he Benn Reh thats AK yitherd tr hae Sere atin aah Whe lon thie Se eee eee SEN ay a eee te eth ety So Ment clan a Re Pan tae Ee eet eet Ee at eesiatatociae-tie oot ete We

ee Ae ih nails, eh a gah a ” a 7 - = - hate et ete ene ee a a ee Ne re ee ee Oe ee ee arene
sect: raed Fn te, Pa wal Anca Nested wiz eee tla 2 Ham he Finn he om 0B 9 0 SA a ea = Rail Line, Be wae Oa ia, ch So Seah eo rm we hyn he mae afl taal arb wte hatremk: N= A Reh in Sy ee RA LL Thay Lie RL Tg hae IE a tre RT Me Ba tw n= Rae oem ent on Rag Ant MAI nS nthe SN te Neg Re Baie tom
OY hia LR oe Rate ty Sone Do AEE ye Kuirn fre Rees meee Be OR resi tatg meth a rath omrare Pte ke Tonite Rar Fe wet Edit he IN treet POY Qe BiPno ds, oe Booth cays eh er 2 eA ane Agee onc ka al AS SM AAA Tater te Sole ra Ae ein ek nn Rae Men overt: ec ‘ aie escienpt - = ~
Oe snp Hla is*» PP tat Eom wnath tS PoP ed ond Bod. POA ied are ge, oe = rake feta tN Ranbir, ia a Ame st SD Neb, Athy Bien So P LIN. AEG seth oy ens bap fm RN at Py ne I PN NANG one I oct th Be OS i thee hag Ran Ag SE wen tine wm Segenan Mh Bh tam eRe Nae ae A heer SNS at STR oi whe ees fe tee ee ee
at Se debian Fie aiedathalgtae aie PO CAEL eh AN CE Pl: SP PRP IR AE oat a, ty DOD Me ds TN maf acts Pm theme Pt EEA eR ot NOON StF omg DC TN AN eee ihe A AN tr Dy Am ah OH i Ta Me Ri herp Mi Ma ANE RR Sy MEA EN ALY eS By oon Dn eg ei RTM han, ANE A orpeticens «ede osha
PHPBB NetheBabilip ihre tc aol ncretipthioul ohh ba ow pe =* Ot eR nN boaters es na Dare A oa a nt ot = ew RS I ye er ete Net gtem: Ba ene RI A Bn erm Nate te A it ha | Tree NaN nS ee te ce Me tr we ti Me Oe I Neate em a, = tent e Ro ete ieee
PE bP, oa AP MP Behn nied at ae ait arnt loge Bhd cere ae OS EE OR Rig A Btn testi, GAA Be. Pia intrtaclle Pte ph 5 on tim PLAN AINE a Met 2 RO aN AACE Ty Mt IN WN A Ch A Aen beth 5 <Q te Ree Remens Medlt Fig hn cach Slee StL Mapu ty Fa Once keene. ene
besleaemna ee ee ee ae ne tN DLT BONE ELS ABS RARE Dro h Pte A ALE LO Credle Fan A Ads-8 asteesdho> We ie eh Se ete rng eet et SMT ES erty Pe gem ot TRY A aerate aietg Eee tg Bact Eh at tng Sate eh eel mt Rk tes Fu etn ee Me afi Magtheynany, are aw hc Baten Beh ae
A ANP atlanta Ciof athind Ine Be oe kn po ares Settlers aplern aries aed nn RN Peet BA nen Reb 0. IRIN Ey eT atN hy BN PL Badin Che nS Fy te He AAAS Shorty dry oho ote ARE ee Nae LA a MN SSRN SRN Nae te ae Teeny oe ne ena hn aR ng ee Le ee
AP POL wi ae ot th Pm yap ees Ont ha oe Mt it we th! imps dh a. heok de tie 7 a ara : ae i ee Sree ere a ee ee ee ee ee
af Re AntteMn 3 ents bo nA nh £8 wy pep - fd oe ee ee re Te Re Rent Se gh Abs Tee a et ee tomas ee a aac aa ane nore na Ait ponte I ~ bac tent—t = Shae -
= ee ee rE Ak iO so a pera nae Povey k- i : : ne ne ee eee ON Ae Hh Me A er Re Rea Rg en a RS BON io Se eee
ininiaisinid haa ee < ae A rad oa Bo z ene EEO CES rornt ia eal-Renagg ee

RF Kate eda ot 4e, 1D ihe.
- Pet mentee aA. A int AP Fim END oP me FB et PO btn Ot Oa te
Pn Fe ra mre ele 7 ene

~ ‘= . a awe = en indo? eyaeut® epee te os
OR BO apne RET LO OI Bee Ratna Ma BPR wars nl, ty ele A dy Rn BP Ne Re hn eth eB ten Me Tale ees at ie ete i ek aN i eieaaieeiiatrts ton a a

BF trie Ment N Pn Son yrs ty in La Fh wt nn EO, Rat RM ERO Ae RS i tbe it hate eine A oth Ge dnt NETS barnett o +n Berth e We atin tte ke

4 7 a Elie ee - NOEL EN Ti aA PN EB EIN IE hE Pattee tb then Gamee Ms Sk Rete wets t te, ho ae aT a ee we ee ee tae ey oi RD

~ oP hams Sal d ectead Sena de ; : .
~<PeKad poner Net sine ers es ot hee Pint tee trae % . Ree ee ¥ mn ale NR eI. he et 4 inne re be Ac + hace © attgrTclin pang tena Restate eee
Fredy Fe eh sed item une pA rtenasicd eres oe - rang: ss eT ar Ce, eee eee ee er es eae ee eS eee a ae ee == ner ma tt ein
Peed Pate kotha sep Lid te. Le At ebactiiewnd need ner = RNAS ah at hair Near A em ME tM tins tS Sesangne Re te eg NC Malta Raho: Salk a A mtinranl Ea cathe Non hea uet etin -

I Pint PM Ant Se Dh ott rth we SL AAT SS a ch ath lee At anh on

plinth bit hahaa tanta aiinnttintl iat tied edna et atha tin tatieitin he ett ae hed ceeiinatintindh tate eaten rete

7 Fk a Se NS ell he, ian he Pet et, ae Toren » » + ae epabaitnainiinstath’ Whtesaneinanrie ts senate
Na hy Be Pe eel met ee aig teas - ae tea aa rete ong ae
‘aaa = ON eee Fe ee PEE. Fe ee ee a oF aR at A ote ae TO CE SA RM RR ety ae

lie SPs alt Pet ON ve Aer on, whe

ee a ee ee
Pah ene soe da pe Rg et

: Nee eh ee 6 OA ede dt Pip
8 AD Ss he teh Mele t Mamebens on tna? yb pa etanymg toes Buti

. 4. ee oe aN ee a ak es ee Oe ee oe oe
Na ae NR a ate pl

eX 5, es ee on A AO Rn = eee
ong Raita Meat ae the fa we ee ar So ees
a ee ee oe

ee ee

D6 a a mde thn
a id

a eee oe

- fail aad aah lek re P
a3 : ~~ <a = ate e aha ete oe eet
; : : 7 - ee Spe. oe
= a ee < > tnt
Rewvetete- oe = eee
: - - ate em mane
i Naar wh aR ee a ee :
ete Pai patina NA? eatin hai OF
k ee ee an os
Nee Nete pha te —
. . en ee ae
Perea a se a ae eee —
- BS . pS re oe
es “ 2 ~ eae
7 5 a ee 2 zs
2 ba z «4 ; o" ; ;
- a £ 22 -- . * ate
~ wree - “ epee 4 ~ -: _ te =
— ‘ ; : ‘ 7 2 = . . ied - — <a 7 S
/ , oes ° a - eS Ret gO ee oe mae teh?
. ; , ~ ae - =~ te “a s
a = ‘ N . - — ~ - ote ~
ns : 7 : ea a - ‘ =, < « a
: : - - i ote Clie =. - ~ ~ ate ee = “/ ~ -
== os ~ .-
: - 7 ~ - - ~ a
: fag ’ Seok We" © Rewer o + 6 lat ces = * 7 ese" Behera ns tN
: : ; - ines -
= a ~ ‘ :
- 7 , :
7 7 = * -
b oa - plik od
= * os - a -
: , ~ 7 ~ =
= - ra -
a0 : ‘ag
* “ ~ 2 Be ~ - : =i
~. B Ps :
- ‘ = - aes : : ‘ ; :
. ro : a i ” 4 7 - é 7 + ie > = ~~ - ee eee = ~
- . ee (tea iecn a ‘ P . : : ros 7
i fa a ee

RA aR NN, Re Bie a ek Me eee 8B Net Oe aging tr In Eaten Tie etetanr! te mee ee Nae thate tate ane aa se
8 ANN athe tere nae eel ae SATE Ee A a i dey STE Set oe itt” ane eR At ae ati Tete aa FS ree! Koclinedieieiieeiataieteetaeals

~ : : state tacts Mey PRA ain he enon tan tee =
ee Tate ene s ee) Se eee rt then

NAS agente tet et +
. - = ton Pe nae Bs tn ne

bw ee ;

ag A EN a TE I a Be A ait ak RS WA a elt ag Lt fell etn Mee AE ae earn berg Mt te Th! eRe Ra ee at
- 2. Aan AS Tana e amhnntin = A ante Seat omen aN Tent wh nth, ig tn Wyte tern ooh hn Sa.” Minette cha nates
toe Amon eh Bin gOS ES RE SE AR Rn RS CNS ah MS pd Liege no aD thn eo ee PR ee ee eee ete
SER am og te yeh PR eet Nie et egg Mle te te re mn a Flee actin ME Agi eR hein a there Gah. Ss Se et Et en ee

TE Set ts te

+ + whet aren af

Ne ee

8 stm ne wma een fase one

Pe ere 4. Hee See em,

NOILALI
LIBRAR
NOIMLALIL

RARIES SMITHSONIAN

z i =
Oo a 2)
5. 2 5
F 3 = Ke
aed e —
Z 4 Zz
Sp ESSN TC SN INGSHEING aS IyYVvdg Poti BRARIES
= v E us
‘Ss a ‘2 ‘
O 2 eee O ew
7) @: WY KK *
Ee z = Y
= > = s
Tp) zz ) =
RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI

r

eS / |

SLB URSER

ALILSNI || Bes

LIWS SAiNYY Ald

|

~ fey tae

SCAG EURAREREZE

. ius

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

Division of Mollusks
Sectional Library

RARIES Semoun vor. WOLTEELonNi
5 : :
ah “ om ©
= a =
ae =
ey = Fe
iE z 2
Z 7 Z
PALIISNI_ NVINOSHLINS Sa l\uYvug rou BRARIES
oe = ‘et Ne
“op 4 Zz ae , a yg ae NS
Lf * LY 2 &S
ao ws @® = SS
RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

LES
PES

“SON,

LSNI

aL 4

Zz
ASVA
VS5LIN Ww

RAR I

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIB

NVINOSHLINS S3tu¥Vvudl

NVINOSHIINS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

{William Healey Dall

NVYITWUSALIVYS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

ONG

NOILALIL

SMITHSONIAN

SAIYVHE

INSTITUTION

INSTITUTI

NS ie
SS
Wa ‘
N

\ >
SJiuVUE

BRARIES

Saluwud

”

NVINOSHLINS SA3IYVYagTT Li

INSTITUTIC

Saliuvag

INSTITUTION NOTLINIILSNI

INSTITUTIC

SMITHSONIAN

saiuvug

PES

mys S a: = oc ie
2 3 : = :
| 7 GF
BRARIES ee en eT TUTON NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uW2
is a= Sig Zz
Dye oO 2 © w 2
es > = a 4 5
RED? a — 0 ie
a _ = an bm
Z es Zz Be Z
SNI NVINOSHLIWS ~ INSTITU
2 Z 2 =) < &.
i = é z ZO
: g : g e
ti = eae i z =
Vif, d. — =o —— —
ARI oO MTHSONIAN pNOlLNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Saledve
: o ! Go &
— Ee a ae acy . os
= z 4 c + on eo
fe” ar on os \ ac
yy a 4 oO — = ro)
oj a Zz oF Zz Se
JILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3SIYVYdSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU
ur) w = ow = é ow
f a x : > a) 5 ; =e)
ee > ee ny >
= \ E os ae a
RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI ~ NVINOSHLIWS S3S!I1YVy
n Weer ” Zz n i
= < = < =
pa z = oz 4
Be oO a Me (QN a
@ ” ap) Sai) ”
Oo Aa oO = Oo
<2 fee 2, fe =
. 2 es 5 z
TSN! _NVINOSHLIWS Sal YVYd!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU
az Zz a Zz
” — n ud YY,
a = = - Yn, =
om viet - < Ye fo 7 A
Sei oe cS oe Pf Ue ee
= 0 a aa) a foe =
S = ae a 8
ARIES SN NS TT UTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31yVves
Be <. aa Zz
oO a ) = is)
5 ef 2 E “ Ee
fe Zs YY cad i a =
Uy 2 = 2 =
i a a ; g
2 : = a) =
ALILSNI NVINOSHLINS “S3luVuaIt LIBRARIES
Padi 2) Zz aire, OM se
“pad ; = 4 = N = <
wir af z - Zz
fe) =. o .
7 Y)
a Gane ae O Se
a 2 z = ia
ye 3 Sa We S
: 7)
AR| ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYWY
( Lil Daa, Nea uu Asem > w CK Lud Soa
a ju ip i dp me td a) cg AN 5 SO aa eS '

PROCEEDINGS — von of Mets

OF THE

Moston Society of Aatural Pistory.

VOU ok 1X.

18s'76-18 78.

BOs 1 ON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY.
1878.

PUBLISHING COMMITTEE.

S. H. ScuppER, Epwarb BuRGEss,
S. L. Asppot, M.D., AupHEUs Hyatt,

J. A. ALLEN.

CONTENTS OF VOL. XIX.

Page:
General Meeting, October 4, 1876. . , , : ‘ 1

Mr. C. S. Minot. The close ee? penne Worms and Vou
brates. : R - : 1
General Meeting, Ooreber 18, 1876. : : . 2
Dr. T. Sterry Hunt. The Quebec Group in Geolosa, 2
Section of Entomology, October 25, 1876. . 4

Mr, E. P. Austin. On the species of Sunius and Bedemn: cund in the
United States 4
General Meeting, Vowanier 1, 1876. 11
Election of Associate Members . . 11
Prof. A. Hyatt. The Embryology of Sponres: . 12
General Meeting, November 15, 1876. : . : 17
Mr. C. S. Minor. On the Cl a afication of the Lower nee 17
General Meeting, December 6, 1876. . : ‘ 26
THE PRESIDENT. Remarks on the death of Mr. Bayard Picker ing . 26

Mr. SAMUEL H. ScuppER. A mae ae of Orthoptera. Decade VII.
Acrydii : 1 : : ; : 3 my 25

New forms of Saleator ial Orthoptera from the Southern United
States - , : : : 3 . ; 5 » 85

Baron C. R. OsTEN Sack aN, Report on the Diptera brought home by
Dr. Bessels from the arctic voyage of the “ Polaris ’’ in 1872 41
Mr. Wiuu1AM H. Datu. Note on “ Die Gasteropoden Fauna Baikalsees”’. 48
Dr. W. G. FARLow. On certain Algz in Horn Pond, Woburn 47
General Meeting, December 20, 1876. ‘ on a

Rev. GEorGE F. Wricut. Some Pee Mc nle Grae Ridges in ine Mer-
rimack Valley (Plates 1-3) : 47
Prof. C. H. Hircucock. Lenticular Hills of Glacial Drift 63
General Meeting, January 3, 1877. 68

Mr. J. H. Emerton. A or of the Spiders of Barope and
North America ; 68

Dr. H. A. HAGEN. Remarks on ne occurrence of White Ants in the
West and North-West . . . : 72

Extract from a letter by Baron Osten Sacken on mine Sracice 6 ise
mes found by him in California P 72
Note by Dr. Hagen . ‘ . . A . 73
74

Letter from Mr. H. S. Treherne

Page.
Section of Botany, January 10, 1877. : 75
Dr. AsA GRAy. On some remarkable specimens of alia incase 75
General Meeting, January 17, 1877. 76
Election of Associate Members : 76
Dr. T. M. Brewer. Eggs of Molothrus bonaplensis : 76
Resolutions on the death of Mr. F. B. Meek 76
Change in the Constitution . 77
General Meeting, February 7, 1877. ayy te
Mr. SAmuEL H. ScuppER. On the Phenomena of Cirealations in Tnooete we
General Meeting, February 21, 1877. . 70
Election of Treasurer : : : : : ; 79
General Meeting, March 7, 1877. - : : ; : : 80
Election of Associate Members . 80
Mr. SAMUEL H. ScuppER. The Florida Ortop eclleated by Mr.
J. Henry Comstock : 80
Dr. W. J. Horrman. List of Mem reals (ound in the ‘vicky of
Grand River, D. T. : 5 94
Mr. THEODORE LyMAN. Mode of Rériine among Asttophaeaae (Plates
AEN ae tae ARs 102
General Meeting, } Merc 21, “1877, 109
Capt. CHARLES BrenpirE, U.S. A. Notes on some of the Binds found
in Southeastern Oregon, particularly in the vicinity of Camp
Harney, from November 1874 to January 1877 109
General Meetiny, April 4, 1877 : 149
Mr. W. B. BARRows. Catalogue of the Alcidz écataivedy in the Mosca
of the Society, with a Review and proposed Classification of the
Family . : A ‘ : ; - L 150
Section of Botany, April i, 1877; . : 165_
General Meeting, April 18, 1877 . 165
Mr, CuHarues §. Minor. On the Formation of the Gemiea Layers fs
the phenomena of Impregnation among Animals 165
Prof. Jonn McCrapy. A Provisional Theory of Generation 171
Annual Meeting, May 2, 1877 - 186
Prof. A. Hyatr. Custodian’s Report : ‘ 186
Mr. E. Bureess. Secretary’s Report a : ‘ : , 192
Mr. C. W. ScuppER. Treasurer’s Report 195
Election of Officers for 1877-78 196
Election of Members 197
Mr. S. W. GARMAN. On the Belge ane Bacterial Seana Orang of Se-
lachians, with especial references to the New Genera Potamotry-
gon and Disceus : 197
Section of Botany, May 9, 1877 A 215
Mr. Byron D. HAustED. Notes upon Vemation : 215
General Meeting, May 16, 1877 . 216
Mr. M. Epwarp WapswortH. Notes on the Mincareiloeee act Potro:
graphy of Boston and Vicinity . ; : 217

Page.
On the Granite of North Jay, Maine 237
Fusibility of the Amorphous Varieties of Quartz. 238
Dr. T. M. Brewer. Remarks on Plectrophanes ornatus . 239

Mr. L. J. K. Brace. Notes on Birds observed at New Bassidennes Be
hamas : : ; ; . 240
Mr. N. B. Moore. List of ‘Birds seen tin the Bakfanas, Faliv-De, 1876 241
Observations on some Birds seen near Nassau . : - 243
Section of Botany, May 23, 1877 247
Section of Entomology, May 23, 1877 247

Mr. S. H. ScuppEer. An Insect Wing of extreme Simplicity fron the
Coal Formation : 248
Section of Entomology, Tne 20, 187 7 : 250
Messrs. EMERTON and AusTIN. On White Mountain Tiseees : 250
General Meeting, October 38, 1877 251
Mr. M. E. WapswortH. On the so-called Trerncite of Mowbaty; eee. 251

Dr. T. M. BREwerR. On the Occurrence of Micropalama himantopus in
New England . 252
General Meeting, October 17, 1877 : - : : 257
General Meeting, November 7, 1877 . 5 - : ‘ . 257
General Meeting, November 21, 1877. 258
General Meeting, December 5, 1877 - 259

Dr. T. M. Brewer. Remarks on the House Sparrow sae five SiipRar-
crested Caterpillar. 260

Mr. A. R. Grote. On the Pyralid Genins Epipesehia of Glemens! sei
allied Forms - - : ; - . 262
General Meeting. Docsnber 19, 1877 . 266
Prof. E>warp S. Morsre. Remarks on Lingula, and Japanese Pottery 266
Section of Entomology, December 26, 1877 267
Mr. W. H. Hupsarp. Notes on the eee Nests of Termites in Warwatoa 267
Mr, S. H. ScuppErR. Note on Termes Riperti 275
General Meeting, January 2, 1878 275
Dr, T. SteRRY Hunt. Geology of the Eozoic. Rages of ‘North ices 275
Mr. F. W. Putnam. Remarks on the Male of the Eel . 279
General Meeting, January 16, 1878 281
Section of Entomology, January 23, 1878 281

Mr. S. H. ScuppER. Remarks on eatnptonas and Melanepttis, with a
notice of New England Species 281
Species of Melanoplus found West of the 117th Meridian: 286

Mr. Epwarp Burcess. The Anatomy of the Head, and Structure of
the Maxilla in the Psocide (Plate 8) 291

Mr. S. H. ScuppER. Rachura,a New Genus of Fossil Gattaced, (Plate
9, fig. 3) . : 296
A Canter. Persies con ‘Illinois 300
General Meeting, February 6, 1878 301

Dr. T. M. BREWER. Notes on New Engiand Birds, with ‘Additions e fe
: : 301

Catalogue |

vi

Page.
General Meeting, February 20, 1878. : : - 809
Mr. M. E. WapswortH. Notes on the Pelrcuiiphy ée Queen and Rock-
port : é - 3809
Prof. H. WEYENBERGH. Two New Satie: of Pachylu from the ‘hinge
tine Republic . : : . : : . 3816
Section of Entomology, Febiaary ‘OT, 1978 . : : - 320
Mr. Epwarp BurezEss. Two ne ae American Diptera (Plate 2
figs. 1, 2) . : : : : : = . 3820
General Meeting, March 6, 1878 . ‘ : : - . 3824
Prof. W. H. Nizes. Zones of cece Physical Featur es agen Mountain
Slopes. - : : : ‘ ‘ . 3824
General Meeting, March 20, “1878 : : 330
Prof. W. H. Nites. Relative Agency of Glaciane ane Suite Glacial
Streams in the Erosion of Valleys : : : é : . 830
Section of Entomology, March 27, 1878 : : : aes - 3836
Mr. S. H. ScuppER. Note on Dimorphism in Acrydians : ; - 3886
General Meeting, April 3,1878 . 5 : d - 3837

Prof. B. G. WiutpER. Aér al Respiration in che Mud Fish : : . 837
An apparatus to illustrate the action of the Diaphragm in Respiration 337

General Meeting, April 17,1878 . A . 838
Mr. RicHARD RATHBUN. Sketch of the Life anit Scientific Work of Pro-
fessor Charles Frederic Hartt . z 338

Mr. P, R. Unter. A list of the Hemiptera Heteroptera i in the Collection
of the late T. W. Harris, ‘ : : E : : . 3865

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

TAKEN FROM THE SOCIETY’S RECORDS.

General Meeting, October 4, 1876.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Twenty-
nine persons present.

Mr. Chas. 8. Minot gave an account of the investigations
of Semper, Balfour, Schultz, Dohrn, Miller, Meyer, Spengel,
Brown, Rolph, and others, tending to prove a close relation-
ship between Worms and Vertebrates, and the necessity for
a new group, Protochordate.

Mr. Minot spoke of the bigeminal evolution in Annelids, and of
the Annelidan character of the segmental organs of the Vertebrates.
He then discussed the segmentation in Worms and other classes, and
the removal of Amphioxus and the Ascidians to a side branch, away
from the main stem of the Vertebrates. He finally mentioned the
difficulty of explaining the origin of the limbs and the position of the
mouth in Vertebrates. He concluded that the nearest relatives of
the Vertebrates are not the Molluscs, but the Annelids.

A letter was read from Mr. C. F. Winslow, relating to the
occurrence of Alasmadonta in the Warm Spring Lake, a mile
or two north of Salt Lake City.

The tepid water of the lake is impregnated with sulphur. Be-
sides Alasmadonta, several Helices, as well as diatoms, ete., are
found. Specimens of the former, and also some Artemiz: from the
Great Salt Lake, were presented to the Society.

PROCEEDINGS B.S. N. H.— VOL. XIX. 1 MARCH, 1877.

Hunt.] 2 [October 18,

General Meeting, October 18, 1876.
Dr. 8. Kneeland in the chair. Sixteen persons present.

Dr. T. Sterry Hunt read a paper on the Quebec group, of
which the following is an abstract: —

Tur QueBEec Group IN GEoLoGy. By Dr. T. Sterry Hunt.

The name of Quebec group was given by the late Sir W. E.
Logan to a series of uncrystalline strata which form the heights of
Quebec and much of the region adjacent, and are thence traced
northeasterly along the valley of the St. Lawrence, and southwest-
erly as far as Lake Champlain. These strata were at first regarded
by Logan as including the Utica, Loraine and Oneida divisions of
the New York series, but were subsequently found from their or-
ganic remains to belong to an horizon below the Trenton limestone,
and were then first named by him the “ Quebec group.” They cor-
respond to the Upper Taconic series of Emmons. According to
Logan, this Quebec group may be divided into three parts; the lower
or Levis division, including graptolitic shales overlaid by fossiliferous
limestones; the middle or Lauzon division, consisting chiefly of sand-
stones and shales, and not known to contain fossils; and the upper or
Sillery division, a great mass of red sandstones with red and green
‘shales, in which the only organic remains were an obscure Lingula
anda species of Obolella.

The limestones of the Levis division contain a very abundant
fauna described by Billings, which was shown by him to belong to
an horizon near that of the Calciferous and Chazy divisions of the
New York series. It is this fauna which has been looked upon as
indicating elsewhere the presence of the Quebec group. These three
divisions at Quebec have a measured thickness of over five thousand
feet, and are found dipping at a high angle to the southeast. The
whole was described by Logan as having originally occupied a posi-
tion conformably beneath the Trenton limestone of the vicinity, and
as having been brought to the surface by a great break and uplift of
the strata.

The speaker however showed in 1871-2 that this fault was imaginary,
and the Quebec group really occupies a position unconformably beneath
the Trenton; and, moreover, that the series near Quebec.is inverted,

1876.) 3 [Hunt

being probably the northwest side of an overturned anticlinal, so that
the Sillery is in fact the oldest member of the series, and was followed
by the Lauzon and the fossiliferous Levis limestone, to which suc-
ceeded the graptolitic shales, the newest portion of the Quebec group,
corresponding to the Arenig or Skiddaw rocks of Great Britain.
The Levis has a fauna equivalent to that of the Tremadoc and
Dolgelly rocks of that country.

His conclusion from these facts was that the great mass of Lauzon
and Sillery rocks should represent the lower divisions of the Lingula
flags (Festiniog and Maentwrog), and perhaps also the older Mene-
vian and Harlech rocks of Great Britain. These inferior strata in
Canada have afforded, as yet, but few organic forms, but Mr. Billings,
just before his lamented death, informed the speaker that the Obolella
already mentioned from the Sillery, and an Orthis lately found near
the same horizon, were both clearly Menevian species.

The relations of these rocks in Canada were illustrated by numer-
ous sections, and the parallelism and harmony between the Quebec
group, as rightly determined, and the Cambrian rocks of Great
Britain and Scandinavia were insisted upon. It was urged, however,
that the name given by Logan to the group, should be rejected as
misleading, although that of Levis, as designating an horizon of fos-
siliferous strata of Tremadoc age, might be advantageously retained
in American geology; care being taken to distinguish it from the
Quebec graptolitic zone, which is of the age of the Skiddaw or
Arenig rocks of Great Britain.

Sir W. E. Logan gave a farther extension to the name of the
Quebec group by the supposition that a great series of crystalline
schists to the south and east of this fossiliferous Cambrian belt was
no other than these same rocks in an altered or so-called meta-
morphic condition. In accordance with this hypothesis, he extended
the name of the Quebec group over a broad belt of crystalline rocks
from the St. Lawrence to Virginia, as represented on his large geo-
logical map. ‘These crystalline strata, however, include the Lower
Taconic of Emmons, the Montalban, the Huronian, and even por-
tions of Laurentian, although near Quebec they are of Huronian
age. ‘The author many years since pointed out that the fossiliferous
Levis strata near Quebec hold in their conglomerates pebbles de-
rived from the crystalline Huronian schists which were described
by Logan as altered Levis and Lauzon rocks. These crystalline
schists were by Logan maintained to belong to this horizon because

Austin.] 4 [October 25,

they are in some places overlaid by Sillery sandstones; but inasmuch
as it now appears that the Sillery is really the lowest member of the
Quebec group, it is clear that these crystalline schists must belong to
a more ancient series.

The thanks of the Scciety were voted to Mr. John Cutter,
of Charlestown, for the gift of a King Fish (Menticirrus
mnebulosus Mitch.) from the Merrimack River. This is an
exceedingly rare fish in our waters.

Dr. Kneeland observed that, during the past summer, the
Hair-finned Dory (Argyriosus capillaris Mitch.) was taken
in abundance near Cohasset, although previously almost un-
known north of Cape Cod.

Section of Entomology, October 25, 1876.

Mr. E. P. Austin in the chair. Eight persons present.

The following paper was read : —

On THE SPECIES OF SUNIUS AND PHDERUS FOUND IN THE
UnitED STATES. By E. P. Austin.

Among the Coleoptera of the United States no large group except
the Curculionide has been so much neglected as the Staphylinide;
although most of the species are very common, yet, owing to their
small size and superficial similarity, nearly or quite half of them
remain undescribed, and they have been so neglected by collectors
that comparatively little is known of the distribution of such as are
described. These facts will be a sufficient excuse for the following
attempt to arrange the species of the two genera, Sunius and Pede-
rus, as well as for the incompleteness of a paper written mainly for
the purpose of calling the attention of collectors to this group, in
order to accumulate the materials for a complete knowledge of it.

The species of Sunius may be divided into two groups: the gen-
uine Sunii, which constitute the principal part of the genus, in all
of which the sculpture of the upper surface of the head and thorax
consists of raised lines crossing each other, so as to form lozenge-

1876.] 5 (Austin,

shaped areas, in the centre of each of which is a minute raised spot
or tubercle, giving a peculiar appearance to the insect; while in the
spurious Sunii there is no trace of this sculpture, the upper surface
being simply punctate. This group, which should no doubt consti-
tute a distinct genus, is represented in the United States by only the
single species : : : : . 1. monstrosus Lec.
The genuine Sunii may the separated as follows:
Head black. : : : : : . : . “we.
Head pale : : : : : : - : : . 4.
1. Thorax and abdomen dark; elytra black, scarcely wider than the
thorax, with the suture and apex more or less pale; form nar-
row, slender : é F ; : 2. linearis Er.
Thorax and abdomen dark; | elirtira pale, broader than the tho-
rax; form broad. : : : . 8. californicus sp. n.
Thorax and three or four segments of abdomen pale . on Nene
2. Large species 0.18 in. Elytra varying from almost entirely
black to pale, with only a dusky cloud : 4. prolixus Kr.
Smaller species .11 to .15 in. : : : 2 Oe
3. Elytra longer than the thorax, sith a matitnal black spot on
each, which sometimes increases so as to nearly cover

it : : : ° . . 5. binotatus Say.
Byers not Packs than the thorax, pale, or sometimes with a
trace of a black spot . : : : 6. brevipennis sp. n.

4. Antenne slender, as long as the head and thorax, last joint but
little thickened; elytra pale, one and one-half times longer
than the thorax . : : - . 7%. longiusculus Mann.

Antenne slender, but shorter than the head and thorax; elytra
longer than the thorax, each with a dark spot
8. centralis Zimm.
Antenne stouter, thickened externally, joints 8-10 transverse
9. similis sp. n.
10. trisignatus Boh.

1. Sunius monstrosus Lec. New Sp., Am. Col., 48. La. and
Fla.

2. Sunius linearis Er. Staph., 639.

Among the specimens which I have put under this species there is
considerable difference in the form of the elytra, which in some speci-
mens are linear, in others considerably inflated behind the humeri, so
as to be almost oval in outline, but I am unwilling to separate them

Austin.] 6 [October 25,

without a more extended series of specimens for comparison. Can.,
Mass., N. Y., Mich., Ill., La.
8. Sunius californicus.

This species, of which I have seen only a single specimen from San
Jose, Cal. (coll. LeConte), differs from all our other species by being
very broad and stout; the head is scarcely longer than wide, the tho-
rax almost circular in outline, and the elytra as broad as long.

4. Sunius prolixus Er., Staph. 639; cinctus Say (Pederus),
Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., 2d Ser., rv, 457; Say’s writings; Ed. Lec., 11, 572+
_ This is our largest species, and is found over the whole eastern
part of the United States and Canada.

. 5. Sunius binotatus Say (Pederus), Journ. Acad. Phil., 111,
154; Say’s writings; Ed. Lec., 11, 99 ; Er., Staph., 645.

This species also has a wide distribution, but is much more rare.
Specimens are at hand from C. W., Ill., Ohio, Mich., La., and Fla.

6. Sunius brevipennis.

This species, which is common in eastern Mass., and is also found
in Mich., is closely allied to the preceding; the elytra, however, are
a little shorter, and generally without a trace of the black spot,
though in one or two specimens there is a faint dusky shade repre-
senting it. In this species I have noticed a singular sexual charac-
ter which does not seem to occur in any of the others; in the
males, only three segments of the abdomen are pale, while in the

females four are pale; the same is the case in both sexes of the allied
species, except in S. binotatus, where in general only three segments
are pale in both sexes.

7. Sunius longiusculus Mannh. (Pederus), Brachelytra,
39,5; Er. Staph., 643; disconotatus Say (Pederus), Tr. Am. Phil.
Soc., 2d ser., 1v, 457; Say’s writings; Ed. Lec. 11, 572.

This, which is the most abundant species in the Middle and North-
ern States and Canada, begins a small series in which the whole
insect, except the two terminal seoments of the abdomen, is pale.
They may be separated most readily by the relative length of the
antennz; in this species they are long and slender, almost filiform,
only the last jomt being slightly thickened, and joints 8—10, longer
than wide. The elytra are also long, being nearly a half longer
than the thorax.

8. Sunius centralis Zimm., Ms.

Of this species I have only seen the single specimen in Dr.
LeContes cabinet, from S. C. The antenne are about a third part

1876.] 7 (Austin.

shorter than the head and thorax, with joints 8—10 longer than
wide, and the terminal one thickened. ‘The elytra are a little longer
than the thorax, with the sides much rounded and a dusky orbicular
spot on the middle of each. The fifth segment of the abdomen is
dark, with the hind margin pale, and the terminal segment entirely
pale.

9. Sunius similis.

In this species the antennz are of about the same length as in the
last, but are much thicker, the joints 9—11, forming a club, the ninth and
tenth almost transverse. ‘This species is much stouter than S. longius-
culus, and the elytra are shorter with no trace of a dark spot, and
the fifth and sixth segments of the abdomen are dark except at the
apex. Nev., S. Cal., and Ariz.

10. Sunius trisignatus Boh., Res. Eugen., 1858, 32.

This species is closely allied to the preceding; the antenne are not
quite so much thickened externally, being intermediate between sim-
ilis and centralis; the thorax is a little shorter, and the elytra a little
longer, so that they are about one-half longer than the thorax, and
have a faint spot on each. The fifth abdominal segment is black ex-
cept.at apex, and the sixth has a fuscous tinge. San Diego (Coll.

LeConte).

The species of Paderus are even more closely allied than those of
Sunius, particularly those in which the thorax and four segments of
abdomen are red.

The following table will assist in separating the species:

Head with a median smooth space, having at most a fovea on each
side between the eyes, sometimes only a few punctures ‘hy As
Head with a transverse flattened space in front between the eyes,
mesosternum, two last segments of abdomen and knees black;

elytra blue; large species (0.45 inch) . : 1. femoralis Lec.
1. Thorax and four segments of abdomen red . ° 4 eet
Unicolorous, red . : : : : ‘ : > Rh
Unicolorous, blue or black . ‘ ‘ ; . 6,

Thorax red, rest of body dark blue or black : : sings

2. Very large species, size and form of femoralis 2. grandis n. sp.
Large species, head with a transverse fovea on each side be-
tween the antennex, leaving only a very narrow, median,
‘smooth space. : . ‘ : . 938. riparius Linn.

Austin.) 8 [October 25,

Medium size, antenne thickened externally, joints 8—10 strong-

ly transverse, 11th short, conical 3 4. littoreus Zimm.

Medium size, antenne slender, as long as the head and thorax,

searcely thickenedexternally, joints 8—10 longer than wide

5. compotens Lec.

Smaller species (.20 to .25 in.) 4 : : : : oe

3. Elytra very short, sparingly punctured with moderate punctures

6. palustris n. sp.

Elytra longer, sparingly punctured with large shallow punc-
tures; antenne as long as the head and thorax, slender

7. floridanus nu. sp.

Elytra short, densely punctured, particularly on the sides . 4.

4. Thighs red, with the apical third black; tibiz, tarsi and mouth

parts dark; antenne thickened, shorter than the head and

thorax, joints 8—10 transverse : 8. nevadensis n. sp.

Legs and mouth parts red; knees sometimes blackish; antenne

more slender, joints 8—10 not transverse 9. littorarius Grav.

5. Small species; elytra sparsely and rather coarsely punctured
10. ustus Lee.
6. Ihave seen no species from the United States belonging to this
group. LP. ceruleipennis Boh. is described as being black,
with the elytra blue, and is said to be from California and the
Sandwich Islands; but as the localities of insects collected by
that expedition are sometimes a little uncertain, it is not un-
likely that the species is foreign to the United States. Sev-
eral species of this group are, however, found in Mexico and
Central America.

7. Ihave only seen a single specimen in Dr. Horn’s collection, from
Louisiana, belonging to this group, and merely call attention
to the fact in order that collectors may look for similar spe-
cies. i

1. Peederus femoralis Lec. Proc. Ac. Phil., 1858, 62.

This species-is readily distinguished from any known to me by the
character given in the table. Arizona.

2. Peederus grandis sp. n.

This is closely allied to the last, but has the head more densely
punctured; the elytra are greenish instead of blue, and are less
densely punctured. ‘The form of the head, however, affords the

1876.] 9 [Austin.

most ready means of separating them. Col. and Ariz. (Coll.
Horn.)

3. Peederus riparius Linn. (Staphylinus), Faun. Suec., No.
846, etc.

I have only seen a single specimen of this European species in
Dr. LeConte’s collection, who remarks that it is doubtfully Ameri-
ean. It is larger than any of our species except the two mentioned
above, 0.30 in.

4. Pezederus littoreus Zimm., Ms.

A single specimen from 8. C. Head black, with a large median
smooth space, and only a few large punctures on the sides and base.
Antenne, mouth parts, legs, thorax, first four segments of abdomen,
and whole under side of body excepting the fifth and sixth abdominal
segments, red. Thorax narrowed behind, sides nearly straight, all
the angles rounded. LElytra blue, about as long as the thorax, spar-
ingly punctured with large shallow punctures irregularly placed, but
a little more dense on the sides. Abdomen sparingly finely punc-
tured, fifth and sixth segments black, beneath coarsely, sparingly
punctured.

5. Peederus compotens Lec. New sp. Am. Col., 48.

I have only seen the type in LeConte’s collection; the antenne
are slender, only slightly thickened externally, and joints eight to
ten not transverse. Underside sparsely and finely punctured. Sac-
ramento Valley, Cal.

The four following species are smaller and very closely allied.

6. Peederus palustris.

Head black, orbicular, smooth and shining, with a few rather large
punctures on the sides, in front between the eyes a deep fovea on
each side containing several punctures. Antenne as long as the
head and thorax, first four and last one to three joints red, interme-
diate joints varying from dark red to black, thickened externally,
third joint less than one and one-half times as long as the second,
fourth about equal to second, following joints to the tenth gradually
shorter and thicker, eighth to tenth transverse, eleventh obliquely trun-
cate and acute on the lower side. Mouth parts red. Thorax red,
round oval, very convex, equally narrowed before and behind, disk
with a row of small punctures each side, and a few scattered ones
near the sides; from each puncture proceeds a black bristle. Elytra
blue, not longer than the thorax, sparingly punctured with shallow,
broad, punctures. Abdomen with the first four segments red ; termi-

Austin:] 10 [October 25,

nal ones black, sparingly and finely punctured, underneath more
coarsely ; metasternum black, sparingly and rather coarsely pune-
tured. Femora red, sometimes darker at the apex; tibie and tarsi
generally red, sometimes dark but never black. Length, .20 in.
Abundant in Eastern Mass., also in Mich.

7. Pederus floridanus.

Head black, orbicular, with a few smaller punctures, a small, not
very definite impression in front between the eyes, on each side.
Mouth parts dark; maxillary palpi red, with the apex of third joint
dark. Antenne longer than the head and thorax, joints one to four
red, following ones darker, but not black, third joint twice as long as
the second, fourth one-third longer than the second, following joints
to tenth shorter and a little thicker, eighth to tenth not transverse,
eleventh nearly conical but little oblique. Thorax oval, sides less
rounded, angles all rounded; disk with two rows of punctures on each
side, and a few scattered punctures outside. Elytra blue, a third longer
than the thorax, sparingly and rather coarsely punctured. Abdomen,
four segments red, terminal black sparingly and finely punctate,
with hairs proceeding from the punctures ; metasternum black. Legs
red. Length, .22-.24 in. Fla.

8. Peederus nevadensis.

Head black, orbicular, with numerous coarse princes on the side,
which are densely placed opposite the eyes, forming a sort of fovea.
Mouth parts dark red; apex of maxillary palpi black. Antenne ~
shorter than the head and thorax, much thickened externally, joints
one to three pale, except the apex of third, which is generally black,
following joints dark brown or black, terminal one sometimes a little
paler, third more than half longer than the second, fourth a little
longer than the second, gee joints to tenth gradually shorter and
thicker, eighth to tenth transverse, eleventh obliquely acuminate.
Thorax red, sides rounded, narrowed behind, anterior angles strongly
rounded, hind angles less rounded, disk with two rows of punctures
on each side, and a few scattering ones outside, with scattered black
hairs. Elytra blue, shorter than the thorax, densely and coarsely
punctured and sparingly hairy. Abdomen with two terminal seg-
ments black, rest red, sparingly and moderately coarsely punctured;
metasternum black, sparingly and coarsely punctured. Femora red,
with the apex black. Tibie and tarsi dark red to black. Length,

.20-.23 in.

1876.) 11 (Austin.

This species, which has been confounded with compotens Lec., dif-
fers from that species by its smaller size, shorter and thicker antenne,
and darker feet. It is apparently the most common species in the
Pacific district. I have specimens from Nevada, various parts of Cal-
ifornia and. British Columbia; it is a much stouter species than the
two preceding or the following.

9. Peederus littorarius Grav., Mon., 142; Er., Staph., 656.
littoralis Oliv., Encycl. meth., vir, 627.

Head orbicular, black, sparingly and rather coarsely punctured on
the sides, a depression on each side opposite the eyes more densely
punctured. Mouth parts red; maxillary palpi sometimes blackish at
apex. Antenne as long as the head and thorax, a little thickened
externally, joints one to four and two or three terminal ones red, the
rest dark red to black, third joint a half longer than the second, fourth
to tenth gradually shorter and a little thicker, eighth to tenth longer
than broad, eleventh obliquely acuminate. Thorax red, oval, sides
and angles rounded, narrowed behind; disk with two rows of, and a
few scattered, punctures on each side. Elytra a little larger than the
thorax, blue, coarsely and densely punctured, punctures sometimes
confluent, particularly on the sides. Abdomen with the two terminal
segments black, others red, sparingly and finely punctured; meta-
sternum black, sparingly punctured. Legs red, with the knees
and tarsi sometimes blackish. This is the most common species
throughout the Atlantic region; it may be distineuished from palus-
tris and floridanus by the more densely punctured elytra, and from
nevadensis by the paler legs and antenne, and by being more slender.

10. Peederus ustus Lec., Proc. Ac. Phil., 1858, 62. Colo-
rado River, Ariz. :

General Meeting, November 1, 1876.

Vice-President, Mr. S. H. Scudder, in the chair. Thirty-
four persons present.

The following Associate Members were elected: — Mr.
John EK. Alden, Dr. Lucy Sewall, Miss Mary L. Hall, Miss
Jenny H. Stickney, Miss Elizabeth P. Howard, Miss E. A. L.
Cram, Miss Grace G. Cowing, Miss Lucia M. Peabody, Miss
Cora H. Clarke, Miss L. Crocker, Miss G. E. Atkins, Mrs. M.

Hyatt.) 12 [November 1,

P. Kennard, Miss Mary E. Rice, Miss M. L. Tinker, Miss E.
O. Patch, Miss Emma A. Temple, Miss Harriet E. Caryl,
Miss Laura B. White, Miss Jenny M. Arms, Miss R. E. Cole,
Miss Catherine J. Ireland, Mrs. J. W. Wolcott.

Prof. A. Hyatt gave a full account of what had been done
upon the embryology of Sponges, and the views of different
writers, supplemented by observations of his own, upon the
earlier stages of several species.

His own and Barrois’ observations substantially agreed in denying
the existence of any gastrula stage in the siliceous, or in the kera-
tose sponges. The egg, in passing through the morula stage, is
either hollow, or develops an endoderm by delamination from the
ectoderm. In most siliceous sponges the egg in the first stages of
division is solid, but becomes hollow subsequently. A granular mass,
however, accumulates in the interior during the later stages of the
morula form in many species, which eventually fills the cavity, so
that the larva again becomes solid. During the morula stage, too, it
very frequently happens in the siliceous sponges that the ego is open
at one pole, but closed at the other. This may, of course, be due
entirely to the effect of contraction after death, but the structure
which permits this at one pole and not at another, is probably of
more importance. The unopened pole is closed by a large cell, and
the open pole has no such plug. The division of such eggs appears
to begin with three cells, but this is probably not the first stage, though
the first observed by the speaker in several Halichondrida. There
were in these forms only a single cell at one end of the oblong form
of the larva, and two, side by side, at the other. The single cell
appears to remain without division, though this was not directly
observed, and serves to prevent the opening from occurring at this
pole, whereas it may, and does, frequently occur by the separation
of the cells, at the other pole. It is at this open pole that the en-
larged cells afterwards occur, constituting the endoderm of Barrois,
and eventually in nearly all the types of keratose and siliceous sponges
form a sort of collar, which can be appropriately called the basal col-
lar. Whether the polar opening persists, or is an essential character-
istic in the larva from the morula stage until this period, Prof. Hyatt
could not say, not having been able to follow it closely; but it is proba-
ble that this is the fact, since the space in the centre of the collar is

1876.] 13 [Hyatt

occupied by an extension of the endoderm, which he had called the
basal area. According to Barrois’ observations, the hollow of segmen-
tation is retained during the planula stage in many species, and after
the cells have acquired the peculiar collars and flagelli, which are so
characteristic of the young, the cells around the open pole become very
much enlarged. When the sponge settles down at this pole, as it
eventually does, according to Barrois these enlarged cells form the
proper endoderm, or are continuous with this part when the endoderm
is formed in the interior, and fills up the segmentation hollow, as above
described in some of the earlier stages. Barrois does not figure this
area as distinctly as Carter does, but describes it, and also the origin
of the collar and spicules. ‘These last originate in the granular mass
of the interior in Chalina, as well as in the true siliceous sponges,
and may be seen as bright points in the basal area. With regard to
their origin Prof. Hyatt, in this instance also, as in the other stages
described above, confirmvd Barrois’ observations, that the spicules
do not originate from the transformation of cells, at least in the larva.

Carter’s observations and Barrois’, show that the larva prefers to
attach itself by the collar and basal area to surfaces, and the latter
shows that this is due to the protrusion of the endoderm at this point.
Both Barrois and Carter have seen the larva becoming attached, and
studied the subsequent stages. Barrois has traced the formation of the
ampullaceous sacs in the endoderm, and the hollowing out between
them of the canal system, and the subsequent formation of the large
cloacal opening by which this system was connected with the exte-
rior. The effect of these observations is to confirm in the most
marked manner the views entertained by various writers of the great
taxonomic value of the characteristics of the Porifere.

Huxley was entirely in error with regard to the facts which he
employed to show this point, in so far as he separated the sponges
from the Metazoa, generally on account of their having many mouths
instead of one mouth, calling them Metazoa polystomata, in contrast to
the Metazoa monostomata. Nevertheless, he was the first to indicate
the great importance of the poriferous characteristic, and Mac Allister
quotes him, therefore, as the authority for the Poriferze or Polys-
tomata when he uses that word to designate for the first time a new
sub-kingdom of animals.

This is, however, not a fair statement of the ease, for not only
was Huxley in error with regard to his facts, but his estimate of
their taxonomic value was entirely too high. By his system, which

Hyatt.} 14 [November 1,

was wholly embryological, the sponges were one of the three largest
divisions, equivalent, in fact, to the whole of the remainder of the
Animal Kingdom, except Protozoa. Huxley had no intention what-
ever of showing that the sponges were a new sub-kingdom, or in any
sense equivalent to such divisions as are usually represented by
that term. MacAllister has really done this, and to him the credit
is due of having first shown that the sponges are the equivalents,
from a structural point of view, of the Vertebrata, or Arthropoda, or
Radiata, taking those names in their broadest sense and application.
This service is of real value as an advance in classification, and
though it is accompanied by an almost wholly erroneous statement of
the characteristics of the structure, due to the authorities from which
the quotations are taken, it must receive due credit, as the first re-
corded estimate of the proper place of the sponges in our system of
classification.

Special studies upon the structure of the full grown sponges first
led Mr. Hyatt, somewhat more than a year since, to view them as dis-
tinct from the rest of the Animal Kingdom. This view, however, was
kept back until such a knowledge of the embryology could be obtained
as was necessary to prove, or disprove, as the case might be, their
supposed connection with the Protozoa on the one side, and the Corals
on the other. This idea was originated independently, since it was not
until fully convinced of this fact, that he saw Huxley’s, and subse-
quently MacAllister’s paper; the observation, therefore, has the value
of an independent investigation. In fact, an article was written for
Johnson’s Encyclopedia, of which the proof has not yet been received,
in which no mention is made of .MacAllister’s or Huxley’s views. So
far as their separation from the Protozoa is concerned, Huxley has
shown that they differ in the production and subsequent seementa-
tion of a true unicellular ege; but his idea based principally upon
Heckel’s observations, that they are polystomatous, or that the
cloacal openings can be in any way homologized with the mouth
opening in other animals, especially polyps, because it is found in
the gastrula form in embryo, and is maintained subsequently through-
out life, has been shown to be without foundation. Carter and
Barrois’ researches both show, that the only opening which can be
be compared with the mouth of the gastrula form is -usually the base
of the sponge; and the latter, as described above, that the cloacal
opening occurs by a breaking through of the ectoderm after the canals
are formed in the endoderm. In fact, he goes so far as to attribute its

1876.] 15 (Hyatt.

appearance to the mechanical action of the presence of water which
accumulates in the recently formed canals. The hollowing out of
these canals in the endoderm, succeeding the formation of the am-
pullaceous sacs, and for the secondary purpose of supplying these
extraordinary organs with food and aerated water, is not a very close
resemblance to the formation of the gastrula in the Polyps, and
completely demolishes Heckel’s theory of the connection of sponges
and corals. In fact, there is no need of argument in this direction;
the fact stands that in the larger number of sponges there are no
gastrula forms at all in the young. Besides this, it is even doubtful
whether in the Calcispongiz and Halisarea this stage is not a tempo-
rary condition of the young, as Barrois seems disposed to think it is
in the former. He had himself often observed what seemed an invo-
lution of the ectoderm in the ciliated larva of various species of sili-
ceous sponges, and had only been prevented from figuring it as such
by the fact that the centre was already solid with the included endo-
derm. Upon farther investigation, it became evident that the ap-
pearances were due to the extraordinary changes of form undergone
by the larva in confinement. .

Even supposing that the presence of the true gastrula stage were
to be demonstrated in some sponges, and the identity of the first
formed canals with the stomach of the gastrula be shown, there would
still remain the most extraordinary differences. The development
and structure of those singular organs, the ampullaceous sacs, con-
taining cells so formed that each one performs the function of an
independent, monad-like individual, taking in and digesting food on
its own account; the fact that this monadigerous layer which lines the
sac, or the interior of the canals, as in the Calcispongiz, is not the
endoderm as supposed by Heckel, but a supplementary layer, as
shown by Schultze, in the Calcispongiz, and frequently seen by the
speaker in the siliceous and keratose sponges, would still remain to
be accounted for. The monadigerous layer, as shown by Barrois, is
an aggregation of cells, arising from the plasma of the endoderm
and resting upon it, as shown by Schultze, when the secondary cel-
lular membrane, which properly represents the endoderm, is fully
formed and lines the canals in the adult. The monadigerous layer
and these ampullaceous sacs are organs without homologues in the
remainder of the animal kingdom; for the attempt to trace any
homology between them and the nettle cells has not the slightest
element of plausability, either in the structure, uses or location of

Hyatt.] 16 [November 1,

those organs in the polyps, as compared with the monad-like cells of
the sponge.

Farther than this, the whole arrangement or plan of structure of
the organization diverges from that of the rest of the animal king-
dom as soon as the spicules and these monad-like cells appear, that
is, in the larval stage, and while the embryo is still a locomotive
animal. From this period the entire development hangs upon the
monadigerous layer, as the important structural characteristic to
which ail others are subordinate. The innumerable pores penetrating
the outer membrane or ectoderm, sifting the water pouring into the
canals, are advantageous to the organization because they are essen-
tial in preventing all but the minutest particles of food from entering.
The skeleton serves to support and keep the permanent canals from
collapsing from the weight of a large massive mesoderm, or from the
thinness of the walls in the fistular forms of Calcispongie; its place
is supplied by a thickening of the endoderm and the close aggregation
of the ampullaceous sacs in Halisarca. The arrangement and en-
largement of the canals towards the centre, and their final opening
into the central cloaca, is equally advantageous for the rapid transit
of the vitiated water and excrements of the monadigerous layer
through the mass to the cloacal orifices. The mechanical formation
of the latter, and probably of the canals, in great part may be seen
in Halisarea. In this sponge the cloacal openings and the entire
canal system disappear when the sponge is alarmed by handling.
Then the interior is found to be filled with numerous bag-like bodies,
which are. open at one end and are composed of a thick, apparently
tough membrane formed by the ampullaceous sacs, with their contents,
as above described. The opening is not closed even in stages of
extreme contraction after the laceration of the mass. These internal
organs are covered by the thick granular mesoderm which appears to
have more than one layer, and above these a distinctly cellular ecto-
derm, abundantly perforated when the animal is expanded, but en-
tirely homogeneous in a contracted state. When the mass begins to
expand the internal openings of the bags are placed in eonnec-
tion with the exterior by canals opening anywhere apparently by
means of the mechanical pressure of the water. The structure
of these bags and the Calcispongiz, also exhibit the simplest essen-
tial elements of sponge form. They show us, that, although the
skeleton may be dispensed with, the cellular ectoderm, the meso-
derm and endoderm, with its monadigerous lining layer, are abso-

1876.] 17 | [Minot.

lutely essential, and that these structures must be arranged in bag-
like form, with one opening at least for the ejection, and a multitude
of smaller orifices or lateral pores for the introduction of water and
food.

Mr. Hyatt did not desire by the above remarks to convey the im-
pression that he was opposed to the Gastrean theory of Heckel. On
the contrary, he thought that that hypothesis has already led to the
most important results for Zoology; and though it was not, and
probably could not be, settled for years, it had turned the attention
of naturalists to the importance of the comparative study of the
early stages of the ege and showed that they had a distinct meaning.

Whether this meaning had wholly, or only in part, been mistrans-
lated by Heckel, is a question which cannot be answered satisfacto-
rily at present. That the gastrula is formed at an early stage of
development in nearly all animals except the Protozoa, is not denied
by any one, and the enunciation of this fact, though it be attended
by many exceptions, had been of invaluable service. Mr. Hyatt’ was
disposed, therefore, to investigate the exceptions which have been
found, such as those above described, with the “a priori” view of
finding some explanation of the absence in them of a gastrula stage,
rather than to use them at present as undeniable evidence of the
inapplicability of the Gastrean theory.

Mr. J. A. Allen gave a résumé of a paper about to be pub-
lished by him, on North American Beavers, recent and fossil,
exhibiting a series of skulls in illustration.

General Meeting, November 15, 1876.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Thirty-one
persons present.

The following paper was read : —

ON THE CLASSIFICATION OF SOME OF THE LOWER WORMS.
By CHARLES: SeEpGwick MINoT.

The rearrangement of the animal kingdom, necessitated by the
general acceptance of the theory of evolution, assumes the form of a
branching system. ‘The worms have for some time been supposed to

PROCEEDINGS B. S. Ns H. — VOL. XIX. 2. MARCH, 1877,

Minot.] : 18 [November 15,

be at one of the most important points of divergence, and the study
of them has therefore a greater interest than hitherto. Prof. Semper?
has recently traced a relationship between Annelids and Vertebrates, .
and the study of other classes of worms reveals many much discussed —
connections with other higher animals. It has become, therefore, a

matter of importance to see in what way worms are related to the

lower divisions of animals. As the Plathelminths have long been

regarded as the lowest form, I undertook an investigation of the

anatomy of the Planarians.

The result of this study has been the conclusion that these animals
are much more highly organized than is usually supposed. It has been:
frequently stated that some, or all parts of these worms are formed by
a protoplasmatic substance, and not of cells, and a relationship with
the Infusoria has therefore been supposed to exist. I have found,
however, that all the tissues are formed by cells, and therefore we
must drop the idea of a connection existing between the Turbella-
rians and any of the Infusoria, which, so far as we know, are all uni-
cellular, as has been demonstrated by Biitschli.2 The cells that
earlier naturalists did not detect have since been carefully described
by Keferstein, Moseley, Graaf, etc. At the time I began my investi-
gations, about a year ago, it was still supposed that the parenchym-
was not cellular, but since then I have discovered that in twenty.
different species of Plathelminths it is mainly composed of ramified
stellate cells, whose processes intertwine and unite adjacent cells.
The general appearance is strikingly similar to that of the embryonic
connective tissue in Vertebrates, as seen, for example, in the tail of
young tadpoles.

Mecznikow® has asserted that the digestive tract is not a canal,
but a solid albuminous cord, as in the Infusoria. He did this with so
great positiveness, that no one except Graaf* has since ventured to
vigorously oppose this view. Mecznikow mistook the nutritive matter
with which the digestive canal of these greedy animals is always filled, .
for an albuminous cord! and though he describes the cells forming”

1Arbeiten des Zoot.-Zool. Inst. Wiirzburg. Bd. 11., 1875-76.

2 Studien uber die ersten Entwickelungsvorginge der Eizelle, die Zelltheilung
und die Conjugation der Infusorien. Abh. Senkenberg. Natforsch. Gesell., X, 223.
Frankfurt a. M., 1876.

5 Ueber Geodesmus bilineatus nob. Bull. Acad. St. Petersb., rx (1865), p. 433.

#L. Graaf. Zur Kenntniss der Turbellarien. Zeitschr. fir wiss. Zoolegie,
XXIV (1874), p. 125 (vide p.134, note 2).

i

1876.) 19 (Minot.

the wall of the digestive tube, he quietly assigns them to the paren-
chym! It is time that this hasty generalization, founded upon a
careless observation, be forgotten. ane
The Plathelminths are all bilateral animals, and none of them
present any special points of resemblance to any of the Radiata; we
cannot therefore link the worms with any of the lowet forms through
this class. Indeed the whole class presents a number of peculiari-_
ties, sufficient to justify their temporary separation from all other
forms of animals, until their real affinities shall be discovered.
' The class was formerly divided as follows: —
Rhabdoceela, ;

‘1. TURBELLARIANS 2 Dendrocela, 2. TREMATODS. 3. CESTODS..
Nemertines.

’ This division, however, cannot stand. The Nemertines are nowise
closely related to the Dendrocela and Rhabdoceela, but must be re-
moved entirely from the class and put by themselves, until their’
proper position shall be determined. Almost every organ of the
Nemertines is different from the corresponding organs in the true
Plathelminths. The epidermis is in both cases a ciliated cylindrical
epithelium with large unicellular glands, but this structure is char-,
- acteristic of most aquatic invertebrates, that have no thick cuticula;
but the singular Stdbchenkérper that are so characteristic for the
Dendrocela and Rhabdoceela, are entirely unknown in Nemertines.
The muscular layers seem to be typically three in the former, four in’
the latter; but on this point there is still much uncertainty, therefore
little weight can be laid upon it. The nervous system consists in
Nemertines of an anterior ring around the sheath of the proboscis. |
This ring gives off two large cords, each consisting of central fibres’
and two strings of ganglionic eells.1 There are no nervous ring nor.
lateral cords known in Plathelminths, but only a single central gan-
glionic mass in the anterior part of the body, from which radiate
numerous small nerves. The two stout nerves, said by many authors.
to run backwards from the ganglion, I have been unable to discover
in any of the twenty species I have examined, which agrees with
Moseley’s ? experience. . |
By this observation the theory of the formation, phylogenetically, '

1 Hubrecht. Aanteekingen over de Anatomie, Histologie en Ontwikkelungsgesch- *
ichte van eenige Nemertinen, Utrecht, 1874.

2 Moseley. On the Anatomy and Histology of the Land Planarians of Ceylon.
Phil. Trans., 1874, p. 105.

Minot.] 20 [November 15,

of the ventral nervous cord of Annelids, out of the union of two.
lateral nerves, is rendered very doubtful; for the theory started from
the supposed existence of such nerves in Turbellarians, the so-called
lowest worms. The reproductive system reveals equally noteworthy
differences. The Nemertines are dicecious, the sexual glands are
small, and arranged in equidistant pairs; there is no special efferent
duct with several specialized parts, as in the Plathelminths, but the
sexual products are discharged by the bursting of the walls of the
gland sacks in which they are developed. The yolk olands, for
which I propose the more appropriate name of egg-foodstocks, or
more simply foodstocks (Kinahrungsstocke), are very characteristic
of the whole class, except the Nemertines, where they are utterly
unknown. The Nemertines have a circulatory system, with three
principal longitudinal vessels having special muscular walls — while
they have no water vascular system; while just the reverse is true
of the genuine Plathelminths, which have no blood vessels. The
digestive canal of Nemertines is formed by a strongly differen-
tiated cesophagus and a straight tube having an anus posteriorly. In
the Plathelminths there is no distinct csophagus, though there is
often a muscular pharynx, which the Nemertines never possess.
Their supposed nearest relatives, the Dendrocela and Rhabdocela
(in part), have a prehensile proboscis connected with the mouth, but
are without any anus. Finally, the proboscis of the Nemertines is
still a morphological mystery; it is contained in a sheath that lies
over the digestive canal, and passes through the nervous ring. There
is no similar structure known among Plathe!lminths, unless it be the
proboscis of Prostomum. I have endeavored elsewhere+ to show
that there is no correspondence yet proved. |

These differences seem to me suflicient to render the removal of
the Nemertines from the class of the Plathelminths unavoidable.
Where they belong is another question which I cannot answer; there
are indications of a relationship with the Annelids. It is to be hoped
that Prof. Semper will discuss this question in his forthcoming
niemoir. |

The remaining forms are so closely related that their more import-
ant characteristics may be easily summed up in general terms. The
epidermis is formed of epithelial and glandular cells, resembling those
of leeches; there is a thin cuticula, and a thick fibrous basement
membrane, which is very characteristic, and separates the muscular

1 Semper’s Arbeiten. Bd. 111, Hft. 4.

1876.] 91 ‘[Minot.

layers from the base of the epidermal cells. The descriptions hitherto
given of the epidermis of Cestods, and probably also of the Trema-
‘tods, are incorrect. The true epidermis has never yet been mentioned,
for it falls off very easily, leaving behind the thick basement mem-
brane, which has been described as the cuticula by all authors since
Leuckart,! and consequently the subepidermal layer of gland cells
has been wrongly held for the epidermis. The muscles form several
layers under the basement membrane (Hautmuskeln), and pass as
sagittal fibres through the parenchym in various directions. They are
highly developed, except in the parasitic forms, where the various
layers are less differentiated. There seem to be typically three layers
‘of body muscles, an external longitudinal, middle transverse and
interior longitudinal; but in many forms one or the other of the lay-
ers is apparently wanting. ‘There are frequently suckers (Trema-
tods, some Cestods, and among the Dendrocela, Eurylepta argus and
Mesodiscus nov. gen.), which always consist chiefly of parallel fibres
perpendicular to their surface. The digestive canal has only one open-
ing, and is lined by a cylindrical epithelium. It is wanting in Am-
philina? and all Cestods. When present, it is provided at its anterior
end either with a muscular pharynx (Trematods and some Rhabdo-
cela) or with a prehensile muscular proboscis (Dendrocela and most
Rhabdocela). The canal itself is either a simple tube or sack, or it
forks shortly behind the pharynx or proboscis. The space between
the digestive canal and the epidermis is filled with muscles and con-
nective tissue, which is formed of stellate and round cells, encloses
unicellular glands, and is furnished with many cavities in which the
remaining organs lie, and which may therefore be regarded as the
representatives of the body cavity. This connective tissue is called
the parenchym. The nervous system consists of a single anterior
ganglion, built up by a central meshwork of fibres, and of peripheral
ganglionic cells. Nerves radiate from it in various directions. It is
most distinct and compact in marine Planarians. It has a simpler
form in the Trematods, and is entirely wanting in Cestods. Schneider
describes a nervous system in Ligula, etc., mistaking another structure
for it, as I will explain presently. Eyes are not found in the parasitic

1 R. Leuckart. Die Menschlichen Parasiten, Bd. 1, p. 167.

2 Salensky. Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelungsgeschichte der Amphilina G.
Wagen. (Monostomum foliaceum Rud.) Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool., xxXIv (1874)
p. 291.

3 Untersuchungen tiber Platthelminthen. Giessen, 1874.

Minot.] 22 [November 15,

forms, but occur in all the others with the exception of Typhlolepta
‘Leidy. They are formed of a cup-shaped pigmented layer enclosing
a clear substance; the open end of the cup points upward. The eyes
‘are situated underneath the dorsal epidermis, either in or below the
muscles, and are usually numerous. Other sense organs are unknown.
The sexes are always united in one individual. We distinguish sex-
ual glands, efferent ducts and the apparatus for copulation. The
testicles usually lie dorsally, the ovaries ventrally. Both may vary
greatly in number, in some cases there being but one gland, in others
two symmetrical glands, in still others numerous small ones for each
sex. The number of male and female glands does not always vary in
the same way in each species; thus Taenia has one ovary and numer-
ous testicles, while Distomum has also one ovary but usually only two
' testicles. From the sexual glands run ducts, lined by a cylindrical
epithelium. The ducts are ramified to correspond to the number of
glands. The female apparatus is further complicated by the addition
of a singular gland, the Eggfoodstock ( Yolkgland, Dotterstock), which
produces cells, which remain alive, and pass down a separate duct,
that ultimately joins the oviduct. The cells are then thrown together
with an ege cell, and the whole cluster of cells is covered over by a
shell. In the Cestods and Trematods there is a widening of the ovi-
duct not far from the point where the food duct unites with it. This
enlargement has glandular walls which secrete the shell. The egg
as laid consists of the egg proper and the food cells which are used

up to nourish the egg as it grows. This curious economy is unknown

outside of the Plathelminths. The lower end of the oviduct is en-
larged and known as the uterus. There is frequently a terminal
chamber, the female antrum, by which copulation takes place. There
is also a male antrum, and we not seldom find the two sexual antra
united to form a single one. The sperm-duct terminates in a penis,
the upper end of which is enlarged and fixed, and has been named
Cirrhusbeutel by the Germans. The lower end (Cirrhus, penis
proper) can be everted, and is inserted during copulation into the
female opening. It sometimes has a flagellum (Dendrocoelum, Tae-
nia, etc.). The Trematods and Cestods have a special tube and
opening for the introduction of the sperma into the female apparatus.
This tube, known as the vagina, exists beside the oviduct (Uterus
auct.), but does not exist in the Turbellarians. Stieda1 was the first

1 Stieda. Ueber den angeblichen inneren Zusammenhang der mannlichen und
weiblichen Organe bei den Trematoden. Arch. fiir Anat. u. Physiol. 1871.

1876.] 93 | [Minot.

‘to draw attention to this point. There are two vagine in Polystomum .1
Concerning the water vascular system there exists mueh doubt; I
have treated this point elsewhere. I have finally to mention peculiar
cords of parenchymatous tissue that run lengthwise through the body
of numerous Plathelminths. ‘These were first noticed by Sommer and
Landois in Botriocephalus, then by Mosely in the Land planarians,
and by Salensky in Amphilina, and were considered by all these au-
thors to be part of the water vascular system. Nitsche ? showed that.
it could not be, because the cords (Balkenstraenge) exist in Taenia
beside the true water vascular system. JI have been unable to de-
termine what these structures really are, although I have met with
them in a variety of Planarians. They are what Schneider took for
nerves in Ligula.

It appears from the above account that the Plathelminths are all
closely related, so far as we can judge from the structure of the adult
forms. I have never investigated the development of the class.

The Trematods and Cestods agree with one another and differ
from the other members of the class in having a vagina, a simple
muscular system, and digestive apparatus, a very simple ganglion or
none at all; presenting, in short, reduction of all those organs that
are unessential to parasitic life. I propose, therefore, to unite them
under the name of Vaginiferae. The union of the two orders is
rendered still more natural because there is a gradual passage from
the segmented Cestods to the ordinary Trematods. ‘This passage is
formed by Taenia, Botriocephalus, Triaenophorus, Ligula, Caryophyl-
laeus, Amphilina, Distomum. Similarly the Dendroeela must be
united with all those Rhabdoccela that have a proboscis. For this
group I propose the name Pharyngocela, which has already been
used by Prof. Leuckart in his Jahresberichten. The remaining Rhab-
doceela may be classified in the way proposed by Ulianin® in two
groups, Apharyngea and Acela.

1 Zeller. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Polystomum. Zeit. wiss. Zool. Bd.
XXVII (Heft 2, 1876), p. 238.

2 Untersuchungen tiber den Bau der Taenien. Ibid., XxIII, p. 195.

5 Ulianin. Die Strudelwurmer des Sebastopolischen Hafens. Moskau, 1870. Ver-
‘hand. zweiten Natforsch. Versamm. in Moskau (in Russian).

Minot.] 24 [November 15,

The classification of the Plathelminths therefore assumes the fol-
lowing form: — .

AC@LA, a
APHARYNGEA,
PHARYNGOC@LA, Rhabdocela.
Rhabdocela, J
Dendroceela, Dendrocela.
VAGINIFER#,
Trematods, Trematods.
Cestods, Cestods.

Besides these forms, Microstomum and the Gastrotricha have been
classed together with Turbellarians. The former have hardly been
studied anatomically yet. It is, on the other hand, probable that the
latter are really related to the Apharyngea. In this ease the Plat-
helminths would be brought into relation with Butschli’s new group,
the Nematorhyncha.t

If the Plathelminths were, on the other hand, related directly to
the higher worms, we should expect to find some points of close
resemblance in structure, which however we do not. The affinity
formerly supposed to exist between them and the leeches has been
found, upon more accurate investigation, not to be genuine. It
appears to me very probable that our class may be related to the
Nudibranchs. I hope to be able to investigate this point shortly, and
will not therefore discuss what is at present a mere hypothesis.

I have finally to state that the investigations, the general results of
which I have here communicated, were made in the laboratories of
Profs. Semper and Leuckart, to whose invaluable assistance much of
the worth these studies may have must. be attributed. I must thank
them warmly for their help. The extended memoir will, I hope, be
published before long in, Prof. Semper’s Arbeiten des Zootomisch-
zoologischen Instituts zu Wiirzburg.

Note. Since writing the above, I have received Professor Sem-
per’s very important and interesting memoir? on the homologies
existing between worms, vertebrates and arthropods. He has
opened a vast field of new discoveries, and discusses the relationship

1 Biitschli. Untersuchungen iiber freilebende Nematoden und die Gattung Chae-
tonotus. Zeit. wiss. Zool., XXVI (1875-76), p. 392.

? Semper. Die Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen der gegliederten Thiere. II, —
Strobilation und Segmentation. Ein Versuch zur Feststellung specieller Homolo-
gien zwischen Vertebraten, Anneliden und Arthropoden. Arbeit. Zool. Inst.
Wirzburg, Bd. 111, p. 115 (1876).

1876.] yy [Minot.

of all those classes of animals indicated in the title, and then
attempts to connect the Plathelminths through the Nemertines with
the Annelids. It seems to me that he fails of success, for he bases
his conclusions mainly (1) upon the idea that the two lateral nervous
cords are really present in the Planarians, and (2) upon some obser-
vations which he himself made upon Microstomum. As regards the
first point, I have already stated that Mosely and myself, the only
investigators who have extensively applied modern methods of micro-

scopical research to the study of the PHARYNGOCG@LA, were unable
to find these supposed nerves, though we discovered other cords
formed of parenchymatous tissue, which run where the supposed
nerves were said to be, and I know of not the slightest reason for
not thinking that the observation of these cords led earlier writers to
describe the imaginary lateral nerves. The mistake was the more
natural since the parenchymatous cords run close up to the central
nervous ganglion. As regards the second point, it is undoubted that
Prof. Semper’s observations reveal similarities between Microstomum
and the Nemertines, but in so doing I think he cuts off all possibility
of connecting it any longer with the Platthelminths. He says that
it has an esophageal nervous ring,! which, combined with its peculiar
reproduction by division,” is sufficient to indicate that it is not a
Plathelminth. The structure of the sexual organs, when it shall be
known, will decide the question. Search should be made for a yolk
gland, and for special genital ducts, such as characterize the flat
worms, and for genital sacks arranged in pairs and without a common
efferent duct as in the Nemertines. At present certainly Microsto-
mum cannot be considered to link the Plathelminths with the Ne-
mertines, nor to remove the former class from the singularly isolated
position in which we are obliged to place them, for the time being at
least. JI have here entered into this subject because it appears desira-
ble to show that the belief, that the Planarians belong in the system
of classification near the point where the various forms of bilateral
animals branched off, is without sufficient basis. In other words, it is
not yet known to what animals lower in the scale the Nemertines
and Annelids are related.

Mr. Minot also exhibited and described the “sledge micro-
tome,” made by Leyser of Leipzig.

1 L.¢., p. 369 ff.
2 Cf. Graaf. Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., XXV (1874-75), p. 408.

Bouvé.] 26 [December 6,

Dr. J. B. 8. Jackson remarked that a specimen of the
pelican (P. erythrorhynchus) had been shot recently near
Cohasset, Mass., and inquired how frequently it was found in
the State.

Dr. T. M. Brewer replied that this bird is now a rare visi-
tor, although breeding farther north in great numbers. Mr,
J. A. Allen remarked that the specimen referred to by Dr.
Jackson was the third shot in the State within late years, but
that the pelican was once a common bird here.

In the name of Dr. G. A. Otis, of the U. 8. Army Medical
Museum, Dr. Jackson presented a photograph of Dr. Jeffries
Wyman, from a picture taken a few months before his death.
Mr. F. W. Putnam also promised a smaller copy of the same
picture in Dr. Otis’ name. The thanks of the Society were
‘voted to Dr. Otis for these valuable memorials of its late
President.

A large collection of microscopical slides, prepared by the
late Wm. Glen, purchased for the Society by Mr. R. C.
Greenleaf and Dr. A. D. Sinclair, and carefully catalogued by
the former, was also presented.

General Meeting. December 6, 1876.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Forty-three
persons present.

After opening the meeting as usual, the President said: —

The Society is again called upon to deplore the loss of a
valuable member and officer in the death of our late Treas-
urer, Mr. Edward Pickering. |

Previous to our last meeting Mr. Pickering had been
ill for a day or two from a trouble in his throat, affecting
the vocal organs, and making it painful for him to converse
freely, but he kept about his usual occupations until a few
hours before we met, when feeling unable to be with us, he

1876.] pT ‘{Seudder,

sent to me his regular financial statement for presentation to
the Council in the evening. The trouble with him seemed
similar to what he had before experienced, and there ap-
‘peared no reason to anticipate its sad result. All, Iam sure,
‘were surprised and shocked to learn on the following Tues-
day that he had passed away early that morning.

Mr. Pickering, though, not strictly speaking, a scientific

man, was much interested in whatever conduced to the edu-
cation of the community, and he consequently felt great
‘interest in the well-being and success of our Society. He
became a member in 1860, since which time he has always
been a regular attendant on the meetings, and I think from
his highly appreciative mind greatly enjoyed the proceedings.
‘In 1865 he was elected Treasurer of the Society, and he
became also, ex officio, one of the Trustees, meeting the
requirements of these positions with great devotion and
efficiency.
Our departed friend acquired the high respect of all who
knew hin, by his general intelligence, his marked integrity,
and his faithfulness to all the duties of the various offices he
was called upon to fill, and he won the love of all who knew
him intimately by his a sympathy and his Christian
gentleness.

On motion of Messrs. Scudder and Hyatt, it was voted
that the Secretary send a copy of the President’s remarks to
the family of Mr. Pickering, as an expression of the Society’s
respect and regard for him.

The following papers were presented : —

A CENTURY OF ORTHOPTERA. DrcADE VII.—Acrypiu. By
SAMUEL H. ScuDDER.

61. Caloptenus nigrescens. Dull wood-brown, the sides
sand tegmina marked with black. Antenne reddish brown, a little
ainfuscated at the tip; front of head more or less infuscated; the
upper border of the eye margined by a pale yellowish stripe followed
inferiorly behind the eye by a more or less distinct broad blackish

Scudder.] 28 [December 6,

belt, which extends onto the thorax, where it infuscates the upper
third of the deflected lobes, especially anteriorly, and deepens to
black next the lateral carinz; metathoracic epimera yellowish or pale
yellowish brown, edged on either side with black; anal field of teg-
mina testaceous, the remainder black, the extreme tip testaceous; fore
and middle legs dull fusco-testaceous; the hind femora yellow, more
or less tinged with brownish, with a broad black band on either side
of the middle, whose edges follow the impressed lines, the basal one
sending a median shoot to the base; hind tibiz vinous red, a little
infuscated at the base, the spines black. Vertex between the eyes
broader than (?) or scarcely as broad as (3) the basal joint of
antenne, broadly and shallowly sulcate; frontal costa broad, subequal,
sulcate throughout excepting just above the antennz. Pronotum
with equal sides, the transverse sulecations moderate, continuous,
nearly straight, the median carina distinct on the posterior lobe.
Tegmina only half as long as the abdomen, tapering, the inner mar-
gin convex, wings slightly shorter. Hind femora stout and long.
Male abdomen normal, the cerci moderate in size, compressed, taper-
ing and straight on the middle half, with an obscure inner superior
basal tubercle; beyond the middle bent inward and a little upward,
equal, the tip squarely docked with rounded angles; last inferior seg-
ment pointed. Length, 7, 23 mm., 2, 26.5 mm.; of antenne,
3,13mm., 2, 11; of tegmina, 7, 9 mm., 2, 9.5 mm.; of hind femora,
fo, 13.5 mm.; ¢, 16.5 mm.
13,1. Georgia, H. K. Morrison.

Paroxya (Oxya, nom. gen.) nov. gen.

Body straight, subcylindrical. Head moderately large, subdecli-
vant, the eyes large, prominent, separated from each other above by
fully (¢) or very much more than (¢) the width of the basal joint
of antenne; the fastigium rather broad, slightly depressed, the
frontal costa as in Caloptenus; antenne long, equal, of similar length
in the two sexes, the joints sub-depressed, beyond the middle ‘pune-
tate. Pronotum simple, smooth (the posterior lobe punctulate), the
median carina slight, equal; the anterior scarcely longer than the
posterior lobe, the hind border of latter obtusely and bluntly angled ,
lower border of deflected lobes very obtusely angled in the middle:
tubercle of prosternum prominent, subcylindrical, bluntly pointed, at
the base laterally compressed, at least in the male; mesosternal lobes

1876.] 29 [ Scudder.

separated in both sexes by the width of the mesothoracic trochanters;
metasternal lobes either closely approximate (¢) or as distant as the
mesosternal lobes (2). Tegmina and wings about reaching the tip of
the abdomen, slender. Hind femora reaching (¢) or surpassing (?)
the tip of the tegmina, moderately stout but tapering very regularly,
unarmed above, the genicular lobes produced but rounded ; spined
margin of hind tibiz smooth, scarcely dilated toward the tip. Edges
of inferior valve of ovipositor smooth; anal cerci of male having
the general structure of those of Caloptenus.

This genus bears a close general resemblance to the gerontogeic
Oxya Serv., but differs strikingly from it in the separated metasternal
lobes of the female, the blunt tips of the geniculations of the hind
femora, and the want of lateral carine on the upper surface of the
hind tibiz.

62. Paroxya atlantica. Dull olivaceous, excepting the top
of head, thorax and tegmina, which vary from light to dark brown,
Head olivaceous yellow on face and sides, in the female more or less
infuseated; above the antenne brownish fuscous, more or less tinged
with castaneous; behind the eye a broad, straight, horizontal, black
band, edged more or less distinctly, both above and below, with yel-
lowish; antennz not half so long as the body in the male, pale yellow
at base, at least in male, beyond testaceous, deepening into fuscous
toward the tip. Upper surface of pronotum of the color of the top
of the head, the upper half of the deflected lobes with a very broad
black band, in continuation of that on the head, anteriorly edged
more or less distinctly, both above and below, with yellowish, and
fading out before, or abruptly terminating at, the posterior lobe; pleura
with a horizontal stigmatal stripe running backward from the hinder
edge of the mesothoracic episterna (sometimes confined to the meso-
thoracic epimera), and an oblique stripe nearly following the division
line between the metathoracic episterna and epimera; when the lower
stripe is complete it renders the metathoracic episterna conspicuous,
especially in the male, on account of the wedge-shaped oblique yellow
dash which lies between these two black stripes. Tegmina nearly uni-
form brownish fuscous, with a faint line of small fleckings down the
middle in the female. Legs of the color of the body, the middle and
hind femora generally more or less infuscated on their outer face, the
upper half of the genicular lobes of latter black; hind tibiz glaucous
with black or blackish spines. Length, ¢, 21 mm., 2, 28 mm.; of an-

Scudder.] 30 . [December 6,

tenne, ¢, 10 mm., ?,12 mm.; of tegmina, 7,16 mm., @, 18 mm.;

of hind femora, ¢, 13 mm., ¢, 15.25 mm.

10 3,9 9. New Haven, Conn., Prof. S. I. Smith; Middle States,

Baron Osten Sacken; Georgia, H. K. Morrison.

-63. Paroxya recta. Olivaceous yellow, brighter and more’
yellow in the male, duller and more greenish in the female; the upper

surface of head and thorax and the tegmina wood-brown with a slight

olivaceous tinge. Front of head slightly plumbeous; antenne two

thirds as long as the body in the male, yellow at the extreme base,
beyond castaneous, the apical half dark fuscous with pale incisures;

sides of head and thorax marked as in the preceding species, but
with more brightly contrasting colors, and with only inconspicuous

and incomplete pleural stripes. Tegmina of female like those of
the male, without flecks, and with a slight olivaceous tinge. Sides’

of hind femora deepening to greenish, the hind tibie of a deeper

glaucous than the preceding species. Besides these points of dis-—

tinction from P. ailantica, it is a considerably larger species, and
appears to have a less sharply angulated hinder border of pronotum.

Length, 3, 29 mm., 2, 41 mm.; of antenne, 3, 19 mm., 2, 15.5 mm.;

of tegmina, d, 18 mm., ?, 25.25 mm.; of hind femora, ¢, 15.5 mm.,

2 21mm:

80,48. Georgia, H. K. Morrison. Enterprise, Florida, May 15.

E. A. Schwarz, No. 423.

64. Mermiria alacris. Yellowish green, marked with roseate |

ferruginous and fuscous. Head green, with a broad median longitu-
dinal ferruginous stripe, more or less infuscated anteriorly (occasion-

ally obsolescent), anda slightly brighter, though sometimes infus-’

cated and almost equally broad belt behind the eye; a similar but

narrower stripe passes from the base of the antenne to the anterior —

base of the mandibles, broadening below; antenne ferruginous. Pro-

notum marked as in AZ. neomexicana, but with rosev-ferruginous

instead of blackish ferruginous. Tegmina green, the posterior half’
more or less infuscated or tinged with ferruginous. Hind femora dull

green, linearly infuscated; hind tibie pale and rather dull red, the

spines pale on the basal, black on the apical half. Length, ¢, 33 mm.,

2, 46 mm.; of antenne, ¢, 15 mm., ¢, 16 mm.; of tegmina, —

3, 23 mm., 2, 85 mm.; of hind femora, ¢, 18 mm., 2, 25 mm. -

32 0,2. Georgia, H. K. Morrison. This species resembles the ©
most closely JZ. neomexicana (Opsomala neomexicana Thom., M.'

Belfraget Stal), being, like the latter, clearly distinct from WW. bivit-

1876.] ou (Scudder. :

taia (Opomala bivittata Serv.), in the shape of the fastigium of the
vertex. All three species occur in Georgia, so that Thomas’ name is
unfortunate. MM. alacris differs from MW. neomexicana in having the
fastigium of the vertex still more produced and more pointed, the
anal cerci of male a little shorter, the last ventral segment of the
same sex less produced, in the lighter coloring, roseate or roseo-
ferruginous taking the place of dark fuscous or blackish, and in the
sreater diffusion of green over the tegmina.

6&5. Hippiscus lineatus. Frontal costa expanded at the
ocellus, more constricted below than above, expanding toward and
extending to the clypeus. Head brownish yellow, mottled with ferru-
ginous, the antenne blackish beyond the basal third. Proncotum
darker than the head, the superior surface minutely punctate and a
little rugulose in short straight ridges, those of opposite sides slightly
diverging. Tegmina brownish fuscous, flecked with clustered spots of
dark brown, sometimes deepening on the basal half into blackish;
they are mostly confined to narrow irregular bands, one of which is
premedian, a second lies nearly half way between this and the base,
and a third as far toward the apex, beyond which the spots are small,
few and irregularly distributed; the ulnar veins and its immediate
borders (forming the angle of the closed tegmina) are pale yellow,
forming a stripe nearly the entire length of the tegmina. Wings
pale yellow at base, pellucid at tip with one or two small obscure
fuliginous spots and black nervules; and in mid-wing a broad black
arcuate band, which follows the outer border, diminishing in width as
it goes, fully two thirds the way to the anal angle; the outer limit of
this band is a nearly straight line from a point on the costal margin,
about three fifths the distance from the base, to the tip of the second
or third anal ray; it is divided narrowly by a narrow straight pale
yellow stripe (which, as in the.tegmina, follows the ulnar vein), and
extends broadly above the ulnar vein half way to the base. Hind
femora brownish yellow, with a couple of faint oblique darker bands;
tibiz dull yellow, darkest below (perhaps reddish in life), the spines
black tipped. Length of body, 32 mm.; of antennz, 11 mm.; of
tegmina, 31 mm.; of hind femora, 15 mm. :

_ Described from a single female, dried after immersion in alcohol,
taken by Dr. A. S. Packard in Manitou, Colorado.

.66. Trimerotropis picta. Head yellowish brown, obscurely
dotted with fuscous, the front more or less ashen or pallid; frontal
costa deeply sulcate excepting above; lateral foveole equitriangular;

Seudder.] 32 [December 6,

fastigium flat, distinctly declivant, the sides gradually raised, the
space between the eyes nearly double that of the frontal costa; an-
tennz reddish, testaceous on the basal, blackish fuscous on the apieal
half. Pronotum yellowish or brownish testaceous above, flecked
with black dots, the sides more or less cinereous, with an obsolescent
blackish stripe next the lateral carine; the front lobe rather con-
stricted, its median carina seldom cut. distinctly by the transverse
sulcus, being generally but little lower where it meets it, than else-.
where. Tegmina with a series of large, irregular, light brown or
cinereous spots along the costal border, each made up of a series of
clustered blackish dots on a pale ground, next to which the tegmina
are black or brown, often deepening to black; paler again on the
anal area, but flecked with black dots; the costal spots generally
consist of a long basal spot reaching nearly to the middle of the
wing, and broader or less broken in its apical half, a smaller, gen-
erally subquadrate spot, opposite the tip of the ¢ abdomen when
at rest, and midway between that and the tip one or two smaller,
similar, often triangular spots. Wings with a large, subquadrate
spot of a somewhat umber yellow color, with ragged borders, occu-
pying the basal third; the rest of the wing blackish fuliginous, some-
times almost black, with a pellucid or semipellucid, narrow, transverse,
preapical, straight band, broadest and clearest in a subtriangular
space above, the middle of which lies below the apex of the casta-
neous stigma; extreme edge of preanal area white. Hind femora
cinereous, crossed, either side of the middle, by two narrow trans-
verse blackish fuscous bands; hind tibie coral red, cinereous at base,
the spines red, black tipped. Length, ¢, 20 mm., 2, 25 mm.; of
antenne, J, 10.5 mm., 2, 11 mm.; of tegmina, ¢, 24 mm., 2, 25.5
mm.; of hind femora, ¢, 11 mm., ?, 12.5 mm.

428,17. Florida, P. R. Uhler; Cedar Keys, June 4, E. A.
Schwarz, No. 441; Ft. Reed, J. H. Comstock; Georgia, H. K. Morrison.

67. Leprus ingens. Head rather tumid, rugulose throughout,
uniform dirty brown; eyes separated above by fully their own width;
vertex with avery slight median carina, which scarcely enters the
fastigium, lateral foveola inconspicuous, scarcely depressed, with no
carina separating them from the front border of the eyes; frontal
costa broad, equal excepting at the ocellus (where it expands consid-
erably), broadly, shallowly and somewhat irregularly suleate; antenna
scarcely as long as the pronotum, variegated, but with a general livid
brown color. Pronotum of the color of the head, rugose, with the

1876.] 3 3 [Scudder.

anterior lobe subtumescent in the middle posteriorly, and with a
broad and deep transverse depression on the front of the posterior
lobe, divided into halves by the sharp, but only here at all elevated,
median carina; posterior border crenulate, broadly rectangular, the
lateral carinz sharp but not elevated, confined to the posterior lobe.
Tegmina as long as the head and pronotum together, broad, subfusi-
form, tapering rather rapidly and regularly on the apical half, the
apex well rounded, the whole of the color of the thorax, flecked with
rather large, roundish, inconspicuous, dusky spots, the larger ones
mostly collected in two transverse submedian rows, the smaller ones
scattered about the apex. Wings short and broad, lemon yellow on
the basal two thirds, or more; beyond it, in the anal field, a trans-
verse straight dusky fuliginous band, which unites above with a
broader longitudinal similar band running halfway to the base next
the upper border of the anal field, and gradually fading; beyond
these the wing is pellucid, with black veins, and at the very tip
again a little infuscated. Hind femora clay-brown mottled with
griseous, the broad superior and inferior expansions grimy, but their
extreme edges yellow; the interior surface dark blue, pale salmon at
tip; hind tibiz pale coral red, the outer posterior face (and base of
spines), especially above, white; tips of spines black. Length of
body, 37 mm.; of antenne, 10.5 mm.; of pronotum, 11.5 mm.; of
tegmina, 19 mm. ; of hind femora, 21.5 mm.; breadth of same, 8 mm.

1%. Sauzalito (near San Francisco), California, June 7, Mr. J.
Behrens. Another species of this genus was taken by Baron Osten
Sacken, in Sonoma Co., California.

68. Brachystola Behrensii. Of the same size and general
appearance as B. magna (Gir.), but differing from it strikingly in its
markings and some minor points of sculpture. The carinations of
the head are the same; the eyes are scarcely larger ; antennz luteous,
with black incisures on the basal half, blackish fuscous beyond.
Sides of the upper surface of the pronotum more declivant, the
median carina slightly sharper, the hind border produced and well
rounded ; upper surface dark brown mottled with yellowish, the front
and hind border of lateral lobes narrowly, and the inferior border
broadly, yellowish, the remainder of-the lateral lobes black. Teg-
mina a very little smaller than in B. magna, roundish, black, with
yellow longitudinal veins. Hind femora noticeably slenderer than

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XIX. 3 APRIL, 1877.

Scudder.] 34 [December 6,

in B. magna,! rather flatter above, transversely marked with dull
yellow and brown, the apex black; hind tibie yellow, infuscated
at the extreme tip, the spines wholly black. Abdomen brownish
yellow, the dorsum with a broad median fuscous stripe, sometimes
-enlivened by a median luteous line, separated by a narrow subdorsal
luteous stripe from a broad, black or blackish, dorso-pleural stripe.
Indications of similar markings may often be seen in B. magna, but
they are never so unequal nor so intense. Length of body, ¢, 46
mm., ?, 55 mm.; of antenne, ¢, 27 mm., 2, 25 mm.; of pronotum,
do, 15.25 mm., ¢, 17.25 mm.; of tegmina, 8 mm., width of same, 6.75
mm.; length of hind femora, ¢, 30.75 mm., ?, 25.75 mm.

13,1. Sinaloa, Mex., J. Behrens.

69. Tettigidea obesa. Shining nigro-fuliginous, the ‘dorsum
of pronotum sometimes dull plumbeo-testaceous ; lower two thirds of
face of male and lower third of deflected lobe of pronotum pale clay
brown; legs and tegmina black, the hind femora sometimes with an
inferior premedian and superior preapical minute testaceous: spot.
Body very robust and unusually smooth, the entire head and pro-
notum being depressed, rugulose and shining; all the angles are
rounded. ‘The fastigium of the vertex is broadly rounded in front,
scarcely projects beyond the eyes, but the median carina, continuous
with the frontal carina, is conspicuous and prominent, compressed,
though with rounded surface; the frontal costa is very prominent,
broadens slightly below, and is very narrowly sulcate; seen from the
side, it projects beyond the eyes fully half their width, and is broadly
convex. The pronotum reaches the tip of the abdomen only, is
produced and very convex in front, and, at least in the females, is
fully twice as broad in the middle as in front; its sides are consider-
ably deflected, so that the median carina ‘is elevated and equal
throughout, though blunt, and on a side view somewhat arched. The
tegmina are almost smooth, and the wings scarcely longer than the
pronotum. Length, o, 9mm., 2, 12 mm.; of antenne, J, 3.75 mm.,
2,4 mm.; of hind femora, 7, 6 mm., ?, 8 mm.

3¢,3 2. Georgia, H. K. Morrison. The heavy, smooth and
rounded body of this insect readily distinguishes it from any other
Tettigidean known to me.

70. Tettigidea prorsa. Varying from dark testaceous to
blackish, generally darkest on the sides, but the face and lower third

1The hind femora of the females are much slenderer than those of the males in
this genus.

1 ee 35 f (Scudder.

of pronotum, generally pale yellow in, the male; antennz luteous,
black on apical fourth or less. Face more than usually oblique; eyes
not so prominent as. usual; fastigium broadening greatly in front, its
anterior edge forming with the contour of the eyes an almost contin-
uous curve, subangulated in front, giving the head a, bluntly conical
aspect, very different from. that of any species known to me; near
the extreme tip of the fastigium commences a low, blunt, but moder-
ately stout carina, continuing down. the face as the frontal costa,
where it is very prominent, compressed, equal, convex ona side view.
and slenderly sulcate.. Pronotum rather slender, but only as long as,
or even shorter than, the abdomen, scabrous, the front margin
broadly convex, the median carina distinct, but not. very elevated,
the outer edges beyond the sinus marginate, and. between them and
the median carina. two or three vein-like dull longitudinal ridges.,
Tegmina nearly smooth, wings no longer than pronotum.. Length of
body, 3, 8.5 mm., 2, 11 mm.; of antennez, J, 3. mm., 2, 3. aaa of
hind femora, 7, 5 mm., ? 7 mm.
BiG» Oly « Bearsias H. K. Morrison.

New Forms or SALTATORIAL ORTHOPTERA FROM THE SOUTH=
ERN UNITED STATES. By SAMUEL H. ScuDDER.

Gryllus Saussurei. Head ample, tumid, smooth, piceous; the
front, sides and margins of the eyes, excepting behind, luteous; anten-
ne luteo-fuscous, lighter at base; mouth parts luteous, irregularly.
infuscated. Pronotum broader than long, slightly narrower behind
than in front, the anterior border slightly concave, the. posterior
straight; blackish, faintly irrorate with luteo-fulvous, the front margin
sometimes faintly edged with the same; the lower half of the deflected
lobes pale luteous, edged very narrowly below with black, the upper
half of the lobes darker than the upper surface and uniform; front
and hind border with a few curved black bristles. Tegmina covering
about two thirds of the abdomen, testaceous, the humeral angle black-
ish, the basal half of the lateral field. pale luteous; wings almost
wanting. Legs yellowish brown, the hind tibiz and sometimes the
apical half of hind femora infuscated externally; tympanum of the
fore tibize fully one third the length of the tibie on its outer face,
wanting on the inner face. Abdomen black; cerci fusco-luteous,
about as long as the hind femora, ¢. Length of body, 11.5 — 13.5
mm.; of antennz, 18 — 20 mm.; of tegmina, 6mm.; of hind tibie,
5.5 — 5.75 mm.; of cerci, 8 mm.

Scudder.] 36 [December 6,

Georgia. This species, one of the smallest in N. America, resem-
bles the larger G. personatus Uhl. in general appearance, especially
in the pale sides of the pronotum, which in G. personatus are devoid
of black, excepting a small spot above.

Nemobius carolinus. Head and unicolorous antenne varying
from dull luteous to dusky brown, furnished with rather long, curving,
distant, black, bristly hairs. Pronotum of the color of the head, but
more or less mottled, a little broader than long, supplied with long
bristly black hairs rather less abundant than in JV. vittatus, its anterior
two thirds with a distinctly impressed median line. Tegmina shihing
black, the borders and angles testaceous, those of the male rather
ample and reaching the tip of the abdomen, those of the female
covering but half of the abdomen, the dorsal members in the latter
sex straight to the tip; wings wanting. Hind legs dull testaceous,
the tibial spines pale near the tip. Cerci varying from testaceous to
brownish, very slender, as long as the abdomen; ovipositor castaneous,
a little upcurved, moderately stout, shorter than the hind tibiz, the
apical denticulate field longer than usual and nearly equalling one
fourth the entire length of the ovipositor. Length of body, ¢, 7.3 mm.,
9, 94mm.; of antenne, d, 15.5 mm. ?,16.5 mm.; of tegmina,
o, 4.2 mm., ?, 4 mm.; of hind tibie, J, 4.1.mm., J, 4.5 mm.; of cerci,
?, 4mm., 2, 5.6 mm.; of ovipositor, 2, 3.8 mm.

North Carolina. This species appears to be nearly allied to Saus-
sure’s LV. toltecus from Mexico; it is slightly smaller than JV. vittatus,
and of a similar appearance, but the males have larger tegmina, and
the females longer ovipositors.

Nemobius volaticus. Head rather full and convex, project-
ing above the surface of the pronotum, black, with bristly hairs as in
the preceding species; antenne dark brown, with pale incisures;
palpi varying irregularly from pallid to dusky, the terminal joint
nearly twice as long as the third, and about three times longer than
the fourth. Pronotum black, broader than long, slightly broader
behind than in front, the anterior half or more with a distinct median
furrow, the whole surface with scattered black bristles. Tegmina
narrow, nearly as long as the abdomen, piceous, the interspaces be-
tween the nervures more or less testaceous, especially in the female,
the nervules of the dorsal surface in the latter straight; wings very
long, the tip of the closed tegmina lying midway between the tip of
the wings and the front of the head. Legs testaceous, more or
less infuscated, especially above, the hind femora rather slender, the

1876.] Cok [Scudder.

tibial spines slightly paler at tip. Cerci slender, dusky, about as long
as the hind tibie; ovipositor very much as in the preceding species
castaneous, similarly armed at tip. Length of body, ¢, 7.25 mm.,
2, 6.75 mm.; of antenne, J,'13 mm., ?, 14 mm.; of tegmina, 7, 4 mm.,
?,4.4 mm.; of wings (closed), 3, 8.5 mm., 2, 8.5 mm.; of hind tibias
3, 3.75 mm., 2,3 mm.; of cerci, d,4 mm., ?, 4.25 mm.; of ovipositor,
2,3 mm.

Georgia. This slender species is doubtless nearly allied to NV. cu-
bensis Sauss., with which it agrees very well in size ; the tezmina
however are longer, the head is decidedly more convex, and the last
palpal joint is comparatively longer.

Nemobius socius. Head castaneous, heavily striped with
straight longitudinal black bands, and covered with moderately short
black bristles, abundant only in front; it is rather full and convex,
rising considerably above the level of the pronotum; antenne
castaneous at base, dusky beyond, deepening to blackish brown
apically. Pronotum blackish, both upper and lower borders of the
deflected lobes marked with luteo-castaneous, the surface sparsely
covered with rather short black bristles as on the head, the anterior
half with a distinct median furrow. Tegmina (2) shining black, the
tip, the common margin of the dorsal and lateral fields and the inner
border more or less castaneous; they are as long as the body, and
the nervules of the dorsal field, or at least the outer ones, curve
inward strongly at the well rounded tip. Legs fusco-castaneous, the
upper half of the hind femora darker than the rest. Cerci nearly as
long as the hind tibie; ovipositor as long as the hind femora, the
apical field as in NV. vittatus. ¢. Length of body, 9.5 mm.; of anten-
ne, 11 mm.; of tegmina, 6 mm.; of hind tibie, 5 mm.; of oviposi-
tor, 6.25 mm.

Georgia. This species is nearly allied to our common UN. vittatus,
with which it agrees in size, although a little slenderer; the tegmina
however are much longer, and the ovipositor proportionally a little
shorter.

Hadencecus puteanus. Dark fuliginous brown, slightly tinged
with castaneous. Head and under surface of body dull luteous; an-
tennz luteo-fuscous, darkest on the basal half; palpi slightly infus-
eated beyond the base. Upper surface of thorax and abdomen
sparsely covered with excessively short hairs, giving it a punctulate
appearance. All the femora and tibie brownish fuscous, the base of
the femora and the extreme tips of the tibiz a little paler; tarsi, as

Scudder.] 38 [December 6,

well as the longer tibial spines, pale luteous. Cerci brownish lute-
ous; ovipositor testaceo-luteous, slender, not very long, in the apical
half gently tapering, the tip.upeurved, finely pointed. Length, ¢;
11 mm., 2,17 mm.; of antenne, J,60 mm., 2,80 mm.; of maxil-
lary palpi, 7, 7 mm., 2, 9.5 mm.; of hind tibie, 7,18 mm., ?, 20.5
mm.; of cerci, ¢, 4.6 mm., 2,5 mm.; of ovipositor, 2, 7.75 mm.

This insect, found in North Carolina by Mr. H. K. Morrison, un-
der boards covering an old well about forty feet deep, and on’the
wooded sides of ‘the same, near the top, is one of the most interest-
ing insects recently discovered in the country, from its close affin-
ity to Had. cavernarum (Rhaph. cavernarum Sauss; Had: subterraneus
Scudd.), which inhabits the Mammoth Cave of Kentucky. I-shall
take an early occasion to discuss the relation of these two species to
each other and their allies, and will only mention here that the pres-
ent: species has several points of structure in which it approaches the
allied genus Ceuthophilus.. I have before received the species, in
poor condition, from the Smithsonian Institution, collected by Miss
Helen Jennison at Monticello, Mississippi.

Aegipan (Aiyizay) nov. gen.

Slender, with long appendages. Head not very large nor full, the
front nearly flat, the sides somewhat compressed, the posterior border
bluntly but distinctly marginate; fastigium broad posteriorly, nar-
rowing anteriorly, moderately prominent, with ‘a distinct fusiform
sulcation; eyes vertically obovate, twice as long as broad, prominent;
antenne very long and moderately slender, with the basal joint ap-
pressed, about twice as long as broad; second, cylindrical, smaller,
tapering a little, considerably longer than broad; third, slender,
cylindrical, as long as the first; the remaining joints subequal ; apical
joint of maxillary palpi nearly as long as the third and fourth joints
together, thickened at tip and covered sparsely with short erect hairs.
Pronotum subselliform, smooth, with a scarcely raised median line,
the front border transverse, scarcely produced behind the eyes, the
hind border almost rectangular, produced and more or less rounded,
the humeral sinus slight; deflected lobes declivant, much longer than
broad, barely reaching the lower edge of the epimera, the front and
lower borders meeting at rather more than a right angle; prosternam
unarmed ; meso- and metasternum with small rounded posterior lobes,
Tegmina long and slender, extending far beyond the end of the

1876.] 39 [Scudder,

body, the ‘costal margin distinctly expanded: on the basal fifth or
less, increasing ‘slightly in breadth apically, the tip narrowing and
rounded; wings almost half as long again as the tegmina, reaching
as far backward as the tips of the femora. Legs exceedingly long
and slender, the hind femora very slightly thickened; all the coxe
with an inferior, the anterior coxz also with a superior spine; under
surface of all thefemora with a row of exceedingly delicate distant
spines ; fore femora nearly twice as long as head and pronotum to-
gether; geniculations of hind pair apically denticulate on either
side; all the tibize sulcate externally, the foramina of the front pair
elliptical, about three times as long as broad; hind tibie equal
throughout, much longer than the femora, furnished beneath with,
two apical spines; second joint of all the tarsi apically bidenticulate
above. Abdomen compressed, with a median ridge on the basal
half; subgenital plate of male apically bidentate, destitute of styles ;
ovipositor of female very short and broad, upturned, strongly com-
pressed, very bluntly pointed.

The excessive length of the legs gives this genus a very peculiar
appearance. It is allied to Acrometopa Fieb.

Aegipan grallator. Green. A faint pinkish stripe behind the
top of the eye, crossed longitudinally by a slightly curving, tapering,
white line.:. Anterior lobe of pronotum with an oblique white line on
either side marking a ridge, approximating posteriorly, often bor-
dered above with pink; posterior border of pronotum edged rather
broadly on the ‘deflected lobes, narrowly above, with white, every-
where delicately margined with pink. Limitation of the anal and
median field of tegmina marked with dull pink; the hind femora
often, and occasionally the other femora tinged, excepting at the ex-
tremities, with pink. Abdomen with a faint whitish lateral line,
bordered distinctly below, faintly and narrowly above, with pink.
The tympanum of the male tegmina as long as the pronotum. Inner
margins of the apical denticles of the subgenital plate meeting at the
middle of its apex; ovipositor of female green, pinkish apically at
the edges, considerably longer than broad, externally scabrous with
raised points directed apically, the edges serrate, with small but stout
serrations. Length of body, 3, 16.5 mm., ?, 18.5 mm. ; of antenne,
3,56 mm., 2, 60 mm.; of tegmina, ¢, 23 mm., ?, 26.25 mm.; of
wings, 3, 32.75 mm., 2, 34.5 mm.; of hind tibia, ¢,37 mm., ¢, 39
mm.; of ovipositor, 2, 4.2 mm,

Seudder.] 40 [December 6,

Texas; frequently attracted to the light from May to August,
G. W. Belfrage; also collected by J. Boll, June 13 to 26.

Aegipan phalangium. Very similar to A. grallator with pre-
cisely similar markings, excepting that the abdomen appears to lack
the lateral stripe; the tegmina, wings and legs, are distinctly longer;
the tympanum of the male tegmina is shorter than the pronotum ;
the male cerci are stouter, and the subgenital plate is squarely
docked at tip, the base of the apical denticles being widely separated;
the ovipositor of the female is formed as in A. grallator, but is broader,
being scarcely longer than broad. Length of body, ¢, 15.5 mm., ?»
19 mm.; of antenne, J, 68 mm., 2, 61 mm.; of tegmina, ¢, 29 mm.,
?, 30.5 mm.; of wings, ¢, 36.5 mm., °, 37.5 mm.; of hind tibiae, ¢,
41 mm., 2, 41.5 mm.; of ovipositor, °, 5.2 mm.

A few specimens were taken in Georgia by H. K. Morrison.

Caloptenus clypeatus. Brownish testaceous. Front of head
varying from dull luteous to dull reddish brown, faintly dotted with
fuscous ; tips of mandibles and lower edge of labrum marked with
black; antenne luteous, infuscated on the apical third. Top of head
and pronotum dotted faintly with fuscous, the deflected lobes of the
latter paler, marked next the lateral carinze with a black streak,
which narrows and disappears posteriorly, broadens anteriorly, and
extends slightly upon the head. Tegmina a little shorter than the
body, the costal field dark testaceous, the central field blackish, and
the anal field light testaceous or wood brown. Front and middle
legs of the color of the body; hind femora blackish on their outer
face (the inferior outer carina yellow), black interrupted with luteo-
testaceous on the inner face, beneath vinous red; hind tibie varying
from vinous to coral red, the spines black. Vertex between the eyes
a little (¢) or much (2) broader than the basal antennal joint, very
slightly depressed centrally, at least in the male; frontal costa broad,
subequal, slightly depressed at the ocellus. Pronotum scarcely en-
larging posteriorly, even, with but slight transverse incisions and a
slight median carina, equal in the female, interrupted slightly in the
middle third in the male; lateral carine indistinct, rounded. Teg-
mina bent rather distinctly between the middle and anal fields; wings
reaching the tip of the closed tegmina. Hind femora long, but mod-
erately stout. Abdomen of male considerably thickened at the tip,
forming a subglobose mass; supra-anal plate of same sex shield-
shaped, being triangularly produced at the extreme tip, narrowly -
aud deeply sulcate down the middle; anal cerci of male stout, com-

1876..] 41 [Osten Sacken.

pressed, constricted in the middle, beyond incurved, expanded,
especially above, the posterior edge much compressed, convex in the
middle half. Length of body, 3, 28.5 mm., 2, 36 mm.; of antennae,
$,15 mm., $, 14.5 mm.; of tegmina, d, 17 mm., 2,18.5 mm.; of
hind femora, 3, 17 mm., ?, 21 mm.

Georgia.

REPORT ON THE DIPTERA BROUGHT HomE BY DR. BESSELS
FROM THE ARCTIC VOYAGE OF THE “ POLARIS,” IN 1872.
By C. R. Osten SACKEN.

The small collection of Diptera from Polaris Bay sent to me for
examination, consisted:

A. Of seven vials of alcoholic specimens, containing:

1. Chironomus, numerous specimens of a small species.

2. Scatella, a species with the hyaline dots on the wings
arranged like the North American S. favillacea Lw., or the
European sorbillans Hal., but different from both.

3,4, 5. Several specimens of Anthomyia, undistinguishable.

6. Puparium of a Muscid.

7. Larva of a Tipulid.

B. Of bottles 8 and 9, without alcohol, containing well preserved
specimens of the Tipulz, to be described below, one in each; also a
specimen of Trichocera (regelationis ?).

C. A few pinned specimens of the same Tipule, one species of
Anthomyia and one Lucilia.

The Diptera from Greenland have been described several times; by
O. Fabricius in the last century, by Steger, Curtis, Zetterstedt and
Loew in the present one. Schiddte, in his chapter on the Arthropoda
of Greenland (in Rink’s work), compiled nearly all that was known
on the subject. Still the collection before me, small as it is, affords
an exceptional interest on account of the very high latitude where it
was formed.

The most interesting specimens in this collection are the two Tip-
ule, the more so as they are represented in several well preserved
examples. The pinned specimens of Anthomyia and Lucilia, as
well as the above mentioned Scatella, in order to be determined
specifically, should be compared with European specimens which
are not within my reach. The alcoholic specimens cannot well be
determined beyond the genus.

Osten Sackcn.] 492 [December 6,

Of the two Tipulide one is a new'species, dedicated to the dis-
coverer. The other is a species described by Zetterstedt, from speci-
mens also received from Greenland.

Tipula Besselsi n. sp. i

Gray, thorax and abdomen with darker. stripes; wings with a dark
brown stigma; antenne altogether black; ovipositor of the 2° ex-
ceedingly short. Long. corp., ¢, 9—10 millim.; 2, 12—13 millim.;
long. ale, ¢, 12—14 millim.; ?, 15—16 millim.

Head dark gray, with a darker stripe over front and vertex; ros-
trum blackish, except the projecting labella, which are paler; palpi
black; antenne black, first joint with a grayish bloom; joints of the
flagellum incrassate at their basis and verticillate upon the incras-
sation (the latter is stronger in the male than in the female);
stretched backwards, the antenne: hardly reach the root of the
wings; the joints of the flagellum are about equal in length, except
the first, which .is a little longer, and the last, which is a little
shorter than the rest. Thorax dark gray; a cuneiform blackish
stripe, divided by a longitudinal gray line, in the middle of the dor-
sum; lateral stripes visible, but: less well defined ; long, pale, erect,
soft hairs clothe the intervals of the stripes, the sides of the dorsum,
a portion of the pleure, the coxe, the whole head, including the ros-
trum and the basal joint of the antenne. Halteres brownish, basis
of the knobs paler. Abdomen dull gray, with a longitudinal brown-
ish stripe above; a similar stripe on the venter (the latter stripe is
more distinct in the ° than in the ¢ specimens). Tip of the abdo-
men blackish, but very little incrassated in the ¢; of the four folia-
ceous appendages of the ¢ genitals the upper ones are brown, the
lower ones paler. The valves of the ovipositor of the 2 are exceed-
ingly small (not more than three quarters of a millimeter long).
Coxe gray; their second joint more blackish; feet dark brown or
black, basal half of the femora reddish-brown; the middle of the
tibize also shows a trace of this coloring. Wings immaculate, with a
whitish tinge (in some specimens with a slight brownish tinge on the
apical portion) ; veins strong, brown ; stigma elliptical, brown; petiole
of the second posterior cell of moderate length.

Hab. Polaris Bay, Greenland; July 7, 1872. | (Dr. Bessels.)

The short appendages of the ovipositor of the female, the coloring
of the wings, etc., readily distinguish this species. The only species,
so far as I can see, which can be compared to it, is Tipula subnodicor
nis Zetterstedt. But the “stigma obsoletum,” the unicolorous abdo-

1876:} ~ 43 (Dall.

men, and. other. characters, readily distinguish this species from Tip-
ula Besselsi.

Tipula nodulicornis Zett.

Zetterstedt, Insecta lapponica, p. 841, 8.

Diptera Scandinavie, X, p. 3934, 17.

Steger, Greenland’s Antliater, p. 355, 15.

The second Tipula which I found in Mr. Bessel’s collection agrees
quite well with 7. nodulicornis Zett. from Greenland. Unfortunate-
ly, only male specimens are at hand, and thus it could not be ascer-
tained whether the ovipositor is serrated or not, as seems to be the
case with that of Zetterstedt’s species (compare the description in
the Insecta Lapponica, which differs in some points from that in the
Dipt. Scandinavie). Mr. Schiodte, in his article on the Articulata of
Greenland, (in Rink’s work; compare Berl. Entom. Zeitschr., 1859,
p- 152) considers the Tipula rosa of O. Fabricius (non Linné),
Tipula. arctica Curtis, Ins. Ross’s Exp., and Tipula nodulicornis Zett.
as synonyms. 1 am inclined to admit the synonymy of the first
two species, but not that of the third. Curtis says of the abdomen:
“the incisures. slightly ochreous,” and also indicates this coloring in
the excellent figure he gives. O. Fabricius says: ‘‘mas differt ab-
domine magis testaceo.” The abdomen of the specimens from Polaris
Bay is of a uniform dull blackish gray... A comparison of Curtis’s
and Fabricius’s descriptions. reveals several other coincidences, but
excludes the identification of the specimens which I have before me.

Note on “ Diz GASTEROPODEN FAUNA BAIKALSEES.’’?! By Wo.
H. DALu.

This paper gives the result of an exhaustive examination of a large
number of remarkable forms from Lake Baikal, one of which, Choan-
omphalus, had been generically separated by Gerstfeldt in 1859.

Of the other genera Hydrobia, Ancylus, and Valvata have long been
established.

_ The new genera proposed are Benedictia Dybowski, for a mollusk
with a limneiform shell and rudimentary operculum, two species of
which had been previously announced by Gerstfeldt and Schrenck as
Paludine. One new species is described.

1 Anatomisch und systematisch bearbeitet, von W. Dybowski (Dec. 1875) Mem.
de Acad. Imp. des Sciences de St. Petersbourg, ser. VIII, t. XXII, No. 8 (cum
tab. VIII, lith).

Dall.) ! 44 [December 6,

A genus Limnorea Dyb. is proposed, with two subgenera Leucosia
and Ligea Dyb. ; for the first four new species are described and one
referred by Gerstfeldt to the genus Hydrobia is added to them. To
the second subgenus eight new species are referred. They appear to
be allied to Littorinella. As not unfrequently occurs in memoirs
where the author’s attention has been chiefly devoted to anatomical
details, the nomenclature and systematic relations appear to have
been somewhat neglected. At least this is the most satisfactory man-
ner of accounting for certain deficiencies to which this note is chiefly
directed. The genus Benedictia appears to be well founded and
homogeneous, but before it can be definitely accepted a careful com-
parison is necessary between the Lioplacine and the form referred
to. Lioplacodes Meek (1864), offers some points of resemblance.
This comparison is especially needed to test the validity of the au-
thor’s proposal to make Benedictia the type of a new family allied
more nearly to the Hydrobune of Stimpson than to the Viviparide.
This view is doubtful when the resemblance of the dentition of at least
one of the species to that of Lioplax is noted, and in the absence
of any figure of the operculum of Benedictia, which would seem by
the description to be related to that of Lioplaz.

The genus Limnorea is also proposed as type of a distinct family,
whose validity it is not at present practicable to test in the absence
of details in regard to apparently allied groups, which have been
raised to generic significance by different authors within a few years.

The names adopted by the author unfortunately have been already
preoccupied in Crustacea for many years in several cases, as has al-
ready been pointed out in a review of the memoir by Von Martens.

Lnmnorea by Peron and Lesueur in Acalephs (1809), in Polyps by
Lamoroux (in 1821), and by Leach and Dana in Crustacea,

Leucosia was used for a valid genus of Crustacea in 1798.

Ligea, under the form Ligia, is also preoccupied by Fabricius, and
by Duponchel in Lepidoptera. These facts were recognized by Mar-
tens, who unfortunately did not observe that Leucosia, even if not
preoccupied, would necessarily fall, from the fact that no subdivision
had been left by Dybowski to receive the typical forms of his genus
Limnorea, and who also neglected, as had the author he was review-
ing, to mention any types of the several groups. Martens proposes
for Limnorea the generic name Baicalia (mel. Baikalia) and for Leu-

1 Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Ges. 1876. Heft. II, p. 181,

1876.] 45 [Dall.

cosia and Ligea (which are respectively simply the smooth and sculp-
tured forms of Baikalia) the names Liobaicalia and Trachybaicalia,
respectively. His names are exactly synonymous with those of
Dybowski, and no types being mentioned it is open to others to re-
strict the groups as their characters may seem to require.

The largest, first figured and first described species of Benedictia is
B. fragilis Dyb. (1. ¢. p. 5, pl. 1,f. 1-5), which may therefore stand
as the type.

One or the other of the two names applied by Martens must be
strictly synonymous with Baikalia as the typical subgenus. Naturally
the most extensive of the two would be the one to be suppressed.

The subgenus Trachybaikalia chiefly differs from Liobaikalia by
being ribbed, carinated or both. The genus Barkalia is in some of
its members related to or more probably identical with Tryonia of
Stimpson, from the typical species of which B. contabulata is hardly
more than specifically distinguishable. Prososthenia Neumayr, is
also very closely related, and but for its thickened lip might be con-
sidered identical with Tryonia. Thesingular resemblance of Baikalia
Stiede to Camptoceras Benson, can hardly be more than analogical.

Two species of Baikalia present a feature which entitles them to
sectional rank, namely B. ciliata and Duthiersii; whose ciliated epider-
mis strongly contrasts with the smoothness of the species associated
with them by Dybowski. With this character are associated a more
compact form and deeper sutures than most of the others exhibit.

The division of the genus by sculpture is hardly warrantable. The
two groups fade insensibly into one another when tried by this test.

Similar transitions are noticeable among the original forms of
Tryonia, which, like Baikalia, occupied an extensive inland lake, on
the ancient beaches of which they are now found in immense num-
bers. With these are to be compared the numerous forms described
from the Tertiaries of Central Europe by Brusina and Neumayr,
before the generic place of the group can be definitely fixed.

The first species of Trachybaikalia (Ligea) mentioned by Dybowski,
is 7’. carinata, (I. c. p. 45, pl. rv, f. 1-4). The adult shell is figured,
contrary to the diagnosis, with a well marked anterior notch or
canal. But for this I should consider it fully synonymous with
Tryonia. ‘The figure is possibly erroneous, but being without the
means of determining this for the present it may be considered as the
type of a distinct section. Otherwise, except in the case of Liobai-

Dall.j 46 [December 6;

kalia Stiede and those above mentioned, there do not seem to be any
characters by which the group can be differentiated from Tryonia.

SCHEDULE.
Genus Tryonia Stimpson.

Type TZ. clathrata Stimpson, 1865.

Syn. Leucosia Dybowski, ex parte, non Fabr.

Ligea Dybowski, ex parte, non Fabr. nec. Duponce.

Limnorea Dybowski, non Peron and Lesueur, nec Lamoroux,
Leach, Dana, et cet.

Baicalia Martens, Apr. 1876.

Liobaicalia Martens, ex parte.

Trachybaicalia Martens, ex parte.

SPECIES FROM LAKE BAIKAL.

Tryonia Godlewskii; T. Flori; T. oviformis; T. carinocostata;
T. turriformis; T.costata ; T. Wrzesniowskit (!) ; and T. contabulata
Dybowski, sp.; 7. angarensis Gerstfeldt, sp.

? Subgenus Baikalia Martens, emend.

Type B. carinata Dybowski, sp., op. cit. pl. rv. f. 1 =4..
? Margin of the aperture notched anteriorly in the adult.

Subgenus, Liobaikalia Martens, emend.

Type Liobaikalia Stiede Dyb., sp., op. cit. pl. mm, f. 20 — 23.
Whorls loosely coiled, bearing a relationship to Zryonia analogous to
that borne by Lyogyrus to Valvata, and Camptoceras to Limnea.

? Subgenus Dybowskia, Dall.

Type Ligea ciliata Dybowski, op. cit., pl. 111, f. 27 — 29.

Whorls transversely ribbed, with a ciliate epidermis, deep a
short and rapidly tapering spire, and subcircular aperture.

If specifically distinct from the type, which seems doubtful, Ligea
Duthiersti Dyb. also belongs to this section.

The first species of Trachybaikalia having been retained’ for the
genus with which it was synonymous, while the name Liobaikalia
would have been entirely inadvisable for this group even had it
originally been included in that section, it appears that a new name
is called for.

The remarkable character of the fauna of this lake basin will be
found closely paralleled in the old Pliocene lake marls of both Europe
and America. The creation of such a large number of generic

1876.] | 47 (Farlow.

groups as has: marked the investigation of these lake-basins by
Brusina, Neumayr, Meek, Stimpson and others, is likely, unless au-
thors investigate closely the work of their predecessors in similar
fields, to cause a great deal of confusion. It will be a great gain to
science when every investigator recognizes it as his duty, not only
to elucidate the physiological or anatomical features of a species, but
to'use at least ordinary care in giving its proper binomial designa-
tion, or failing in that, at least to refrain from adding to the already
overwhelming mass of zoological synonymy.

Dr. W. G. Farlow made some remarks on certain alge
which were found, in August, 1876, in Horn Pond, Woburn,
and which had caused a very disagreeable odor, resembling
that of a pig-pen.

The principal species causing the trouble was so far decayed that
it was impossible to determine it speeifically, but it seemed to belong
‘to the genus Anabena, and was perhaps related to Nodularia litorea
Thuret, which produced at one time a similar odor at Deauville near
Cherbourg. Another alga, Plectonema Wollet Farlow, vulgarly
called eel-grass, was found at the same time, and also a quantity of
Clathrocystis eruginosa Henfrey. The former plant is one of the
Nostochinez, and when it decays has also a pig-pen odor like that of
the Anabena previously mentioned. The Clathrocystis, known: in
‘Germany as the Wasserbliithe, is now considered to belong to the
group of Bacteria, and is closely related to Clathrocystis rosea-persi-
cina found on the decaying alg of our sea shore.

Dr. Farlow then gave a short account of what is known of the
development of Clathrocystis and some of the Bacteria and Nosto-
chinez, and described the peculiar effect which the species of Beg-
giatoa have in producing sulphurous odors.

General Meeting. December 20, 1876.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Forty per-
sons present.

The following papers were read: —
SomME REMARKABLE GRAVEL RipGEes In THE MerRIMAcK VAL-
LEY (ABsTRACT). By GrorGe F. Wricut.

A formation of gravel, known at Andover as “Indian Ridge,” has
long been familiar to the citizens, and has been remarked upon fre-

Wright.] 48 [December 20,

quently by tourists and geologists. In the “‘ Transactions of the
Association of American Geologists and Naturalists,” for 1841 and
1842, Pres. Edward Hitchcock, of Amherst College, gave a de-
tailed account of the formation so far as then observed.1 He there
characterizes it as “decidedly the most interesting and instructive
case [of the kind] which he had met with.” A map of a mile and
a half of it, then supposed to be its limit, was given by Prof. Hitch-
cock in the same paper, prepared by Prof. Alonzo Gray. This
map, on a reduced scale, reappears in “ Hitchcock’s Elementary
Geology.” ? Some other ridges of a similar nature were noticed by
that eminent observer, and the suggestion was made by him that far-
ther researches might show a system where now only a confused
group was observed.

We could not improve upon the description of the main features of
this formation given by Dr. Hitchcock, in 1842.

“ Our moraines form ridges and hills of almost every possible
shape. It is not common to find straight ridges for a considerable
distance. But the most common and most remarkable aspect
assumed by these elevations is that of a collection of tortuous ridges,
and rounded, and even conical, hills with corresponding depressions
between them. These depressions are not valleys, which might have
been produced by running water, but mere holes, not unfrequently
occupied by a pond.”?

By reference to Plate 1, and the description here given in connec-
tion with it, the characteristics of this formation may easily be ap-
prehended.

At Smith and Dove’s Flax Mill, near Andover Depot, a dam
raises the Shawshin River 14 feet. Measuring + from the river bed
below the dam, the ascent to the peat bog, 0, at the base of the east
ridge is, in round numbers, 41 feet. Taking this bog as a level, the
height of the successive ridges, East Ridge, Indian, and West, at
the points a, b, and c, is 41 feet, 49 feet, and 71 feet. The pointe,
however, is in a characteristic depression of the ridge. On either
side of it, north and south, prominences project 20 feet higher,

1See page 198.

2 See page 260 (30th edition).

3 Transactions of American Association of Geologists and Naturalists for 1841
and 1842, p. 191.

4The measurements were made under my superintendence by the class of 1875,
Phillips Academy.

1876.] 49 [Wright.

making them 91 feet above the base assumed at 0, and 132 feet
above the river. Branches not adequately indicated on the map run
off at various points and form enclosed basins, which have no outlet
except as channels have been cut through the loose material of the
ridges, either by natural or artificial means.

Quite an extensive body of water was included, till long after the
settlement of the town, in an enclosure between 6 and c. It has been
drained, partly by a channel of its own formation, and partly by arti-
ficial means, and is now occupied by a muck swamp, which is 20 or 30
feet deep. A trigonometrical section of the West Ridge, at the point
c, gives the height above the swamp at its base 61 feet, with a thick-
ness of 250 feet. The slant is 30°. The river bottom from which we
started is 50 feet above the ocean, so the extreme height of the West
Ridge at the point of measurement is 182 feet. A few rods east of
the point o there are irregular remnants of ridges of the same gen-
eral character with the others, running southeast to the Shawshin,
_ and east of the Shawshin there is a continuation with little interrup-
tion to the point x, where it is apparently pushed into a great num-
ber of irregular prominences enclosing numerous bowl-shaped basins;
one of which, of oblong shape and about fifteen feet deep, is at the
very summit, the rim of which rises to a height of about 100 feet
above the river. The base of this part of the formation is on a level
with the Shawshin, and hence about forty feet lower than those for
which the measurements have been given upon the other side of the
small river, the substratum of rock being that much higher in the
one place than in the other.

A mile south, at Pomp’s Pond, on the eastern side of the Shawshin
valley, and partially connected by-intervening ridges, is a similar
cluster of rounded hills and enclosed basins, surmounted by a sharp
peak of still greater height.

We should also observe, that clusters, or ganglions, of such irreg-
ular ridges, encircling bowl-like reservoirs, and rising into sharp
peaks, occur at frequent intervals along the whole belt of the forma-
tion we are describing. Frequently, as a ridge is suddenly pushed up
into a pinnacle, it will put out a spur, returning to itself and forming
a closed basin at or near its top, as south of the point ¢ on the map.

Before paying further attention to the course of the series north
and south, I will describe its composition and structure. It is import-
ant to notice that the material in the ridges is not uniformly, nor

every where stratified. The ridges themselves are ordinarily com-

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XIX. 4 MAY 1877.

Wright. 50 | [December 20,

posed of sand, gravel and pebbles, the latter from a few inches to two
feet through, sometimes irregularly stratified, the coarse material be-
ing as likely to abound near the top as at the bottom; at other times
10 or 15 feet or more in thickness will give no signs of stratification
whatever. The top of the ridge is usually just wide enough for a
foot path, and pebbles a foot or two in diameter dot its course at
frequent intervals. Usually, also, the base of the ridge is partially
hid by subsequent accumulation of stratified sand and fine gravel, or
by peat bogs.

Another point of importance is, that the fragments of rock in the
ridges are nearly all somewhat rounded and apparently water worn,
though it is evident that they have not all been subjected to the
same amount of attrition. I have searched in vain among the de-
ibris of the formation for scratched stenes, though striated stones are
found in abundance near the surface in the immediate vicinity. Fur-
thermore, the pebbles are not of local origin. JI am not sufficiently
acquainted with the region to the north to determine the original
locality of all of them. Merrimack slate abounds, however, as does~
a gneiss, with peculiar crystals of feldspar, whose “ habitat” is well
determined in central New Hampshire. In Topsfield a portion of
the pebbles are clearly from ledges only a few miles to the northwest.

Keeping these characteristics in mind, we will now note the extent
of the series so far as known. Between two and three years ago,
and in ignorance of what Mr. Upham of the New Hampshire Geo-
logical Survey was doing, I began to prosecute investigations to
determine more precisely the character and extent of the phenom-
ena described. It was soon found that the system extended indefi-
nitely along a line northwest by southeast, constituting a reticulated
belt of gravel ridges a half mile or more wide, nearly coincident in
general direction with the course of the strie on the rocks, and with
the line of prolongation of the axis of the Merrimack Valley from
Manchester upwards.1_ The formation does not lie at a uniform alti-
tude above the sea, but rises over hills and descends into river valleys
in a certain apparent independence of the natural configuration of
the country. ‘The land, however, though undulating and somewhat
broken, nowhere in this part of Massachusetts rises more than 300
or 400 feet above tide water. The ridges plainly belong to the super-
ficial deposit, since they everywhere overlie the “boulder clay ” or

1“ Reticulated Ridges” is the happy descriptive phrase applied to the forma-
tion by Professor Shaler.

1876.] 51 (Wright.

“till”? of the region. Considerable difficulty, at first, attended the
work of tracing the system, from the fact that spurs frequently run
off from the. main line and disappear. This occurrence is likely to
deceive the inexperienced investigator into concluding that the whole
series has terminated. Furthermore, extensive swamps and small
lakes repeatedly oceur in the reticulations of the series, while also
the underbrush greatly impedes progress. Still again, for causes
known and unknown, there are frequent interruptions of the series.
Streams have cut through it. ‘The Merrimack Valley crosses it
nearly at right angles. Villages and cities have been built at various
points along the course of the series, as at Ballard Vale, at Wake-
field, Lawrence and Methuen, where men have been at work for a
generation in removing the material for paving streets and ballasting
railroads. Sometimes the ridges disappear in a sandy plain, in which
case, however, there are usually bowl-shaped depressions in the plain
along the line of general direction. ‘This is noticeable east of Bal-
lard Vale. It is quite possible that at other places the ridges are
buried in a peat bog. Other interruptions may be accounted for by
the unknown action of the currents of water which accompanied the
disappearance of the continental glacier. . I have now traced the
course of the series which passes through Andover, south through Bal-
lard Vale, past Foster’s Pond and Martin’s Pond, along the Town line
between Wilmington and North Reading, across the Ipswich River
two miles east of Wilmington, through the eastern part of Reading,
and near the line between that town and Lynnfield te Wakefield,
thence onward with more or less certainty to East Malden. North-
ward from Andover it crosses the Lowell and Lawrence Railroad,
about a mile west of South Lawrence, and comes down to the inter-
vale of the Merrimack, opposite the new water works. It is seen
like a Chinese wall ascending the reservoir hill on the opposite side
of the river. Thence it passes in unbroken line northward to Me-
thuen. Scattered portions appear west of the Manchester and Law-
rence Railroad, as far as Messer’s Station.1 The extreme distance
between the points here mentioned is nearly thirty miles. But more
decided indications in Methuen are seen farther west, northward from
Crystal Pond, and still again, a half mile west of Salem Station,

1See Plates ILand III. In Plate II the degree in which the ridges are independ-
ent of the river valleys is seen; also the relation of the series to the large rounded
hills, as in Lawrence and Ballard Vale. In the latter place there is a typical ex-
pansion of a portion of :the series into a plain with bowl-shaped depressions.

Wright.] 52 [December 20,

N. H. Again, west of the railroad, a mile south of, and also near,
Derry Station, the phenomenon is well marked. The region be-
tween Salem, N. H., and Derry has not, however, been thoroughly
investigated. Following the stream down from Derry Station, on
the Manchester and Lawrence Railroad, to West Windham Stations
en the Portsmouth and Nashua Railroad, the ridges are tolerably
well developed for nearly the whole distance, especially near Mr.
Campbell’s, in Londonderry. That seems to be an unusual diverg-
ence from the ordinary course, and perhaps is unconnected with
the main series. Again, the development is unmistakable for a
mile or more near Wilson’s Crossing, five miles from Manchester,
on the Manchester and Lawrence Railroad. Mr. Warren Upham
writes me that “an important series is plainly contmuous from Lou-
don, along Sencook River to its mouth; thence along the west side
ef Merrimack River to a point opposite the south part of the city of
Manchester, a distance of twenty miles.” Mr. Upham’s “ opinion [of
this series] is, that if farther traceable it would be along the Merri-
mack Valley to Nashua and southward,” there being some remains
of such a series visible four miles south of that place. I hope the
region from Wilson’s Crossing northward will be more fully explored;
as it is not at all improbable that the series I have described will con-
nect itself with that coming down from Loudon, making a line sixty
miles long. J have been so often told that the ridge ended in a
swamp about forty rods farther on, that I have become quite scep-
tical of negative testimony.

A year ago, in a paper read before the Essex Institute of Salem,
I solicited information concerning any similar ridges in the vicinity.
Rey. J. H. Fitts, of Topsfield, and Hon. Gyles Merrill, of North
Haverhill, informed me of their existence in those towns. Largely
through the assistance of these two gentlemen I have followed a
series altogether like the one described, and running nearly parallel
with it, and about seven miles distant, from a point one mile and a
half north of Beverly Cove through Wenham, past the Gov. Brad-
street house in Topsfield, through the eastern part of Boxford (a
branch seeming to come down from each side of Bald Pate Hill in
Georgetown, one of which crosses the road between Georgetown and
West Boxford, about two miles west of the former place), thence
northwards to Groveland Station. Here the ridge continues across
the broad intervale almost to the very bank of the Merrimack. On
the opposite side of the river the ridge passes in a most singular man-

1876.] 538 (Wright.

ner over the eastern slope of a large rounded moraine hill coming
down to the river road, two miles or more east of the centre of Hav-
. erhill, thence through East Haverhill, past the old Whittier house,
thence, with occasionally less certainty, through Plaistow, N. H.,
Kast Hampstead, Sandown, Chester to Auburn past Mr. McDuffee’s,
and Eaton’s Mills, near which the Portsmouth and Nashua Railroad
shows a fine section of it. The whole distance of this series now
traced is not far from forty miles. As much of these two series of
ridges as lies in Massachusetts, is shown in Plate III.

Rev. W. E. C. Wright has partially investigated an intermediate
series, shown also in Plate III. I transcribe his account :

“There is a well defined ridge like that in Andover to be seen in
Danvers. The village of Tapleysville, and the section known as
Dublin, near the crossing of the two railroads, are built on a portion
of the ridge much extended to the right and left of the line of direc-
tion, the material being generally stratified. It forms the west bank,
and the tongue of land on Otis Putnam’s lower pond, and the east
bank of his upper pond. From near the upper extremity of the
upper pond the ridge may be traced, with some gaps, to Beaver
Brook Station, near which it crosses both the brook and the railroad.
Thence passing through the Lawrence place, it rises out of a large
peat meadow back of the Wentworth place, and follows along the
slope of a large lenticular moraine hill, nearly to the Newburyport
turnpike. Crossing the turnpike near Nichols’ brook, it throws out
arms to the east, but its main line continues along the slope of an-
other large moraine hill in the northeast corner of Middleton, pro-
ducing for some distance the appearance of a gigantic raceway.
Crossing the valley into Topsfield, it may be traced in broken
sections a little behind the Johnson place, till it disappears among
high ledges near an abandoned copper mine. It appears again in
the right valley of the Ipswich River, half a mile below the Disputed
Territory. A mile farther on, it has been found in two or three places
this side of the saw-mill on Fish Brook, near where it is joined by
the outlet of Crooked Pond. But this part has not been fully
explored.

“The same line of direction extended from Danvers toward the
sea will pass gravel ridges at Danversport, and a succession of them
between Danversport and the Catholic Cemetery in Salem, and strike
the eluster of rounded hills, curved ridges and enclosed basins in
the cemetery in Marblehead, near the Forest Lead Mills, described

Wright.) 54 [December 20,

by Dr. Hitchcock in 1842. \ As these similar phenomena thus appear
in a line twelve miles long, in a direction coincident with the
scratches on the rocks, and are absent both sides of that line, I ean-
not doubt their common origin. Between Danvers and the sea the
ridges are near the sea level, and at several places sections show
almost complete stratification. Above Beaver Brook Station the
ground is higher, and the few places where I have found fresh sec-
tions show little or no stratification.” .

I will add here an account furnished me by Mr. Warren Upham
of the New Hampshire Geological Survey, regarding other series of
what he regards as similar ridges.

From the Saco River, at Conway, towards Ossipee Lake, along the
railroad, and again southeast from Ossipee Lake, along Pine fae
and past Pine River Pond and Balch Pond into Acton, Maine, there
is a series which Mr. Upham has examined, and which he describes
as essentially the same in character with the Merrimack and Andover
series. Between Conway and Madison there is a wonderful exhibi-
tion of very extensive moraines, full of coarse angular boulders of all
sizes, very abundant, with none of the modifying action of water, in
ridges, etc., just like kames in arrangement. They oceupy the side
of the valley and pass by gradual transition to typical kames along
the centre of the valley.

In the Connecticut Valley, Mr. Upham writes, that at Colebrook,
1050 feet above the sea, a single ridge is found on the east side of
the river, one mile long, 25 to 75 feet high. It is parallel to the river,
and runs north and south. Nothing else important of that descrip-
tion is found till Wells River is reached, where it is again well
shown: for one mile. Apparently it was once continuous, but has
been cut through by the Connecticut and Wells Rivers. It is, there,
in the middle of the valley, and reaches a height of 75-150 feet
above the river, or 475-550 feet above the sea. No remnant is again
found for more than twenty miles, when it appears again, and is
plainly traceable for twenty-four miles from Lyme, N. H., to Wind-
sor, Vt., occupying the middle of the valley, which is trough-like,
being bounded by high ledgy hill ranges on each side. There the
height varies from 100 to 250 feet above the river, or 500 to 600 feet
above the sea. The fine alluvial silt of the high plains, by which
this kame is sometimes almost covered to the top on both sides, and

usually on one side, is shown by superposition, etc., to have been a
later deposit.

1876.] 55 [Wright

_ South from Windsor to the Massachusetts line, distinct remnants
are found every five to ten miles. Mr. Upham thinks it originally
extended all the way south from Lyme, but does not think it was
ever continuous above Lyme. A most noticeable point about this
Connecticut Valley kame, Mr. Upham writes, is that it has no
branches or parallel ridges, but extends in a very direct course in a
single ridge along the: bottom of the trough-like valley. It has been
cut through by the now devious river seven or eight times. It is of
sand and gravel, the latter predominating, in which the pebbles are
mostly less than one foot in diameter, but sometimes one and one-
half to two feet for the largest. No boulders, nor anything resem-
bling “ till,”’ is seen in, or on the surface of the kame, except at one
point, 225 feet above the river, 600 feet above the sea, where two five-
foot boulders were found on its top.

Formations of a similar nature, under the name of “ horsebacks,”’
have been described by Professor C. H. Hitchcock, in various places
in Maine.t Some of these are said to be forty miles long. Professor
Agassiz’s observations upon these phenomena in Maine, may be
found in the Atlantic Monthly for June, 1864, and February and
March, 1867. Mr. James Geikie’s description of the “ kames” in
Scotland,? and the “asar” in Sweden,? applies in the main to the
phenomena we are considering.

A year ago, in a paper read before the Essex Institute,* in Salem,
and when my observations had only taken in the series passing
through Andover, I declined to theorize much until further facts had
been gathered, but I stated provisionally what had been my work-
ing hypothesis, viz., that I was following up what might prove the
remnants of a medial moraine in that portion of the continental gla-
cier which took its local direction from the Merrimack Valley.
The general direction corresponded with that of the scratches on the
rocks, and the line when projected coincided nearly with the axis of
the Merrimack Valley north of Manchester; leading up to the White
and Franconia Mountains. Mr. Upham and Prof. C. H. Hitchcock
have since directed my attention to the probable action of superficial
currents of water during the progress of the melting of the glacier.

1See Maine Agricultural Reports for 1861 and 1862.

2 See The Great Ice Age, 2d Ed., Chapter xXx1, pp. 239 ff.
3 Ibid., pp. 408 ff.

¢ See Bulletin of Essex Institute, Vol. VII, p. 165-168,

Wright.] 56 [December 20,

_ In partially accepting their views, I feel that I must modify, though
not wholly abandon, my former opinion. )

So far we have examined phenomena; let us now come down
from the other direction and sée if we can find a cause that would
reasonably produce the complicated series of facts we have pre-
sented.

At the height of the glacial epoch this region was covered with
an ice sheet, say 5,000 feet thick. As this had slowly formed and
moved southward, much earthy material had been incorporated into
the frozen mass. Some had worked from below upward through
the crevices, as the mass moved onward; far more had fallen upon
it, after the manner familiar in ordinary lateral moraines, or been
scraped off, and worked into it at various levels, from the sides of
the mountains which it had passed and enveloped. ‘The detritus
would be peculiarly abundant in the glacier in the line of motion
from the sides of mountains, like the Franconia Range, or the White
Mountains, and would be found in the ice in a diagonal belt passing
upwards from the base in a line parallel with the sloping side of the
mountain, and would exist in the glacier in definite lines, correspond-—
ing to the direction of the general movement from the mountains
southward.

When the climate began to ameliorate, so that the glacial sheet
commenced to diminish, this diminution would take place in at least
two directions ; the southern boundary would retreat northward, and
the thickness would diminish from the top. For example, there
would be a time when the thickness had shrunk from 5,000 feet to
2,000 feet. If this had been mostly due to melting from the top, all
the earthy material of the upper 3,000 feet would have accumulated
on the top of the remaining portion of the glacier, after the manner
of the dirt on a melting snow drift. In the lines of motion from the
higher mountain prominences, there would of course be an excessive
accumulation, forming a medial moraine. Now the material of this
moraine would not settle down regularly and silently. But after
a certain stage in the accumulation of debris, the ice would be pro-
tected under it so that it would have an additional elevation above
the general melting mass, and as the melting progressed, the detritus
would slide off the slopes on one side or the other. By the time
fragments of rock had rubbed together in a lineal motion of many
miles, and in a perpendicular descent of five thousand feet, they
would be well worn. Pockets, and channels would be formed in the

1876.] 5a [Wright.

ice, where stratification of sand and gravel would take place. The:
material above would slide down upon them, or be washed rapidly
down upon them in times of floods, which would account for the
existence of such large unstratified masses above, and mingled with,
stratified portions. During July and August the power of the sun’s
rays, united to the summer showers, would set free vast bodies of
water which would, in part, escape along channels upon the surface
of the glacier, and would pour forth a mighty volume from its foot.
This would aid in moving the pebbles, and in transporting the mate-
rial, and in modifying it when it was finally left by the retreating
glacier to rest immediately upon the till, or ground moraine. In
places, these currents of water might well remove it altogether, and
it would be sufficient to fill the basins south of the glacier and upon
temporary lakes, where stratified material would accumulate from
the unstratified kame, and merge it in a plain; as, for example, at
Ballard Vale ; where the natural drainage is north. When, however,
that was dammed up by the retreating ice wall, there would have
been for some time, a broad, shallow lake, whose surface was even
with the southern drainage level and whose bottom now constitutes
the plain shown in Plate II.

Of the influence of these surface currents, Prof. Jamieson? has
speculated, though with some degree of vagueness. He speaks of
surface currents upon the glacier sweeping the sand and gravel into
“lines along the margin.” His idea, however, seems to be that it is
the terminal margin, and that the kames are of the nature of termi-
nal moraines, running across the valleys in the are of a circle at right
angles to their axes. Mr. James Geikie, however, in his second edi-
tion,? contends that the kames of Scotland run in a direction parallel
with the general course of the valleys. This conforms to what is un-
questionably the fact in the portions of New England which we have
described. Mr. Geikie now speaks in more unqualified terms than in
his first edition of the frequent unstratified character of the forma-
‘tion,® and accepts Mr. Jamieson’s conclusions that the sea could not
have had anything to do with their formation, since the angle of the
inclination of the sides is much sharper than could be formed under
water. He now attempts to account for them as the result of ‘‘sub-
glacial rivers.”* But among other things, the long extent of the

1See Quart. Journ. Geol. Society for 1874, p. 329,
2The Great Ice Age. 2d ed. London. Daldy, Isbister & Co. 1877. See p. 242,

$ Ibid, p. 240.
¢ Ibid, pp, 239, 243, 469, 478.

Wright.] 58 [December 20,

series of ridges we have described, and their passage in many in-
stances over large “lenticular ” moraine hills, would forbid the appli-
cation of such a theory here. Professor Agassiz thought those in
Maine were formed in some way under the glacial sheet by the irreg-
ular pressure of the icy mass. But the absence of scratched stones
is conclusive against that theory. .

The large “ lenticular” (lens-shaped) hills, of which Prospect Hill
in Andover, Brown’s Folly in Danvers, Pingree’s Hill in Topsfield,
Bald-pate Hill in Georgetown, Golden Hill in Haverhill, and the
islands in Boston harbor, are typical, abound in Essex County, Mass.,
and in Rockingham County, N. H., and to a less degree farther
inland. These are marked wherever they are known to occur in the
space included in Plate IJI. They are, as will be perceived, conspic-
uous for their absence in various places. Without doubt, these
remarkable hills, though ranging from 200 to 300 feet in height, be-
long to the “till,” or ground moraine; for the pebbles and boulders
in them are scratched, and are mingled with clay which is densely
packed, and without stratification. These peculiarities were well
seen in the construction of the Lawrence reservoir, which is situated
near the top of such a hill, upon which the Andover series of ridges
rested as a superficial deposit, and at a height of about 160 feet
above the intervale on the Merrimack River, at that point. A fact
which I had observed, but was unable to account for, is thus ex-
plained to me by Mr. Upham. He however gives credit to Professor
Torell! for the idea that the dark (usually blue) color of the lower
‘members of the ‘till,’ was due to seclusion from the air. The
interior portion of these “ lenticular ” hills is of a dark blue or gray
color; while with tolerable uniformity, for a depth of fifteen or
twenty feet, so Prof. Hitchcock and Mr. Upham inform me, the
material is of a reddish hue, and to this depth the stones are usually
more angular and less worn than below. Why these hills should
assume the shape that characterizes them, is more than I can sur-
mise. But on the supposition that they were formed under the gla-.
cier, the present covering of less rounded and more oxidized mate-
rial, is easily accounted for. This material was precipitated upon

1 See abstract of paper read at the Buffalo Meeting of the American Association,
1876, on ‘ Glacial Phenomena in North America,” by Otto Torell, published in
New York Times, and in Am. Jour. Science and Arts for January, 1877.

1876.] 59 (Wright.

them from the melting ice sheet, after the analogy of snow from the
atmosphere, or silt from water. The seclusion of the air from the
mass below, prevented its oxidation, and preserved its original color,
while that precipitated from the ice, was long exposed to both air
and moisture, and hence would have the red color produced by
oxidation. As I have already proved, the belt of ridges just de-
scribed was a part of the precipitation spoken of, for it passes over
some of these hills.

In conclusion, I must express my desire to have this whole class

of phenomena still more extensively and carefully studied. We
could theorize more confidently if we were sure we had been over
the whole ground. In working out the problem, we need to trace
with more certainty the pebbles to their local origin; we need to
know more about the relation of the series I have investigated to
what is farther north, and should also look for other series besides
those we have already found. We should also consider mathemat-
ically what effect the contour of the Merrimack Valley would have
in giving local direction to the portion of the ice sheet included in it
at the various stages of the glacial epoch. At the earlier and later
stages the influence of it would be larger than at the period of
greatest accumulation, even if, as Dana suggests, there would then
have been both an upper and an under current. We should consider
how much the direction of a moraine-bearing glacier would change
to the eastward, when the barriers of the water shed to the east of
Manchester were once passed.
_I desire also to express my gratitude for the advice, and other
service rendered me by the persons named in the body of this paper,
and to add the name of Mr. G. W. W. Dove, who has kindly pre-
pared the m4ps for me, and aided in various other substantial ways.

Since the foregoing was in print, Mr. Clarence King has fur-
nished me the folowing account of his observations upon the retreat-
ing glaciers of the Rocky Mountains. His observations are so direct,
and the phenomena he describes are so similar to those connected
with the ridges I have been investigating, that I cannot doubt he
has hit upon the solution of the vexed and long mooted problem con-
cerning the formation of “kames.” Indeed, it would seem that he
had, with his own eyes, seen them formed in such manner that the
hypothesis of surface currents introduced by Upham and Hitchcock
will hardly be necessary.

Wright. 60 [ December 20,

‘During the glacial period, while so large a portion of the eastern
and northern states was covered by a more or less continuous ice
sheet, there were totally different conditions throughout the system of
the Cordilleras. No northern ice-field stretched over that elevated re-
gion, and the only glaciers were local mountain streams descending from
high centres of dispersion. The northern peaks of the Cascade and
Sierra Nevada Ranges still hold in their glacial valleys, the shrunken
relics of the old ice period. To the south, where the climate no.
longer permits great annual accumulations of snow, all the higher
mountain ranges are scored by profound cafions, from 3,000 to 6,000
feet deep, whose forms were greatly modified, if not actually determ-
ined, by the system of extinct glaciers. Besides the ordinary topo-
graphy of the cieres de néve and the well known striated and polished
rocks, (roches moutonnées,) dotted with huge erratics, there is a sys-
tem of splendidly preserved lateral and terminal moraines ; the
former traced along the flanks of the cafions wherever the angle of
slope is sufficiently gentle to permit the accumulation of debris, and
the latter stretched across the cafions at intervals, marking levels
where glaciers temporarily rested in their general retrogression. The
result is that all the great cafions of the Sierra Nevada have at in-
tervals, for the upper thirty or forty miles of their descent, numerous
piles of terminal debris, besides frequent long stretches of lateral
moraines which have distinct ridge-like summits, as evenly graded as
a railway embankment.

“ During several summers I spent a great deal of time in the exami-
nation of these moraines, as well as of the erratics left in the bottoms
of the glacial troughs. The valley erratics were of two kinds ; blocks
of rock which had been transported on the surface of the glacier and
which sunk to the solid bottom when the ice finally melted; the others
are fragments which were embedded in the bottom of the glacier.
The surface erratics are never striated and are usually of angular
forms, such as may be observed to-day upon any Swiss glacier or
upon the ice streams of northern California, Oregon and Washington
Territory. The bottom debris, upon the contrary, is always sharply
planed off on one side and evenly striated. The striz often run in
two directions, as if the blocks had been shifted in the ice and re-
ceived a second set of groupings. The character of the blocks com-
posing the lateral and terminal moraines differs altogether from both
of these. Near the source of supply, high up on the flanks of the
nevés, it consists altogether of angular or ee rounded fragments ;

1876.] 61 (Wright.

but after a few miles of grating and rolling along the sides of the
glacier, the blocks are reduced to rude rounded forms, never showing
any parallel striations; toward the ends of the longer lateral moraines,
and especially the terminal moraines, most distant from the source of
supply, the blocks are all rounded boulders, not differing greatly from
those of a rapid mountain stream. Among these a great deal of
gravel and sand has accumulated, and within the region dammed by
terminal moraines subsequent glacial silts have become stratified in
small pools and lakes.

“The process by which the lateral and terminal morainal blocks
have been thus rounded may be readily studied upon the active gla-
eiers of Mount Shasta. These no longer fill their former valleys, but
are shrunken streams of ice which flow down the abrupt slope of the
yoleano’s cone, enter the gorges worn by their ancestral glaciers, and
are often walled in by abrupt precipices of volcanic rock from 800 to
1500 feet in height. The extremes of temperature are constantly
cracking and dislodging blocks from the brink and flanks of these
mountain walls, and as a consequence the glaciers are far more
ecumbered by debris than any that can be observed on the Alps.

“The case of the McCloud glacier, which I have mentioned in a
chapter on Shasta flanks in Mountaineering in the Sierra Nevada, is
especially interesting from the enormous cumbering piles of debris
which overwhelm the lower stretches of the glacier and for at least a
mile hide the ice from view.

“JT had for some time supposed that the immense piles of rock
which I had seen below the visible limits of the ice were of the na-
ture of an ordinary terminal moraine and rested directly upon the
bottom of the cafion, until I was attracted by a sudden grating and
rushing sound in the middle of the region of debris and witnessed a
very interesting phenomenon. ‘The ice which underlaid the moraine
blocks had evidently melted from the percolation of warm streams
and the access of air through either moulins or crevasses. The rotten
ice gave way under the load of debris and thousands of tons of rocks
sunk down, leaving a conical pit a hundred yards in diameter and
not less than a hundred feet deep. Along the brink in one or two
places the ice showed through, but was rapidly covered by the
avalanches of debris. A second subsidence of this character occurred
while I was watching the glacier, and I at length discovered that
from a mile to a mile and a half of the end of the ice stream was
deeply buried beneath debris. These rocks had not been transported

Wright] 62 [December 20,

the whole length of the glacier, but had rained down from the cafion
wall along the lower part of its course. Upon examination, however,
they were all found to be more or less rounded, and many of them
were quite rudely spherical.

“ On the north-east side of Mount Shasta the glacial phenomena are
on a larger scale. The main ice stream is two miles wide and ends
in three distinct tongues, which project downward, occupying broad, -
shallow cafions. The ice for a long distance is covered with debris,
exactly as in the case of the McCloud glacier, the sole difference
being that the rocks have all been transported from the upper region
of the cone, there being no flanking walls to supply the material along
the glacier’s lower course. As a consequence, the boulders have been
far more jolted and tossed together, and are all rounded in the same
manner as I have constantly observed the blocks of moraine piles of
New England.

“JT walked over these terminal moraines on the north-east side of
Shasta and explored them very thoroughly. The general surface
was thrown into rude hills three hundred or four hundred feet in
height, and the conical depressions which I had already seen in pro-
cess of formation on the McCloud glacier were dotted along at inter-
vals over the whole terminal region. I was obliged to thread my way
along the brinks of these moraine bowls, and in two instances with
my companion actually started these subsidences. The blocks which
are all more er less rounded, grated under our feet, an area from one
hundred to one hundred and fifty feet wide began to sink, and we
barely escaped going down with the heavy avalanches of boulders
which poured into the middle of the pit as it constantly sunk deeper.
It became at once evident that the rounding of the blocks was
eaused by the constant grating together of the whole morainal ma-
terial. Reference to photographs of Bourne and Shepperd of Simla,
India, shows several of the terminal regions of Himalayan glaciers,
notably those along the Upper Ganges, where precisely the same
phenomena are shown on a vastly grander scale.

‘Not long after the visit to Shasta, together with Mr. Wm. Forbes
and Mr. 8S. F. Emmons, I examined the island of Naushon, one of the
Elizabeth Group, off Buzzard’s Bay, Mass., which presented precisely
the same phenomena I had been studying at Mount Shasta. The
island is in my belief unquestionably a part of a terminal moraine
which is partly on the main-land at Falmouth, the Elizabeth Group
being its westward continuation. Naushon, which was the only island

1876.] | 63 [Hitcheock,

I carefully examined, consists of piles:of boulders, mostly rounded,
tossed about in rude heaps, the chinks between them being pretty
well filled with unstratified sand. The arrangement of the ridges of
boulders, with their convexities always to the south, or away from the
source of supply, together with the characteristic conical depressions,
left me in no doubt as to the origin of the island.

“Martha’s Vineyard, although cumbered with terminal rubbish, is
based upon the inclined tertiary clays which crop out from Gay Head
all along the north shore of the island. A considerable part of the
area is covered with glacial material; but from the cursory view ob-
tained by sailing along its shores and landing only once, I saw
nothing like the true arrangement of moraine ridges. It seemed a
confused mass of glacial rubbish, as if the ice had not rested long
enough in one place to mark its termination by a true morainal wall.

“ So far as I have studied extinct glaciers, wherever the terminal
and lateral material have been pushed along to any great distance,
the blocks are all more or less rounded. It is only the glacial tables
or blocks which are transported upon the surface of the ice that re-
tain their angular form.”

LENTICULAR HiLtts oF GLACIAL Drirt. By C. H. Hitcucock.

The glacial drift, or til, composed of earth and glaciated or angular
boulders of various sizes, frequently up to ten feet in diameter, in-
discriminately mixed, without any of the assorting or stratifying ac-
tion of water, is very unequally distributed over southern and eastern
New Hampshire and eastern Massachusetts. Over large areas
scarcely any considerable accumulations of this till are found, and
ledges lie everywhere at or near the surface. Elsewhere the till
occurs in large amount, covering the ledges, which are scarcely ex-
posed over some whole townships near the coast. This till may be
of irregular thickness and distribution; but generally, where it is
found plentifully, it is to a large extent massed in peculiar, oblong or
nearly round hills, which usually have quite steep sides and gently
sloping, rounded tops, the whole presenting a very smooth and regu-
lar contour. ‘Their outlines as protracted upon a map are lenticular
in shape, whence their name.

These hills are of all sizes up to one third or one half mile long,
with two thirds as great width, or they are sometimes nearly round.
In afew cases they are prolonged considerably beyond their usual

Hitchcock.] 64 [December 20,

form. The most notable example of this which has been observed
in our explorations is “ Brown’s Folly” or Foily hill, a N. W.-S. E.
ridge, one mile long, in the west part of Beverly. The height of
these hills varies from forty or fifty feet to one hundred and fifty or
two hundred feet above the valleys which separate them, so that they
are lenticular masses of glacial drift, or till, fifty to two hundred feet
in height, placed here and there, and in many sections very thickly,
over the country. .

The material of these hills should be more particularly described
as composed of two kinds of till, quite distinct from each other and
separated by a definite line, not by gradual transition. The upper
member is four or five to fifteen or twenty feet, or sometimes more, in
thickness, of comparatively loose, yellow or reddish earth with
boulders, which are frequently of large size, some of them glaciated
but many of them angular and wholly unworn and derived from
ledges near by; the lower member is a very compact, usually blue,
stony clay, commonly without large boulders, but with rock-fragments
usually abundant up to one or sometimes two feet in size, nearly all
of which are glaciated and derived from ledges many miles distant.
It will be seen that the upper member is the one almost invariably
exposed to view, and this is usually the only one present where only
a thin covering of till is found. This material seems to be the con-
tents of the great ice-sheet at the time of its final melting, by which
it was permitted to fall loosely upon the surface, the yellow or red-
dish color arising from change in the iron oxyd under the action of
the air. Pressure under the great weight of ice, and seclusion from
the air, have caused the very hard and compact character and blue
or dark color of the lower member of the till, which is the true
ground-moraine. The first of these distinguishing features has caused
this portion of the till to be significantly denominated “ hard-pan.”’
This constitutes the principal mass of the lenticular hills.

These hills occur abundantly and conspicuously from Beverly and
Danvers through New Hampshire into Maine in a belt ten to fifteen
miles wide, near the coast. Inland they are at some places numerous
and very well marked, as in Mason, Greenville, New Ipswich, etc.,
where they occur at heights from nine hundred to eleven hundred
feet above the sea. They also occur at East Wilton, and at Ayer,
Bernardston and Amherst, Mass.; but, in general, over the interior
portion of New England these hills are not very frequent.

1876.] 65 (Hitchcock.

They are conspicuously absent from the immediate sea-shore for a
width of two to five miles all across New Hampshire and south
through Newburyport, but Boar’s Head in Hampton is an exception,
and in Ipswich, Mass., they extend quite to the shore. They are
also notably absent from Cape Ann, which east of Essex river and
Beverly has very scanty glacial drift in any form. The same is true:
south and southeast of Salem, where over a large section no gla-
eial drift has been left to cover the naked striated ledges. South-
ward these hills occur again at Chelsea and Boston, where they form
many of the islands of the harbor and the principal hills of Boston
and Charlestown.

Along the seaboard they are often as thickly set as possible over
the otherwise level country; not, however, resting one upon the side
of another, but separated from each other by valleys, which reach
down nearly or quite to the rock-strata. The longer axis of these
hills is prevailingly N. W.-S. E., or nearly so;-— that is, within limits
of W. N. W. and N. N. W. This is everywhere the prevailing
course, but there are important exceptions, especially south of Merri-
mack river. A singular uniformity of W. N. W.-E. S. E. course
occurs in East Kingston, Kensington, and South Hampton, and far-
ther northward in New Hampshire and Maine. About New Boston
and Greenville, there is much uniformity of a nearly N. and S.
course. At Bernardston the direction is a little west of south.
Besides this trend of the separate hills, we often find them arranged
one succeeding another in a N. W.-S. E. series, traceable for several
miles. This is quite notably the case’ in Kensington and South
Hampton, where the trend of separate hills is W. N. W.-E. S. E.,
each in succession being situated a little south of the one preceding,
thus forming together a N. W.-S. E. series.

Inland, as about Greenville, these lenticular hills, of exactly the
same form and character as those of the nearly level seaboard, occur
over areas which are broken by high ranges of ledgy hills. In these
situations we find the glacial drift, not only in isolated hills, but also
in numerous lenticular masses upon the flanks of the higher ledgy
ridges.

Typical and prominent examples. of these lenticular hills of gla-
cial drift in Massachusetts, are Beacon hill in Boston, Bunker hill in
Charlestown, Brown’s hill in Hamilton, Turner’s, Turkey, and Town
hills in Ipswich, Prospect hill in Rowley, Bald Pate hill in George-
town, Prospect hill in Andover, Hazeltine and Dead hills in Brad-

PROCEEDINGS BL. S. N.. H..— VOL. XIX. 5 JUNE, 1877.

Hitchcock. ] 66 [December 20,

ford, Crane Neck and Archelaus hills in West Newbury, Bear hill in
Methuen, Silver’s, Golden, and Great hills in Haverhill, Bear and
Whittier’s hills in Amesbury, and Powow hill in Salisbury; in New
Hampshire, Indian Ground and Chair hills in South Hampton, Morse
hill in East Kingston, Moulton Ridge, Martin, and Horse hills in
Kensington, Great hill at Hampton Falls, Rollins, Bunker, and
Stratham hills in Stratham, and Garrison hill in Dover; also, Nobby
hill in Mason, Campbell and Bellows hills in Greenville, and Jefts
hill in New Ipswich; in Maine, Frost and Bartlett hills in Elliot, and
Butler’s and Great hills in South Berwick. ‘Towns which are almost
wholly covered with these hills are, in Massachusetts, North Andover,
Bradford, Groveland, West Newbury, Haverhill and Amesbury; and
in New Hampshire, South Hampton, Kensington and Stratham.

In addition to these specially named, are numerous examples in
the towns of Medford, Malden, Everett, Revere, Chelsea, Winthrop,
East Boston, Somerville, Cambridge, Watertown, Brighton, Newton,
and Brookline. There is a line of them from Revere through Win-
throp, Point Shirley, Deer Island, Lovell’s, Gallop’s and George’s
Islands to Hull. They are no less conspicuous in‘Plymouth County,
Cape Cod, the Elizabeth Islands, and very notably the whole length
of Long Island, N. Y.

In attempting to solve the origin of these hills, account should be
tiken of their abundance over a long area near and parallel with the
coast, and also in certain localities far removed from the coast and
one thousand feet above the sea; in the former situation upon a level
country, and in the latter among high, irregular, ledgy hills. Adjoin-
ing these areas of abundant lenticular hills, are sections almost
wholly destitute of any glacial drift, e.g., Salem, while over the
greater portion of our territory it occurs in irregular accumulations
of limited extent, and not at all in these steep, smoothly rounded
hills. There must be some significance in their prevailing N. W—
S. E. trend, and also in their occasional arrangement in a N. and S.
series and west of south; and these seem probably to be due to the
direction of motion of the great ice-sheet, which was approximately
the same, in the same regions. In the lowlands of Scotland the till
is described by Geikie as lying sometimes in lenticular masses, re-
-ssembling the hills which we find in New England, but apparently
less prominent. A more common contour of the Scottish till, in
which it differs from our own, is in prolonged ridges, called ‘‘ drums ”
or “sowbacks,’’ extending in the same direction with the flow of the

1877.] 67 [Hitcheock.

ice, which coincided with the course of the principal valleys. (Great
Ice Age, Amer. ed., pp. 17 and 88.)
Mr. Geikie attributes these different forms of surface of the till to
the “varying direction and unequal pressure of the ice-sheet.’’ Prof.
N.S. Shaler, in a memoir upon these hills of glacial drift about Bos-
ton, has suggested that they are remnants of erosion (Proc. Boston
Soc. of Nat. Hist., Vol. x11, p. 196). Atluding to the possibility of
this, Mr. Geikie says, ‘‘ This peculiar configuration of the till, al-
though doubtless modified to some extent by rain and streams, yet
was no doubt assumed under the ice-sheet.”’ ;
As some of these lines of lenticular hills are ten miles long, and
most of them on the seaboard are essentially parallel to one another,
and adjacent regions destitute of them, we cannot doubt their orig-
ination from glavial movements. They are more like lateral mo-
raines than any other drift accumulations, or they might be regarded
as modifications of one great terminal moraine, reaching from
Maine through New Hampshire, eastern Massachusetts, ‘Cape Cod
and Long Island to New York. Their marked absence from certain
localities may indicate irregularities in the edge of the ice sheet.
The various features of these hills indicate different and successive
movements. There must have been a planing down of the ledges
prior to the accumulation of the moraines; perhaps the same with
the glaciation of the districts where the lenticular hills are absent.
And lastly, the distribution of loose blocks over their surface in the
universal rounding of the hills, appears like the results of local
movements connected with the final disappearance of the ice. A
few cases of hard pan overlying thick deposits of sand remain to be
explored.
These observations have been made for the New Hampshire ‘Geo-
logical Survey, in which I have been greatly assisted by Warren
Upham.

A fine bust of Prof. Louis Agassiz, by Mr. Preston Pow-
ers, the gift of the Rev. R. C. Waterston, was exhibited, and
a vote of thanks to the donor passed.

A collection of Geodes from Jowa, the gift of Mr. H. 8.
Smith; a series of Porphyries from Mr. T. T. Bouvé; a col-
lection of minerals and products of Queensland, from the
Centennial Commission of the Provinee; and a work on the
Mammals of Australia, from the Australian Commissioner,

Emerton.] 68 . [January 3.

were exhibited, and the thanks of the Society voted to the
several donors.

General Meeting. January 3, 1877.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Sixteen
persons present.

The following papers were read : —

A CoMPARISON OF THE SPIDERS OF EUROPE AND NorTH AMERICA.
By J. H. EMERTON. .

The material for a comparison of the spiders of Europe and
America is yet small. In the central and western part of Europe
probably all the common species are known, though the exact range
of very few has been determined. In America, collections have been
made at various places along the Atlantic coast, in Georgia, Ala-
bama, Kentucky, Ohio, [linois, Utah and California, the most com-
plete local collections in the northern states containing about three
hundred species, or nearly the number known in England and Swe-
den at the time of publication of Blackwall’s Spiders of Great Brit-
ain and Westring’s Aranew Suecice. The larger and commoner
species of the two countries are therefore probably known and may
be fairly compared. The genus Argiope has in Europe A. bruen-
nich found only in the southern portion, in North America two spe-
cies described by Hentz under the names Epeira riparia and E.
fasciata, which are both abundant as far north as Massachusetts.
The latter was supposed by Hentz to be identical with A. bruen-
nichii, and indeed resembles it much in color and markings, but
differs in size and in sexual characters.

The group to which belong Epzira angulata and nordmanni has in
America numerous species, two, of which only young females have
yet been found, being probably identical with the European species
named. Several species, of which only young are known, approach
E. dromedaria and E. bicornis.

Epeira diademata, the commonest of the Epeiride in Europe, and
apparently the most liable to be exported, has not been found in
America, nor is its place filled by any similar species. peira insu-
laris Hentz was supposed from Hentz’s description and figure to be
E. marmorata of Europe; it differs but little from it. £. trifolium

1877.] 69 [Emerton.

Hentz approaches equally near to EZ. quadrata, some females being
only distinguishable by differences in the epigynum.

Epeira displicata Hentz is related to EL. cucurbitina and E. west-
ringit, but is never colored green, but sometimes, especially in young
individuals, red. :

Epeira acalypha of Europe has two North American allies,
FE, gibberosa and E. placida Hentz.

Epeira carbonaria of the Alps is closely related to E. packardit of
Labrador and the White Mountains.

LEpeira sclopetaria and E. palagiata are equally common in both
countries, but the latter seems to be more common about houses and
less on bushes in America than in Europe. E. cornuta has not been
found in America, but is replaced by E. striz Hentz, a species seldom
living near houses. H. umbratica is not found in America. —

Zilla x-notata and Singa heerii are both represented by very close
allies, of which only females have been collected.

Meta menardi is found in caves and damp cellars in Europe, and
also in the caves in Kentucky, Indiana and Virginia, and in Maine
and Massachusetts. No species are found in America analogous to
M. segmentata and M. meriane.

Eipeira conica = E. caudata Hentz is common in both countries.

Epeira spinea Hentz is found as far north as Massachusetts, but
belongs to a southern group, Acrosoma, not found in Europe. £,
rugosa and E. mitrata of Hentz belong to the same group, and are
found as far north as Connecticut.

The genus Tetragnatha, represented in Europe by T’. extensa, and
several other species of uncertain limits, has in America numerous
species as difficult to classify.

Linyphia marginata = 1. marmorata Hentz, and L. phrygiana =
L. conferta Hentz are common in both countries. JL. bucculenta and
LI. socialis are occasionally found in America, and L. hortensis and
L. pusilla are represented by allied species. ‘The group to which
belongs L. crypticola has numerous species in both countries. Eri-
gone viaria is common to both. Erigone atra and E. cristata have

been identified by Mr. Cambridge among American spiders.

Pachygnatha has in America P. tristriata Koch., allied to P.
clerckii, but no species have been found resembling the European
P. listeri and P. degeerit.

Eucharia bipunctata, a very common house spider in Europe, is
represented in America by Theridion boreale Hentz, a species so

Emerton. ] T 0 [January 3,

nearly related that the females can hardly be distinguished from
each other.

_ Lithyphantes corollatus and Theridium stictum are found near
Boston. P

Theridion tepidariorum, found in Kurope only in plant. houses, is
one of the commonest house spiders in North America.

Ero variegata occurs in both countries.

Phillonethis lineata, a very common spider in Europe, has been —
found near the coast in Massachusetts.

Theridion spherula Hentz, found in Massachusetts, has its nearest
European relatives in Corsica.

The .genus Theridion, including 7. pictum, T. varians, ete., in
Europe, has about the same number of species in America, but all
different from the European.

Pholeus phalangioides and Scytodes theraciea are found in both
countries.

Of the Thomiside, the genera Xysticus and Goat are largely
represented in both countries, but by different species, while in the ©
genus Tibellus two species, 7. propinquus and T’.. oblongus, are com-
mon to both countries.

Misumena vatia = Thomisus fartus Hentz is found in both coun-
tries, and has in both the same variations in color and markings.
The European Ocyale mirabilis is represented in America by
Micrommata carolinensis Hentz, a nein approaching nearer the
genus Dolomedes.

The genus Oxyopes has several species in the southern United.
States, but is not found so far north in America as in Europe.

- The Agelenide appear to be less numerous in species in America
than Europe. A. nevia Hentz, the commonest American form, is
very different from the common European species. Tegenaria medi-
cinalis Hentz is allied to the European species of Tegenaria and
Celotes. T. derhamii of Europe is found in cellars in America.

_ The genus Hahnia is well represented in America, but so far as
compared, all the species differ from the European.

Amaurobius ferox is found in America, but thus far only in cellars
of houses. A. claustrarius has been found on Mt. Washington.

Hyptiotes has in Europe H. paradoxus, in America H. americanus
= Cyllopodia cavata Hentz. Ulobarus has in North Europe U.
walckenervus, in North America Phyllyra riparia Hentz, which, how-
ever, is more allied to U’. plumipes of the south of Europe.

1877.} 71 [Emerton.

Among the Attide, Salticus scenicus, Attus falcatus, Attus fasciatus
and Huephrys reticulatus, are found in both countries.

The American species of Dendryphantes are numerous, and all
appear to be different from European.

Two species of Phidippus, Aitus mystaceus and A. tripunctatus
Hentz, are among the commonest American Attidz as far north as
Massachusetts.

The American Lycoside and Drassidez are yet hardly well known
enough to be compared with the Kuropean. A common American
Drassus is nearly related to D. lapidicola, though not identical with
it, as stated in my list in ‘ Psyche,” of January, 1876. A Gnaphosa
from New Hampshire appears to be G. muscorum of Europe. A
common Phrurolithus is near P. festivus. Herpyllus ater Hentz is
near Melanophora petrensis.

The only Dysdera yet found is hardly to be separated from D. cro-
cota. Pylarus bicolor Hentz belongs to the genus Ariadne.

Argyroneta, which has the peculiar habit of living under water,
has not been found in America.

_We see from this list that the greater part of the known spiders in
North America belong to the same genera as-those of Northern
Europe, and about one fourth to the same, or similar species. Of the
latter, a large proportion belong to the smaller genera, as Ocyale,
Tibellus, Eucharia and Hyptiotes, wlile such groups as Lycosa, Xys-
ticus, Clubiona, Dictyna and Erigone, having large numbers of
species in each country, have fewer species common to both.

The occurrence of several house spiders in both countries, leads to
the suspicion that they have been carried by man from one to the
other, as Theridion tepidariarum in Europe, and Salticus scenicus,
Amaurobius feroz and Pholcus phalangioides in America. On the
other hand, many of the commonest spiders appear never to be
transported, as the European Eypeira diademata and the American
Agelena nevia.

The peculiar distribution of two species can hardly be due to any
recent cause, Hpeira packardii and its relative EH. carbonaria living
on the White Mountains and the Alps, and Meta menardi living in
caves in both countries.

A conspicuous difference between the two faune is the larger num-
ber of southern spiders which come north into a colder climate in
America than Europe, as the genus Argyrodes, Argiope, Theridion
spherula, Epetra spinea and rugosa and Phidippus. From the collec-

Hagen.] 72 [January 3,

tions thus far made in the Southern States, it seems probable that all
the groups in North America have a greater range north and south
than the same groups in Europe.

Dr. H. Hagen made some remarks on the occurrence of
White Ants in the West and North-west, and read the fol-
lowing communications made to him on this subject : —

EXTRACT FROM A LETTER BY Baron R. OSTEN SACKEN, ON
THE SPECIMENS OF TERMES FOUND BY HIM IN CALIFORNIA.

Termopsis angusticollis was frequently observed by me in dead
trunks and branches of Quercus agrifolia, near Santa Barbara, in
February. The specimens in the bottle were taken from a small
trunk or root, completely riddled by them. There were about half a
dozen large-headed individuals, soldiers, in the colony; nearly all the
other individuals looked like pupe, and had rudimental wings. In a
cavity at the foot of the trunk a number dof wings were collected.t
A few days after, having secured a considerable number of speci-
mens from that trunk, I found a dry branch, which was filled with
what I thought was the same kind of pupal specimens. I took only
two of them, and kept them for some time alive. In examining
them at home, I noticed that they had facetted eyes, that they were
darker than the specimens of the other lot, and that what I had
taken for rudiments of wings were stumps of wings, like those which
remain after the shedding of the wings by the imago. In a word, I
had imagos before me. I regretted now that I had not examined the
branch more carefully, but I remembered that it was full of individ-
uals of the same kind. It is not probable that Termites had been
flying so early in the year. I conclude that they were last year’s
specimens, having wintered in their wingless state.

I saw this large species flying at Clark’s Ranch, Mariposa Co.,
June 8,4; in Yosemite a few days later (altitude of the valley
4000 feet). I suppose, therefore, that lower in the valley they fly
much earlier. I saw them again about Lake Tahoe (6200 feet alti-
tude), July 18. They were very numerous in the air about sunset.
I observed a very large stump of Pinus ponderosa covered with spec-
imens, which after alighting, got rid-of their wings and were running

1 These wings looked cobwebbed, mouldy and old, having evidently been shed
long ago, probably last year.

1877.] 3 73 [Hagen.

about on the horizontal surface of the trunk, examining the crevices,
but not attempting to descend into them. ‘Torn off wings were lying
in numbers on the trunk. On the previous day (July 17) I had
seen the same species flying about at Summit, Sierra Nevada, altitude
7042 feet. I observed a pine trunk out of which they were emerg-
ing, a proof that they actually live and breed at that altitude. July
22, the same were flying about Webber Lake, 7000 feet altitude. I
observed a couple of blue birds which had their nest on the verandah
and fed their young with these Termites.

The smaller species of Termes I observed on the wing at the Gey-
sers, Sonoma Co., May 6. Seeing the air filled with them about the
hotel, I soon found a plank on the ground, from under which they
were emerging, coming from under ground. As the spot was in the
yard of the hotel, I could not well dig very deep in the soil. At the
same time I noticed a number of individuals on the soil, which had
already shed their wings and were running about in couples. One of
the individuals forming those couples looked a little longer and more
pubescent at the end of the abdomen than the other; thus inducing
the belief that those were the two sexes. I watched these couples
for some time, running one after the other, very sedulously, but I
never saw them copulate. About this time I was called to dinner,
and saw similar couples running about on the table-cloth. I secured
several such couples, both in alcohol and on pins. I never saw the
Termopsis run about in couples in that way.

At Manitou, Colorado,.Aug. 19, I saw a small Termes flying (per-
haps a different species), and observed similar, already wineless,
couples on the ground. Some specimens are preserved in the col-
lection.

Notre spy Dr. HAcENn. The observation on Termopsis is interesting, as
nothing is on record about it. This species gains an additional interest from
the fact, that it is the only surviving species of a genus, of which several fossil
species occur in amber and in different tertiary strata. It forms of itself a very
distinct group among the Termitina. 1 have some larve from Central America
which may belong to a different species.

The altitude at which this species was found (7-8000 feet) is also entirely
new. We have no record of any species of Termes having been found even
half so high.

The specimens of Termes from Sonoma County I cannot distinguish from the
common Termes flavipes of the Atlantic States. This is very remarkable, as it
has not been known to occur west of the Rocky Mountains; at least I have
never seen similar specimens in any collection, nor any record of the fact.

Finally, the specimens from Manitou belong to a new species, which, singu-
larly enough, comes nearest to the Termes lucifugus of Europe. Here again the
altitude (6000 feet) is worthy of notice.

Hagen. ] T4 [January 3.

LETTER FROM Mr. H. S. TREHERNE.

Poughkeepsie, N. Y., Dec. 26, 1876.
Dr. H. A. HAGEn.

Sir: — Happening to look over the number of the “American
Naturalist ” for July, 1876, I noticed your paper on the “ Probable
Danger from White Ants,” and I concluded to trouble you with a
letter. The system of surveying and marking out lands in Manitoba
and the Northwest Territories is similar, I believe, to that used in the
Western States, namely — the land is laid out in blocks of a mile
square. At each half mile a trench is dug and a mound raised, and
in the centre of the mound a wooden post is planted, having about _
two feet in the ground and about two and a half feet above. As
timber is very scarce, except small “ bluffs” of poplar trees, upon the
prairies these posts are generally made of poplar. Poplar wood is
well known to be very soft and to dry very quickly.

Nearly every post that had been planted over a year, which I
came to while upon some engineering work out there, I found to be
what I at first considered very loosely sunk into the ground, but
upon examination I found them eaten through and through by ants.
At first I imagined that the nest was in the post, since so many tun-
nels and passages had been bored through it, but I never managed to
find what I searched for, until I despaired of ever finding the
uUeen ss

One day we set our teamsters to move camp, and pointed out upon
a rough map the exact spot we wished the field commisariat officer
to pitch the new camp. We did not arrive in camp until nearly
dark, and too tired to look around us. The next morning, however,
I noticed within two or three yards of my tent a small hillock, which
was evidently an entrance to an ant’s nest, since it was formed of
small, dry, sandy knobs of earth, through which a very great number
of small sticks, about an inch long and one-sixteenth of an inch in
diameter, were scattered. For about three feet down these knobs
and sticks were found, the nest seemed then to tend in a southerly
direction. About a hundred feet away in the same direction as the
nest tended was one of the posts and mounds mentioned previously.
This mound was swarming with ants, and the post was riddled with
their galleries, so I concluded that it was a part of the same nest.

The workers were whitish with yellow heads, and appeared to be
blind. The winged ants were of a rich brown, with head blackish
brown and brownish antenne, wings very frail and white, and the

1877.] TO [Gray,

lower part of lees and the tarsi yellow. I take them to be of the
species Termes flavipes Kollar, but I thought it a rare thing for them
to be found so far north, and I did not know they made nests in
hillocks, and am consequently puzzled.

Not knowinz how to describe entomological specimens at the time,
I did not take a more minute description of these msects. Can you
inform me whether it is customary, or even common, for these white
ants to make such nests, or, from the meagre description, inform me
to what species they belong.

I may as well say that I never found the “queen,” although I
came across thousands of eggs in different stages of maturity. —

)

Is it possible to tell me from the following miserable description in
my note-book of the workers, the name of the species: “‘ The work-
ers were nearly half an inch long, with a large head of a reddish
color, with small, black eyes and large and strong nippers, a long,
narrow thorax of a brown color tinged with red, and a large abdo-
men of a satiny black, with gray cross stripes.’’ These ants hada
number of small black ants working around the nest (perhaps Ter-
mopsis occidentis Walk.).

Hoping that, from among your multifarious cares of business, you
can spare suflicient time to aid me in determining these species,
I remain, Yours,

H. 8S. TREHERNE.
The deaths of Karl Ernst von Baer, an Honorary Member
of the Society, and of Mr. F. B. Meek, of the Smithsonian
Institution, a Corresponding Member, were announced.

Section of Botany. January 10, 1877.

Mr. T. T. Bouvé in the chair. ‘Twenty persons present.

Dr. G. L. Goodale read the following note from Dr. Asa
Gray on some remarkable specimens of Aalmia latifolia.

It is well known that this Kalmia attains its maximum size in the
Southern Alleghanies. Probably nothing upon record exceeds, or
even equals, the following measurements of the girth of two trees
which grew, along with others not very much smaller, in the bottom
of a dell back of Ceesar’s Head, on the extreme western border of
South Carolina. One trank, at a foot or so from the ground, meas-

Brewer.] 16 [January 17,

ured four feet one and one-fourth inches in circumference, and rising .
without division, maintained a size approaching this and gradually
lessening, for six or seven feet. Another trunk measured three feet
four inches in girth above the first limb or fork; below it, at nearly
one foot from the ground, it measured four feet and four inches. The
measurements were taken Sept. 2, 1876, by Dr. George Engelmann,
Wm. M. Canby and Asa Gray.

General Meeting. January 17, 1877.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Thirty-
one persons present.

Messrs. C. W. Kempton, Wm. M. Davis, Jr., C. W. Scud-
der, Wm. 8. Bryant, Misses E. A. Chandler, and A. C. Taber
were elected Associate Members.

_ Dr. David Hunt read a paper on the Closure of the First:
Branchial Cleft in the Mammalia, describing the develop-
ment of the ear in the pig.

Dr. T. M. Brewer made some remarks on the eggs of MMo-
lothrus bonariensis.

The eggs of this parasitic bird are of several entirely different kinds
in respect to form, size and color, being thus adapted to escape de-
tection in the nests of the different birds on which the Molothrus is
parasitic. Paintings of three kinds of eggs were exhibited.

Mr. J. H. Huntington showed and described a new ma-
chine for cutting and polishing rock sections.

The following resolutions on the death of Mr. F. B. Meek,
a Corresponding Member of the Society, were offered by Mr.
Hyatt, and adopted.

Resolved: 'That the members of this Society have heard with the
deepest regret of the decease of one of the most highly esteemed of
its Corresponding Members, Mr. F. B. Meek, of Washington.

Their admiration can add but little to his reputation, which is
secured by the numerous works of which he has been the author.

1877]. eh [Scudder.

They feel, however, that a testimonial is due from them to the
memory of a man whose knowledge of the whole field of American
Paleontology was unsurpassed; and whose life was a model of labori-
ous special investigation, and therefore unrewarded by public com-
mendation.

As students of Natural History, they desire also to record their
respect for a life of such modest simplicity and devotion to science
for its own sake, that it merits, and will, it is hoped, receive, the
highest praise from the hands of Mr. Meek’s fellow laborers. —

Resolved: That this resolution be recorded in the Proceedings of
this Society, and that copies be forwarded to the friends of the
deceased.

Two specimens of the King Duck, shot and presented by
Messrs. G. A. Kendall and S. H. Mackay, at Saughkennet
Point, R. I., were shown, and the thanks of the Society were
voted to the donors.

The following change in the Constitution, accepted by
previous vote, was finally adopted, Art. IV, first clause,
therefore reading : —

_ Corporate Members only shall be entitled to vote, to hold any office
except that of Treasurer, or to transact business.

General Meeting. February 7, 1877.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Thirty-
seven persons present.

Dr. W. G. Farlow read a paper, to be published in the
Society’s Memoirs, on our species of Gymnosporangium or
“ Cedar-apples,” and their supposed relation with Restelia.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder offered some remarks on the phenom-
ena of Circulation in Insects, a subject upon which very con-
tradictory views had been held.

The juices of the digested food appear to pass through the thin
walls of the alimentary canal directly into the general cavity of ‘the
body; from here they are pumped into the hinder extremity of the

Scudder.] 78 [February 7,

pulsatory dorsal vessel by its alternate contraction and dilatation;
certain portions appear also in many cases to enter the sides of the
vessels, just in advance of the valves, which aid the pulsating action
by allowing a free passage to the fluids only in a forward direction;
in the larval state, the vascular walls of the pseudocardium are often
so slight as scarcely to be perceptible; but they are distinct in the
perfect stage, and as the vessel contracts toward the head of the
larva its nature becomes more apparent. More than a century ago,
Lyonet showed that the dorsal vessel of Cossus has only a single out-
let for the passage of the fluids, namely, where it terminates with a
flaring opening at the extreme front of the head, just above the base
of the cesophagus, into a cavity closed by membrane. The direct
passage of the fluids thence has never been observed, but they must
in some way enter at once the peritrachean passages, since they
are next found circulating in them all over the body. Other writers
have des_ribed the anterior extremity as branching, but in like man-
ner have not traced the passage of the fluids beyond the main trunk.

Mr. Scudder ebserved that the only large tracheal vessel connect-
ing the two sides of the body, lay in the first segment behind the
head; and that, according to the recent and little known studies of
Barthélemy,} this transverse tracheal conduit appears at the earliest
formation of the svstem in the embryo, before any regular distribu-
tion of fluids over the body can be observed ; from the middle line of
this transverse trachea half a dozen or more prominent branches
pass directly forward, and some at least of their branches penetrate —
the cavity into which the dorsal vessel empties its contents; it is
therefore highly probable that through them the fluids enter the
peritracheal system ; for by this channel the fluids would pass in the
easiest possible manner to every part of the body, from the moment
that the pulsations of the embryo commence. This, therefore, ts the
principal point toward which it is desirable that future investigation
should be directed; and especially the structure of the tracheal
threads which enter this cavity should be minutely studied.

The trachex, as shown by Dufour, Blanchard, Agassiz, Williams,
Kunckel and others, consist of two entirely distinct parts; but
though these authors do not wholly agree in their explanation of the
structure of the trachez, there appears to be little doubt that it is
substantially as fellows: first, a main stem and its branches, in which,

1 Récherches d’Anatomie et de Physiologie générales sur la classe de Lépidop-
teres. 4°. Toulouse, 1864.

1877.] 79 (Scudder.

between investing tunics, lies a closely coiled spiral thread; and out-
side of and enveloping which is the peritracheal vessel, whose outer
walls are not limited by the extent of the trachee proper, but ex-
tend beyond the spiral coil to form the second and distinct part of
the system, — namely, capillary tubes, penetrating every portion and
organ of the body, and terminating in a mesh-work of interlacing
branches. In other words, this portion of the circulatory system
consists of branching tubes, which enclose within ail but their ulti-
mate ramifications the similarly branching tubes of the respiratory
system. ‘The fluids, therefore, forced by the dorsal vessel into the
peritracheal cavities, become thoroughly aerated before passing into
the tissues of the body to perform their functions; when they have
done their work they empty into the general cavity of the body, and
mingling with the fluids newly expressed from the alimentary eanal,
join the general currents which, as first shown by Carus, appear to
set, in regular channels at the sides and floor of the body, often,
however, with no vascular boundaries, toward the hinder extremity
of the body, or toward the sides of the dorsal vessel, to enter again
the initial point of the circulation.

General Meeting. February 21, 1877.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Twenty-
seven persons present.

Mr. C. 8. Minot read a paper on the Classification of the
Trematod worms, giving a particular account of the anat-
omy of -Distoma crassicolle, parasitic on the European Sala-
mandra.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder made some remarks on the metamor-
phoses of insects.

Mr. Charles W. Scudder was clected Treasurer.

The thanks of the Society were voted to Mr. Gurdon
Saltonstall, for a valuable series of Corals from Nassau.
PROCEEDINGS B. 8S. N. He —= VOL. XIX. 6 JULY, 1877.

Scudder.] 80 [March 7,

General Meeting. March 7, 1877.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Forty-one
persons present. |

Messrs. L. L. Dame, Henry A. Holden, Allen Sullivant,
Charles E. Swett, Rev. G. F. Wright, and Miss Jane Alexan-
der were elected Associate Members.

Dr. B. Joy Jeffries gave an account of the theory of color
blindness, and the practical relations of the subject, and his
remarks were illustrated with diagrams and experiments.

The following papers were read :

THE FLORIDA ORTHOPTERA COLLECTED BY MR. J. H. Com-
-sTtock. By SAMUEL H. ScuUDDER. .

As no attempt.has yet been made to tabulate the Orthoptera from
any district in the:southern United States, it has seemed desirable, in
naming for Mr. Comstock the species collected by him in the spring
of 1876, to print a list of them, with descriptions of those which
prove to be new. The collection was made almost entirely at two
localities — Jacksonville on the St. Johns, and Fort Reed in Orange
Co., about three miles south of Mellonville, at the head of naviga-
tion on the St. Johns. So far as I am aware, no collections of any
importance have before been brought from the upper St. Johns, so
that this portion of the collection, and the larger one, has more than
ordinary interest. A few notes sent me by Mr. Comstock are ap-
pended under the species to which they refer; and occasional notices
of captures by others in other parts of the State, or of neighboring
States, are added. The Collection is in the Museum of Cornell
University.

GRYLLIDES.

Gryllus assimilis (Fabr.) Goeze. 1 ¢, 1 %, found under
boards on the beach near Sanford, April 6; 1 2, Ft. Reed, April
21; 1 2, Jacksonville, May 6. This agrees altogether with Saus-
sure’s description of the small black United States form of the spe-
cies, excepting that the wings extend no further back than the tips
-of the cerci, :

1877.] 81 (Scudder.

Gryllus pennsylvanica Burm. 2 3,4 @, found under boards
on the beach near Sanford, with the preceding, April 6; 3 2, Ft.
Reed, April 20-22. One of the first mentioned females is much
larger than the rest, but appears to be the same species. Although
Saussure considers this a northern species, not occurring in the south,
these specimens agree well with a specimen from Maryland, com-
pared with Bnrmeister’s type in the Halle Museum, and marked as
agreeing therewith; the same specimen was indicated by Mr. Uhler
as agreeing with specimens sent by him to Mr. Walker under this
name, and which probably served as the base of Walker’s determina-
tion. This form at least of the species I have never seen north of
Maryland, and hence it appears to be a southern type. Saussure,
however, considers the forms described by me from New England
under the names of G. niger and G. neglectus, as identical with this.

Nemobius ambitiosus nov. sp. Allied to N. carelinus Scudd.,
but smaller and darker. Head not very convex, subappressed, the
top dingy fulvous with broad dusky or blackish longitudinal stripes;
whole front piceous with a moderately narrow pallid transverse
stripe, widening slightly at the middle, and on the lower edge at
each lateral ocellus; ocelli pale; antennz fusco-luteous, much longer
than the body, the basal joint subcastaneous ; palpi, excepting the
pallid penultinate joint, black. Pronotum quadrate, its borders
straight with a rather strongly marked impressed line next the front
edge black, sometimes heavily and obscurely blotched with dark ful-
vous, covered sparsely, like the top of the head, with long curving
black bristles. Tegmina of ¢ black, more than half as long as the
abdomen, quadrate, more than half as long again as broad, as broad
at apex as at base, the tip broadly rounded and in the middle
subexcised, the entire margin and the edge between the dorsal and
lateral fields conspicuously bordered with pale yellow; teemina of ¢
with the lateral field black, the dorsal field testaceous blotched with
black, the veins dusky; less than half as long as abdomen, the inner
apical angle strongly and roundly excised. Legs black, blotched
heavily with luteo-testaceous, the hind tibial spines dull testaceous,
mostly black or dusky in the middle half. Ovipositor black, straight,
rather shorter than the hind femora; cerci varying from dull testa-
ceous to castaneous.

Length of body, 7.75 mm.; of antenne, 9mm.; of pronotum, 1.6
mm.; breadth of pronotum, 2 mm.; length of tegmina, J, 3.5 mm.;

Scudder.] 82 [March 7,

2, 2.6 mm.; of hind femora, 5.5 mm.; of cerci, 4 mm.; of ovipositor
45mm. 60,5 2, Ft. Reed, April 20-22.

Cyrtoxipha delicatula nov. sp. A slender species, appearing
the more slender from the great length of the wings; it is entirely of
an amber color with a slight infuscation on the head, pronotum and
hind femora, and with a few brownish dots at the insertion of hairs on
the head and pronotum, especially next the hinder margin of the
latter ; antenn three times as long as the body, of the same color,
delicately pubescent with blackish hairs, and about every sixth joint
dusky; penultimate joint of palpi decidedly longer than the preced-
ing joint, the last triangular joint dusky at its broad apex. Pro-
notum twice as broad as long, rapidly and regularly increasing in
size from in front backward, the front and hind borders straight,
with a median impressed line and a few long curving dark tawny
hairs, mostly arranged in four equidistant transverse rows. Teomina
of ¢ slightly longer than the body, the tympanum and all the open
spaces of the dorsal field rugulose with irregular longitudinal lines,
the accessory vein (‘“ veine adventive ’’ of Saussure) distinct
throughout the lateral field with a very few faint, distant, transverse
veins; wings fully twice as long as the tegmina; spines of hind tibize
dusky or blackish at tip.

Length of body, 5.5 mm.; of body and closed wings, 11 mm.; of
antenne, 19 mm.; of pronotum, .95 mm.; greatest breadth of pro-
notum, 1.9 mm.; length of tegmina, 5 mm.; of hind femora, 5 mm.

13, Ft. Reed, April 23. I have also received a male of the same
species from Sand Point, Florida, collected May 1, by Messrs. Hub-
bard and Schwarz (No. 409). The excessive length of the wings is
a striking feature of this insect, which differs in several respects from
C. Gundlachi Sauss., said by him to occur in the southern United
States.

This species, excepting in the length of its wings, bears a close re-
semblance to the insect considered by Orthopterologists in this coun-
try as Acheta exiquaof Say. Say’s description does not fit the latter
well, but in the absence of any insect yet found which agrees better
with the characters he mentions, it has been, and may still be, consid-
ered the same. It is an Anaxipha, and occurs throughout the south-
ern states from Texas to the Atlantic seaboard, and on the latter as
far north as Maryland (Uhler). It was placed by Saussure doubt-
fully in Nemobits, but is not the insect referred to by me in the Bos-
ton Journal of Natural History (vu, 429) under that name. Mr.
Comstock did not meet with any species of Anaxipha.

1877.] 83 : [Scudder.

LOCUSTARIE.

Thyreonotus dorsalis (Burm.) Scudd. 2 ¢,1 @, taken at Ft.
Reed, April 4-20. This species does not agree in structural character-
istics with any of the genera of Decticide given by Herman, but
approaches Thyreonotus more closely than any other.

Belocephalus subapterus Scudd. (Acanthacara acuta Thom.
nec Scudd.) A larval ¢ was found at Ft. Reed, April 17.

Xiphidium ensiferum Scudd. A single pupa of this or an
allied species was taken at Ft. Reed, April 21.

Amblycorypha rotundifolia (Phylloptera rotundifolia Scudd.).
A single female came with the collection of Mr. Comstock, but un-
labelled. As some western specimens were sent, this may not have
been taken in Florida. I have received it from as far south as
Georgia.

Microcentum retinervis (Burm.) Scudd. <A male, a female
and two pupe were taken at Ft. Reed between April 4 and May 2.

ACRYDII.

Dictyophorus reticulatus Thunb. A considerable number of
larve and pupe were taken May 6. They differ rather remarkably
from the perfect insect, being of a very deep metallic bronze-green
color approaching black, marked with yellow deepening into red in
spots, or wholly with blood-red; this is most conspicuous in a slender
dorsal stripe the whole length of the creature, extending over the
fastigium half way down the lateral edges of the frontal costa; the
lateral carine of the head, the lower border of the front and the lower
half of the posterior border of the head are also marked broadly
with it, as also the hinder edge of the pronotum; the antenne are
black throughout.

Aptenopedes (arty, zyddw) nov. gen.

Head projecting, front strongly oblique, whole summit of head hor-
izontal, scarcely convex, triangular; the eyes nearly meeting above,
and the fastigium in advance of them slightly tumid; front sub-
appressed, particularly in the $3 frontal costa distinct and equal
throughout; eyes long oval, not prominent, in the ¢ depressed and
tapering above; antennz moderately slender, linear, subdepressed,
about as long as (?) or slightly longer than (3) the pronotum; palpi
rather small, the last joint nearly cylindrical, not in the least ex-
panded. Pronotum regularly expanding posteriorly in the °, only

Scudder.] 84 [March 7,

expanding at the very tip and then but slightly in the 2; front margin
slightly convex, hind margin slightly and angularly excised; surface
uniformly rugulose, tectiform, especially in the ?, the median carina
distinct but not prominent, lateral carinee wanting; the posterior lobe
separated from the anterior by a scarcely perceptible sinuate furrow,
the posterior itself distinctly divided in the middle by a transverse
furrow subparallel to the hind border severing the median carina;
lateral lobes nearly twice as long as broad, narrowing downward,
the exterior edge very broadly angled, the posterior margin roundly
excised; prosternum with a blunt conico-cylindrical spine ; inner mar-
gin of mesosternal lobes broadly convex, the lobes subapproximate
in the 3, distant from each other by half their width in the 2;
metasternal lobes approximate in both sexes. Tegmina linear, about
as long as the pronotum; wings wanting. Hind femora extending
nearly to (?) or a little beyond (¢@) the tip of the abdomen, the
superior edge unarmed; hind tibiz with their outer edges smooth,
the spines’on either side equal; first and third tarsal joints equal, the
second less than half as long as either of them. Abdomen in-
distinctly carinate throughout.

The genus has an aspect not unlike that of Sphenarium, but it
belongs to the subfamily of Acridide and appears to be somewhat
closely allied to Rhytidochrota. A. sphenarioides may be considered
as the type.

Aptenopedes sphenarioides nov. sp. Green, the upper sur-
face a little infuscated in the male. Head with the whole front
flecked with fuscous or blackish puncte. Antennz with the first two
joints pale or greenish, beyond growing testaceous, the apical third
blackish fuscous. Pronotum uniformly and dull rugulose, more
obscurely on the deflected lobes than above, like the head furnished
with very scattered delicate inconspicuous short white hairs and
with a white or very pale pink straight lateral stripe running from
the upper posterior border of the eye to the hind edge of pronotum;
this stripe is bordered more (<3) or less (?) distinctly with black be-
neath; lower edges of pronotum a little pale, especially in the male;
prosternal spine terminating bluntly. Tegmina reaching the end of
the first abdominal segment, white above, black below, in continua-
tion of the pronotal stripe; metapleura more or less distinctly striped
with black and white, in imitation of the tegmina. Hind femora green
exteriorly, more or less infuscated, especially above, in the female, the
outer carina obscurely marked with black, the space between this

1877.] 85 [Scudder.

and the upper carina more or less distinctly testaceous in the male;
hind tibiz green with a plumbeous tinge, the spines black tipped.
Abdomen obscurely punctate on the basal half, with small indistinct
dorso-pleural spots of mingled white and blue-black dots on the
posterior extremity of the segments, which in the male lie at the
outer limit of a broad dorsal testaceous stripe which is bordered ex-
ternally with blackish and so obscures the spots.

Length of body, ¢ 17 mm., 2 25 mm.; of antenne, J 7mm., ? 7
mm.; of tegmina, d 3mm. ? 4mm.; of hind femora, f 10 mm., ?
11.25 mm.

8 3,49, Ft. Reed, April 8-28. I have also received the species
from Jacksonville, Fla., collected by C. J. Maynard in April.

Aptenopedes rufovittata nov. sp. Green, more or less infus-
cated above. Face minutely and rather sparsely dotted with black-
ish fuscous, the mouth-parts and the lower part of the face often de-
_cidedly pink; antenne with the first two joints green, beyond either
dull green, more or less infuscated (¢), or with the basal half reddish
or pinkish brown and the apical half olivaceo-fuscous (2); eyes as in
A. sphenarioides. Pronotum rugulose, much more heavily in the ¢
than in the °, and the dorsum of the other thoracic joints and the
basal abdominal joints similarly marked; pronotum with a distinct
(2) or inconspicuous (3) median carina, obscurely infuscated in the
3, generally marked distinctly but narrowly with testaceous in the
¢, the surface of the whole pronotum with a few scattered hairs,
even more sparsely distributed than in A. sphenarioides; position of
the lateral carine (which are wanting) marked by a slender black
stripe, followed above by a somewhat broader rufous band, fading to
yellowish and narrowed in the female; this stripe does not extend
upon the head. Tegmina wanting in the ¢, very slender, linear,
straight and green in the 2. Legs green, the hind femora tipped, at
least in the male, with rufo-testaceous and black, the hind tibie
glaucous, hind tarsi red with black-edged pad and black-tipped red
claws. Abdomen with an obscure testaceous medio-dorsal stripe in
the female, extending onto the thorax, and on the abdomen followed
by an obscure pleuro-dorsal {series of small dark spots, or with a
similar distinct stripe in the ¢, bordered by a more or less distinct
narrow or broad edging of black, fading laterally into fuscous;
anal cerci of ¢ tapering almost uniformly, while in A. sphenarioides
they taper only on the basal half and beyond are equal.

- Length of body, ¢ 15.5 mm., ? 20.5 mm.; of antenne, J 6.5 mm.;

Scudder.] 86 [March 7,

° 5.4mm.; of tegmina,? 1.85 mm.; of hind femora, 2 8.5 mm.,
2 10 mm.

43,3 9, Ft. Reed. April 10 (¢), April 20-21 (?).

Aptenopedes aptera nov. sp. Green. Eyes narrower than in
A. sphenarioides, more closely approximated above and the fastigiam
in advance of them less swollen. Thorax with similar sculpturing
but wholly devoid of any lateral stripe. Pronotum a little shorter
than in the preceding species; no trace of tegmina. Legs as in the
previous species, except in wanting the testaceous color on the upper
outer surface of hind femora. Abdomen green, with a medio-dorsal
stripe of testaceous, having an obscurely infuscated edge extending
also to the hinder edge of pronotum.

Length of body, 24 mm.; of antenne, 6.5 mm.; of hind femora
10.65mm. 1 ¢, Ft. Reed, April 7th.

Acridium americanum (Drury). 3 ¢,2%, Ft. Reed, and
Jacksonville, from April 10 to May 6.

Acridium appendiculatum Uhl.13 ¢, 2 2, taken at Fort
Reed between Mar. 26 and April 22, and 1 ¢ taken at Jacksonville,
May 6. Appalachicola (Thaxter). A. distinctum Uhl., Mss. is the
male of this species.

Abbé Provancher has sent me this species from Quebec! It is his
A. rugosum.

Caloptenus femur-rubrum (DeG.) Burm. The common
southern species, with the hind tibie varying from pale red to pale
yellowish green, and which I provisionally refer to this species, was
taken at Fort Reed April 8 to 23, and Jacksonville May 6, in
abundance. Pupz were taken at Ft. Reed April 2 to 28.

Pezotettix rotundipennis nov. sp. Caloptenoid in form.
Head livid yellowish brown, the summit deeply infuscated, the whole
more or less mottled with small fuscous spots; antenne dull brownish
red, apically infuscated, at extreme base more or less livid. Prono-
tum above brownish fuscous, mottled slightly with dusky yellow, the
median carina black; lateral lobes brownish yellow below, above
occupied by a broad piceous stripe running from the eye nearly to
the middle of the abdomen, broader and with vague boundaries on
the abdomen and partially interrupted by a slender oblique brownish
yellow stripe on the crest of the metapleural episterna. Tegmina but
little longer than broad, rotund, ovate, black, concealed by profuse
rufous veins. Legs dull yellowish brown, the middle and hind
femora heavily spotted with black, the hind tibiz dull fusco-glaucous,

1877.] 87 [Seudder.

pale at base. Head not very large; vertex between the eyes scarcely
so broad as the basal joint of antennz, shallowly and broadly sulcate
in advance of the eyes; frontal ridge moderately broad, shallowly
suleate throughout, slightly and reeularly expanding beneath, obsoles-
cent next the clypeus. Pronotum broadening slightly and regularly
throughout, the anterior lobe almost twice as long as the posterior,
its surface very faintly and very sparsely punctate, the median carina
sharp but slight and equal; posterior lobe with the median carina not
sharp but rather inconspicuous, the surface of the lobe both above
and on sides delicately rugulose; lateral carine. wholly obsolete.
Terminal segment of male strongly upcurved, tumid posteriorly;
cerci rather stout but laminate, tapering at the very base, beyond
nearly equal, moderately broad, directed inward and backward and
bent obliquely a little downward, slightly expanded, well rounded
and scarcely thickened at the tip.

Length of body, 15.5 mm.; of antenne, 8 mm.; of tegmina, 3
mm.; of hind femora, 10mm. 14, Jacksonville, May 6.

Pezotettix puer nov. sp. Caloptenoid in form. Head livid
brown, heavily mottled with dusky brown in small spots, often deep-
ening, especially above, to blackish brown; antennz dull yellowish
brown, deepening to dark fuscous beyond the middle, the basal joint
longitudinal, streaked more or less noticeably with blackish. Prono-
tum brownish yellow, more or less infuscated above, the upper por-
tion of the deflected lobes, especially in the male and in front,
heavily marked with piceous, sometimes scarcely infuscated in the
female only. Tegmina shaped and colored as in the preceding species,
but paler in the female than in the male, widely separated. Legs
variable in color, but generally dull yellowish brown, the hind femora
generally twice banded above, besides the black apex, the hind tibie
dull yellow mottled with brown at base and extreme tip, the rest
purplish glaucous. Head and pronotum shaped and sculptured as in
the preceding, excepting that the lateral carine are distinct through-
out and straight, but not sharp. Terminal segment of male a little
upturned, the anal cerci slender beyond the thickened base, scarcely
tapering, gently incurved, the tip bluntly pointed.

Leneth of body, %, 10.5 mm., 2, 16 mm.; of antenne, 3, 5.5 mm.,
?,7mm.; of tegmina, o, 2.2 mm., 2, 2.5 mm.; of hind femora, dg,
8 mm., ?, 10 mm.

5 3,4 2, Ft. Reed, April 8-10. This is the smallest American
species of the genus known to me.

Scudder.] 88 [March 7,

Paroxya recta Scudd. 8 ¢ and a pupa were taken at Ft. Reed .
May 1-2; another pupa April 10; taken at Enterprise, Florida, by
Messrs. Hubbard and Schwarz, May 15 (No. 423).

Paroxya atlantica Scudd. 6 ¢, 2 %, were taken at Ft. Reed:
the ¢ April 2-20, the April 23.

Arnilia chlorizans (Walk.). 10 ¢, 2 %, Ft. Reed, April 21 -
May 1. Appalachicola (Thaxter). ,

Leptysma marginicollis (Serv.) Stal. 73, 2 ¢, Ft. Reed,
April 7— May 2; taken at Enterprise, May 25, by Messrs. Hubbard
and Schwarz (No. 421), and at Appalachicola by Mr. Thaxter.

Achurum brevipenne (Thom.). <A large number of mature
specimens were taken at. Ft. Reed between April 5 and May 1,
together with afew pupe. It appears to have been an abundant
species, and Mr. Comstock remarks that both the form and coloring
of the insect appear to be protective; the insect occurs on the “ wire-
grass” which grows in the sand among the saw-palmettos; and so
closely do their brown linear bodies resemble dry grass, that it is
very difficult to perceive them.

Amblytropidia subhyalina Scudd. 8 ¢,4 2, mostly at Ft.
Reed, April 17-May 1; taken at Ft. Capron in April, by Messrs.
Hubbard and Séhware (No. 435), and at Appalachicola by Mr.
Thaxter.

Abbé Provancher has sent me this species from Quebec, Canada!
It was described by him as Chiloealtis canadensis.

Chloealtis viridis Scudd. 19 ¢, 21 2, mostly at Ft. Reed (the
others at Jacksonville); the males April 11-May 6, the females
April 22-— May 6; a large number of larve and pupe were also taken
at Ft. Reed, April 8-28; taken May 18th at Enterprise, by Messrs.
Hubbard and Schwarz (No. 449).

Chrysochraon obscurus nov. sp. Dark yellowish brown.
Head prominent, projecting, the face more than usually oblique in
the male; fastigium of vertex moderately broad, elongated, acute-
angled, convex, scarcely declivant, bluntly rounded at the tip; lat-
eral foveole pretty strongly depressed in front, with obscure inner
border ovate-subquadrate, about twice as long as broad; frontal costa
deeply sulcate, especially above the ocellus, narrowing at summit,
broadening on lower half; whole front distantly and faintly punctate;
whole head dotted very sparsely with black, and in the male striped
above and on sides with the same; summit of head transversely and
faintly wrinkled; antenne a little depressed, light brown, deepening

1877.] 89 [Scudder.

to dark fuscous beyond the base. Pronotum rather roundly con-
stricted just in advance of the middle, front and hind borders straight,
median and lateral carine equal and slight; surface punctato-
subrugose, the region of the lateral carine more or less deeply, and
narrowly (¢), or broadly (3) marked with blackish; both disk and
lateral lobes with occasional, irregularly distributed, large blackish
dots, sometimes obsolete. Tegmina three-quarters (¢), or scarcely half
(2) as long as the abdomen, fusiform, tapering apically (¢) or linear
(3), yellowish brown, with a median dusky stripe often broken into
alternate blackish and paler spots. Legs dark yellowish brown, the
hind femora more or less and variably infuscated ; hind tibiz pale
yellowish brown; the spines pale at base, black at tip. Abdomen
more or less mottled with brownish yellow and dark fuscous.

Length of body, ¢, 13.5 mm., 2, 21.5 mm.; of antenne, J, 7 mm.,
?,6 mm.; of tegmina, do, 6.6 mm. ?, 6 mm.; of hind femora, ¢,
9.4 mm., 2, 12 mm.

3 3,1 %, Ft. Reed, April 8-11.

Stenobothrus maculipennis Scudd. 29 3,17 ¢,and 8 pupe
taken at Ft. Reed, April 8-— May 2, and Jacksonville, May 6. The
individuals are considerably larger — those from the north, first
described under this name.

Tomonotus Zimmermanni Sauss. 22 3,4 2, at Ft. Reed
and Jacksonville, March 26 -— May 6. Appalachicola (Thaxter). This
species is not mentioned by Thomas in his Acridide of North
America.

Chimarocephala viridifasciata (DeGeer) Scudd. 27 3,11
?, of the type infuscata; 2d, 25 2, of the type virginiana. Both
sexes of both forms were taken, as early as March 26, and as late-as
May 6, with the exception of the two virginiana 3, which were both
taken May 6. Five sixths of the females of both forms were taken
after April 21, and two thirds of the ¢ of infuscata after that date ;
so that there appears to be no evidence that one form is earlier than
the other. 11 larve and pup were taken at Ft. Reed, April 10-25.

Hippisecus discoideus (Serv.) Stal. 4 3, 3 2, were taken at
Jacksonville, May 6; and three larve and pup at Ft. Reed, April
5-10.

Dissosteira carolina (Linn.) Scudd. A single ¢ was taken
on May 6, at Jacksonville; it was taken at Enterprise May 10, by
Messrs. Hubbard and Schwarz (No. 426).

Scudder.] 90 [March 7,

Psinidia eucerata (Harr.). 244,18 °, and 2 pupx, Jackson-
ville and Ft. Reed, mostly the latter, between April 6 and May 6;
taken at Ft. Capron, April 19, by Messrs. Hubbard and Schwarz
(No. 442), and at Appalachicola by Mr. Thaxter. Mr. Comstock
took this insect on white sand, and remarks that the lighter parts
of the body and tegmina exactly resemble the color of the sand where
they occur, while the darker parts correspond to the burnt vegetable
matter always found mingled with the sand; and the mottling pro-
duces so perfect a mimicry that he has often been unable to distin-
guish a grasshopper which he had seen alight within six feet from
where he stood.

Trimerotropis picta Scudd. 16 3, 13 ¢, and 5 larve and
pup, Ft. Reed and Jacksonville, at the same time as the preceding;
taken at Cedar Keys, by Messrs. Hubbard and Schwarz, June 4
(No. 441), and at Appalachicola by Mr. Thaxter.

Tettix rugosus Scudd. 10 3, 19 °, taken at Ft. Reed, April
22-26, and 1 ¢ taken April 6, at the same place. Mr. Comstock
found all the species of Tettigidide in damp places on black muck.

Tettix arenosus (Tetrix arenosa Burm.). 4 ¢, Ft. Reed, April
20-21. Ihave recently received the same species from Georgia; it is
closely allied to T. rugosa Scudd., but the wings scarcely surpass the
pronotum, a feature which appears to be constant.

Tettigidea lateralis (Say) Scudd. 19 3,17 9, and 14 larve .
and pup were taken at Ft. Reed, April 20-26; taken at Appalachi-
cola by Mr. Thaxter.

Batrachidea cristata (Harr.) Scudd. 5 3,6 2, and 2 pupez
were taken at the same time and place as the preceding.

A few immature Tettigide remain undetermined.

MANTIDES.

Oligonyx graminis (Thespis graminis Bates’ Mss.). Body
filiform. Head strongly depressed, with a transverse central sulcus;
eyes large, obovate, very prominent, diverging posteriorly; poste-
rior border of head tuberculate at outer angles; clypeus, and all parts
in advance of eyes, forming a small triangle, at the apex of which
is the minute mouth; ocelli very large and prominent, equidistant,
obovate; antenne pubescent; whole head testaceous, obscurely dotted
with black, the ocellar scrobes black. Prothorax very long, linear, a
little expanded at the base of the legs, in front of them gently

1877.] OL [Scudder.

tapering; median carina slight, fading in front of the legs;
lateral carine equally slight, minutely denticulate; surface smooth,
very sparsely and briefly pubescent, brownish testaceous, obscurely
dotted with black. Tegmina minutely pubescent, slender, reaching
the tip of the third abdominal segment, rounded at tip, very light uni-
form translucent brown, very faintly iridescent; wings extending be-
yond the tegmina by more than half the length of a segment of the
abdomen, colored like the tegmina. Front legs long, pubescent; coxee
and femora of equal length, lighter than the prothorax, marked
irregularly, or dotted with blackish fuscous, furnished with long
spines on apical third; tibicee extremely short, enlarging apically
with four apical black tipped spines, of which one is much longer
than the others; tarsi reaching just beyond the middle of the femora.
Abdomen very long and slender, of the color of the pronotum, and
more abundantly pubescent, with longer white hairs; supraanal plate
long and tapering, triangularly lanceolate, carinate, projecting far
beyond the abdomen; cerci long, equal, depressed, pubescent, 7-
jointed ; styles slender, tapering, nearly half as long as the supra-
anal plate.

Length of body, 47 mm.; of antenne, 23 mm.; of prothorax,
-12.75 mm.; greatest width of same, 1 mm. ; length of tegmina, 18 mm. ;
of fore femora, 8 mm.; of fore tibiz, 1 mm.; of hind tibie, 10.5 mm.;
of cerci, 4 mm.

1 gd, Ft. Reed, April 24. The species has also been taken in Flor-
ida, by Mr. Norton, and I have others from Georgia, all of them
males. It differs conspicuously from O. Scudderi Sauss., supposed to
come from Georgia, in the length of the prothorax. The specimens
in my collection agree perfectly with those labelled Thespis graminis
Bates’ Mss., in the British Museum; as Mr. Bates is understood to
have abandoned his purpose of preparing a monograph of the Man-
tide, based on the British Museum collection, I have no hesitation
in describing it, and adopting therefor the appropriate specific name
he has applied.

A male pupa of another Mantid was taken at Ft. Reed, April 7,
apparently belonging either to Miopteryx or to Thespis; but cer-
tainly not to J. cubensis Sauss., the only species of either genus re-
corded from the neighborhood of the Southern States.

Scudder.] 92 | [March 7,
BLATTARIA.

Phyllodromia germanica (Linn.) Serv. A number of spec-
imens in various stages of growth, were taken at Ft. Reed, March 27.

A single specimen of a second species of the genus was taken at
the same place, but is in an indeterminable condition.

Ischnoptera unicola (Scudd.) Brunn. Specimens were taken
in houses at Fort Reed from March to May.

Platyzosteria ingens nov. sp. Dark mahogany-brown, nearly
uniform, but deepening toward the sides and extremity of the ‘abdo-
men, and especially on the tegmina, which sometimes become nearly
black, the head and under surface lighter. Head obscurely mottled
with dusky, with a pale dot next the inner edge of the antennz, the
eyes black, the labrum and mouth-parts mottled with yellow; an-
tenne marked with black on the basal joints, throughout pubescent,
as long as the body. Pronotum semi-orbicular, gently convex, with
minutely dilated edges and scarcely shagreened surface. Tegmina
subquadrate, the outer margin gently marginate and scarcely
rounded, the inner edge slightly convex, especially next base, the
outer margin almost straight, but owing to the slightly produced and
rounded outer angle, a very little concave; they just cover the meso-
notum, and together cover the whole breadth of the same, excepting
at a scutelliform space in front in the middle; their surface is punc-
tate. Legs stout, profusely spined, the coxe heavily blotched with
yellow, and the under surface of tarsi clay-yellow. Abdomen broad,
_ scarcely broader beyond the base, the extremity broadly rounded, the
surface, especially behind, rugulose; joints produced laterally, espe-
cially the apical ones, where the lateral angle becomes a distinct
pointed tooth. Supraanal plate broadly and roundly excised on hind
border, ciliate with rufous hairs, and the outer angles rounded (¢), or
rather deeply and angularly excised, the outer angles sharp (2);
cerci depressed, tapering, pointed, either longer (¢) or shorter (?)
than the supra-anal plate.

Length of body, d, 31 mm., ?, 35 mm.; of antennz, d, 31 mm.,
?, 30 mm.; of pronotum, 3, 9 mm., 2, 9 mm.; breadth of same, 2,
14 mm., 2, 14 mm.; length of hind femora, 7, 9 mm., 2, 9 mm.; of
hind tibie, 3, 10.5 mm., 2, 10 mm.; of hind tarsi, 3, 7.5 mm., ?,
6.5 mm.

3 5,1 @, houses at Ft. Reed, March— May. I have also received
the species from unspecified localities in Florida, from Messrs. Norton

1877.] 93 [Scudder.

and Osten Sacken, and from Volusia (Samuels), Green Cove Springs
(Boardman), Appalachicola (Thaxter) and Ft. Capron in April,
Messrs. Hubbard and Schwarz, No. 588, and from Cuba (Uhler), in
alli 3,5 &. Some of these specimens I have compared with the
types of the Cuban P. opaca Brunn., in Brunner’s collection, from
which this species is certainly distinct (as Mr. Brunner agrees with
me in believing) in its slenderer legs, longer tegmina, and in the
absence of certain spines on the hinder abdominal segments. I no-
ticed this species in the Berlin Museum, but failed to note from what
locality they came.

_Platyzosteria sabalianus nov. sp. Head mahogany-brown,
growing yellow toward labrum, blotched everywhere with fuscous,
and with a pale spot below either antenna; eyes black; palpi, espec-
ially apical joints, more or. less infuscated; antennz of the color of
the head, growing paler toward the tip, pubescent, though at base
but very sparsely, longer than the body. Pronotum longer than half
the breadth, well rounded, the sides very delicately marginate, sur-
face smooth, black, with the centre of posterior half rufo-castaneous,
the sides with a broad yellow band, just avoiding the margin, nar-
rowing in front by a broadly rounded excision of its inner border; the
band extends with fully equal breadth upon the mesonotum, and to a
greater or less extent on to the metanotum, and is very conspicuous ;
on the meso- and metanotum, which are rufo-castaneous, it is broadly
margined interiorly with black. Tegmina wholly wanting. Legs
moderately stout, profusely and coarsely spined, the coxe fuscous,
blotched with pale yellow, the rest of the legs dark castaneous, some
of the tarsal joints partially infuscated. Abdomen dull rufo-casta-
neous, very broadly bordered laterally, and more narrowly apically
with black, with an almost imperceptible median carina, the lateral
edges produced apically to a delicate point, the last three joints with
very distant, very brief rufous hairs springing from raised points.
Supraanal plate rather deeply and angularly excised, the lateral pro-
jections bluntly pointed; cerci depressed and tapering, pointed, twice
as long as the supraanal plate.

_ Length of body, 20 mm.; of antennz, 23 mm.; of pronotum, 6.3
mm.; breadth of same, 10.5 mm.; length of hind femora, 6.1 mm. ; of
hind tibie, 7.5 mm.; of hind tarsi, 5 mm.

2 3, Sanford, in tops of the Cabbage Palmetto (Sabal Palmetto)

April 6. It is closely allied to P. mysteca Sauss.

Scudder.} 94 {March 7,

Periplaneta americana (Linn.) Burm. 4 ¢, 3 ¢, and young,
from houses at Fort Reed, March, April and May. °
' Periplaneta australasize (Fabr.) Burm. Several young of
this species were taken at Ft. Reed during March, April and May. —
This cosmopolitan species was first sent to me from Green Cove
Spring, Florida, by Mrs. Mary Treat, under the name of “ the Flor-
ida cockroach,” and she reports that it frequently occurs in the
pitchers of Sarracenia,! and has been extremely abundant in Florida
for eighteen years, the torment of housekeepers. Yet it has never
before fallen into my hands, nor has it been hitherto recorded from
the United States. A single specimen in the collection of Dr. Har-
ris is marked “ introduced; in ships from China.”

ForRFICULARIA.

Labidura riparia (Pall.) Dohrn. A single specimen taken at
Ft. Reed, April 24. Taken at Indian River, by Messrs. Hubbard
and Schwarz, April 27; at Appalachicola, by Mr. Thaxter.

Labia guttata Scudd. One specimen taken at Ft. Reed,
March 26.

List oF MAMMALS FOUND IN THE VICINITY OF GRAND RIVER,
D. T. By W. J. Horrman, M..D., rare U. 8S, Aguas

The Military Post at Grand River,? Dakota Territory, was estab-
lished May 20, 1870. It is situated on the western bank of the
Missouri River, one hundred and eight miles, by land, south of the
present terminus of the Northern Pacific Railroad, and three hun-
dred and seventy miles north of Yankton. The valley of the Mis-
souri was well timbered in this vicinity prior to 1870, but since that
time the groves of cottonwood and oak have been gradually cut away,
affording but scanty shelter for many animals seeking them dur-
ing the cold season. Grand River, Oak Creek, and several smaller
streams emptying into the Missouri from the west, are often nearly
dry courses during the summer; but as we ascend to the distance of
fifty or sixty miles, we find them containing a greater amount of
water than nearer the mouth, and running through broad, well-
timbered valleys. At such localities many of the larger mammals

1See Harper’s Magazine for October, 1876.
* Approximate astronomical position is Long. 100° 12 W., Lat. 45° 31’ N.

1877.) 95 { Hoffman.

are still found, unless the resident Dakotas have been on a hunt,
when few escape unless they take to the surrounding prairie. The
prairie is undulating, and at times hilly, destitute of wood (except
small quantities in the ravines and washes leading down to the tim-
bered bottoms) but covered with short grass, frequently with grease-
wood (Obione canescens), sage brush (Artemisia canadensis), cactus
(Opuntia missouriense), etc. The western horizon is bounded bya
range of bluffs, the more elevated peaks of which are frequently used
by the Dakota Indians for signal stations.

To most of the following named species are added the local names
in Dakota, the Tetonwan dialect of that language being generally
spoken around the Agency. The italicized n is nasal; ich is sounded
as in German nicht; vowels as in Continental languages generally.

FELIDA.

1. Felis concolor Linn. American Panther. In-mu-tan’-ka.

Occasional specimens are captured in the oak groves on Oak
Creek. The skins are seldom brought ‘to the trader’s store to ex-
change, as they are valued by the Indians in the manufacture of
quivers.

2. Lynx rufus Raf. Bay Lynx; Wild Cat. In-mu-cho’-ta.

This species is of frequent occurrence throughout the valleys. A
large specimen was shot within half a mile of the Post, where’ she
had been watching for her prey near a beaver dam. |

CANIDZ.

3. Canis lupus var. occidentalis Allen. Gray Wolf; Tim-
ber Wolf. Shun/-ka-to-ki’-tcha.

Rather abundant, and is usually found in the wake of a pack of
coyotes. The coloration varies greatly, in fact so much so, that dif-
ferent local names are applied to the same species on that account.
It is frequently the case that a pedestrian will meet these animals
along the coulées, and on firing at them, if they are not hit, they will
remain in one position until their curiosity is satisfied, when they will
walk off deliberately and slowly. This, however, is not the case
when they are hungry, at which time they become extremely fierce
and bold. They have been known to enter the Indian villages at
nicht and attack the dogs.

4, Canis latrans Say. Prairie Wolf; Coyote. Shun’-ka-mon/’-
i-tu.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XIX. 7 AUGUST, 1877.

Hofiman.] 96 [March 7,

Everywhere common. Large numbers are attracted to the Agency
corral, where the offal is left after the Indians receive the weekly
allowance of beeves— usually one hundred head. Many hundred
skins are annually brought to the trader’s, where they receive a
worthless trinket in return for each. Occasional specimens have
been shot from the windows of the out-buildings. Various attempts
at domestication have failed.

5. Vulpes fulvus Rich. Red Fox. Shun’-ka-dan.

Not found near the settlement. Sometimes found by the Indians
near the headwaters of Grand River and Qak Creek. Few skins are
sold, as the Indian women retain them to make pouches and bags.

6. Vulpes fulvus var. argentatus Aud. and Bach. Silver
Fox. Shun’-ka-dan’-ska. »

Extremely rare. Have seen no skins among the tribes, but I was
told that this animal was of frequent occurrence before any of the
Agencies had been established.

7. Vulpes velox Aud. and Bach. Kit Fox; Swift.

Not found nearer than the Big Horn Mountains or the Black Hills,
although they formerly existed here. Visiting “hostiles” sometimes
have skins for sale or barter.

MUSTELIDZ.

8. Mustela americana Turton. American Sable. Pine Mar-
tin. Nak’-pa-gi’/-tcha.

Apparently not numerous. I saw several specimens eight miles
west of the Post, but they are more frequently met with further in-
land along the streams.

9. Putorius longicaudus Rich. Weasel. Hi-tan’-ka-san.

Rare near the Agency, but found both above and below, on the
Missouri bottom-lands.

10. Putorius vison Gapper. Common Mink. Dok-sin’-tcha.

More frequently found than the last, but by no means common.

ll. Putorius nigrescens Aud. and Bach. Little Black Mink.

Have not seen any specimens or skins. Old hunters describe an
animal at one time found here, which may be the species in question.

12. Gulo luscus Sab. Wolverine.

Occasionally found near the head waters of Oak Creek.

13. Lutra canadensis Sab. American Otter. Ptan.

Very rarely found. Sometimes a skin or two find their way to the
trader’s during a season.

1877.] 07 {Hoffman .

14. Mephitis mephitica Bd. Skunk. Ma’-ka’.

Not very common. These animals are killed by the Indians,
though they seldom cure the skins on account of the fetid odor ac-
companying them.

15. Taxidea americana Waterh. American Badger. Cho’-ka.

Common at the prairie-dog towns eight miles northwest of the
Agency. The Indians make tobacco pouches of the skins.

URSIDZ.

16. Ursus horribilis Ord. Grizzly Bear. Ma-to’-cho-ta.

At one time they were found between Grand River and Ft. Rice ;
they are still known to occur rarely in the Mawvaises Terres, and to
be common in the Big Horn Mountains, Montana. A necklace made
of the claws is considered by the Indians to be worth two horses—
about fifty dollars.

17. Ursus americanus Pallas. Black Bear. Wa-chan-ksi’-tcha.

Same as the last, though skins appear to be more common amongst
the aborigines. The fat of the paws is highly prized by the women,
who mix it with the finely chopped hair of the tail of Cervus macru-
rus. After this mixture has been fried, it is employed to produce
abortion. It may produce severe gastric irritation, which might
cause. such a result. Such is the general belief, and if true, the
dose is really a disgusting one.

18. Ursus americanus var. cinnamomeus Aud. and Bach.
Cinnamon Bear.

The Indians state that the only places where this animal is met with
are in the Black Hills, and in the Big Horn country. Saw a single
robe brought to the Post, that was badly worn.

SCIURIDZ.

19. Sciurus hudsonius Pallas. Red Squirrel. Tash-na-
he’-tcha.

Sometimes found in the oak groves eight miles west of the Post.
This animal is found, upon comparison, to be identical with Pennsyl-
vania specimens, although it was considered otherwise by some of
the old settlers and trappers.

20. Tamias quadrivittatus Wag. Missouri Striped Squirrel.

Rather common on the plains and river bottoms where there are
any moist places, and where shrubbery occurs. It usually burrows

Hoffman.} 98 [March 7,

under a cluster of small bushes, or along-side of an old stump where
the soil is loose.

21. Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus var. pallidus Allen.
Striped Gopher.

Not common. Found sometimes on the prairie west of the Agency.

22. Cynomys ludovicianus Bd. Prairie Dog. Sho-sho’-na.

A large town or colony of these animals is located about eight
miles northwest of the Agency. The nearest point to water is over
two miles, but this distance from water is common, as the burrows
are generally found in the most barren portions of the plains. The
area covered with deserted holes and, hillocks, in addition to that sec-
tion at present occupied, exceeds four square miles. I have yet to
find any instance where the burrowing owl (Speolyto cunicularia var.
hypogeea Coues) occupies any but the deserted burrows; notwith-.
standing numerous random assertions to the contrary. The same ap-
plies to the rattlesnake (Caudisona confluenta Say), except in case
where they are in search of the young prairie dogs for food. The
animals are very readily domesticated. The skins are much used
by the Indians for pouches, being often handsomely ornamented with
beads or porcupine quills. .

23. Castor canadensis Kuhl. Beaver. Chap’-pa.

The only locality where this animal was observed was in Oak
Creek, one mile from the Agency. Skins are frequently obtained
from the Indians, who secure them at various points on the streams,
at from ten to fifty miles inland. The enlisted men had succeeded in
taming several, but experienced difficulty in keeping them in cap-
tivity. i

SACCOMYIDZ.

24. Dipodomys ordii Woodh. Jumping Rat. Sin’-te-shda’.

Genl. D. S. Stanley informs me that he has captured this animal
at Fort Sully, eighty miles south of Grand River. I have not ob-
served it at the latter place, although skins are frequently found
among the collections of pelts brought here by the Indians. They
may have obtained them further west, as I saw numbers of them in
the Valley of the Yellowstone. See also Prof. J. A. Allen’s “ Notes
on the Nat. Hist. of portions of Montana and Dakota”; (Proce. Bos-
ton Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xvu, June, 1874, p. 12).

1877. 99 [Hofiman.

—

GEOMYDZ.

25. Thomomys rufescens Maxim. Fort Union Gopher.
Mau-i’-tcha.

Rarely found. Appears more common in the valleys of the Yel-
lowstone and Upper Missouri.

HYSTRICIDA.

26. Erethizon dorsatus var. epizanthus All. Porcupine.
Pa-hin’.

Common in the timbered bottoms on Oak Creek. This animal is
rapidly disappearing on account of the Indians, who prize the quills
very highly, and employ them in the ornamentation of almost all
wearing apparel, and trinkets, pouches, etc. The only living speci-
mens were those domesticated by the enlisted men, and they are dis-
agreeable pets on account of the odor.

MURIDZ.

27. Mus musculus Linn. Common Mouse. Ki-tun-ka-dan.

This animal made its appearance soon after the Post was estab-
lished, and they have steadily continued to increase since that time.
Specimens have been found in the wood-choppers cabins, forty miles
northward, which were no doubt carried there in cases of goods or
with sacks of grain.

28. Fiber zibethicus Cuv. Muskrat. Sink-pe’.
_ Not rare, excepting in the immediate vicinity of the Agency.

LEPORIDZ.

29. Lepus campestris Bach. Prairie Hare. Mas-tin/-tcha.

Scattered over the prairie during summer, but as the cold weather
sets in they are forced down into the bottom lands, where they are
often secured for the table. ,

30. Lepus callotis Wael. Jack Rabbit.

Of common occurrence, though seldom found very near the
Agency.
CERVIDZ.

31. Cervus canadensis Erxl. Elk. Wapiti. Ech-a-ka.

Saw several about forty miles below Grand River, but they have
not been found near the Agency since 1869. The Indians often
bring in fine sets of antlers, which are secured along the tributaries
of the Yellowstone.

Hoffman.] 100 [March 7,

32. Cervus virginianus Boddert. Virginia Deer. Tach-
in-tcha.

I saw none of this species, but was told that it was common in
former years. Several sets of horns in the hospital steward’s col-
lection appear to belong to this species, but they were obtained in
the Black Hills.

33. Cervus leucurus Doug. White-tailed Deer.

Not found near the Missouri at present, but occurs occasionally in
the Mauvaises Terres of the Little Missouri River. A pair of antlers
in the above named selection shows a remarkable development of
intertwined branchlets and snags from the skull upward, to a distance
of about eight inches, gradually diminishing. ‘There were no bifur-
eations of the upper snags, as is the case in C. macrotis.

34. Cervus macrotis Say. Black-tailed Deer. Sin-te’ sa-
pe-dan.

Occasionally appears in the valley of the Missouri, but is seldom
found nearer than the Mauvaises Terres.

CAVICORNIA.

35. Antilocapra americana Ord. Prong-horned Antelope.
Tach’-tcha. ‘

This is the most common of all the larger mammals, and frequently
specimens are shot from the stockade when they come down to the
river to drink. During the summer of 1873 a fatal epidemic raged
among the prong-horns, which Prof. Allen! thinks destroyed from
three-fourths to nine-tenths of the animals along the surveyed route
of the Northern Pacific Railroad.

This epidemic appeared at the same time with the epizootic, and
I believe that to be the cause. The Government stock, as well as
nearly all of the Indian ponies, were affected, the greater fatality
occurring among the latter. At encampments where the Indians
procured water from pools and ponds, and where their horses drank
from the same bodies of water, nearly sixty-four per cent. of the In-
dians were affected with cerebro-spinal meningitis, of which ten or
twelve per cent. died. If the horse epidemic was not the cause of fatal-
ity among the antelope, it is at least a very remarkable coincidence.

At Grand River I observed a horn having two perfectly formed
snags, one above the other, so that the upper one was in the usual
position while the lower one was about half way between it and

1 Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. xvii, June, 1874, p. 10.

1877.] 101 (Hoffman.

the skull. The Indian who had worn it as a charm informed me
that both horns were alike. For a sketch of the specimen, see Pro-
ceedings of the Zoological Society of London, Nov. 2, 1875.

386. Ovis montana Cuv. Bighorn; Rocky Mountain Sheep.

There is no doubt that this animal was at one time common along »
the bluffs of the Missouri River. I have frequently found partially
decayed horns in the washes and coulées in the vicinity of the Post.
Horns are often brought in by the Indians, but they secure them
either in the Mauvaises Terres, or still further west. Old skins are
often seen in the Indian settlement, but I have not observed any re-
cently cured specimens.

387. Bos americanus Gmelin. American Bison; “ Buffalo.”
Ta-ton’-ka.

This animal disappeared from this portion of the Missouri Valley
about 1869. Since that time they have gradually made_their course
of migration further west, until now they are seldom found nearer
than from four hundred and fifty to five hundred miles. The inter-
vening country is filled with old trails. In the summer of 1870 two
old bulls strayed eastward, until. they got within ten miles of the
Agency. Several hundred Indians immediately started out, each
hoping to reach them first.

At rare intervals individuals are found having an exceedingly soft,
fine skin; these are known as “ silk robes,” and are valued at about
three hurfdred dollars. Black robes are found, though very rarely.
Melanism may be considered common when compared with the cases
of total albinism.

“ Grease,” Chief of the Cut-Head band of Sioux, is the possessor
of a white robe. It is worn by him as a cloak, while the cuttings
and odd pieces were made into a cap.

The number of Dakotas registered at the Agency, was thirteen
thousand five hundred; five thousand drew rations regularly, while
eight thousand five hundred were “hostiles.” The resident Indians
used many robes themselves, and during the year had but from two
to three hundred to exchange at the trader’s. The “ hostiles,’ who
do most of the hunting, took in one year (1872-73) over thirteen
thousand robes to Fort Peck, where they received, at that time, one:
Winchester rifle for three hundred robes, making the weapon. worth
about two thousand dollars.

The Medical Director of the Department of Dakota informed me
that he was positive that the epidemic of small-pox which broke out

Lyman.] | 102 [March 7,

in New York City and other localities in the east, originated in
Dakota. The tribe afflicted sold their bales of robes, which were —
shipped to New York. Had the sale been prohibited and the robes
burnt, the disease might have been prevented. ‘The Medical Di-
rector saw the importance of such a measure but was powerless, for
had the robes been burnt they might have charged for many silk
robes, bringing the half-breeds and “ squawmen ” to bear testimony
in behalf of the Indians’ extortionate demands, in which the case
would have resulted.

It is rather singular that there are no representatives of the Ves-
pertilionide in this region. Specimens of several species occur on the
Yellowstone and Musselshell Rivers, but they are unknown at Grand
River Agency.

Moper or ForkKING AMONG ASTROPHYTONS. By THEODORE
LYMAN.

Governor John Winthrop (Philosophical Transactions, Vol. rv,"p.
1152, 1670) made a calculation of the number of twigs in his Stellar
Fish (Astrophyton Agassizii). He assumed that the increase in the
branches was by a uniform and equal bifurcation, so that each suc-
ceeding set of twigs was twice as numerous as its predecessor. By
this theory, a specimen each of whose arms forked twelve times
would have a total of 20,475 forks, or 20,480 terminal twigs. An
actual count of a specimen having twelve forks shows the terminal
twigs to be about 5,470, or little more than one-fourth the number
called for by the theory. (See Table I.)

The question rises; what rule is observed in the forking? When a
shaft splits in two at its tip there result two branches, and these again
splitting would give four branches. But if the primitive shaft — in-
stead of making an equal split, continued its growth in a direct line
and only threw off simple twigs to the right and left, the number of
twigs, instead of doubling at each forking, would increase in no
greater ratio than the forks themselves. Thus a shaft that split
equally eight times would have 128 twigs; whereas a shaft with eight
lateral forks would present only nine terminal twigs.

The first mode is dichotomous or forking; and the second axial or
trunk-crowth.

In dichotomous growth the tp of the axis, trunk, or shaft splits in
two. In axial growth the trunk continues to extend, and from time

1877.] 103 {Lyman.

to time sends out side branches from points below. the tip. Dicho-
tomy (the only growth that concerns Astrophytons) may have several
types. 1. The shaft may split in two equal halves; these in four;
the four in eight; the eight in sixteen, and soon. And if the dis-

TABLE I.
Ps See aes
os oe a=
2) ay An
mn Sen mM sy) 2)
\S g Sy g | gq AI a.
no Ho 4,9 S
Ba of of mA
[= —
28 So 38 2 ees
4 Number of forks of Se) ters Number of forks of mS
= branches in theirorder O8§ 62 branches intheir order 3
= from main stem. Ss S from main stem. Se
ial oI l=
2 a2 12 els:

12/11/10] 9] 8) 7) 6] 5) 4) 38 3) 4] 5) 6} 7] 8) 9} 10)11)12
2). 1 1ith
10th i
6} 2), 2) 1) - 9th|| .
Sth] « 2h) Za a
19} 5} 6] 4) 2) Le] - 7th
6th} + |+}-|-| 1) 2) 4) 8/16) 7
38) 4) 8/10) 8] 4) 2) 1)-|-|-| 5th
Ath| - | -| 1} 2) 4} 8)14) 26/28) 9
113] 1/16/34/30|16) 8| 4) 2) 1]-| 8d
2d) 1) 2} 4) 8)16/31/61) 68/385) - |227
'/178)13/32(49]40)21j10) 5} 2) 1) - 1| 2) 5)/10|21/41)80/108)81/18)368

And forks of left side 178
Total forks in one half an arm (right stem) 546

. Astrophyton Agassizit (see plate 5) table to exhibit the number of forks
im one stem (or one half anarm). Thus, the 2d fork of the arm, on the
right side of this right hand stem has, in its development 227 forks in-
cluded between the 2d and 12th forks as counted from the disk. Sucha
stem is formed by the strong prongs of the successive forks. See plate 7,
fig. 3.) The total forks of the main stem and of its branches, on the right
and left being 546, the entire number of forks for the five arms would be
5,465 (in the same proportion) and the number of terminal twigs 5,470.

tances between the forks are everywhere the same, there results
the perfect type of equal forking (Plate 7, fig. 6), a symmetrical fig-
ure corresponding to Winthrop’s theory of branching. 2. When the
shaft splits or forks, it may form two prongs or branches of different
size; one strong, the other weak. If the weak prong in consecutive
forkings is on opposite sides, alternating right and left, and the dis-
tances between the forkings are equal; and if the strong prongs keep
the same direction and make together a straight line, there results a
figure with a straight central shaft which imitates an axial growth,
It may be called equal alternate straight forking,' and is illustrated by

1 Dichotomie sympodique heligoide: Sachs, Traité de Botanique. pp. 217, 219. -

Lyman.] 104 [March Hh

Selaginella among the club mosses, which branches in one plane
(Plate 7, fig. 5). 3. If the strong prongs alternate right and left,
and if the distances between the forks are unequal, there results
unequal alternate forking (Plate 7, figs. 1, 2, 3,4), and this is the
type of Astrophyton, where the strong prongs usually form a nearly
straight stem, though sometimes a more or less pronounced zig-zag.

An inspection of the terminal twigs of an adult Astrophyton, or of
the arms of a young specimen, will show that the attempt at first is —
towards a fork with equal prongs; and the arm-bone at that point is
found broadened into two equal faces corresponding to the prongs.
Presently one prong gets larger than the other, and thenceforth
maintains its superiority, although both continue to lengthen and to
make new forks. At every fork, therefore, there is a strong and a
weak prong; and these succeed each other in alternation; that is to
say, if the second fork has the right prong strong, the third will have
the left prong strong; the fourth,-the right again, and so on.

The first fork of an adult, lying near the edge of the disk, seems
to split the arm in equal halves; but the arm of a young specimen
shows that even in this case one prong is stronger than the other,
and grows more rapidly (Plate 7, fig. 1). Plates 4, 5 and 6 show
the development of the right-hand prong or stem from the first fork
in the arms of Astrophyton costosum, Agassizi and asperum. At the
second fork the stem throws a strong branch to the right, especially
conspicuous in costosum, where it furnishes two hundred and fifty-
three forks in a total of ten hundred and twenty-four (Table 11), and
in Agassizii, where it has two hundred and twenty-seven out of five
hundred forty-six (Table 1). The inner branches having had a
longer time to grow, naturally show more forks, but not invariably;
thus A. asperum has more in the tenth branch than in the ninth
(Pl. 6). 3

The number of joints in the shaft from one fork to another
cannot increase, but their bulk increases very much. If a very
small A. Agassizii with a disk 2.2 mm. in diameter, and forks
only to the second order in each arm, be compared with a large
specimen having a disk of 70 mm., and arm-forks to the twelfth
order, it will be found that the length of the shaft between the first
and second forks increases about twelve times, and its width thirty
times, while the number of joints remains the same. In this propor-
tion a single adult joint would occupy nearly double the length filled
by all the young joints, which gives an idea of the constant and
rapid change taking place in the arm during the life of the animal.

Total forks in left
branches from stem.

Number of forks of branches in their order from main stem.

26/25)/24)/23)/22/21)20|19)18]17)16/15}14/13)12)11)10) 9} 8] 7| 6] 5] 4

TABLE II.

Order of left
branches from stem.

3
Sill orale Pe inl eS ie es SR a ee are
Slee lat eae lee reall Mel es lieeG tenia | nel eel a ious leon |oetlomlss | = lor ead
SPP OE SUh oo Hoe Pe tec} ooo: eal pal os et tata Pees |e bert lenellicel| te fac les hob ets
Peeler aed | ellesaltelailue | [el «dre Ps |, eal | cl ecleesls Ot
2) 7] 6] 910] 8] 4) 2) ay.) -]-fefefefededefelede def] [a7th
efe]e al altatial 7] 4) al a). SH allots hodha ole ltodie Wo eelslizan
efefe |e] S11) 8/12/11) 8] 4) 2] The} e]e]e]-]e}e]-].].]- [18th
ofefe ded e f+] 1} 6]12/11/10) 8) 4) 2) Tye] es] -]e}e]-]e]-]- iLith
Polo alls feo Pot aE OEE Al Tho ha lhodlol ollatho |) oii
Solo dhe fois a lhothe lect ea ar cH va OES od ola dia Wi Géan
calien lear se Mem een|paeileee|aelieeaistilinn asm! sale! GidOlaGl eal Oleticlie tel hel
afte PoP ales tho cakes |e totk Galo Ike POG GIST Gl vioy qila | sys)

bas,

q en
~ OD ot
4% ae
FE £E
36 = ge
4 R n

© So
ro har
53 ce

& Number of forks of branches in their order from main stem. S |

2 2

3] 4} 5] 6} 7} 8} 9)10)11)12)13/14)15)16/17|18|19/20/21/22)23)/24/25/26

DYN lo ollie. PON pon ee acc! Dollar Gal odnes Posto Mae Polio ea itel pel iferi == 81
DOAN ee es os ola aoe Ba oda oll © Poli aa! onto tea Weel eelreal| val Ges tp lef
PAIN cao ealiot esol oto calls GtodhoW edo S tka fo) a OZ Lol or ne
nlsydilpo po loa) Sel -oaho iodho pelest oe liedie th olathe vital caleoy | Sal Ioan
16th} -}-]-|-]-]-]-]el-]-]>]-}-]-{ a 2} 4) 4] 7] 6] 5] al-]-| 32
14th} +|-|-|-}-}-|-|-1-1-]-] | a 2} 4! sitolia} 9] 4] a]. 1-1. | 62
12th) -}-|-|-}-|-]-]|-|-]-]| 4} 2} 4] 8) 6] 8] 5] of] BT-]-]-]-]-1 49
NOG Ia eo ees eae eal sean ceteee| Wl <2 ie e@leO Sle hol si een |enlwer wen ieel eles ala)
8th} -|}-}-]}-]-]-] 1) 2) 4) 6/12)t4i4jaa] 4)-]-]-)-)-]-]-]-]- | 69

Cyarcel io la hc NEO APR) Olezit c Pealedpodh odes Ihailkoalo a lhedladp 218

4th ON A PN SV et olka Ws Ho dba ll Gilie dhoclise hol adhe Ii

e
oo
>

2d} 1) 2) 4) 8/16/382/44/39/34/22/13/10) 9) 5} 2) 3] 2) 2] 21 2)-]-]- |]. (258

Ll} 2! 4/10/21142/58150/47141/39/38)37'34'122123/22/28|28/20/18! 8! 41 11610

And forks of left side 414
Total forks in one half an arm (right side) 1,024

Bn ue
es os

Lyman.] 106°" says - “There ya

On comparing the distance between the forks of the three species,
or, in other words, the lengths of the shafts, it will be seen that
although they branch according to the same rule, they follow three
types or patterns, which depend on the relative lengths of the shafts
or parts of the arm lying between the forks. (See Table 111.)1 A. cos-
tosum begins with shafts of 9 mm., which diminish to 5 mm. at the
ninth fork, and to 3 mm. at the sixteenth, which number continues
to the end, or twenty-sixth fork, and the average leneth of the shafts
for the half-arm is only 4.7mm. A. Agasizw begins with shafts of
27 mm., which diminish to 14 mm. at the eighth fork, and to 8 mm.
at the last fork (twelfth). The average is 16.4 mm., or nearly four
times that of A. costosum. <A. asperum beginning with 12 mm., a
shaft longer than that of A. costosum, suddenly diminishes to 4 mm. |
at the seventh fork, then to 2 mm. at the ninth, and 1 mm. at the
twelfth, which is constant to the end (eighteenth). The general
average is only 3.5 mm., considerably less than in A. costosum. To
summarize the three types, we may call that of A. costosum a branch-
ing, with numerous short, nearly equal shafts (Plate 7, fig. 2); of
A gassizii, few, long, unequal shafts (Plate 7, fig. 3); of A. asperum,
numerous short, suddenly diminishing shafts (Fig. 4).

These three types of branching correspond to as many differences
of structure and locality. A. costosum makes a group with A. spino-
sum and A. cacaoticum, characterized by an arm very broad at its
base, and supported by a small disk with re-entering curves. The
habitat is in the warm waters on either side of Central America.
The second group includes all the species of the colder seas, such as
A. Agassizii, A. eucnemis, A. Stimpsonii, and A. Pourtalesi. The
disk is rounded and large, and the arms narrow at their origin.
A. asperum inhabits the Indian Ocean, and constitutes by itself
the third group, well marked by its short terminal twigs, which give
a look like moss to the periphery of the animal.

One characteristic observable among Astrophytidae is the exag-
gerated development of the arms. Astrogomphus among the simple-
armed Astrophytons shows proportionately the widest disk, whose
diameter goes six times into the length of the arm. Astroschema has
an arm more than thirty times the disk.

But these proportions are trifling compared with those of Astro-
phyton itself. If the lengths of all the branches and twigs of an arm

1The numbers in Table 111, compared with corresponding ones in Tables I and 11,
differ a little, because different stems were measured.

Astrophyton costosum.

Synopsis of right-hand stem

—

TABLE III.

—

~ (one half arm)
= aaa
4 a ae
5 Bs gt
a € 4 298
= aE i es
4 cha os
mm s &
EI a= 52
a eee: Be
A Ss) <5
Nn
mm.
2 2d-3d 9 Astrophyton CRUE:
Synopsis of right-hand
4 3d-4th 9 branch at 2d fork from Btem
‘a Sate =
8 4th-5th 9 o
a oY ake!
16 5th-6th 8 fs ga ae
i) q
= 2a aS
32 6th-7th 7 a we se
= OK oO,
59 7th-8th 6 2 5 3 a
j Astrophyton Agassizit. 3 & = Ba
74 Se Sida 2 ete of end stm 4 S 4 A
wa one half arm).
74 9th-10th 5 is oc wh it
64 | 10th-lith | 5 Sain 1 2d-3d 12
58 11th-12th Sa A ao ae 2 3d—4th 10
« Saino ae
59 12th-13th 4 >= aS Sie 4 4th-5th 9
B brs os
63 13th-14th 4 3 S 2 ar 8 5th—-6th 6
72 | 14th-15th | 4 iS 5 aa) \46 6th—7th 4
76 15th-16th 3 mm, 32 7th—8th 3
52 16th-17th 3 2 2d-3d 27 64 8th-9th 2
65 17th-18th 3 4 3d-4th 27 115 9th-10th 2
62 18th-19th 3 8 4th-5th 21 123 10th-11th 2
53 19th-20th 3 16 5th-6th 19 149 11th~12th 1
62 20th—21st 3 32 6th-7th lye 133 12th-13th 1
49 21st-22d 3 63 7th-8th 14 65 13th-14th 1
44 22d-23d 38 121 8th-9th 11 64 14th-15th 1
23 23d—24th 3 157 9th~10th ity 27 15th-16th 1
18 | 24th-25th | 8 115 | 10th-11th 9 8 | 16th-17th 1
5 25th-26th 3 13 11th-12th 8 4 17th-18th 1

——EE

24)113(4.7 mm. av-
erage length of fork
for whole branch.

10)164(16.4 mm.av-
erage length of fork
for whole branch,

16)57(3.5 mm.
average length of
fork for whole branch.

Lyman.) — 108 (March 7,

be added,.so as to represent a single line, it will be found that the
combined length in A. Agassizii is about one hundred and eighty-four
times the diameter of the disk; and in A. costosum about two hun-
dred and fifty-eight times. In other words, a specimen of A. costo-
sum, whose disk was less than one and one-half inches across, would
have an arm thirty feet long.

Using the same unit, the arm of Ophiothrix longipeda — (the long-
est armed species among Ophiothrix) would measure only two feet
and three inches.}

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.

Plate 4. Astrophyton costosum Seba. Diagram of the right-hand stem (one-half
an arm) carried eut to its last forks. Each shaft in this and the two succeeding
plates has been measured separately, and is drawn in proper proportion. The fig-
ures indicate the order of the forks as counted from ‘the disk.

Plate 5. Astrophyton Agassizii Stimpson. The same treatment as in Plate 4.

Plate 6. Astrophyton asperum Agass. The same treatment, except that only the
right-hand branch, at fork two, is carried out to its ultimate forks. It was not pos-
sible to unroll and measure the mass of fine twigs which composed the rest of the
half arm.

Plate 7. Diagrams of different forkings. Fig.1. A young A. Agassizi, from
mature. Fig.2. Type of A.costosum. Fig.3. Type of A. Agassizii. Fig. 4. Type
of A.asperum. Fig. 5. Forking of the club-moss Selaginella. Fig. 6. Type of
regular dichotomy.

The Librarian announced the gift of a large number of
valuable books, chiefly botanical, from ,the Hon. George B.
Emerson, to whom the thanks of the Society were voted.

1 Since writing the above, I have had the opportunity of examining the arms of
A, verrucosum, on which Agassiz wrote his valuable monograph. (Sur quelques
points de l’organisation des Euryales. Mém. de la Soc. Sc. Nat. Neuchatel, 1,
1839.) The disk was 80mm. in diameter. Starting at fork two of the right branch,
the left stem is remarkable for poverty of twigs; the right for abundance. Thus
the twig at fork thirteen of the left stem has but three forks; that of fork thirteen
of the right stem has about three hundred. The whole number of forkings from
the main (right) stem is thirty-five; and some of the outer twigs (e. g., at fork thir-
teen) have more forks than the inner (e..g., at fork five). Agassiz’s plate was drawn
from a small, dry specimen, and the finer twigs could net be represented in detail.

1877.] 109 {Bendire,

General Meeting. March 21, 1877.

The President, Mr. 'T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Twenty-
seven persons present.

The following paper was read: -

NoTES ON SOME OF THE BIRDS FOUND IN SOUTHEASTERN ORE-
GON, PARTICULARLY IN THE VICINITY OF Camp HARNEY,
FROM NOVEMBER, 1874, TO JANUARY, 1877. By CaAprain
Cu. Benpire, U. S. Army.

This list is not given as a complete exponent of the avi-fauna of
Southeastern Oregon. Iam well aware that there still remain many
species to be added, particularly of water birds. As far as it goes,
it has been compiled from material now in the hands of Lt. G. R.
Bacon, U.S. A., and from personal observations. Camp Harney
(the central point of my investigations) is located on the southern
slope of one of the western spurs of the Blue Mountains of Oregon,
at an altitude of about 4800 feet in 43° 80’ latitude, and 41° 25’ lon-
gitude, west of Washington. To the north of the post the country
is mountainous and generally well-timbered with forests of pine,
spruce and fir, and groves of aspens and junipers; in all other direc-
tions it is almost destitute of trees of any size, a few straggling juni-
per and mountain mahogany bushes being sparingly distributed over
the different mountain ranges. ‘The highest and most important of
these is Steen’s Mountain, about seventy miles to the south of the
post, portions of which range are covered with snow the year round.
Excepting a few warm and fertile river valleys, nearly the whole
extent of country is unfit for agriculture. About two-thirds of it is
covered with sagebrush and greasewood wastes, volcanic table-lands,
etc., the balance with nutritious grasses, and well adapted for stock-
raising purposes. As a general thing, the country may be called
well watered throughout; a continuous chain of shallow lakes extends
from here to the southwest for more than two hundred miles, and
some of these are from ten to twenty miles wide and thirty to fifty
miles in length. The water in most of them is brackish, and barely
fit to drink. Fine springs, both hot and cold, are also numerous.
The many lakes form: a natural highway and convenient resting
places for the immense hordes of water fowl passing through here
during the spring and fall migrations; they also furnish safe and

Bendire.] 110 [March 21,

undisturbed breeding resorts for many species. The climate, gen-
erally speaking, may be called mild. In the higher mountain val-
leys it is almost arctic, ice being formed there even in midsummer;
and many species of birds breed there which generally go much
farther north for this purpose.

1. Turdus nanus (Aud.). The Dwarf Hermit Thrush.

Apparently rare. On June 28, 1875, I found a nest of this species
containing three young nearly fledged, and an addled eg. The nest
was placed on the ground under a laurel bush in a ravine near the
head of Rattlesnake Creek, a few miles from Camp Harney, Oregon.
The egg is pale green, measuring .89 X .65 of an inch, and un-
spotted.

2. Turdus migratorius (Linn.). Robin.

An abundant summer resident, breeding in great numbers in this
viginity. A few pass the milder winters here, frequenting at such
times the junipers, whose berries furnish them their principal food;
they are undoubtedly birds which have been reared farther north.

3. Turdus neevius (Gmel.).’ Varied Thrush.

Rare. A single specimen of this species was shot by Lieut. G. R.
Bacon, U.S. A., March 7, 1876, a fine male. He found it amongst
the shrubbery on Rattlesnake Creek, a short distance from Camp
Harney, amongst a number of the common robin, evidently a strag-
ler, as it was the only one seen.

4, Oreoscoptes montanus (Baird). Mountain Mocker.

A common summer resident. This species is one of the earliest
birds to arrive in the spring, and its presence is easily detected
by its superb song. I find this bird both on the large sagebrush
plains and in the small valleys on the summit of the Blue Mountains
at an altitude of over six thousand feet, but not so common as in the
lower Harney valley. It nests in various bushes, principally, how-
ever, in sage and serviceberry bushes, and appears to prefer sunny
hillsides for this purpose. It commences to lay here about the end of
April; usual number of eggs four, occasionally five. The average
measurement of their eggs is 0.95 X 0.70 of an inch. There is but
little variation in either the ground color or markings of their egos,
I believe that two broods are raised in a season. They leave here
about the middle of September. I found them common during the
winter months in Southern Arizona.

5. Cinclus mexicanus (Swains.). Water Ouzel.

Rare. I took a single specimen (¢) of this species Feb. 18, 1875,

1877] | 1G [Bendire.

on Rattlesnake Creek. It does not breed in this vicinity, but, on the
northern slope of the Blue Mountains, is quite common.

6. Sialia mexicana (Swains.). California Bluebird.

Common during their migrations; none are known to remain to
breed, but appear to move further to the north.

7. Sialia arctica (Swains.). Rocky Mountain Bluebird.

This species breeds here, but is not common. In the vicinity of
Canyon City, Oregon, I found this species rather abundant, breeding
in old decayed pine stumps and deserted holes of woodpeckers.
Usual number of eggs five and six. Average measurement of fifteen
specimens .84 .62. There is a good deal of variation in the
color of these eges; some are very bright bluish green, others of a
very pale greenish color. The birds commence to nest about May
20, and probably raise two broods a season. None appear to nest
about houses; they are shy, and confine themselves to the pine for-
ests and juniper groves on the mountains. I have noticed, a few as
late as Nov. 15.

8. Regulus satrapa (Licht.). Golden-crowned Kinelet.

I saw a few specimens Nov. 7, 1875, feeding among the alders and
willows on Rattlesnake Creek, and occasionally afterwards. They
are, however, not common.

9. Regulus calendula (Licht.). Ruby-crowned Kinglet.

This species undoubtedly breeds about here, as I have seen it dur-
ing the summer in the dark spruce forests in the Blue Mountains, at
an altitude of sixty-one hundred feet, but have been unable to find
its nest. A number remain amongst the willows and alders on
the creek bottom during the winter, in company with Parus monta-
nus and P. atricapillus, var. occidentalis. It is a lively bird and a
fair songster.

10. Parus montanus (Gambel). Mountain Chickadee.

Common during the winter months, in the willows and shrubbery
near the creeks. In the summer they breed on the higher moun-
tains, but are not found in the lower valleys. On June 8, 1876,
while hunting for nests of Siala artica on the summit of the Canyon
City mountain, I struck an old pine stump with a hatchet, and a bird
of this species flew out of a hole and perched on a small willow bush
close by, giving me a good opportunity to identify it. I found a
single eee at the bottom of the hole on some finely powdered wood,
but no nest. The ground color is clear white, and the ege is uni-

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H, — VOL, XIX. 8 AUGUST, 1877.

Bendire.] 112 [March 21,

formly spotted with a pale reddish brown. Size .58 X .49 of an inch.
It was perfectly fresh.

11. Parus occidentalis (Baird). Western Chickadee.

Common during the winter months, frequenting the same places as
the preceding species, and retiring to the neighboring mountains to
breed.

12. Psaltriparus minimus var. plumbeus: (Baird). Dead-
colored Bush-titmouse.

A summer visitor, not abundant. I shot several specimens of this
species in Nov., 1874, while they were feeding amongst the alders and
willows on the creek, in company with Parus occidentalis and Regulus
calendula. Measurements of one: length 4.25, wing 2.10, tail 2.25.
In June, 1876, I saw several near the summit-of the Canyon City
mountain, evidently breeding.

13. Sitta aculeata (Cassin). Slender-billed Nuthateh.

This is a moderately abundant species in the pine forests of the
Blue Mountains, and resident throughout the year. A set of eggs of
this variety average .70 X .55 of an inch, and are clear white, with
reddish brown spots generally distributed over the entire surface of
the egg. The set was obtained June 6, 1876.

14. Sitta pygmeea (Vig.). Pigmy Nuthatch. -

A moderately abundant summer resident in the Blue Mountains; a
few remain throughout the year. Nests like the preceding species
in holes in decayed pine trees; the cavity is usually partly filled with
small sticks, and on these the nest of fine strips of bark, principally
juniper, and lined with feathers, is placed.

15. Salpinctes obsoletus (Cabanis). The Rock Wren.

A common summer resident, found wherever there is a ledge of
rocks. It is one of the earliest birds in the spring, and one of the
latest in fall. Its nests are generally placed under loose rocks, and
therefore hard to find. The usual number of eggs laid is seven.
Their ground color is pure white, and they are marked with small red-
dish brown spots, sparingly distributed over the entire egg. ‘Their
shape varies a great deal. Measurements of three eggs, each from a
different nest, are as follows: .76 xX .58, .72 X .55, and .67 X .56 of
an inch. The nest itself is a slight affair, composed of sticks and bark,
lined with a few fine roots, feathers and hair. They probably raise
two broods a year. They are cheerful and active, and the male
during the breeding season is brimful of song. Their nests are
wery artfully concealed. A pair had a nest within eighty yards of

1877.] 113 [Bendire.

my house, for which I looked almost daily, but they reared their
young to almost full size before I found them, and although I
searched more than once within a foot the old birds seemed per-
fectly unconcerned, perched on a rock within a few feet of me, flip-
ping their tails up and down, as if in derision at my vain attempts to
find their nest. They rarely come about houses.

16. Thryothorus bewickii var. spilurus (Vigors).

Rather rare in this vicinity. Eggs of this variety from California
are scarcely distinguishable from specimens of the eastern variety
dewicku. They are pure white, sparingly dotted with very fine spots
of pale red and lilac, principally about the larger end. Three eggs,
each one from a different nest, measure as follows: .61 x .50, .61 X
49, .66 X .50 of an inch.

17. Troglodytes parkmanni (Aud.). Parkman’s rae

A very common summer resident, abundant wherever there is any
timber, to which it seems to confine itself. It commences nesting
about June 1, and places its nests sometimes in very curious situa-
tions. I have found several between the bark and the wood of old
rotten pine stumps, and one in a bundle of dry deer skins hanging
over the door of a woodchopper’s cabin.

18. Cistothorus palustris var. paludicola (Baird). Long-
billed Marsh Wren.

An abundant summer resident. A few winter here.

19. Anthus ludovicianus (Licht.). Titlark.

Very abundant on the barren flats bordering Malheur Lake dur-
ing the migrations, and in very large flocks.

20. Helminthophaga celata (Baird). Orange-crowned
Warbler.

Common during the migrations; a few may remain to breed. Eggs
of the variety /utescens Ridg., from California, are white with a faint
pinkish tint, and spotted principally about the larger end with fine
_ dots of reddish brown and lavender. Size of three eggs, each one
from a different nest, .60 & .50, .65 & .46, .63 & .50 of an inch.

21. Dendroica estiva (Baird). Summer Yellowbird.

A very common summer resident, breeding abundantly among the
shrubbery along the streams. It commences nesting about June 1.

22. Dendroica auduboni (Baird). Audubon’s Warbler.

An abundant species during the spring migration. Arrives here
about May 1. None seen in the fall. A few remain to breed in the
Blue Mountains. Specimens shot between May 2 and 5, 1876.

Bendire.] 114 (March 21,

23. Dendroica nigrescens (Baird). Black-throated Gray
Warbler. |

Observed on several occasions near the summit of the Canyon
City mountain during the early part of the summer of 1876.

24. Dendroica townsendi (Baird). Townsend’s Warbler.

Rare, a specimen obtained May 11, 1875. I took a nest and three
eggs June 7, 1875, which, I believe, belongs to this species. It was
very neatly constructed of rotten plant fibres, roots, and lined with
very fine rootlets, a little hair and down from cottonwood seeds. The
nest was placed in a narrow ravine near the head of Rattlesnake
Creek, amongst several small willow shoots near the main stem, and
about four feet from the ground. ‘The specimen shot was obtained in
the same neighborhood, but I failed to secure the parent of the eggs,
although I saw the birds several times. They were moving constantly
in the densest undergrowth, and it was difficult to shoot them. The
egos are pyriform in shape, pinkish white, with spots of ight brown
-and lavender, and dark amber, principally around the larger end.
Measurement, .62 X .50, .60 X .50, .61 & .51 of aninch. They do
not resemble any other warbler’s eggs in my collection.

25. Geothlypis macgillivrayi (Baird). Macgillivray’s
Ground Warbler.

A common summer resident, breeds. It arrives here about May 1,
and frequents the thickest undergrowth along the creek bottoms. A
“nest containing four eggs was taken June 15,1875. It had been
placed between several stems of a wild rosebush about an inch from
the.ground, on a layer of dead leaves. Measurements of eggs, .71 X
292,10, % 04, "04 S<. cbdcandl Ol aea0s

26. Icteria virens var. longicauda (Lawrence). Long-
tailed Chat.

A rare summer resident in the vicinity of Camp Harney; arrives
about May 15. A single set of eggs of this species I found June
5, 1876. Eggs of this species collected near Ft. Lapwai, Idaho, are.
nearly as large again as many taken in the vicinity of Tucson, A. T.

27. Petrochelidon lunifrons (Baird). Cliff Swallow.

One of the most abundant summer residents in this section of
country. Their nests can be seen on almost any of the numerous
perpendicular cliffs in this vicinity. Many of them breed under the
eaves of the buildings of the post. They arrive about the com-
mencement of May, and leave about the middle of August.

19779": 115 (Bendire.

28. Hirundo horreorum (Barton). Barn Swallow.

Rather rare, a few pairs breed about the buildings of the post.
They arrive about the same time, but remain longer than the former.

29. Hirundo thalassina (Swains.). Violet-green Swallow.

Noticed on Bear Creek, near the summit of the Blue Mountains, in
the summer of 1876.

80. Cotyle riparia (Boie). Bank Swallow.

Breeds in large numbers on one of the islands in Malheur Lake, in
the side of a perpendicular ridge from four to six feet high. The soil
is sandy, and the burrows extend in from two to five feet. Some of
the eges had been set on for a week when taken on May 27, 1875,
and one of the nests contained seven eggs, the majority five or less.

31. Vireosylvia swainsoni Baird. Western Warbling
Greenlet.

Specimens seen on but two occasions in June, 1876.

32. Ampelis garrulus (Linn.). Northern Waxwing.

A winter visitor. First noticed Nov. 23, 1875, amongst the
willows bordering Silvies River, Oregon. Quite a number were se-
cured between Nov., 1875, and March 1, 1876. During their stay
here they fed exclusively on the berries of the wild rose, and became
excessively fat. The sexes, in mature specimens, are exactly alike,
as far as the markings of the primaries are concerned. The white
in the female is carried around the terminal edge of the inner webs
of primaries as well as in the male. The black on the chin and
throat of the females is somewhat paler than in the males. See my
article in “ Forest and Stream,’’ Vol. v1, No. 2, Feb. 17, 1876.

33. Myiadestes townsendi (Cab.). Townsend’s Solitaire.

Rather common among the juniper groves during spring and fall,
and in mild winters throughout the whole season. None remain here
during the breeding season. (See Proceedings of Boston Society of
Natural History, Vol. xvut, p. 155, Oct. 6, 1875.)

34. Collurio borealis (Baird). Great Northern Shrike.

A rare winter visitor. I took two specimens Jan. 5, 1876, both
young birds, following a number of Oregon snow birds.

35. Collurio ludovicianus var. excubitoroides (Baird)-

A common summer visitor, and generally distributed. They
arrive here about the 20th of March, and commence nesting about
the middle of May. May 22, 1876, I found two of their nests in ser-
viceberry bushes, not twenty feet from each other. The nests were
very deep, but the walls: of the nest rather thin, well constructed,

Bendire.] 116 [March 21,

however, and warmly lined with hair and feathers. The usual num-
ber of eggs found by me in a nest was six. In Arizona they laid
but four.

86. Pinicola enucleator (Cabanis). Pine Grosbeak. .

An oceasional winter visitor. On Dec. 5, 1875, quite a flock
appeared amongst the willow and alder bushes along Rattlesnake
Creek, and remained for several days. The only note I heard them
utter was wui-whit. But few full plumaged males were seen.

87. Carpodacus cassini (Baird). Cassin’s Purple Finch.

A moderately abundant summer visitor; breeds in the pine forests
of the Blue Mountains. The song of these birds is delightful. In
1874 I took specimens in the early part of Dec., and it is probable
that some remain throughout mild winters.

38. Carpodacus frontalis (Sclater). House Linnet.

April 8, 1876, I shot a single specimen, a young male.

39. Chrysomitris tristis (Bonap.). Goldfinch.

Seen on but a single occasion, May 5, 1876, when I observed a small
flock amongst the willows on Rattlesnake Creek. —

40. Chrysomitris pinus (Bonap.). Pine Goldfinch.

Common during the winter months in the pine forests of the Blue
Mountains; have seen them in large flocks at different times, but
believe they breed further north, as I have not seen any during the
summer.

41. Loxia curvirostra var. americana (Baird). Red
Crossbill. }

Common during the winter months, occurring in large flocks, gen-
erally freyuenting the highest pines. While flying from: tree to tree
they utter a shrill, peculiar call-note. I have seen this species,
still in large flocks, in the latter part of February in the winters of
1875 and 1876, and found the ovaries in three females yet in a nor-
mal condition.

42. #giothus linarius (Caban’‘s). Lesser Red-Poll.

Found in large flocks during the winter months, feeding amongst
the shrubbery on the creek bottoms. They are quite tame and un-
suspicious, allowing me to come within a few feet. In their move-
ments they resemble Titmice, and seem to hang as easily on a small
twig, head downward, as in any other way. They are active,
quick in their movements, and very quarrelsome, and keep up a
constant twittering.

1877.] “Eh [Bendire.

43. Leucosticte tephrocotis (Swainson). Gray-crowned
Finch.

A winter visitor, associated with LZ. littoralis. During the winter
of 1875-6, I took a number of this species at different times, from
Noy. 8, 1875 to March 22, 1876. The sexes differ in coloration, the
brown of the breast in the males, and the red tints generally are
much brighter than in the females.

44. Leucosticte littoralis (Baird). Hepburn’s Finch.

This species is much more common here during the winter than
the preceding, in proportion of about six to one. I have observed
these birds almost daily for two winters, and examined about two
hundred specimens by dissection, and find that there is a constant
difference in the coloration of the sexes. The brightest colored
females are easily distinguished from the dullest colored males, and
there is also an appreciable difference in the size between the sexes.
As Prof. J. A. Allen has demonstrated these points fully, I refer to his
article! In their habits these birds are terrestrial, seldom alighting
on trees or bushes. Their nsual call-note when lost from the flock is
aetch, aetch, when on the wing yu-hi-wea, and whi, hi. Their flight
is undulating and waving, somewhat resembling that of Colaptes
mexicanus. When on the ground their wings are usually trailed.
Their food consists principally of the seeds of Artemisia (Sagebush),
minute plants found on side hills not covered with snow, grass seeds,
and grain found about stables. About the middle of March, 1876, I
trapped a number, but they rapidly pined, and several died; I liber-
ated the balance. An egg kindly sent to me by a gentleman living
near Steen’s Mountain (a high range about seventy miles to the south
of Cainp Harney, and almost destitute of timber), the summit of
which is covered, in parts, with snow the year around, may belong to
this species. It is dull white in color, .85 .65 of an inch in length,
considerably pointed at one end, and was found in a nest on the
ground near the summit of the mountain, in the latter part of June,
1875. The nest contained five eggs. It is probable that some of
this species breed on the high mountain peaks in this vicinity, and
that the majority go further north.

45. Plectrophanes nivalis (Meyer). Snow Bunting.

Found sparingly in the vicinity of Camp Harney, Oregon, during
the winter months.

1 See article by Prof. J. A. Allen, in “ Bulletin of the Geological and Geograph-
ical Survey of the Territories.’ Vol. 11, No.4. Washington, July 1, 1876.

Bendire.] 118 [March 21,

46. Plectrophanes lapponicus (Selby). Lapland Longspur.

The same remarks apply to this species, but both species are prob-
-ably more common in the lower Harney valley.

4.7, Centronyx bairdii (Baird). Baird’s Bunting.

May 24, 1876, I took a nest and four eggs with the parent, which I
identified as belonging to this species. ‘The nest was composed ex-
ternally of old sagebush bark and grasses, and lined with finer
materials of the same kind and a few hairs. It was partly concealed
under a bunch of tall grass, and found on the flat about five miles
below Camp Harney, on the edge of a swampy meadow. The eggs
are an elongated oval in shape, ground color a very pale green, three
of the eggs marked with irregular spots, lines and blotches of two
shades of brown (light and dark), and a few lavender spots. The
fourth is blotched throughout with a pale pinkish brown. In the first
three egos the markings are principally about the larger end. Size,
72 X .55,.74 X .56, 71 X 54 and .74 X 54.

48. Passerculus alaudinus (Bonap.). Western Savanna

Sparrow.
_ Very common in the early spring along the meadows and swamps
bordering Malheur Lake. They arrive about April 1. At this season
the males may be found sitting on the top of low greasewood bushes
uttering their feeble song. Five specimens shot April 23, 1876, were |
all males.

49. Poocetes gramineus var. confinis (Baird). Grass
Sparrow.

A very common summer resident in this section, breeding abund-
antly.

50. Chondestes grammaca (Bonap.). Lark Sparrow.

In the immediate vicinity of Camp Harney few specimens of this
species were found. I shot a male on May 6, 1876, amongst the wil-
lows on the creek. None breed about here. At Juniper Lake,
about eighty miles south of this post, I found quite a number breed-
ing in July, 1876, and all had young. ‘The song of this bird is
exquisite.

51. Zonotrichia Gambeli (Gambel). | Western White-
crowned Sparrow.

A moderately abundant summer resident. I have found two of
their nests, one placed on the ground at the base of a sagebush, the
other in a small sagebush about a foot from the ground.

52. Junco oregonus (Sclater). Oregon Snowbird.

A winter resident, retiring to the neighboring mountains in the

1877. 119 [Bendire.

summer. I have seen a few of these birds near the summit of the
Canyon City mountains in June, 1876, where they undoubtedly
breed. It is avery familiar species, a number keeping constantly
about the houses in the post during the winter, many appropriating
the old nests of cliff swallows for roosting plaees.

53. Poospiza belli var. nevadensis (Ridg.). Artemisia
Sparrow. .

A not very abundant summer resident, breeding on the sage plains
south of the post. None remain through the winter.

54. Spizella monticola (Baird). Tree Sparrow.

Moderately abundant during the winter months, feeding amongst
the shrubbery on the creek bottom, near the post.

55. Spizella breweri (Cassin). Brewer’s Sparrow.

A common summer resident. Breeds abundantly amongst the
sagebrush covered plains in the vicinity of water. Their eggs show a
great deal of variation in shape and size, as well as in their mark-
ings. Some are but slightly poimted at the smaller end, others
pyriform, and others again of an elongated oval. Ground color a
pale bluish green, spotted irregularly, principally about the larger
end, so as to form a ring in many cases. Size of eggs from different
nests, .70 X .50, .68 X .48, .63 X .49, .60 X .46, .59 X .46.

56. Melospiza melodia var. fallax ? :

The race found here, a resident (partly, at least) throughout the
year, is, according to Mr. Lawrence, referable to fallax. It is found
‘ among the willows on the creeks, where it also constructs its nest.

57. Melospiza melodia var. rufina (Baird). Rusty Song
Sparrow.

In December, 1875, I took two specimens belonging to this race.
They are much darker than specimens of the former, but are per-
haps the true var. guttata.

58. Melospiza lincolni (Baird). Lincoln’s Finch.

Noticed in the spring of 1876, in considerable numbers on their way
north, amongst the willows on Rattlesnake Creek, associated with a
number of Gambel’s finches and Slate-colored sparrows. <A few
‘remain to breed.?

1Mr. Ridgway regards it as approaching gutiata. Its eggs resemble those of
fallax.

2 Peucea ruficeps Baird is not included in this list for the reason that no speci-
men has been taken. An unidentified nest with eggs has been conjecturally re-
ferred to this species, but thus far without positive proof, and no specimen of the
bird has been obtained.

Bendire.] 120 | [March 21, -

59. Passerella townsendi var. schistacea (Baird). Slate-
colored Sparrow.

A common summer visitor; arrives about April 1. Their presence
is easily detected from the noise they make scratching among the
fallen leaves among the bushes in the creek bottoms. Their call-
note then is a faint tzip. It is very gentle and unsuspicious, prefer-
ring to breed in the vicinity of houses rather than ata distance. I
have found some twenty of their nests within half a mile of either
side of the post, in fact none, or very few, breed on Rattlesnake
Creek at a greater distance from it, either above or below the post.
The nest is usually placed in a dense willow or rose thicket, close to
water, from one to three feet from the ground. Ht is compactly con-
structed, larger than nests of Melospize, and, as a rule, deeper. It
is composed of bark and grasses externally. These materials are
damp when first used, and are solidly worked into each other; the
inner lining consists of fine grasses, and usually some horsehair.
The eggs are four in number, seldom more; their ground color is a
bright green, and they are spotted principally about the larger end,
with two shades of brown, and some specimens also with lavender.
There is considerable difference in the amount of markings in eggs
of different nests. The average size of fourteen sets of eggs in my
collection is .87 X .64 of an inch. Compared with eggs of P. iliaca

“from Labrador, I find a radical and constant difference both in the
ground color, which is much paler, and particularly in the style and
color of the markings. Both are entirely different. In the eggs of
P. ihaca the ground color is almost hidden by the markings. These
are evenly distributed over the entire egg, of a light rusty brown
color, giving the egg a reddish brown appearance. In over fifty
specimens of the var. schistacea there is not a single egg resembling
the six I have of P. iliaca. These were selected out of a number by
Dr. T. M. Brewer, of Boston, Mass., and kindly sent to me for com-
parison. On the other hand, the eggs of the Passerella townsendi
(Nut.) collected on Vancouver Island, B. C., by one of my corres-
pondents, are not distinguishable from those of the var. schistacea
found here. In the early spring the males of this species are often
seen perched on the top of some dead twig singing. ‘Their song,
however, is very feeble.

60. Hedymeles melanocephalus (Swain.). Black-headed
Grosbeak.

A rare summer visitor. I have found two nests with eggs, in the

1877.] 121 [Bendire.

seasons of 1875.and’76. It begins to breed*here about June 1. The
male is a superb singer, and as he generally sings only in close prox-
imity to the nest (he delights to perch on a dead twig in the tops of
the tallest willows growing nearest to the nest) he often betrays it
thereby. I found this species breeding near Fort Lapwai, Idaho, in
1871.

61. Cyanospiza amoena (Baird). Lazuli Finch.

A rare summer visitor. Have seen this species on but one or two
occasions each year. <A pair or so breed in a large patch of wild
rosebushes close to the post, and these appear to be the only ones
about here. In the vicinity of Fort Lapwai, Idaho, it is one of the
most common species breeding there.

62. Pipilo megalonyx (Bd.). Long-clawed Towhee Bunting.

The amount of white on the outer edge of the outer web of exter-
nal tail feathers varies in each of the four specimens before me.
None of the hind claws of these specimens are as large, however, as
that given in “ Birds of North America” (Baird, Brewer and Ridg-
way), Vol. 1, p. 113. Measurements are as follows: ¢, length 8.50 ;
wing 3.50; tail 4 inches; hind toe and claw .83 of an inch. Second, ¢,
lenoth 8.50; wing 3.50; tail 4.25; hind toe and claw .83. Third, 2,
lencth 8.60; wing 3.60; tail 4.25; hind toe and claw .78. Fourth, °,
lenoth 8.45; wing 3.25; tail 4 inches; hind toe and claw .85 of an
inch. None remain about Camp Harney during the summer, and
even in the higher parts of the Blue Mountains I have seen but very
few during that season. A nest taken June 15, 1875, placed on the
ground in a laurel bush in these mountains, contained two eggs, in
which the spots are much larger and of different colors from the eggs
of other races of this species. These eggs measure .96 x .69 and
85 X .70 of aninch. Ground eolor bluish white, marked with light
rusty brown and lavender spots and blotches nearly uniformly over
the entire eee. It passes north very early in the spring, having been
taken March 1, 1875, during a snow storm. While here they fre-
quent the willows and wild rose thickets along the creek bottoms.

63. Pipilo chlorurus (Baird). Blanding’s Finch.

This handsome species is moderately abundant during the summer
months. I took three nests June, 1875; these were all placed in low
bushes on side hills, generally close to the tops of the hills, and from
a foot to eighteen inches from the ground. There are great variations
in their eggs, both in regard to their markings and in the size of the
egos, even when belonging to the same nest. I give the measure-

Bendire.] 122 [March 21,

ments of two sets to illustrate the latter: First set, .98 xX .68; .86 x
63, 85 & .63, and .84 X .60 ofan inch. Second set, .98 x .64, .92
x .59, 88 x .60 and .84 x .60. This bird was very common in
Southern Arizona in the winters of 1872 and ’73.

64. Eremophila alpestris (Boie). Shore Lark.

Taken during the winter, and also seen occasionally during the
summer on the alkali plains south of the post. The latter may be-
long to the var. chrysolema, a more southern race.

65. Agelaius phcoeniceus (Viel.). Redwing Blackbird.

A very abundant summer visitor; some remain about the swamps
at Malheur Lake through the winter.

66. Agelaius gubernator (Bon.). Crimson-shouldered
Blackbird.

This is an abundant species, but less abundant than pheniceus.
The eggs of these two species present but little difference. As a
general thing, the eggs of this form are not marked so much, and a
few are unspotted. The tricolor I have not met with here.

67. Xanthocephalus icterocephalus (Baird). Yellow-
headed Blackbird.

A very common species, breeding abundantly amongst the tules in
Malheur Lake. None remain during the winter months. It does not
breed in the swamps near the post,-but confines itself strictly to the
lake shore, and I have seen none at any distance therefrom.

68. Sturnella neglecta (Aud.). Western Lark.

A very abundant summer visitor, breeding everywhere in the low-
lands, as well as in the highest ‘mountain meadows. About Camp
Harney, they raise two or three broods in a season.

69. Icterus bullocki (Bonap.). Bullock’s Oriole.

Common during the summer months. Arrives about- May 10, and
leaves early in September. The eggs show great variations in size,
shape and colors. One set in my collection, perfectly wedge-shaped,
measures 1.02 X .60. At Fort Lapwai, Idaho, it is particularly
abundant, and I have seen as many as five occupied nests on a single
small birch tree.

70. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus (Cab.). Brewer's
Blackbird.

An exceedingly abundant summer resident, a few remaining dur-
ing mild winters. It breeds in various situations. On the ground
the nests are placed on the very edge of the creek banks, in sage-
bushes when close to water, and in serviceberry bushes on a hillside

1877.] 128 5 {Bendire.

near aspring. ‘They breed in colonies, in close proximity to each
other. The eggs are usually five, but occasionally seven, in a nest.
The variation amongst them is very great, from a uniform coffee
brown color to a light greenish gray, with spots and lines resembling
the eggs of the Quiscalide. Scarcely any two sets are alike, and
wherever a number of these birds are found breeding an endless
variety of eggs can be selected.

71. Corvus corax var. carnivorus (Bartram). American:
Raven.

A common resident, and more or less gregarious during the winter.
I have often seen as many as thirty.at one time, searching the manure
piles, or near the slaughter house, for food. Rarely molested they
become very bold, and come to the kitchen doors to steal the food
thrown to the chickens. In summer they are scattered, and seldom
come about the houses. They appear to live principally on crickets
and, on the edges of swamps, feed on snails and small animals.
They appear to be paired throughout the year, and are generally seen
in twos, seldom singly, even in midwinter. They nest early in
April; the number of eggs is from five to seven. very pair has its
own district. I have found no nests nearer together than the distance
of a mile. These are almost invariably placed on cliffs protected
above generally by an overhanging piece of rock, and are difficult to
approach. A single nest was placed on a tree on an island in Syl-
vies River, and not easily reached. The largest egg out of thirty-
three specimens now in my collection, measures 2.38 x 1.48 inches,
the smallest 1.60 X 1.22. They occasionally reoccupy a nest the fol-
lowing season which has been robbed. As a general thing, they are
very suspicious, and will leave a nest that may be completely finished
if it has been visited. Some of their nests are very bulky, and
always well lined with a thick quilting of cattle hair, and are usually
alive with fleas. In the winter, just after a fresh fall of snow, I have
often seen pairs gamboling in the snow, going through the same
performances as they would if taking a bath in the creek.

72. Corvus caurinus (Baird). Northwestern Fish Crow.

A rare summer resident, arriving early in March, breeding spar-
ingly, and never in close proximity, as they do in Idaho. There,
almost every birch tree of any size on certain creeks had one of their
nests, and it was easy to take a hundred of their eggs in a very short
time. ‘This species is said to build a domed nest, like the Magpie,’
but of many hundred, I have seen none constructed in this manner;

Bendire.} 124 [March 21,

they are all open, like those of the common crow. They rarely build
in high trees, usually in birches or junipers, and often also in willow
thickets, at from twelve to twenty feet from the ground. They are
but very little smaller than the common crow, and many are fully as
large. The only specimen accessible to me at present measures as
follows: length 17.75, wing 12.60, tail 7.50, a 9. If it were not for
their totally different habits, I could see no really good reasons for
separating this species. Their eggs are not distinguishable from
those of the common crow. They commence breeding here about
May 1, at Fort Lapwai about April 15. The usual number of eggs
in a nest is five, very rarely six.

73. Picicorvus columbianus (Bonap.). Clarke’s Crow.

Moderately common during the winter and spring months; none
found about Camp Harney during the rest of the year. They
probably retire with their young to the higher mountain ranges as
soon as the latter are well able to fly. This species breeds here very
early in the season. In the spring of 1876 I found several of their
nests; of two found April 22, 1876, one contained three young but a
few days old, the other, one young bird and two eggs on the point of
hatching, one with the shell already cracked. Both nests were in
pine trees. One which I brought away was placed on the extremity
of a branch about twenty-five feet from the ground, and well pro-
tected from view by longer branches. It is quite bulky, but appears.
small as viewed from below. ‘The nest rested on a platform of small
sticks of white sage placed on the pine branches, and is composed of
dry grasses, vegetable fibres, and the fine inner bark of Juniperus
occidentalis. ‘The whole is well woven together, and makes quite a
warm comfortable structure. ‘The outer diameter of the nest is eight
and a half inches, the inner four and a half; depth inside three and a
quarter inches, outside five inches. The two eggs measure, respect-
ively, 1.22 .95 inches and 1.20 X .90 inches. Ground color light
grayish green, speckled and blotched with grayish, principally about
the larger end. On the smaller ege the spots are finer and more
evenly distributed. At other times a very noisy bird, when breeding
it keeps exceedingly quiet, and will almost allow itself to be captured
on the nest rather than to leave it; they are devoted parents. They
seem to prefer the edges of the pine timber to the interior of the
forests. The stomachs of several that I opened contained nothing
but shelled pine seeds, forming an oily white mass. As the winter of
1875 and ’76 was a very severe one, I think, that in ordinary seasons,

1877.3 135 [Bendire,

these birds commence breeding as early as March 15. On the 5th of
May, 1875, I found young birds well able to fly, which probably left
their nest a week previously.?

74. Gymnokitta cyanocephala (Pr. Max.). Maximilian’s
Jay.

I saw a flock of this species, containing, perhaps, about eighty in-
dividuals, flying along Rattlesnake Creek late in October, 1875.
They came from the direction of the Blue Mountains and were flying
southward. ‘They were very noisy, and flew swiftly, keeping up a
constant screaming while on the wing. Two eggs of this species
taken in Colorado by Mr. Chs. E. Aiken, and now in my collection,
measure 1.11 X .86 and 1.10 X .88 of an inch. They were obtained
May 13, 1874. Mr. Aiken describes the specimens retained by
him as follows: “Of a plump oval form, color very pale greenish
blue, plentifully sprinkled everywhere with specks of brown and pale
lilac, which become blended at the larger end. The ground color is
a grayish green, of a slightly deeper shade than in the eggs of Pici-
corvus columbianus. This nest was placed in a scrub pine and is the
only one found so far containing eggs. Mr. Aiken found four other
nests with young ones near the same place on the same day.

75. Pica caudata var. hudsonica (Bonap.). Magpie.

Not common in the vicinity of Camp Harney during the summer,
more abundant throughout the winter, and much shyer than in other
places. At Fort Lapwai, Idaho, they were exceedingly numerous at
all times, and very familiar and mischievous. While at this post, a
fine setter dog of mine would frequently carry a bone to the front of
my quarters to gnaw at his leisure. After a while, four or five mag-
pies would come about him, and watch their chance to get a peck at
the bone. In order to accomplish this, one of the birds would sta-
tion itself about a foot from the dog’s tail, the other three or four
taking their positions in front, on the sides of the dog’s head. The
bird in rear would watch for a chance when “ Rock” was occupied
with his bone, and make a sudden dive at the extremity of his tail.
The enraged dog would jump around, forgetting his bone and trying
to catch his tormentor. The bird would then leisurely escape. The
remaining birds, in the mean time, devoted themselves to the bone,
and would carry it away if small enough. If too large they would

1 Letters from Capt. B. state that owing to the entire failure of the pine seeds,
this species was not present near Camp Harney in the spring of 1877 until early
in-June,

Bendire.] 126 : . [March 21,

pick at it till the dog returned and drove them away. I have seen
the same birds pursue thése tactics repeatedly, and at every fresh
attack a different bird took his position in the rear. I was able to make
sure of this, as the tails of these birds are seldom, if ever, alike.
They made these attacks systematically, and acted in perfect accord
with each other, as if by a previous understanding. They are very
interesting, but very troublesome pets. ‘The company I belonged to
in 1870, had a tame one, that would take part in their drills, and on
Sunday morning inspections took his place regularly on the right of
the ist Sergt., following him to the front when the ranks were
opened. ‘This bird almost talked, and the men were very fond of it.
A cat finally killed it. They sometimes mimic other animals. I
observed one here in the winter of 1876, that would crow exactly
like a rooster and imitate the cackling of a hen perfectly.

76. Cyanura stelleri (Swainson). Steller’s Jay.

A rare resident in the pine forests in the vicinity of Camp Harney.
Two eggs of this species in my collection measure 1.20 X .90 and
1.20 X .86 of aninch. Their ground color is dark olive green, and
they are marked principally about the larger end with blotches and
spots of a pale rusty brown and lavender. Near the end the spots
are confluent and hide the ground color. Their shape is an oblong
* oval, slightly more pointed at one end than on the other. An egg of
the variety frontalis from California, measures 1.19 & .90 of an inch.
In shape this egg resembles the former, but the ground color is bright
green, spotted with brownish gray of two shades, the markings much
finer and more evenly distributed over the entire egg, nowhere hid-
ing the ground color, although the markings are deeper about the
larger end. _

77. Perisoreus canadensis ? Canada Jay.

This bird is a rather rare resident in this portion of these moun-
tains, and is referable more to the var. capitalis than obseurus. In
this section it is called “ meat bird.” I shot a pair on the southern
base of Canyon City mountain, Nov. 1, 1875. I noticed five or six
at the same time; they were gentle and unsuspicious, coming within
a few feet of my camp fires, picking up bits of meat and bread which
I threw to them. They are not noisy, in fact all the notes I have
heard them utter on two or three occasions were rather pleasing and
musical than otherwise. So far I have seen this bird in but two
localities on the mountains, at different seasons of the year and they
are, I believe, constant residents.

1877.] 1 D 4 [Bendire.

78. Tyrannus carolinensis (Baird). Kingbird.

A very common summer visitor in certain portions of this section
of country, but I have not seen a single specimen in the vicinity of
Camp Harney. In the John Day River Valley, and sixty miles to
the east, at the Malheur Indian agency, it is not only very common,
but apparently even more numerous than 7’. verticalis.

79. Tyrannus verticalis (Say). Arkansas Flycatcher.

A common summer resident, generally distributed throughout this
country. They arrive here about May 1. At Fort Lapwai, Idaho,
this species was also very familiar and tame, several pairs breeding
about the buildings of the post. One pair placed its nest on the sill of
one of the attic windows of my quarters. I protected the nest by nail-
ing a piece of board along the outside of the window sill. While set-
ting on her eggs the female would allow me to almost touch her before
flying off. As a usual thing, they never placed their nests at any great
distanee from water; here at Camp Harney their habits are entirely
different. None came about the post, and the majority nested at a
distance from the creeks, generally in juniper trees. A large, lone
pine tree near the edge of Harney Valley has been yearly occupied
by several pairs of this bird, a pair of Bullock’s orioles, and one of
Swainson’s hawks, all in apparent harmony.

80. Myiarchus cinerascens (Lawr.). Ash-throated Fly-
catcher.

A rare summer visitor; frequenting the juniper groves and breed-
ing in deserted woodpeckers’ holes. I found a single nest of this
species June 20, 1876, containing five young birds about ten days old.

81. Sayornis sayus (Baird). Say’s Pewee.

Rare, and only found during the spring migrations, usually about
April1. None breed about here. At Fort Lapwai, Idaho, I found
several of their nests about the buildings in the post, in fissures of
rocks and in old cliff swallow’s nests. I have taken their eggs as early
as April 17, 1871, containing then small embryos. ‘The eggs are
dull yellowish white, averaging .76 X .60, pointed at one end and
unspotted.

82. Contopus borealis (Baird). Olive-sided Flycatcher.

A very rare summer visitor. A single specimen obtained May 29,
1876, in the pine timber near Soda Springs, summit of the Blue
Mountains. Probably breeds about here.

PROCEEDINGS B.S. N. H. — VOL. XIX, 9 AUGUST, 1877.

Bendire.] 128 [March 21,

83. Contopus virens var. richardsonii (Baird). Western
W ood-pewee.

A moderately common summer visitor, generally found about the
larger aspen groves near the summit of the neighboring mountains.

84. Empidonax pusillus (Cabanis). Little Flycatcher.

I saw a number of this species May 8, 1876, amongst the willows
on Rattlesnake Creek.

85. Empidonax hammondi (Baird). Hammond’s Fly-
catcher.

A single specimen taken (perhaps E. obscurus) May 15,1876. A
nest with three eggs taken June 29, 1875, belongs to probably one of
these two species. It was placed in a sagebush about two and one-
half feet from the ground, composed of dry grass, cottonwood down,
and lined with finer grass and feathers. Measurement of eggs .64 X
.51 of aninch. Color creamy white and unspotted.

86. Ceryle alcyon (Boie). Belted Kingfisher.

A rare summer Visitor, a single pair only being known to breed on
‘Rattlesnake Creek, about a mile above the post.

87. Chordeiles popetue var. henryi (Cassin). Western
Nighthawk.

An exceedingly common summer resident, arriving about May 20;
and leaving early in October. In the evenings and on cloudy days,
I have seen hundreds flying about the meadows below the post in
search of insects.

88. Antrostomus nuttalli (Cassin). Nuttall’s Poor-will.

A rare summer visitor. A pair or two breed in close proximity to
the post. I have heard its notes near the head of Bear Creek, near
the summit of the Blue Mountains. August 2, 1872, 1 took a set of
eggs of this bird near Tucson, A. T., on the barren plains south of
the camp; the eggs lying on the bare ground close to the roots of a
mesquite tree. These were quite fresh, elliptical in shape, of a
rich cream color, and unspotted, and measured 1.06 X .81.

89. Selasphorus rufus (Swainson). Rufous-backed Hum-
ming-bird.

Rare, and only very few seen.

90. Coccygus americanus (Bonap.). Yellow-billed Cuckoo.

August 2, 1876, camping under a clump of willow bushes near
Keeney’s Ferry, on the Oregon side of Snake River, I found a nest of
this species containing half grown young birds. The parents, at first
rather uneasy, soon lost their fears and attended to the wants of their

1877.] 129 [Bendire.

youne. They were constantly going back and forth bringing crickets,
and judging from the number disposed of in the three hours I noticed
them, the amount required in a day must be enormous.

91. Picus villosus var. Harrisi (Audubon). JHarris’s
Woodpecker.

Sparingly distributed through the forests of the Blue Mountains
during the summer months; in spring and fall they frequent the
shrubbery along the creeks in the valleys, and a few winter in such
localities. A set of three eggs taken May 29, 1876, in the Blue
Mountains, measure 1.01 X .71, .97 & «70,1 X .71. They are of
a clear white color, oblong oval in shape, slightly peinted. The nest
was in a dead pine about twenty feet from the ground.

92. Picus pubescens var. gairdneri (Aud.). Gairdner’s
Woodpecker.

I only met with this species in the John Day River Valley, Ore-
gon, and it appears to be rare there. Two sets of eggs from Cali-
fornia measure as follows: First set, .72 K .59, .71 X .59,.70 & .58
and .70 & .60 of aninch. Second set, .75 & .51, .71 X .51, .70 X
52, .70 X .51, .69 X .53. They are clear white.

93. Picus albolarvatus (Bd.). White-headed Woodpecker.

Not common, only met with in the pine forests of the Blue Moun-
tains. I found a nest of this species May 27, 1875, in a dead pine,
and about twenty-five feet from the ground, containing two fresh
egos, measuring 1.02 X .75 and 1.02 x .73. The eggs from another
set average .90 X .76. They are clear white in color, but not glossy.
When passing from tree to tree this bird utters a clear ringing note,
like witt witt. It remains here throughout the winter; its mode of
flicht is straighter and less undulating than that of most woodpeckers.
The white about the head is always soiled, becoming a light smoky
gray.

94. Picoides arcticus (Gray). Black-backed Three-toed
Woodpecker.

I have seen what I take to be this species on two occasions near
Soda Springs, on the Blue Mountains.

95. Sphyropicus nuchalis (Bd.). Red-naped Woodpecker.

Moderately common, confined to the aspen groves in the Blue
Mountains, where it breeds. It nests earlier than most woodpeckers
about here. ‘The only nest I have examined contained good sized
young, June 12,1875. ‘Their nests are in aspens, and generally in-
accessible. I noticed three in the season of 1876 in such situations,

Bendire.J 130 [March 21,

too late for their eggs. April 22, 1876, a bird of this species amongst
the sagebushes, near Malheur Lake, twenty miles from the timber,
was shot by Lt. G.-R. Bacon, U. S. A. Not a winter resident.

96. Hylotomus pileatus (Baird). Black Woodeock.

A constant but rare resident. Have seen specimens of this bird
but twice.

97. Melanerpes torquatus (Bonap.). Lewis Woodpecker.
A very common summer resident in the vicinity of Camp Harney,
breeding abundantly in the juniper groves as well as in the edges of
the forests. It prefers the more open districts, and arrives here
about May 1; remains until the middle of October. The usual num-
ber of eggs laid is seven. These measure from 1.12 X .80 and 1.10
< .81 for the largest, to 1.02 X .79 and 1 X .78 for the smallest,
selected from a large series. In one nest I found an egg measuring
.78 < .58. Comparing these eggs with a series of the C. mexicanus,
I find them longer in shape and not so globular. The color is also
different, in J/. torquatus the white is opaque, and never so glossy
and shining. In cleanly prepared specimens of both species the dif-
ference is very perceptible. The young of this species, when dis-
turbed in their nest, make a very curious hissing noise, like the buz-
zing of a swarm of bees. They commence breeding about May 20.

98. Colaptes mexicanus (Swainson). Red-shafted Flicker.

Even more common than the preceding, arriving the latter part of
March, and a few remain in the lower Harney Valley throughout the
winter. They commence breeding about May 15, and raise two
broods in a season. The usual number of eggs is from six to eight.
The largest of these measure 1.20 X .91 and 1.19 X .90; the small-
est 1.04 X .86 and 1.01 X .83 of an inch. A nest of this species
found June 6, 1875, in a rotten pine stump, contained besides three
young birds just hatched and two eggs on the point of hatching, also
four perfectly fresh eggs of the usual size, and one measuring only
’ .80 X .60 of aninch. Their principal food seems to consist of erick-
ets, while these are in season. I have found this species occupying
the same stump with a pair of sparrow hawks, both breeding at the
same time, the entrance to their holes being on opposite sides, and
also again with a pair of long-eared owls, their holes only two and
and one-half feet apart, and on the same side, the owl using the
lower story.

99. Colaptes hybridus (Baird). Hybrid Flicker.

In the spring of 1875 a well marked specimen of this race was

1877.] 131 : [Bendire.

shot by Lieut. D. Cornman, U.S. A., among a’ number of C. mex-
wcanus.

100. Otus vulgaris var. wilsonianus (Less.). Long-eared
Owl.

Moderately abundant and resident, frequenting the dense willow
thickets along the streams, and here constructing their own nests.
At Fort Lapwai, Idaho, they occupy the old nests of the Corvus
caurinus when not too much’ exposed to light, and also breed in
hollow cottcnwood trees, the entrance to the nest being often very
small, with barely room for the bird to enter. The average number
of eggs in sixteen nests is five, occasionally six. Most of the nests
were lined with feathers. When occupying old nests they build up
the sides, so that these are always deeper than ordinary crows’ nests,
hiding the bird from view below. They commence laying about
April 15.

101. Otus brachyotus (Steph.). Short-eared Owl.

Not nearly so common as the preceding species, and only a summer
resident, confining itself to the marshes near Malheur Lake. One
of my men brought me two sets of eggs of this owl found May 28,
1876, in a large swamp eight miles east of the post, and one of the
birds. The nests were on the ground on the side of, and partly cov-
ered by, bunches of rye grass, and on slightly elevated ground in the
marsh, with three fresh eggs each, the birds not having finished lay-
ing. This species breeds also about Fort Lapwai, Idaho, where I
took two of their nests on May-1 and 6,1871. Both were found in
swampy places, and constructed of dry grasses and a few feathers.
The eggs of this species are not of a clear white, though this may be
their color when first laid, but have a yellowish tinge. A set of
three measure 1.60 1.20, 1.57 % 1.20 and 1.52 X 1.21 of an inch.

102. Nyctale acadica (Bonap.). Saw-whet Owl.

Only taken during very cold weather in the winter. Several have
been brought to me alive in a starved condition, and I only succeeded
in keeping one for any length of time. This I fed at first on live
mice, the only thing it would touch, but after awhile it ate the car-
casses of birds, and would eat twice its own weight in a day. If sev-
eral whole birds were thrown into its cage it would eat the heads of
all of them first, and hide the bodies in the corners of the cage, coy-
ering them up with loose feathers. Once I put a red winged black-
bird, perfectly unharmed, in the cage with it, which it at once killed.
Flying to its perch it grasped it with two of its toes in front and two

Bendire.] i352 : [Mareh 21,

in rear, and always sat in this manner. I kept it supplied with fresh
water, but I think it never used any. Although I have not found it
here during the summer months, I think it a resident, and that it
breeds here. ‘

103. Bubo virginianus var. arcticus (Swainson). West-
ern Great Horned Owl.

Several] specimens taken at different seasons are referable to this
variety, while differing in coloration. It appears to be common, par-
ticularly so amongst the dense willow thickets on Sylvies River,
where it also breeds and finds abundance of food in the numerous
heronries.

104. Nyctia arctica (Gray). Snowy Owl.

A rare winter visitor, observed on several occasions, but no spec-
imens procured.

105. Glaucidium calizonmieuse (Sclater). California
Piomy Owl.

Moderately abundant during the winter, and some unquestionably
breed. It attacks animals nearly as large as itself, and manages to
carry them to some distance. A correspondent residing in southern
California, found the nest of this owl June 8, 1876, captured the bird
on the nest, and writes me as follows: “ While out collecting I saw a
small owl fly into a large dead poplar tree and alight on a limb, and
as he had a bird in his claws I watehed him. Soon I saw his mate
fly from a hole in the top of the tree, take the bird (Pipilo fuscus)
and fly back in the hole. On climbing the tree I found a pigmy owl
setting on two eggs which were almost hatched. I took the eggs, and
on stirring up the nest which was made of twigs, I felt another ege
which I broke in getting out. The eggs are not round, but much like
the eggs of the common dove (Zonaidura carolinus) in size and shape.”
The measurement of one of these eggs is 1.19 % .92; the other is a
trifle larger.1 February 5, 1875, I shot a specimen of this species, a
2, at quite a distance from timber. It was sitting on a large boulder
at the base of a perpendicular cliff, but they are seldom seen at any
distance from the pine forests.

106. Spheotyto cunicularia var. hypogeea (Bonap.). Bur-
rowing Owl.

A common summer resident, arriving about the end of March. I
found it abundant at Fort Lapwai, Idaho, where I obtained a number
of their eggs. They preferred hillsides having a southerly exposure.

1See Proceedings Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVIII, p. 162.

1877.] 133 pent:

Their holes varied in depth and direction ; some were almost straight,
others in the shape of a horse shoe, the chamber containing the nest
being on a level with the entrance, and in one instance not over a
foot from it, although the whole length of the burrow was at least
seven feet. Their nests, of which I examined at least sixteen, con-
sisted of dry cow- or horse-dung, in small pieces, and spread about
one and one-half inches thick on the floor of the chamber, which
itself was somewhat larger than the passage to it. The usual num-
ber of eggs from eight to nine, in one instance ten. The nests were
alive with fleas, and the eggs so discolored by them that they resem-
bled more the eggs of the falcons or willow grouse than their natural
color. The birds will remain on their nest and allow themselves to
be captured rather than leave the eggs or young. They raise but a
brood a season. ‘Their food consists almost exclusively of nox-
jous insects, particularly crickets, and they are exceedingly beneficial
to farmers. I do not recollect of having found the remnants of a
single small bird in their burrows, but have seen small frogs and
mice; their principal food, however, appears to be grasshoppers and
crickets. They commence laying about April 25, and work on their
burrows at least two weeks before. Only once have I seen one of
the birds at work. It pushes and scratches the dirt backwards with
its feet. That they live in harmony with rodents and rattlesnakes
is not my opinion. A snake may occasionally enter one of their
burrows, but it certainly is never a welcome visitor. I have never
found any other living animal in their burrows, and I have examined
many. During the breeding season the male utters a call-note resem-
bling that of the European cuckoo (C. canorus L.), and scarcely dis-
tinguishable from it. ‘Their eggs are not as round, but glossier than
owls’ eggs generally ; some are considerably pointed, a rather un-
usual shape for eggs of the owl family, and they measure from 1.35
1.09 to 1.20 X .98 of an inch. Their color after vasning them is
pure white.

107. Falco polyagrus (Cassin). Prairie Falcon.

Not at all rare during the migrations of the water fowl. <A few
breed in this vicinity, but I have been unable to find their nests. It

1Another owl which is unquestionably found here, but which I have not seen,
is Syrniwm cinereum Aud. It breeds in the Blue Mountains, near Fort Lapwai,
Idaho; as I obtained a young bird there just able to fly, in the early spring of
1870, from an Indian. I kept it over a year. It became quite tame and useful,
being a perfect terror to rats and mice, and keeping the granary at the post
free from these pests.

Bendire.] t 34 : [March 21,

will make repeated attempts to capture full-grown chickens in the
post, paying no attention to the close proximity of several men, but
returning again after a few minutes to make another attempt. In the
fall they become excessively fat. A very old female shot by Lt. G.
A. Bacon, U. 8S. A., Nov. 23, 1875, and now in the collection of the
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, weighed four pounds twelve
ounces. Length 18.50, wing 13.25, tail 8 inches. Iris blue, base of
bill and cerci light blue, the tip darker; tarsi and toes pale greenish
blue.

108. Falco communis var. anatum (Bonap.). Duck Hawk.

Rarer than the preceding species, and only seen near Malheur
Lake, attracted by the great numbers of water fowls of all kinds.

109. Falco columbarius (Linn.) var. richardsoni. Pig-
eon Hawk.

Rather rare. A nest of this species in a large pine tree May, 1876,
contained young. ‘The old birds were carrying them food. This is
the only nest I have seen.

110. Falco sparverius (Linn.). Sparrow Hawk.

A very common summer resident, breeding abundantly about Camp
Harney, usually occupying old woodpeckers’ nests in juniper trees.
In about twenty-five nests of this species the largest and usual num-
ber of eggs has been five. These vary in color, size and shape. In
some the ground color is a pure white, in others cream color, and
again a very dark buff. One egg is almost pure white, with scarcely
perceptible spots, others are spotted and blotched with a reddish
brown over the entire egg. A very handsome specimen has the
ground color pure white with large blotches and spots of brownish
red and lavender, aggregated principally about the smaller end. The
largest egg in sixty is 1.45 x 1.17, the smallest 1.20 & 1.10 of an
inch. It is one of the latest to breed, commencing to lay about May
20. It rears but a single brood a season.

111. Pandion carolinensis (Gmel.). Fish Hawk.

A rare summer visitor; a pair breeds yearly on the lower Sylvies
River. I also took a nest near Fort Lapwai, Idaho, in 1876.

112. Circus cyaneus var. hudsonius (Linn.). Marsh Hawk.

Moderately abundant and a few resident. A set of eggs taken near
Fort Lapwai, Idaho, June 15, 1871, is very distinctly spotted with
dirty brown. In two specimers the spots are few but very large, and
in all they are plainly visible. Several other sets show no indications
of spots. The usual number of eggs seems to be five, but I have

1877.] 135 [Bendire.

found six in a nest on two occasions. They vary considerably in
shape and size.

113. WNisus fuscus (Gmel.). Sharp-shinned Hawk.

Rather rare at all seasons.

114. Nisus cooperi (Bonap.). Cooper’s Hawk.

Also rare, and seldom seen. I have found this species breeding
about Fort Lapwai, Idaho, and near Tucson, A. T.

115. Astur palumbarius var. atricapillus (Wilson). Gos-
hawk.

Not common, a few pairs breed in the mountains north of Camp
Harney. I have taken its eggs both here and’ near Fort Lapwai,
Idaho. An occasional set of their eggs are faintly spotted with pale
reddish brown, sparingly distributed about the larger end of the egg.
Number of eggs usually two.

116. Buteo swainsoni (Bonap.). Swainson’s Hawk.

A common summer resident, generally distributed throughout this
country, breeding in the willows along the streams, and in isolated
juniper and pine trees on the edge of the forests. The usual number
of eggs in twenty-five nests has been two, rarely three. The eggs
vary greatly in coloration, while their size is pretty uniform, as well
as their shape. Their average size is about 2.25 < 1.75 of an inch.
The ground color is pale greenish white marked with well defined
spots and blotches of a dark and light brown. Some are sparingly
spotted, and the spots more distinct than in others. An occasional
set is unspotted.

117. Buteo borealis var. calurus (Cassin). Western Red-
tailed Hawk.

Moderately common resident, and one of the earliest hawks to’
breed. It generally constructs its nests in large pines near the edge
of the forests, and a few breed in the largest willows on Silvies River
near the different heronries located on this stream. In a number of
nests from different localities I have found but two eggs, seldom three,
and in only one instance four. These vary greatly in color and size;
the average size of a number in my collection is 2.42 1.77 of an
inch. Some of these are very heavily marked with different shades
of brown, others are nearly unspotted.

118. Archibuteo ferrugineus (Licht.). Squirrel Hawk.

Rather rare, but more common in the open country to the south-
ward, particularly so near Camp McDermitt, Nev., where it breeds.

Bendire.], 136 [March 21,

119. Archibuteo lagopus var. sanctijohannis (Gr.).
Rough-legged Hawk.

An irregular winter visitor, common at some seasons, and entirely
wanting in others. During the winter of 1874 and 1875 I shot a
number, while in the succeeding season I noticed only a single one.
No two birds were alike in plumage, the lighter colored specimens
predominating. I only secured a single very dark colored male
March 6, 1875. In April they had all disappeared.” Their principal |
food while here was cotton-tail rabbits.

120. Aquila SAEYRBSIES var. Canadensis (Linn.). Golden
Eagle.

Moderately abundant throughout the mountainous portions during
the greater part of the year. Each pair appears to confine itself to
a certain district, and no others breed there. I have heard of sev-
eral nests in this vicinity at intervals of about twenty miles from the
other. One pair had occupied a nest within three miles of this post
for a number of years. It was an enormous structure, some of the
sticks of which it was composed were over two inches in diameter.
It was placed on a large pine tree close to the trunk, about three and
a half feet high and nearly three feet wide. It contained two young
birds about two weeks old May 18, 1875. These I took some three
weeks afterwards, and have them at present, Jan., 1877. ‘The top of
the nest was nearly flat and contained, besides the birds, a medium
sized specimen of Arctomys flaviventer (Bachman) weighing about
three pounds, partly eaten up. The old birds made no resistance when
their young were taken, one only circling around some five hundred
yards above the tree, uttering a shrill cry resembling kiah kiah. The

. young were very cleanly, and fed readily on fresh meat, and also used
water freely. One is considerably larger than the other (presumably
a female). J had some hopes of taming this bird at first, but have
given this up long since as a useless attempt. The smali one was
always cross, and at present it is unsafe for any one to go into the
stable without a good sized club. They will attack anything coming
near them, and are particularly hostile to dogs. Both birds are
larger than an old male of this species caught in a trap and brought
to me some time in the winter of 1875. Its colors were mueh lighter
than those of the young, which are dark brownish black throughout,
excepting the basal portion of the tail, which is greyish white, and
the nape on which the feathers are edged with fulvous. The birds
are very fond of bathing and keep themselves scrupulously clean.

1877.] 1 37 [Bendire.

Their strength is wonderful, and I have had several excellent oppor-
tunities to test this to my perfect satisfaction. The old birds did not
reoccupy the nest, but built a new one about a mile from the old site
on a large pine and inaccessible. They are generally seen hunting
in pairs in the early spring, chasing ducks, geese and sagehens, and
mostly successfully. I came within a few feet of one gorging itself
on a yellow-footed marmot it had just captured; several magpies
were watching their chances to steal morsels of the animal from him,
and this occupied his attention so much that he did not notice my
approach. ‘They are very shy and wary, taking good care to keep
out of gunshot. My birds when young often drank water, and I
have no doubt but what they use it now. Their appetite is enormous,
and as they have been always well fed, this may account for their
large size. Their usual notes are kée kée kee and kiah kiah, fre-
quently repeated. The latter they seem to use when anything dis-
turbs them. In this vicinity they commence breeding about April 1.
In the John Day River valley they are said to carry off young lambs.

121. Haliaétus leucocephaius (Linn.). Bald Eagle.

Not nearly so common as the preceding. I obtained a single spec-
imen Feb. 18, 1875, which was nearly starved to death. A pair
breeds on Silvies River, and are the only ones I have seen here.

122. Rhinogryphus aura (Linn.). Turkey Buzzard.

Moderately common during the summer months and breeding im
this vieinity. They arrive here early in April, and I saw one the
27th of Nov., 1875, after a fall of snow. _

123. Zenaidura carolinensis (Bonap.). Common Dove.

An abundant summer resident, arriving about May 1, breeding
both on trees and on the ground. In this latitude they rear but a
single brood a season, while in Arizona I found fresh eggs of this
species as late as Sept. 14.

124. Canace obscurus (Say). Dusky or Blue Grouse.

A common resident throughout the mountains. We have two vari-
eties, fuligimosus and richardsoni, the former being the most abundant.
They seem to prefer the more open forests to the dense timbered sec-
tions, and while the young are small they frequent the creek bottoms
and open side hills almost exclusively. At such times I have found
them twenty miles from timber of any size. After pairing, the males
separate from the hens, and are frequently found in small coveys,

1IT have been told that the Columba fasciata (Say) is not rare in the John Day
River Valley, Oregon, but I have not seen any.

Bendire.] 138 [March 21,

from four to six, sunning themselves on high rocky points, crouching
close to the rocks if anything approaches to disturb them. In the
early part of the fall they rarely fly into trees when flushed, but later
in the season they do so almost invariably. It is said that where a.
number are found in one tree, by shooting always the lowest first the
rest will remain, and that they can all be killed; but I never got
more than two shots at birds in one tree. They sit close, and usually
lengthways on a limb, like Night Hawks, as long as they think they
have not been discovered, but after the first shot they generally all
take’ wing. In the winter they seldom alight on the ground, except-
ing to get water. ‘They feed on the tender buds of the spruce or
pine, and their flesh is not palatable. In the fall they are in splendid
condition, and without a doubt the best game bird in this country.
They feed then almost exclusively on wild berries, of which they find
an abundance, preferring a species of wild gooseberry, but eat ser-
vice, thimble and salmon-berries, wild currants and cherries, with
an occasional cricket or grasshopper, and now and then a few tender
tops of plants. The full complement of eggs is from eight to ten.
These vary considerably in size, shape and color. In some the
ground color might be called a creamy white, in others it is a pale,
and again a very deep buff. The eggs are evenly spotted with
specks of reddish brown, and none of these larger than an ordinary
sized pin head. Their shape is an elongated oval, and they measure
as follows, each egg out of different nests: 1.99 & 1.30, 2.02 1.33,
1.84 & 1.35, 1.90 & 1.80, 1.86 & 1.40 and 1.80 x 1.23. Consider-
ing the size of the bird their eggs are very small. They commence
laying about May 1. Their nests are always on the ground, gener-
ally close to, or under a fallen tree, occasionally in a cavity of a
burnt and fallen log, and also in the open air without any cover what-
ever. J found such a nest on June 7, 1876, near the summit of the
Canyon City mountain. It was placed in perfectly open ground about
two feet from the roots of a young fir tree, and contained nine eggs
on the point of hatching, all being chipped already. The eggs were
laid on the bare ground, a few feathers of the bird and a little dry
grass being placed around the edges of the nest. I have several
times flushed quite young birds and noticed how quickly they hide
themselves, even where there is little to conceal them. The young
can soon fly, even when not larger than a man’s fist. The love notes
of the male, called here hooting, in the early spring, are very peculiar
and hard to describe.

1877.] 189 [Bendire.

125. Centrocercus urophasianus (Sw.). Sage Cock.

A common resident species, particularly abundant in the upper
Sylvies Valley at an altitude of about six thousand feet. During the
winter, however, they do not remain there, but frequent Harney
Valley some twelve hundred feet lower, where comparatively few
breed. Their food consists principally of the leaves of the sagebush
(Artemisia), the seed tops of various grasses, and also crickets.
The young birds are particularly fond of the latter. Their nests are
a slight depression in the sandy ground, close to a sagebush, or on
the side and partly covered by a bunch of rye grass, lined with a
little grass and a few feathers. The eggs are from seven to ten in
number, generally eight or nine. They commence laying about
April 15. The eggs vary a good deal in their ground color, which
usually is a pale drab or buff color, and occasionally a dirty green,
something like the color of a Mallard’s egg. They are marked with
chocolate brown spots varying in size, and nearly evenly distributed
over the entire eve. Eggs out of different nests measure as follows:
v.24 X 1.58, 2.30 X 1.46, 2.01 & 1.40, 2.25 X 1.50, 2.19 X 1.50,
1.98 X 1.49, 2.02 & 1.38. The young are of full size by the middle
of July, and are then excellent eating provided they are drawn at
once after they have been shot; this applies only to young birds. On
one occasion I have seen three of these birds sitting on a horizontal
limb of a juniper about two feet from the ground, which was then
covered with a foot of snow. As a usual thing they roost on the
ground. In winter I have often seen packs of fifty and more; at
such times they are very shy and difficult of approach. ‘They rise
with a loud rumbling noise, and when once started their flight is
swift and protracted.

126. Pedioecetes columbianus (Baird). Sharp-iailed
Grouse.

Only a moderately common resident, apparently irregularly dis-
tributed. In the winter I have seen packs of from one to two hun-
dred in the vicinity of Port Lapwai, Idaho. They frequently roost
on the willow bushes along the streams, and I have seen them alight
on pine trees on the outskirts of the timber. In the vicinity of Camp
Harney they are mostly found in the juniper groves during the cold
weather, and the birds live almost exclusively on the berries of these
trees. The eggs usually number from eleven to fourteen.

Bendire.] 140 [March 21,

127. Bonasa umbeilus var. umbelloides Onn The
Mountain Ruffed ‘Grouse.

A rather rare resident about here, frequenting the densest under-
growth along the mountain streams, and seldom seen. It is consider-
ably smaller than sabinit, measuring only from fourteen to fifteen
inches in length.

128. Bonasa umbellus var. sabini (Douglas). Oregon
Grouse.

Moderately common in the John Day River Valley, Oregon. It is
very abundant in the aspen groves bordering marshy tracts of land in
the trail from Fort Lapwai, Idaho, to Fort Colville, W. T., where I
have seen as many as thirty birds in a day’s travel, without leaving
the road. A set of egos of this species collected on Vancouver
Island, B. C., is of a rich reddish buff color, resembling somewhat in
shade the eggs of Oreortyx pictus (Baird): and faintly spotted with
pale lavender. They are considerably pointed at one end, and meas-
ure 1.70 X 1.20 to 1.60 & 1.22 of an inch.

129. Ortyx virginianus (Bonap.). Bob-white.

This species may properly be included in the avifauna of south-
eastern Oregon. It was originally introduced at Boise City, Idaho,
and extends now to the Oregon side of Snake River, and is multiply-
ing rapidly 2

130. Aigialitis vociferus (Linn.). Killdeer Plover.

Generally distributed throughout the country wherever water is to
be found, one of the earliest birds to arrive in the spring;. breeds.

131. Recurvirostra americana (Gmel.). Avocet.

An abundant summer resident in the lower valleys, but not in the
higher regions in the Blue Mountains anywhere above forty-eight hun-
dred feet altitude. Breeds near Malheur Lake and the swampy
shores of Sylvies River.

132. Himantopus nigricollis (Vieill.). Black-necked Stilt.

Found associated with the former species, frequenting the same
localities, but it is not so common; breeds.

1T expected to find the Canace canadensis var. franklini (Douglas) common in
this portion of the Blue Mountains; it does not occur in this section as far west
as Camp Harney, or Canyon City, Oregon. It is a common species in the Blue
Mountains, near Fort Lapwai, Idaho, and is universally known throughout that
region as the Foot-hen. The Oreortyx pictus (Baird), Mountain Quail, is also
wanting here.

1877.4 141 {Bendire.

133. Phalaropus wilsoni (Sab.). Wilson’s Phalarope.

A moderately common summer resident, breeding, and at this time
generally associated with the Willets, and resembling these birds in
their actions when any one comes in the vicinity where they have
their nests.

134. Phalaropus hyperboreus (Tem.). Northern Phalarope.

I saw a flock of this species and shot two en April 26, 1876, ina
shallow slough near Malheur Lake.

135. Gallinago wilsoni (Bonap.). Wilson’s Snipe.

Rare in the vicinity of Camp Harney; I noticed a pair June, 1876,
undoubtedly nesting in the marsh in which I started them.

136. Macrorhamphus griseus (Leach). Gray Snipe.

Very common during the migrations, I believe that it breeds in
the higher mountain valleys,

137. Ereunetes pusillus (Linn.). Semipalmated Sandpiper.

Common during the migrations. Several individuals remained near
a pond close to the post, till the latter part of May.

138. Totanus semipalmatus (Gmel.). Willet.

An abundant summer resident. I have taken several sets of their
eggs. ‘They commence laying here about May 10. They are eqnally
abundant in the higher mountain valleys at an altitude of six thou-
sand feet and more, in fact they are found everywhere where there
are marshes.

139. Totanus melanoleucus (Gmel.). Stone Snipe.

Abundant during the migrations.

140. Totanus flavipes (Gmel.). Yellow Legs.

The same remark applies to this species.

141. Tringoides macularius (Gray). Spotted Sandpiper.

A moderately abundant summer resident. I have found it breeding
in the wet camas prairie south of Camp Harney, and also in the
vicinity of Fort Lapwai, Idaho. It seems to be generally distributed.

142: Numenius longirostris (Wils.). Long-billed Curlew.

A common summer resident, breeding abundantly. It generally
makes its nest in the wet and partly flooded meadows; in the spring
of 1876, I found three sets partly covered with water, and abandoned.
This was on May 13; I have found full sets (four) two weeks earlier.
Near Fort Lapwai, Idaho, these birds bred on the high and dry prai-
ries several miles from the nearest water. It breeds also in Southern
Arizona, near Sulphur Springs, about thirty miles west of Camp

“Bowie. Their eggs vary a good deal in size, shape and coloration,

Bendire.] 142 [March 21,

even when coming out of one nest. ‘These are excellent eating, and
very large for the size of the bird, average about 2.60 x 1.74. By
the amy of August they have all left, congregating in large flocks
before migrating. Their principal food here seems to be crickets.

148. Ibis Ordi (Bonap.). Glossy Ibis.

I have not actually taken this species in Oregon, but as it has been
found breeding near Quinn River Crossing, Nev., twenty miles from
the State line, it is to be presumed that it ranges into this State. Lit.
Wood, U.S. A., shot a specimen July 15, 1875, at the above men-
tioned locality, where he saw some forty of these birds with young
still unable to fly.

144. Ardea herodias (Linn.). Great Blue Heron.

A very common summer resident throughout the lower Harney
Valley. It breeds in large numbers on one of the small islands in
Malheur Lake, in company with Pelecanus trachyrhynchus and Gracu-
lus dilophus. Its nests there are placed in greasewood bushes
from two to four feet from the ground, and nearly every bush con-
tained a nest. These are flat structures, built out of such material
as is readily found close at hand, consisting here for the most part
of dry greasewood sticks and a few pieces of dry tule and a little
swamp grass for an inner lining. The usual number of eggs in all
the nests containing their full complement was five. The largest egg
in a great number measures 2.73 & 1.96, another in the same set
only 2.40 X 1.82 of an inch. They average about 2°65 x 1.80.
Their color varies from a very bright uniform light green to
a pale greenish white, the shell in the latter variety -presenting
a mottled appearance. One or two eggs in each set are always -
paler than the others, which probably were laid first. They com-
mence laying here about April 20. The young for the first two
weeks are almost destitute of feathers, and emit a hissing noise
when disturbed. They sit close together on their nests forming a
circle, with the heads all turned inward. ‘The old birds do not
appear to be much concerned if one of their colonies is disturbed
and make off out of sight at once. Another large colony of these
birds breeds on the lower Sylvies River on willow bushes, in company
with other species of herons, but on the islands no other herons are
found breeding with this species. |

145. Herodias egretta var. californica (Baird). Great
White Egret.

A moderately common summer resident, breeding in the thick wil-

1877.] 143. ‘[Bendire.

lows on the lower Sylvies River, in company with other species of
herons.

146. Ardea candidissima (Gml.). Little White Egret.

The same remarks apply to this species, which is found in the same
locality.

147. Nyctiardea neevia (Bodd.). Night Heron.

An extremely common summer resident, breeding in large numbers
on the lower Sylvies River, where their nests are often placed in quite
low willows, not more than three feet from the ground.!

148. Ardetta exilis (Gray). Least Bittern.

Apparently rare. I have seen it on but two occasions. It is, how-
ever, easily overlooked, and may be rather common.

149. Botaurus minor (Gml.). Bittern.

A moderately common summer resident, found in all the swamps
throughout this section of country, even in the mountains, oftener
heard, however, than seen. The usual number of eggs laid by this
species is five and six, and seven even is not very uncommon,

150. Grus canadensis (Linn.). Sandhill Crane.

A common summer resident. Breeds abundantly on the lowlands
as well as in the highest mountain valleys. Their hoarse cries can be
heard almost everywhere where there is any water to be found, and
as long as the locality is comparatively quiet, as they are a shy and
wary bird. Each pair seems to occupy a certain district during the
breeding season, and I have never found two pairs breeding within
half a mile of each other. The eggs are usually laid about May
1, and I have never found more than two in a nest. The largest of
these measure 4.25 & 2.34 and 4.20 & 2.42 of an inch.?

151. Porzana carolina (Linn.). Carolina Rail.

This species occurs here during the breeding season, but whether
common or not I am unable to say; have only seen it on three or four
occasions. I have had it brought to me alive by Indians.

152. Porzana jamaicensis (Gml.). Little Black Rail.

Seen on two occasions in the swamps near Malheur Lake, where it
unquestionably breeds.

153. Fulica americana (Gml.). Mud-hen.

A very common summer resident, found in large numbers on Mal-
heur Lake, where it breeds.

1J believe that Ardea virescens breeds in the same locality, and may be quite
common, but I have not seen any specimens.

2The white or whooping crane is not found in this country; probably none are
found west of the Rocky Mountains.

PROCEEDINGS B. 5S. N. H.— VOL. XIX, 10 OCTOBER, 1877.

Bendire.] 144 [March 21,

154. Cygnus americanus (Sharp.). American Swan.

Very common on the borders of Malheur Lake during the migra-
tions. A few remain as long as April 24, and in the upper Sylvies
valley, in the Blue Mountains, I heard what I took to be the trumpet-
ing of this species on May 29,1876. It is possible that a number of
cripples remaining during the summer on the lakes gave rise to
the idea that they breed here. The meat of the young birds is, in
my opinion, excellent eating, far superior to that of any of the geese
found about here. While here they feed on the small bulbous roots
of a water plant growing near the shores of the lake. The stomach
of a specimen shot Nov. 11, 1874, contained some twenty small sea
shells.

155. Cygnus buccinator (Rich.).

A single specimen was taken at Malheur Lake March 24, 1877.

156. Anser albifrons var. Gambeli (Hartt). eye
bellied goose.

Very common during the migrations, and generally the first to
arrive from the north.

157. Anser hyperboreus (Pall.). Snow goose.!

Also very common during the migrations.

158. Amnser Rossii (Baird). Ross’ Goose.

A single specimen obtained on Silvies River, Oregon, April 12,
1876. It appears to be a rare species, was shot out of a flock of
twelve by Sergt. Kennedy of my company, and is now in the collec-
tion of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. The
bird weighed two and three-fourths pounds, and measured as follows:
?, length to tip of tail, 22.75; to end of middle claw, 24.25; wing
18.75; tail, 4.75. Iris light blue. Feet and tarsi purple. Bill pale
horn color, nail black. Its notes are said to differ from those of the
snow goose. .

159. Branta canadensis (Linn.). Canada Goose.

Only partly migratory; a number remain to breed. I took
several nests of this species on the islands in Malheur Lake in
April, 1875, all of these were placed on the ground or on drifts
of tule in the water. The largest number of eggs I found in a
nest was six. In the spring of 1876, when I visited the lake again, I
did not find a single nest on the ground; the few which I did see were
all placed in willow trees, and not accessible on account of high wa-
ter. Measurements of eggs out of different nests are as follows: 3.57
X 2.25, 3.49 X 2.26, 3.40 X 2.32, and 3.33 X 2.36.

1The variety Hutchinsii does not breed here.

1877.] 145 [Bendire.

160. Branta bernicla var. nigricans (Lawr.). Black Brant.
Migratory and rather uncommon. I have seen several in the hands
_ of Indians.

161. Anas boschas (Linn.). Mallard.

A common resident, breeds abundantly; found throughout the year
where there is open water.

162. Dafila acuta (Linn.). Pin-tail.

Common during the migrations; none remain to breed.

163. Chaulelasmus streperus (Linn.). Gadwall.

A very common summer resident, breeding abundantly about the
swampy shores of Malheur Lake. I have found perfectly fresh eggs
of this species as late as July 20. Its flesh is very inferior.

164. Mareca americana (Gmel.). American Widgeon.

A rather common summer resident, found breeding in several
localities.

165. WNettion carolinensis (Gmel.). Green-winged Teal.

Equally common, and breeds; seems to be more partial to the
smaller mountain streams than the large bodies of water in the val-
leys during the breeding season.

166. Querquedula discors (Linn.). Blue-winged Teal.

Not so common as the preceding species. I doubt if any breed
here.

167. Querquedula cyanoptera (Vieill.). Red-breasted Teal.

More common than either of the two preceding species; breeding
in large numbers. They commence laying here about May 15, and
frequently their nests are placed a hundred yards or more from the
nearest water.

168. Spatula clypeata (Linn.). Spoonbill.

Not very common, but possibly breeds at Keeney’s ferry on Snake
River, where I saw several birds of this species August 2, 1876.
During the winter months these birds are found in immense numbers
at Owen’s Lake, in Inyo County, Cal.

169. Aix sponsa (Linn.). Wood Duck.

Very rare. A single pair were shot by Lieut. G. R. Bacon, U.S. A.,
in the fall of 1876.

170. Fuligula marila (Linn.). Big Blackhead.

Very common during the migrations.

171. Fuligula affinis (Eyton). Little Blackhead.

About equally common during the migrations, and I believe a few

Bendire.] 146 : [March 21,

breed in upper Sylvies valley in the Blue Mountains, where I noticed
several specimens June 8, 1876.

172. Fuligula collaris (Bonap.). Ring-necked Duck.

Not so common as either the two preceding species during the mi-
erations, and oftener found on the deeper portions of the lake than
in the creeks and sloughs.

173. Aythya americana (Bonap.). Redhead.

Common during the migrations, and probably a few breed about
here.

174. Aythya valisneria (Bonap.).. Canvass-back.

Equally common during the migrations, and breeding in the higher
mountain valleys in the Blue Mountains, where I found them nesting
on Bear Creek, at an altitude of six thousand feet. In the spring
and fall they frequent the shallow portions of Malheur Lake in im-
mense flocks, but are not so well flavored as in the east.

175. Bucephala clangula (Linn.). Golden-eye. .

Rather common during the migrations.?

176. Bucephala albeola (Baird). Butterball.

Common during the migrations.

177. Oedemia americana (Swainson). Scoter.

Not uncommon on the more open portions of Malheur Lake, but
very shy and difficult of approach.?

178. Mergus merganser (Linn.). Sheldrake.

Common; found in nearly every mountain stream during the mi-
erations.

179. Mergus serrator (Linn.). Red-breasted Merganser.

I believe this species breeds on Bear Creek in the Blue Mountains,
where I found it common in August, 1876.

180. Mergus cucullatus (Linn.). Hooded Merganser.

This is the most common of three species of Mergansers, and I
believe that it breeds here also. It is less often found in the small
‘creeks than in the lake, where it is particularly abundant: during the
migrations.

181. Pelecanus trachyrhynchus (Lath.). White Pelican.

A very common summer resident, making its appearance early in

1 B. islandica I have so far not seen about here, and I doubt whether it visits
this section.

2 have no doubt that several other species of sea ducks frequent the lake
in the spring and fall, but as most of the hunting is done on the shore, and
the creeks and sloughs emptying into it, they have been overlooked so far.

1877.] 14 7 [Bendire.

the spring before the lakes are fairly free of ice, and leaving for
southern parts in the commencement of November. It breeds in
large numbers on several of the small islands in the eastern part of
Malheur Lake, commencing to deposit its eggs as early as April 12.
The nest is a mere depression scraped in the sand, and usually con-
tains two eges, occasionally three. I have, however, found -as many
as five in a single nest. They breed in communities, the nests being
about a yard apart.! The peculiar projection on the bill of the birds
commonly called the centre-board, is not restricted to the male alone;
the female has it as well, and it is perhaps only wanting in immature
birds.2, The birds found on Malheur Lake agree pretty well with
Latham’s description, excepting the pinkish tinge. Not a single
specimen examined by me showed even a trace of pink. The occip-
ital crest varies in my specimens from three and a half to four and a
quarter inches in length, the feathers being almost white, only in a
few instances there is a very faint tinge of pale straw yellow per-
ceptible in it. The lower mandibles in all the specimens examined
show the black spot in the central portion mentioned by Latham.
These’ spots are irrregular in outline, and average about a quarter of
an inch in diameter. They consequently differ from the bird de-
seribed by Mr. Ridgway taken at Pyramid Lake, Nevada, on May
28, 1868, in this, — that they have a decided occipital crest, which is
wanting in his specimens examined, and not a single one showed the
occipital region covered by a patch of dark brownish grey, which
seems to have been characteristic in all the specimens examined by
him, and that they all show a black spot on the lower mandible
which is wanting in his. Otherwise his description agrees with the
bird found here. Through the kindness of Lieut. George R. Bacon,
U. S. Army, Iam enabled to give the measurements of four speci-
mens shot by him April 23, 1876, and taken at the time. No. 1,
adult male, length 63.75; to tip of claws, 68; extent of wings, 103.50;
wing, 24.25; tail 8; culmen, 15 inches. Iris ashy white, tarsi and
feet rich bright orange red, nail of bill yellow. No. 2, 2, length,
62.25; tip of claws, 65.75; extent of wings, 102.25; wing, 24; tail,

1 See the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. xvu1I,
Oct. 6, 1875, pp. 165-167.

2 Judging from the minute description given by Mr. Robert Ridgway, in an
article published in the “American Sportsman,” August 8, 1874, relating to these
birds, it would appear that we have two distinct varieties of white pelicans in
the west, if not two good species.

Bendire.] 148 [March 21,

8.50; culmen, 14.25 inches. Iris ashy white, tarsi rich orange. No.
3, ?, length, 54.40; tip of claws, 58.75; extent of wings, 90.75; wing,
22; tail, 7.50; culmen, 11.50. Tarsi and toes bright orange red.
No. 4, ?, length, 53.50; tip of claws, 57.50; wing, 20.80; tail, 7.25;
culmen, 11.05 in inches. Not a trace of pink observable in any
of the specimens. Both females appeared to be adult birds, pos-
sessed the centreboard, and were breeding. An egg nearly ready for
exclusion was taken from the oviduct of specimen No. 4. Eggs of
these birds placed under a hen hatched in twenty-nine days. The
eogs of this species are of a dull chalky white color, and average
about 3.45 & 2.30 of aninch. By measurements furnished me by
Mr. J. I. Howland, of Newport, Rhode Island, of a number of eggs
of these birds breeding at Pyramid Lake, Nev., taken May 15, 1875,
it would appear that the eggs found there average a trifle smaller
than those taken by me at Malheur Lake.

182. Graculus dilophus (Gray). Shag.

A common summer resident, breeding in large numbers on some of
the islands in ‘Malheur Lake, Oregon, and also on Sylvies River.
Their nests are placed on the ground as well as in low bushes. They
are small for the size of the bird, composed of coarse drift and small
sticks, lined with strips of bark and pieces of tule. They are nearly
always placed very close to the water. The eggs are four and five in
number, pale green in color, and partly covered with a white calca-
reous matter. ‘They average about 2.42 & 1.48 inches. ‘There isa
great deal of variation in their size, their shape is an elongated oval.
The young of this species are perfectly devoid of down and feathers
for the first two or three weeks, their skin is a deep glossy black
throughout. These birds commence laying about April 20.

183. Larus occidentalis (Aud.). Western Gull?

I think this species breeds here, but I have not shot any specimens.
A gull considerably larger than the next is quite common on the
lake, perhaps var. Smithsonianus (Coues).

184. Larus californicus (Lawr.). Californian Gull.

A common summer resident on Malheur Lake, where it breeds.

185. Larus delawarensis (Ord.). Ring-billed Gull.

Also a common summer resident; breeds.

186. Sterna Forsteri (Nuttall). Forster’s Tern.

Also common in the spring, and probably breeds somewhere in
Malheur Lake.

1877.] 149 [Bendire.

187. Hydrochelidon nigra (Linn.). Black Tern.

A common summer resident breeding in colonies on several of the
sloughs in the vicinity of Sylvies River. I obtained a number of
their eggs nearly fresh, June 1, 1876.

188. Colymbus torquatus (Brinn). Loon.

Moderately common on Malheur Lake, and probably breeds there.

189. Podiceps occidentalis (Lawr.). Western Grebe.

A common summer resident on the waters of Malheur Lake, and
undoubtedly breeding.

190. Podiceps auritus var. californicus (Hermann).
American Eared Grebe.

A common summer resident, and breeding in colonies in several
localities in this vicinity. JI have taken a number of their nests in
the season of 1876 containing from three to five eggs each.

191. Podilymbus podiceps (Lawr.). Dab-chick.

Also found on Malheur Lake, but not as common as the two pre-
ceding species; breeds.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder made some remarks on polymorphism
in our blue butterflies.

Mr. C. 8. Minot gave a short account of the most recent
investigations upon the origin of vitality in the egg.

The President announcéd the death of Mr. Edwin Bick-
nell, the well-known microscopist, and for some time a mem-
ber of the Society’s Council. Prof. Hyatt spoke of the ex-
-cellence of Mr. Bicknell’s work in the preparation of micro-
scopical objects. .

The President exhibited and_ presented a number of valu-
able minerals, and an interesting specimen of slate from Mr.
W. O. Crosby, illustrating the nature of a “ fault.”

The thanks of the Society were voted for the gifts.

General Meeting. April 4, 1877.
The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Forty-

nine persons present.

Barrows.] 150 [April 4,

Dr. H. P. Bowditch gave an account of his investigations
on the growth of children.

Prof. E. 8. Morse exhibited a series of mud-wasp nests,
showing a great variety of architectural design, and pointed
out the opportunities for natural selection thus afforded.

The following paper was read : —

CATALOGUE OF THE ALCID# CONTAINED IN THE MusEUM OF
THE Boston Society oF NATURAL History, WITH A RE-
VIEW AND PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION OF THE FAMILY. By
W. B. Barrows.

The Alcide, or Auks, constitute one of four families of diving
birds; the other three being the Grebes, Loons and Penguins. _

In these three families the hind toe or hallux is present, while in
the Auks it is absent, they being the only three-toed divers. The
middle toe is longest, the outer one scarcely less, while the inner is
much the shortest. They are fully webbed and provided with
strong claws. Both tail and wings are short, the latter when folded
never reaching beyond the end of the tail. The legs are short, stout
and placed far back, rendering progression graceful and easy in the
water, awkward and difficult on land. The bill varies from ex-
tremely compressed to subulate, and in at least one instance is
almost depressed. The nostrils are lateral, and placed near the base
of the upper mandible. In life. the bill and feet are often brightly
colored, but the plumage is never brilliant, though the colors are often
strongly contrasted. ‘The winter and summer plumages are usually
different, as are also those of the young and old birds, but sexual
differences of plumage have not been noticed. ‘Twenty-one species
are now generally admitted by writers, and specimens of twelve of
these are contained in the Museum of this Society. From a thor-
ough study of these specimens, and a careful comparison of the
writings, descriptions, and figures of all the more reliable authors, I
have framed the following arrangement of the different genera and
species of the family. The reasons for adopting this arrangement,
and especially for the omission of the sub-families which most writers
have used, will be found in the remarks following the descriptions of
the genera and species.

1877.] 151 [B serbnth.

Iam much indebted to Prof. Alpheus Hyatt for assistance and
suggestions during the preparation of this paper, and especially to
Mr. J. A. Allen, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, for his
kind review and criticism of the whole.

Dr. Coues’s definition of the Family Alcide (Monograph of the
Alcide, Proc. Phil. Ac. Nat. Sci., 1868, p. 14) is so brief, concise,
and satisfactory, that I give it entire. With this exception the de-
scriptions are all my own.

Descriptions of Genera and Species.

Family ALCID.

“ Three-toed, short-winged, short-tailed Natatores with lateral
nostrils.” — Coues.

Genus FRATERCULA Brisson.

Bill much compressed, upper mandible never free from irrecular-
ities in the adult; usually more or less grooved on the sides, bending
over the lower at tip; culmen very convex; nostrils linear, situated
in the basal half of bill, and opening just above the commissure,
entirely free from feathers and separated from those of the face by a
narrow, horny ridge or ribbon, from which the feathers seem to have
receded, leaving the marks of their insertion in the shape of small
dots which are more or less distinct in the different species, and
especially on the posterior side of the ridge. This horny belt runs
from the commissure to the culmen on both sides. Tarsus partly
scutellate in front. Inner claw very sharp and much curved (evi-
dent, but not so marked in F. monocerata). Tail squarish, of sixteen
feathers. Wings as usual. Total length thirteen to sixteen inches.

1. Fratercula cirrhata. .

Alca cirrhata Pallas, 1769. Lunda cirrhata Pallas, 1811. Mormon
(Lunda) cirrhata Bonap., Cassin. Mormon cirrhata Aud. Fratercula
cirrhata Stephens, Vieillot, Gray.

Largest of the genus; bill very much compressed, three-fourths as
high at base as long; lower mandible without vertical grooves, but
with a longitudinal one beginning near the base close to the gonys,
and extending forward half an inch or more parallel to the lower
edge of the mandible, and then ending abruptly. Upper mandible
with three vertical, curved grooves with their concave sides toward
the point of the bill. An accessory corneous piece of about an inch
in length and somewhat the shape of a date “stone,” extends along

Barrows.] 152 [April 4,

the basal half of the culmen, and has the appearance of being stuck
on. The horny band at base of upper mandible is only slightly ele-
vated, but is distinctly pitted, and is broadest at the nostrils and nar-
rows steadily toward the culmen, where it becomes reduced to a mere
thread. An indication of such a ridge is seen at the base of the
lower mandible, but no pits are discernible. Inner claw excessively
curved, almost raptorial.

General color black, clearest above, where it is glossy, and becom-
ing brownish on the belly. The entire face is pure white, narrowed
to less than one-fourth of an inch on the forehead and at base of
lower mandible, but on the sides extending all around and behind
the eye, and ending on each side in a bundle of straw colored, fila-
mentous feathers three to four inches in length, which originates just
above and behind the eye, and falls backward over the sides of the
neck. The only other white is a narrow line of yellowish white
extending along the edge of the wing from the elbow to the carpal
joint. Length 15-16 inches. Wing 74-84 inches. Tail 25-3 inches.
Three specimens.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8130, Society’s Coll., No. 9204; mounted.

No. 46492, 2; skin; Kodiak.

No. 54717, 2; « ce

2. Fratercula corniculata.

Mormon corniculata Naumann, 1821. Mormon glacialis Aud. Fra-
tercula corniculata Gray.

Bill extremely compressed, nearly as deep at base as long; both
mandibles with vertical curved grooves two or three in number, con-
fined to the anterior half of bill, and with their curved sides toward
the point. The basal ridee very prominent on the upper mandible,
narrowest at the commissure and widening toward the culmen, where
it expands into a sort of plate; the pits are well shown. Nostrils as
usual; in this species as in F. cirrhata and F’. arctica, there are no
external rami proper in the under mandible, and the angle of the
gonys is seldom, if ever, well marked. There is a slender leathery
spur, three-eighths of an inch in length, on the upper eyelid, and a
similar, but shorter and broader one, on the lower.

Above, black; top of head rather dark ash, the line of demarka-
tion between this color and that of the back very clearly defined on
the nape. The black of the back extends in a collar round the neck,
and reaches the bill on the chin, extending up to the angle of the
mouth, where it becomes ashy. Sides of face pure white, extending

1877.] 1538 [Barrows.

all around the eye, and sometimes in a narrow line almost over the
back of the neck between the black of the back and the ash of the
head. Breast and belly pure white; a whitish line along the edge of
wing as in cirrhata. Length 144-15} inches. Wing 7-8 inches; tail
2-3 inches. Five specimens.

No. 54720, skin; Kodiak.

ce 04721, 66 66
co 54723, 66 66
66 54724, 66 66

Collector’s No. 159, 3, skin; St. Michaels.

3. Fratercula arctica.

Alca arctica Linn., 1758. Lunda arctica Pall. Fratercula arctica
Stephens. Mormon arctica Illiger.

Very similar to J’. corniculata, but rather smaller; the bill viewed
from the side has a more triangular shape, the culmen being, as a
rule, less convex. The grooves, which are four or five in number,
are less nearly vertical, the basal one beginning almost at the
base of the culmen and ending at the anterior point of the nostril.
The basal ridge is of the same width throughout, and distinctly
_ pitted. The bill as a whole, is decidedly smaller. The eyelid
appendages are much shorter and broader. ‘The distribution of color
is exactly the same, with the exception of the black collar, which in
this species never reaches the bill. The top of the head is perhaps
a little darker, and the white of the face less pure; there are also
darker maxillary patches; otherwise the,two species are precisely
similar. Length 13-14 inches. Wing 63~7 in.; tail 21-24 in.

A young specimen about two-thirds grown shows marked differ-
ences from the adult, especially in the bill, which is rather more than
twice as long as deep at the base, with culmen regularly convex,
angle of gonys very marked, and rami of lower mandible perfectly
evident though rather short. The basal half of the upper mandible,
with the exception of the culmen, was evidently soft and membran-
ous in life, and a tract of similar size on the lower mandible was
evidently softer than the remainder of that part. There is no indi-
cation of the pitted ridge at the base of the upper mandible. The
areas of color are about the same as in the adult, but the colors
themselves are much duller and less distinct. In other respects it is
similar to the adult. Five specimens.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8131, Society’s Coll., No. 9205; N. Atlan-
- tic; mounted.

Barrows.] 1 54 [April 4,

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8182, Society’s Coll., No. 9206; N. Europe;
mounted.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8133, Society’s Coll., No. 9207; N. Atlan-
tic; mounted.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8134, Society’s Coll., No. 9208; N. Amer-
ica; young; mounted.

Duplicate, no number; Dr. Shattuck.

4. Fratercula monocerata.

Alca monocerata Pall., 1811. Cerorhina monocerata Cassin. Cera-
torhina (Uria) occidentalis Aud.

Bill strongly compressed ; lower mandible entirely smooth on its
sides; upper one smooth as far back as anterior point of nostrils,
where begins the root of a “ horn,” which seems to be saddled on the
base of the upper mandible, and rises about one-third of an inch
above the culmen. The part of the horn which extends down on the
side of the bill is a little above the level of the remainder of the lat-
eral surface of the bill, and thus a slight furrow is produced, which
is curved, and has its concave side toward the point of the bill; just
in front of this furrow, the surface is slightly wrinkled. ‘The base of
the horn is a little wider than the nostril which opens beneath it, but ,
it narrows toward the apex, which is rounded. The size and extent
of the horn, in the direction of the length of the bill, varies very
much in different individuals, but it is always strongly compressed.
Between the posterior margin of the horn and the line of feathers,
there is a narrow band of, unfeathered, horny membrane, which evi-
dently replaces the punctate ridge found in the three preceding
species. ‘The culmen is decidedly convex; the gonys slightly con-
cave; just at its angle, which is well marked, and partially separating
the rami, which are evident, is a supernumerary corneous piece from
one-fourth to one-half an inch in length, and about one-sixteenth of
an inch in depth, which looks as though moulded on after the full
development of the rest of the bill.

The general color above is black, most glossy on the back and
wings, rather duller on the head, and changing gradually to dark
ash on the sides of the head and neck and on the throat; the color
becomes lighter on the breast, and so extends along the sides to the
flanks. The belly and under tail coverts are nearly pure white.
There are two sets of stiff, lanceolate, white feathers on the sides of
the head; one originating just over the eye and running straight
backward; the other beginning near the angle of the mouth and

1877.] 155 [Barrows.

extending down the side of the neck. These feathers vary from 4
inch to 14 inches in length.

So far as I am aware, this species has never before been placed in
the same genus with F. arctica, having usually monopolized one
entire genus. Its relationship is unquestionably nearest to the Puf-
fins, and it shows so many of the characteristics of this group that I
have been led to rank it as only another species of the genus Frater-
cula. In many points it seems to be intermediate between the
Puffins and the Phaleridine group. Thus the outer claw, though
much more curved than in any other genus, is not so much so as in
the other members of this genus, while the bill lacks the deep sulca-
tions so prominent in them. But the structure of the bill, the size,
the feet and claws, the number of the tail feathers, and, in short, the
entire make-up of the bird, is sufficient in my estimation to identify
it with this genus. Two specimens.

Donation No. 1726; Bryant’s Coll.; immature.

No. 46521, adult 3; Sitka.

Genus PHALERIS! Temminck.

Species not exceeding ten inches in total length, and with the nos-
trils entirely unfeathered. Usually with a crest, or with elongated
feathers about the head. Bill variable; sometimes simple, oftener
irregular, with various elevations and depressions, often with nodules
or other accessory elements; always stout, more or less compressed,
shorter than the head, the culmen convex, tip acute. Wings and
tail of ordinary shape and length. Feet small and short; tarsus
compressed, reticulate, shorter than the middle toe.

The genus thus considered contaizis the following species:

5. Phaleris psittacula. é

Alca psittacula Pallas, 1769. Phaleris psittacula Temminck, Ste-
phens, Bonaparte, Gray. Oméria psittacula Eschscholtz. No speci-.
men.

6. Phaleris cristatella.

Alca cristatella Pallas, 1769. Alcea tetracula Pallas. Simorhyn-
chus cristatellus Merrem, Brandt, Coues. Phaleris cristatella Audu-
bon. P. tetracula Steph.

1 As I have examined only one species of this genus, I give essentially the gen-
eric description of the genus Simorhynchus, by Dr. Coues, only wording it so as to
include P. aleutica, which he refers to the genus Ptychorhamphus Brandt, but
which seems to me to belong properly with the forms here included. (See Proc.
Phil. Ac. Nat. Sci., 1868, p. 34.)

Barrows.] 156 [April 4,

Bill short, not very much compressed, as deep as long. Culmen
very convex, tip bending over the point of lower mandible very
slightly; angle of gonys well marked; rictus very irregular. A
horny plate at the angle of the mouth which, when the bill is closed,
appears to be merely a continuation of the broad, bare side of the
lower mandible. This plate is said to be wanting in winter and in
young birds, and in this condition the bird has been described under
the specific name of tetracula. Nostrils rather prominent, irregu-
larly oval in shape. A recurved crest of from twelve to twenty nar-
row brown or blackish feathers rises from the forehead and curls over
upon the bill. A series of very slender, filamentous, white feathers
extends from under and behind the eye down the side of the neck.
General color brownish, becoming almost black on the back, lighter
and almost ashy on the breast and belly. No white anywhere ex_
cept the filamentous feathers on the side of the head. Length about
9in.; wing 5-55 in. One specimen.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8135, Society’s Coll., No. 9209; Kamt-
schatka.

7. Phaleris camtschatica.

Alca camischatica Lepechin. Phaleris camischatica Brandt, Gray,
Cassin. Simorhynchus camischaticus Schlegel. No specimen.

8. Phaleris pusilla. .

Uria pusilla Pallas, 1811. Phaleris microceros Brandt, Cassin.
Phaleris nodirostra Bonaparte, Audubon, Gray. No specimen.

9. Phaleris aleutica.

Uria aleutica Pallas, 1811. Ptychorhamphus -aleuticus Brandt,
Bonaparte, Cassin, Elliot. Phaleris aleutica Gray. Mergulus Cas-
sin Gambel. Arctica Cassiniti Gray. No specimen.

Genus MrereuLus (Ray) Vieillot.

Bill variable in length and degree of compression; never exces-
sively compressed, in one species hardly at all. Culmen always
convex. Nostrils oval or circular, placed in an evident fossa and
reached but not covered by feathers. ‘Tarsi more or less compressed ;
distinctly scutellate in front.

10. Mergulus alle.

Alca alle Linnzeus, 1758. Mergulus melanoleucus Ray. Uria alle
Pallas, Temminck, Audubon. Mergulus alle Vieillot, Gould, Bona-
parte, Cassin, Verrill, Coues.

1877.] 157 ; [Barrows.

Bill hardly, if at all, compressed; about as broad at base as long;
culmen quite convex, broad and rounded; tomial edge of upper
mandible considerably inflected. Gonys very short; feathers extend-
ing between the rami as far as the angle. General form very stout
and full; wings rather longer than usual. Color in summer dark
bluish black above, extending all over the throat and down on the
breast; rest of under parts clear white; scapulars edged, and sec-
ondaries tipped, with white. In winter and in young birds, the
white of the belly extends to the bill and around the sides of the
neck, sometimes, especially in the young, meeting on the nape. As
generally seen, there is a mixture of black and white feathers on the
upper part of the breast, and almost always the flanks are streaked
more or less with black or brown. In some specimens there is a
speck of white over the eye. Length about 84 in. Wing 44-5 in.
Six specimens.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8144, Society’s Coll., No. 9218; Russia.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8145, Society’s Coll., No. 9219; Arctic Sea.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8146, Society’s Coll., No. 9220; N. Atlantic.

Duplicate, No. 1, ¢; mounted; Boston, Mass., 1871. :

66 66 2); 2 ‘ 66 66 66 66
66 66 35 g ; skin 66 66 66

11. Mergulus antiquus.

Alca antiqua Gmelin, 1788 (from the “ Antient Auk ” of Pennant,
1785). Uria antiqua Audubon. Synthliborhamphus antiquus Brandt.
Brachyrhamphus antiquus Gray. OUria senicula Pallas. Mergulus
cirrhocephalus Vigors. No specimen.

12. Mergulus wurmizusume.

Uria wurmizusume Temminck. SBrachyrhamphus Temminckii
Brandt, Gray. No specimen.

Genus BRACHYRHAMPHUS Brandt.

Small, slenderly built. Bill slender and somewhat compressed;
culmen convex; sides of upper mandible much inflected, with the
peculiar, tooth-like groove near the point, so noticeable in Lomvia;
the tip somewhat overhanging. Nostrils small, oval or circular,
reached and partly covered by feathers. ‘Tarsus entirely reticulate.

13. Brachyrhamphus marmoratus.

Brachyrhamphus marmoratus Brandt, Cassin, Gray. Uria Town-
sendii Aud. Colymbus marmoratus Gmelin.

Bill very slender; lower mandible with a groove on the side near

Barrows.] 1 5) 8 [April 4,

the base; both mandibles with the edges much inflected; most so
near the base in the upper, and near the tip in the lower. Color—
on the head above nearly black; feathers on the forehead with indis-
tinct ashy tips. Wings above blackish, with some ashy-tipped feath-
ers. Entire back, rump, and tail feathers finely banded transversely
with alternate bars of black and rusty red or chestnut. Beneath,
similarly banded with white and blackish, the markings rather
coarser. Under surface of wing clear ash. Length 10 in. Wing 5 in.
One specimen.

No. 46555, 3, spring plumage; Sitka.

14. Brachyrhamphus Kittlitzii. —

One of Brandt’s species, not well known. No specimen.

Genus Uria (Moehring) Brisson.

Bill straight, somewhat compressed ; culmen straight except near
the tip; tip of upper mandible slightly overhanging that of lower; -
lower mandible with a lateral groove near its base. Nasal fosse deep
and long, extending far in front of the linear nostrils, where the
feathers cease, leaving the forward part of the groove bare. Nostrils
reached, but only partially obscured, by the feathers. Tarsus entirely
reticulate. Color —in summer dark, both on back and belly; in
winter showing more or less white on both, especially on the belly,
which is ‘egies entirely white.

15. Uria grylle.

Alca grylle Linn., 1758. Uria grenlandica Brinnich. Uria grylle
Brunnich, Latham, Temminck, Vieillot, Bonaparte, Audubon, Brandt,
Gray, Cassin, Bryant, Coues, ete., ete.

Bill most slender of the genus; not noticeably compressed. Color
—in summer, sooty or plumbeous black, with a greenish gloss;
wings and tail clear black above, with the exception of a large patch
of white on the wing coverts; under side of wing clear white. In
winter the whole under parts are clear white ; the upper parts mostly
mottled with black and white, with the exception of the wing and
tail feathers, which generally retain their clear black. Intermediate
seasons show all .the different degrees of mottling, and among
others a black bar through the white wing spot is not uncommon.
Tail feathers twelve. Length 13 in. Wing 53-64 in. ‘Tail 2 in.
Seven specimens.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8141, Society’s Coll., No. 9215 ; N. Europe.

1877.) ; 159 (Barrows.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8142, Society’s Coll., No. 9216; N. America.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8143, Society’s Coll., No. 9217; Arctic
Ocean.

No. , winter plumage.

No. , Summer plumage; Dr. Wm. Ingalls.

No. ——, July; Sukkertoppen, Greenland.

No. , Mass. T. Jackson.

16. Uria columba.

Uria grylle, variety B, Latham. Cepphus columba Pall., 1811. Uria
columba Cassin.

Very similar to the preceding, averaging a little larger. The bill
is stouter and more obtuse. The general color is about the same;
the white spot. on the wing is interrupted, and sometimes entirely
severed, by a band of black. The under wing is never pure white
but is sometimes very light, as is shown by some of the Museum
specimens. The tail feathers are fourteen in number. This species
seems to replace U. grylle on the Pacific coast. Length 13 in. Wing
Zin. Tail 2-2hin. Six specimens.

No. 46534; ¢; skin; Sitka.

No. 54291; 9; “ Kodiak.

No. 54746; “ &
No. 54748; “ ¢“
No. 547503 «“ c

Duplicate, no number; Bryant’s Coll.

17. Uria carbo.

Cepphus carbo Pallas, 1811. Uria carbo Gray, Cassin, Coues, etc.
Alca carbo Schlegel. No specimen.

Genus Lomvia (Ray) Brandt.

Size large; bill rather long, slightly curved, considerably com-
pressed; culmen gently convex; rictus straight at first, but de-
flected toward the tip; gonys slightly concave. Upper mandible
with a tooth at tip from which a little groove runs backward on the
side of the mandible parallel with the culmen. Nasal fosse very
short, almost completely filled with feathers, beneath which the nos-
trils are just visible. There is a long furrow in the feathers behind
the eye. Tarsus shorter than middle toe; almost entirely scutellate
in front. Colors—dark above ; white below. Secondaries white
tipped.
“PROCEEDINGS B, S. N. H.— VOL. XIX. il NOVEMBER, 1877.

Barrows.] 160 [April 4,

18. Lomvia troile.

Colymbus troille Linnzeus, 1761. Uria troile Latham, ‘Temminck,
Gould, Gray, Naumann. Lomvia troile Brandt, Coues. Cepphus
lomvia Pallas.

Bill longer than tarsus, its depth at nostrils much less than half
the culmen. Tomia of mandibles somewhat inflected near the angle
of mouth, but mostly feathered. Color in summer dark glossy
olive-brown all around the head and neck, shading into duller and
blackish colors on the back, wings and tail. Entire under parts, from
the upper part of breast, pure white, sometimes streaked on the sides
and flanks with brown or black. Some specimens have a ring round
the eye, and a line behind it, white (this is variety ringvia). In
winter, and in young birds, the white of the under parts extends to
the bill, and sometimes even up the sides of the face beyond the eye,
leaving, however, a dark line behind the eye. Length 16-18 in.
Wing 8in. Tail 2in. Seven specimens.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8136, Society’s Coll., No. 9210; N. Ngeapes
mounted.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8137, Society’s Coll., No. 9211; N. After
ica; mounted.

_ Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8138, Society’s Coll., No. 9212; Aretie
‘Sea; mounted.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8139, Society’s Coll., No. 9213; N. eres
young; monnted.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8140, Society’s Coll., No. 9214; North
Sea; young; mounted.

No. 54770; skin; moulting; Kodiak.

Dr. Wm. Ingalls..

19. Lomvia arra.

Cepphus arra Pallas, 1811. Uria Svarbag Briinnich. Uria Briin-
nichii Sabine, Temm., Bonap., Nutt., Gould, Aud., Gray.

Very similar to ZL. troile, but the general form stouter and more thick
set. The bill is very much shorter; length of culmen only about
twice the depth of bill at nostrils. The culmen, is more abruptly
convex in this species than in L. trotle, and the nasal fossa is broader
and extends further in front of the feathers, though the nostrils are
still completely covered. The tomia of upper mandible back of the
nostrils is bare of feathers-and considerably dilated, a very noticeable
feature, especially in life, when it is said to be white, the rest of the
bill being dark. The distribution.of colors is almost precisely like

1877.] 161 [Barrows.

that of L. troile, but in the only specimens I have examined the head
“and back are much darker, being almost jet black with a bluish tint
especially on the head and hind neck, and becoming rather duller
on the back. ‘The seasonal changes are said to be nearly the same
as in L. troile. Length 18 in. Wing 84 in. Four specimens.

Two in winter plumage, mounted.

No. 54772 ; summer, moulting; Kodiak.

No. , winter plumage; mounted; Mass. coast.

Genus Aca Linnezus.

Size large; bill large, strong, much compressed, with vertical
curved furrows on the sides of both mandibles. Culmen strongly
convex; gonys slightly concave, with the angle rather rounded but
distinct. ‘Tip of upper mandible more or less overhanging that of
lower. Rictus very long, its sides unfeathered almost or quite to the
angle of the mouth. ‘There is a deep groove at the base of the upper
mandible parallel to the outline of feathers, and separated from them
by a narrow ridge, which runs from the base of the culmen almost to
the commissure, with the edge of which it forms an angle of about
45° or 50°. Just at the apex of this angle the linear nostril begins,
‘and extends backward parallel to the lower side, and completely cov-
ered by the short, thick feathers. Tarsus scutellate in front. Tail of
twelve or fourteen feathers, rather long and pointed. Color —head
and neck all around dark, as are also the back, wings and tail. Breast
and belly white; some white on the face, and secondaries white-
tipped.

The genus, as here framed, admits both A. impennis and A. torda,
for although they have been separated by many writers on account of
the imperfect wings of A. impennis, which prevent its flying, yet they
are so exactly similar in all other essential points that I can see no
reason whatever for placing them in separate genera.

20. Alca impennis.

Alca impennis Linneus, 1758, Briinnich, Latham, Gmelin, Pallas,
Temminck, Gray, Stephens, Audubon, Schlegel, Brandt. No spec-
imen. |

21. Alca torda.

Alca torda Linneus, 1758, Briinnich, Pallas, Audubon, etc. Uzta-
mania torda Leach, Stephens.

Bill short, very deep and much compressed. Culmen regularly

Barrows.] | 162 [April 4,

convex, usually from the very base. Point of upper mandible fairly
meeting that of the lower, but the line of commissure is so much and
so suddenly bent downwards as to make the bill appear almost
hooked. There are usually three or four furrows in the upper man-
dible which are much curved, and have their convex sides toward the
point of bill. ‘The same number (or one less) usually oceurs on the
lower mandible, but they are almost, or absolutely straight. The
basal of these furrows is generally white, and shows-in strong -
contrast to the black of the rest of the bill. Feet as usual; tail of
twelve feathers; wings long, pointed and fully developed. Color in
summer almost precisely as in the preceding genus, but there is a
very narrow white line extending from the base of the culmen to the
eye. In winter, and in the young, the same changes of plumage take
place as in Lomvia, though the white line on the face seldom disap-
pears entirely. The bill of the immature bird is totally different
from that of the adult, as will elsewhere be shown. Length 18 in.
Wing 7-8 in. Tail 34 in., with the central feathers 14 in. longer
than the lateral ones. or specimens.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8124, Society’s Coll., No. 9198; summer
plumage; Arctic Sea.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8125, Society’s Coll., No. 9199; summer
plumage ; N. Europe.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8126, Society’s Coll., No. 9200; winter
plumage; N. America.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8127, Society’s Coll., No. 9201; winter
plumage; N. Europe.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. rele: Society’s Coll., No. 9202; young;
N. Europe.

Coll. La Fresnaye, No. 8129, Society’s Coll., No. 9203; young;
North Sea.

REMARKS ON THE ARRANGEMENT AND CLASSIFICATION OF THE
MEMBERS OF THIS FAMILY.

Several modern ornithologists, notably Brandt, Cassin, Gray and
Coues, have attempted to divide the family Alcide into two or more
sub-families. Brandt was the first to propose such a division, and
he made two sub-families, placing the species in the one or the other
according as they had feathered or unfeathered nostrils. Cassin’s
classification was a modification of this arrangement; while Coues
and Gray, taking the general characters of the whole bill for their

1877.J- 163 [Barrows.

basis, made three sub-families. The principal objection which Dr.
Coues makes to the arrangement of Prof. Brandt, is that it brings the
Guillemots (Zomvia) next the typical Auks (Alcea); whereas he as-
serts that Alca and Fratercula are more closely related, and that Alca
and Lomvia should stand at opposite ends of the chain or series.
For, however much these two authors differ with regard to sub-
families, both agree that the genera and species of Auks do form a
continuous chain which seems to take the form of a circle, and the
only question is as to the number of: parts into which this circle shall
be divided, and at what points the dividing lines shall be drawn.
The order in which it seems to be agreed the links of this chain shall
stand, is as follows: Alca, Fratercula, Lunda, Ombria, Phaleris, Hubs
gulus, Brachyrhamphus, Uren, Lomvia.

Kssentially this order is accepted by both Brandt and Coues, but
the former begins with Alca: and then passes to Lomvia, and so
through the series, ending with Fratercula; while the latter puts all
the other forms between Alca and Lomvia. I cannot, and I do not
try to, reconcile the grouping of these two authors, for I do not think
the family can pe subdivided into groups higher than ‘generic; I
think the circle should be left unbroken. That the “three groups”
of Coues do “stand forth with tolerable distinctness,” may be a fact,
but the groups seem to me to rest on superficial characters, for I
believe that Alca is much more closely related to Lomvia than to any
other genus, and indeed so closely related that the two forms ought
not on any account to be separated — certainly not placed in two
different sub-families. The adult forms do not, it is true, at the first
glance, very much resemble each other; but between the immature,
though almost full grown Alca torda, and the adult of Lomvia arra,
there is a resemblance which is something more than superficial or
accidental. And yet, striking as is this resemblamce, it is, if we are
to credit Naumann, even more striking in the young in the downy
plumage. He says (Naturg. Vog. Deutschl., x11, p. 536) “the nest-
plumage of young of this species (Lomvia arra) so much resembles
that.of others that they are only to be distinguished by the still
shorter little bill, when they can be compared side by side with those
of the same age. But again, on the other hand, the bill in the first
week of life resembles that of the young Alca torda so much, that
their dark colored throats alone distinguish them from the latter.’’

In size, habits, color, and general structure, these birds are nearly
identical, as will be seen by a comparison of the descriptions; almost

Barrows.} 164 [April 4,

the sole definite point of marked difference is found in the bills of
the adult, and our specimens show that up to a very late period of
development, long after all other characteristics of youth, save color,
have given place to adult characters, the bill of Alcea torda preserves
its remarkable resemblance to that of Lomvia arra.

If, now, we compare the bill of the adult Alca impennis with that
of the adult Alca torda, we find the latter much deeper in proportion
to its length, though the resemblance is very striking; if, however,
we compare it with the bill of a young Alca torda, two thirds grown,
we shall find that the bill of A. wpennis is merely an enlarged copy
of that of A. torda, with perhaps a very slight difference in the feath-
ering of the nostrils, and the addition of the sulcations of the bill.
If such resemblances mean anything in the one case, they must in
the other. If now we take the young of the different members of
the genus Fratercula we shall find in the bills of all a strong similar-
ity to each other; but if we compare them with the genus Alca, we
nowhere find a resemblance even approaching that of Alca to Lomvia.

The similarity of the young bill of F. monocerata to the bills of
young of F. arctica and F’. cirrhata, is one of the points which has
led me to include all these (as well as F’. corniculata, the young of
which I have not seen) in one genus; although I am perfectly well
aware that F’. monocerata has hitherto almost always been allowed a
genus to itself.

In gathering all the small Phaleridine forms under one generic
name, I have also departed from the usual custom of authors, but
nearly the same reasons have influenced me, which led Dr. Coues to
gather so many of these same species under the genus Simorhynchus.
He says (Proc. A. N. S. Phil., 1868, p. 35), ‘‘ The various species
are all nearly identical in the structure of the wings, feet, and tail;
in the bill no two entirely agree. Each presents sue speciei charac-
ters in the shape of the bill; but the very fact that this organ varies
so much seems to indicate that the differences are no more than of
specific importance.” I have merely carried the principle a little
farther, including one more species than did Coues, viz., aleuticus.

The bill of the young in all species of Auks ‘is simpler than’in the
adult, and so far as I have been able to observe, it has a strong tend-
ency, in almost all, to become more slender. This would seem to
group the Auks about one central point, but thus far I have been
unable to discover the centre toward which these indications point.
From lack of sufficient specimens I am unable to do more than indi-

1877.] 165 [Minot.

cate what has seemed to me to be a tendency toward a slender type
of bill. In the study of this family I have been more and more
deeply impressed at every step with the conviction that the key to
its true classification will be found in a thorough investigation of the
embryology of the group. Until this is done, it seems to me proba-
ble that our best efforts can only result in very moderate success,
while absolute certainty of the true affinities of the species must be
unattainable in any other way.

Section of Botany. April 11, 1877.

Mr. B. P. Mann in the chair. Fifteen persons present.

Dr. G. L. Goodale exhibited a small cruciferous plant,
Draba caroliniana, recently discovered in Salem; also a
specimen of Corylus hyalinus, closely related to our species.

General Meeting. April 18, 1877.

Vice-President Mr. 8. H. Scudder in the chair. Forty-
one persons present. :

Mr. Charles Sedgwick Minot gave an account of the re-
cent investigations of embryologists on the formation of the
germinal layers and the phenomena of impregnation among
animals.

Mr. Minot reviewed the various observations which had been made
and the conclusions which could be already drawn. Heckel was the
only person who had hitherto attempted a general retrospect of the
work done in this field; he had promulged the Gastrea theory,
which cannot’ be accepted because it does not agree with the
known facts, and Heckel has been able to maintain it only by a long
series of misrepresented statements. Mr. Minot rejected the Gastreea
theory for these reasons, but did not attempt to replace it, although
he wished to point out peculiarities hitherto overlooked in spite of
their being common to all forms of embryonic development.

Minot. 166 [April 18,

In almost every case the entodermic cells are larger and less nu-
merous than those of the ectoderm. This distinction is obviously
necessary on account of the mutual relations of the two primitive
layers. The ectoderm has to grow around the entoderm, which it
can do only by acquiring a greater superficial extension — this the
ectoderm does by dividing very quickly at first into small cells. After
the entoderm is fully enveloped it may then continue to grow until
its superficies is much greater than that of the outer layer, within
which, however, it still finds room by forming numerous folds, thus
gradually reaching the condition of the higher adult animals, where
the intestine sometimes has an enormous surface, but is nevertheless
contained within body walls presenting much less surface. It is
therefore only during the early stages of the segmentation of the
yolk that we find the hypoblast expanding more slowly than. the
epiblast.

The difference between the two rates of growth is very variable.
Among the Molluscs there collects a small amount of finely granular
matter at one pole of the egg, while the rest is filled with large and
numerous nutritive granules imbedded in a fine protoplasmic net-
work. It is well known, through the observations of Lacaze-Duthiers
on Dentalium, Flemming on Lamellibranchs, Fol on Pteropods and
Heteropods, Lereboullet, Lovén, Strecker, Leydig, and R. Lankester,
etc., on various other Molluscs, that this finely granular matter (Dil-
dungsdotter, formative substance) segments rapidly, forming the ecto-
derm and enclosing the yolk, which meanwhile divides into only a
few large cells, which vary greatly in size and number in different
species, but in all eases enter into the composition of the entoderm.
It is important to recollect that the yolk in the instances above cited,
is contained in cells belonging to the inner germinal layer. It is fur-
ther known that both primitive layers are continuous, forming a
vesicle (Blase) within which there is a ‘eavity filled with cells that
ultimately make the mesoderm. In all cases where the process of
segmentation occurs in such a way as to construct a single walled
vesicle, one pole forms the ectoderm, the other the entoderm; when,
however; no yolk granules are developed the difference in the two
rates of growth or segmentation is much less marked. Thus in the
Echinoderms, during the planula stage, the cells that ultimately
compose the ectoderm divide more rapidly than the others — conse-
quently the cells destined to become the walls of the primitive diges-
tive cavity appear larger. The same distinction appears among

WIT] 167 : [Minot,

certain Nematods, and even in so aberrant a form as Cucullanus
according to Biitschli, as likewise among the Ascidians and Amphi-
oxus (Kowalewski) and Bryozoa (Schmidt). Development by invag-
ination occurs also among the Coelenterates, but no accurate figures
or descriptions have ever been published of those stages in which the
difference in size of the cells ought to be seen, so that we cannot say
whether this division of animals conform, or are exceptions, to the
general rule. Among the sponges the distinction between the two
parts of the vesicular embryo is well marked (cf. the recent publica-
tions of F. E. Schulze, Barrois, Mecznikow, Carter, Keller, Schmidt
and Hyatt). It is very decided in Halisarca, but most striking in
the calcareous sponges, the embryos of which are nearly spherical,
one hemisphere consisting of small cells without large granules, the
other of very large cells containing a great deal of lecithe (dento-
plasm of Ed. van Beneden). The same’ peculiarities have been
described also in Planarians, whose eggs exhibit the finely granular
fast growing ectoderm at one pole (Girard, Keferstein).

In all these cases a vesicle is formed.by a single layer of cells, of
which there are two kinds: around one pole small ectodermic cells
growing out of a finely granulate protoplasm; around the opposite
pole larger cells, which segment more slowly and frequently contain
a large amount of nutritive matter (Vahrungsdotter, lecithe, dento-
plasm). This mode of development may be distinguished as polar, a
term including epibolie, embolie, and all forms of invagination.

There is a second mode of segmentation, generally known as de-
lamination, which leads to the formation of double walled vesicles.
Fol has studied the process of delamination in the Geryonide, the
only instance in-which the changes occurring during this mode of
development have been followed in detail; nevertheless it can al-
ready be positively affirmed that the same difference of growth em-
phasized above reoccurs here also. The ectoderm consists of small
cells, the enclosed entoderm (or yolk) of large cells, often with much
nutritive matter. Mr. Minot referred also to the observations of
Leuckart and others on Nematods and Platyhelminths, Villot on
Gordius, A. Agassiz, Kowalewski and Fol on Ctenophore, Ed. van
Beneden on Gammarus, Selenka on Phascolosoma, etc.

In the case of Annelids and Vertebrates the development is ren-
dered much more complicated through the singular formation of the
body-axis. If we return for a moment to the Cephalopods, we find
that they are distinguished by the yolk (Nahrungsdotter) not seg-

Minot.] 168 April 18,

menting as a whole, but remaining as one large continuous mass,
which, according to the recent observations of Ulianin and Ray
Lankester, forms part of the wall of the alimentary canal, the rest of
which arises from the yolk by the separation of small cells. The
same thing occurs among Vertebrates (e. g., fishes and birds), while
in others, as among the Annelids, the yolk divides (e. g., Batrachia,
Mammalia). In the former case, as for instance in fishes, the so-
called embryonic disc is the ectoderm, the yolk the entoderm, while
that which lies between is not hypoblast, as it is usually called, but
mesoblast. When the infolding of the embryonic rim (cf. His, Bal-
four and Oellacher) begins the formation of the chorda dorsalis and
of the nervous system, then small cells separate from the yolk and
form underneath the axis the upper wall of the primitive gut, while
the yolk itself makes the lower wall (cf. Balfour, on the early stages
of Vertebrates, Journ. Anat. Physiol., x). Ranber has made it very
probable that the same form of axial growth which occurs in Teleosts
and Selachians reoccurs in the chick, and probably in all Verte-
brates. It can be shown that it really is so in frogs. It is this mode
of axial infolding! which causes the so-called bigeminal evolution of
Vertebrates, certainly at least in the lower forms. The same phe-
nomenon has been traced in some Annelids (leeches, growing anal
end of naids, and in the budding zones of some Oligocheta). It may
be considered probable that this mode of embryonic development
will be found to be the most important and general characteristic of
segmented animals. Among all the chordate animals the difference
between the yolk and formative substance (Bildungsdotter) has been
long known, and the collection of the finely granular matter at the
pole where the small ectodermic cells are first segmented off has been
frequently pointed out. In other cases the development is not polar
but by delamination. Even in these instances the ectodermic cells
are smaller than the others (vide Bischoff, Kolliker, Hensen, and Ed.
van Beneden, on mammals, Stricker, Bambeke and Goette on batra-
chians). It must, however, be borne in mind that we are still far off
from understanding the development of the mammalia because the
origin of the chorda dorsalis has never been determined.

Concerning the segmentation of the eggs of Arthropods so little
is known, that nothing further can be affirmed than that the outer

1 Semper in his memoir on “ Strobilation and Segmentation,’’ (Semper’s Arrei-
ten, Bd. iii) calls the axial infolding ““Verwachsung der beiden Keimstreifhalften.”

1877.] 169 [Minot.

layer of small protoplasmatic cells, usually called the blastoderm,
corresponds to the ectoderm. Nothing definite is known about the
yolk in Arthropods; if we judge from analogy it will be found to
belong to the entoderm; at all events it forms large cells with much
nutritive matter. The supposed superficial segmentation is merely
apparent; the observations which sustained it are all evidently in-
complete, and in some cases have already been disproved (Spiders,
Ludwig; Crustacea, van Beneden, Bobretzky, Dohrn, etc.).

From all these instances we conclude that the yolk undergoes in all
animals a total segmentation, during which the cells of the ectoderm
dwide faster and become smaller than the cells of the entoderm. Ac-
cording to Kowalewski’s observations the Brachiopoda and Sagitta
are exceptions to this rule, — the only ones of importance Mr.
Minot had found. Renewed investigations may show that Kowalew-
ski’s figures are not quite exact.

All the known variations in the process of segmentation depend
merely upon: 1, the degree of difference ot size of the two sets of
cells; 2, the time when the difference appears; 3, the mode of devel-
opment, whether polar, or by delamination, either of which may or
may not be accompanied by axial infolding. In Gasteropods, Plana-
rians, Calcispongiz, Gephyrea, Annelida, fish, birds, and Arthropods,
the difference is great and appears early. In Echinoderms, most
Celenterates, some sponges, in Nematods, Amphibians, etc., it is less
marked and appears later. ‘This stage of development is common to
all Blastozoa, and appears, according to van Beneden, even in the Di-
cynema. The term Diaderm may be used to designate it. Whether
the development is polar or peripheral, 7. ¢., by delamination, the
space between the two divisions of the diaderm is that in which the
mesoderm develops. When delamination takes place the segmenta-
tion cavity is the entoderm cavity; when, on the other hand, the
segmentation is polar, the cleavage cavity is that in which the meso-
derm is formed.

The two parts of the diaderm originate, as we have seen, in dif-
ferent portions of the ege. In some instances the finely granular
substance that generates the ectoderm collects at one pole, and the
segmentation becomes polar; in other cases it remains distributed
over the whole surface of the egg, and delamination results. Periph-
eral development is to be provisionally regarded as the primitive
mode, because it has been observed in three instances (Lamelli-

Minot] 170 | [April 18,

branchs, Flemming; perch and chick, Oellacher) that the finely gran
ulate protoplasm is at first distributed around the whole egg, and
subsequently only collects at one pole. :

It is possible therefore that every egg consists, like a prstaeit of
an endoplasm and ectoplasm. In this connection it becomes partic-
ularly interesting to call attention to another resemblance between
eggs and Infusoria. Engelmann and Biitschli by supplementing the
observations of one another, have made evident the real nature of
the process of reproduction in the Infusoria, showing that the so-
-ealled nucleolus acts as a male element, passing with a little proto-
plasm at the time of conjugation into another infusorium, which
usually reciprocates the process. After conjugation the Infusoria
both go on dividing asexually for several generations, apparently
until they become so exhausted that a new conjugation is necessary.
Now in the case of eggs, impregnation, as has been abundantly
proven by the recent observations of Hertwig, Ed. van Beneden and
Fol, is effected by a spermatozoon entering the yolk, where it unites
with the nucleus (female pronucleus), upon which the ege divides
into numerous cells, just as in the Infusoria, with this difference only
that the cells remain together instead of separating to form inde-
pendent individuals. Now, in the case of the Infusoria the animal
prepares for impregnation by throwing out its own male element, or
a nucleus with a little protoplasm— eggs prepare to receive the
spermatozoon by ejecting as direction-cells (Richtungsbldschen, glob-
ules polaires) a nucleus with a little protoplasm. The Richtungsblds-
chen are comparable to the nucleoli of Infusoria. A further confirma-
tion of this homology is offered by the formation of the “Kernspindel,”
as introductory alike to the ejection of the direction-cells and the
expulsion of the nucleoli (Biitschli, Hertwig, Fol, Flemming). We
distinguish therefore equally in both cases the formation of a genera-
tion in which the two sexes are separate cells, and then the union of two
sexual unicellular individuals, of different origin, to form an asexual
cell, which then goes on dividing asexually for many generations until
the original energy is exhausted. The sexual generation may be
called genoblasts, the female arsenoblasts, the male thelyblasts (direc-
tion cells, nucleoli of Infusoria and spermatozoa). It therefore
appears that a real alternation of generations occurs throughout the
animal kingdom —a law which is already well established for plants

In aecordance with the view just advanced, the egg becomes really

1877.} . 171 [McCrady,

female only upon the discharge of the male direction-cells; up to that
time it contains the elements of both sexes. Likewise all the cells of
the body must be both male and female since they arise by asexual
division from an impregnated egg, or a cell in which the sexes are
united. It is important from this standpoint to know whether in the
development of the spermatozoa the mother cell breaks up into two
portions, one of which becomes the male part, while the other re-
mains separated. There are but few observations which can be used
here, but those few fulfill our expectations, for they describe a “‘MJut-
terkern” (female element?) which remains behind and is aborted,
while the numerous. spermatozoa-nuclei continue their life inde-
pendently.

It is curious that the male elements are always more numerous
than the female; in the Infusoria the nucleoli exceed in number the
nuclei, in eggs there are usually three direction cells, and from one
Muitterkern there arise numerous spermatozoa heads.

It is further to be added that. the theory above defended permits
a new hypothesis of parthenogenesis, namely: that it is a special
form of asexual reproduction or division.

Prof. John McCrady spoke of the value of many of Mr.
Minot’s suggestions, and indicated some points on which
he held different views. He also presented the following
papers : — :

A PROVISIONAL THEORY OF GENERATION. By JoHn McCrapy.

The course of development in animals is generally admitted to be
one of differentiation, such that normally the more highly specialized
forms succeed to, and arise from, the less specialized, the heteroge-
neous follewing the homogeneous, the complex superseding the sim-
ple. Even Harvey, in the infancy of our modern embryology,
perceived and expressed this truth, though he did not make ita
conspicuous feature of his theory, reserving that prominence for his
peculiar conception of Epigenesis. Von Baer, who, however, made
the unfortunate mistake of asserting that the Special is derived from
the General —substantially embraced and maintained this, the true
doctrine. Since that time it has met with general, though often
silent acceptance, and has been recently adopted by Mr. Herbert

McCrady.] 172 [April 18,

Spencer in his Law of Evolution, with additions, however, which
introduce again new confusions of ideas of a lamentable, and at the
same time, of a ludicrous character.

With the history of the subject, as well as with what I have to
offer as the approximately correct expression of the Law of Devel-
opment, I propose to deal in another work; the present paper is
limited to the question whether the course of development in animals
is really a progress from the homogeneous, so far as its very earliest
steps immediately following the constitution of the new being are
concerned.

It has always appeared to me the most serious difficulty in the way
of granting the validity of such a law, that the impregnated egg in
animals is really a highly complex bundle, which if not satisfactorily
explained, must go far towards the rejection of the idea that the
progress is from simple to complex. For if the progress of develop-
ment be a gradual passage from the simple and homogeneous to the
complex and heterogeneous, then the simplest and most purely
homogeneous phasis of every animal’s life, should be precisely this
earliest one, immediately succeeding the union of the sexual elements,
and which I shall call the protembryo, or protembryonic stage.

I was by these reflections, therefore, led to seek a satisfactory ex-
planation of the apparently great and anomalous complexity and.
heterogeneity of the protembryonic stage, and the following provis-
ional theory was the result of my inquiry.

The essential points of the theory here presented are the following.

1. That the whole egg is an ameba-like individual, in which the
protoplasm of the yolk represents the ordinary protoplasmic mass of
the ameba; the organic food-particles and granules represent the
embedded food of Amceba; and the germinative vesicle with its con-
tents represents the nucleus of an Infusorium or Protozoon.

2. ‘That the spermatozoon likewise represents a protozoOn, gen-
erally one of the Flagellata, and its nucleus the male element of the
Protozoa. In the spermatozoa of the Nematoids we have Arcella-
like forms; in the motionless spermatozoa of some Crustacea, forms
which may be compared to Polycystina.

3. That the act of generation consists in an actual conjugation of
at least two of those protozodids (one ovum and one spermatozoodn):
but probably of a plurality of spermatozoa with one ovum in most
cases.

1877 ] 173 [McCrady.

4, That the result of this conjugation is twofold.

(A) A result of the combination of the nucleus of the spermato-
zoon with the germinative vesicle of the ovum; which result is the
future animal. And

(B) The aggregation of the yolk-protoplasm, yolk-masses and
granules with the protoplasm of the spermatozoa, all these together
constituting a store of food for the immediate nourishment of the
newly arisen animal.

5. That the newly found animal (A) is in all essential respects
a Rhizopodal or Ameboid being, which at once proceeds under
proper life-conditions to appropriate as food the provision (B) thus
furnished it; and effects this in a manner essentially Rhizopodal ;
i. e., by prolongations of its own substance enclosing in manifold
ways, and part by part in smaller and smaller successive portions
differing but little in size, the whole provision (B).

6. This appropriation of the whole provision (B) is the process
called segmentation, and the equivalent processes seen for example
in the eggs of insects and the higher crustacea. It is not necessary
that it should be always a distinct segmentation, either total or par-
tial, but it is necessary that it should be, under this theory, in all
cases, a Rhizopod-like procedure.

7. In the conjugation, the weight of testimony from various ob-
servers, makes it probable that the germinative vesicle and the sper-
matozoon (or its nucleus) disappear and cease to exist as such. In
their stead arises the new animal, or protembryo.

8. This may present itself under one of three forms.

a. Aclear mass of protoplasm within the yolk mass — the embry-
onal vesicle of Wagner. Entoprotembryo.

6b. A uniform, or nearly uniform layer of protoplasm, completely

inclosing the yolk mass. Ectoprotembryo.
'¢. A combination of a and 6 — that is, the coexistence of a clear
nuclear mass of protoplasm at the centre, with a distinct peripheral
layer of protoplasm, the two being connected together by radial
threads of protoplasm. Pantoprotembryo.

9. In the first case, a, the protembryo is supposed under this the-
ory toe appropriate the yolk by radial prolongations or pseudopodia
extending themselves centrifugally towards the surface of the yolk.

In the second, 6, the same end is assumed to be attained by the
extension inwards.of centripetal prolongations.

MeCrady.] 174 [April 18,

The third case, c, is probably only a further advanced stage of
case a. The radial pseudopodial extensions already exist by hypoth-
esis, and the yolk is included in their interspaces, which would cor-
respond to the vacant interspaces in Noctiluca. At the surface they
are united to a thin peripheral layer of protoplasm enveloping the
whole.

10. In the second case, 6, the utilization of the yolk is sssnnicsed
to be effected gradually by the mechanical inclusion of small portions
of it by inward extensions of the peripheral protembryo, so that the
yolk is probably taken up, layer by layer, centripetally, as in Musca,
Astacus, Limulus. In this case the blastoderm passes from the homo-
geneous simple protembryonic state to that of a cellular tissue, with-
out presenting any such appearances as would be regarded seg-
mentational.

11. In partial. or meroblastic segmentation, the protembryo i is,
under this theory, supposed to surround the whole yolk, as in case db:
either from its first formation; or by gradually extending itself over
the yolk (during development) from a definite point, as an Ameeba
extends itself over a food particle of considerable size. In all partial
segmentation, however, the protembryo is specially massed at a defi-
nite point, and is not simultaneously and uniformly extended in equal
thickness over the whole yolk mass. The process, then, which leads
to cellification here is limited at first to the pomt where the protem-
bryo is massed. The gradual taking up of the yolk by inward sar-
codic extensions is probably indicated by the formation of. the so-
called ‘‘ formative cells ’’ in the egg of the chick, and the supposed
wandering of these cells by which they find their way into the middle
layer of the blastoderm, is supposed under this theory to be due not
to their own-spontaneous movement, but to the movements of a hya-
line and entirely diaphanous protoplasm, which is assumed to be part
of the protembryo, and to fill the segmentation cavity. The free
cells which lie beneath the blastoderm in the egg of the brook. trout
(Oellacher), are probably formed in the same way. ,

12. Wholly diaphanous protoplasm, devoid of granules, is fre-
quently seen to extend itself in various forms outward from the
peripheral contour of Ameba. There is no a priori reason why
such protoplasm should not constitute part of the protembryo in the
ego. The fact that it has not been observed, is not conclusive proof
of its non-existence ; for its extreme transparency and freedom from
granules would reader its detection, even when sought for, exceed-

1877.) 175. [McCrady.

ingly difficult, if not impossible, under the conditions of the earliest
changes in the egg. It would almost uniformly present the appear-
ance of mere spaces between the “cells” or “ segment spheres,” or
between the yolk and the egy membranes.

It is supposed in this theory that such “ Diaphane ” as Carter pro-
posed to call this simplest form of protoplasm, plays an important
part in the early history of the embryo, constituting, perhaps, the
most active part of the protoplasmic mass of the protembryo, envel-
oping and taking up portions of the yolk, so as to form “ cells” or
segment spheres, and also furnishing the common matrix in which
these when formed are embedded; filling also the cavity of von Baer
when present, and only gradually diminishing in quantity as the
tissues beeome more perfectly formed.

13. The cases of total seementation may be divided into those in
which a nuclear “embryonal vesicle” exists, and those in which
none has been observed.

14. The latter case seems to be exemplified in the eggs of Geryo-
nia hastata as observed by Metschnikoff, where nuclei appear only
after the first cleavage ; and in those of /dyia roseola, where, according
to A. Agassiz, none appeared until the formation of sixteen spheres,
2. €., the fourth cleavage. The case of Eschscholtzia cordata investi-
gated by Kowalevsky, is particularly valuable on account of the care
taken to determine the presence or absence of a nucleus by a very
able observer, whose disposition was to believe in the persistence of
the germinative vesicle in all cases. He could find none before the
sixth cleavage, and then only in the small spheres which constitute
the “ Bildungsdotter,” our protembryo. Moreover Kowalevsky ob-
served in these egos, as a preparatory phenomenon before segmenta-
tion, that the external protoplasm of the protembryo, “ draws itself
together and rolls by means of these contractions the inner yolk
mass to one side or the other, in consequence of which contractions
it finally heaps itself up upon one of the two sides.” These move-
ments are undoubtedly ameeboid, and they lead directly to the pro-
cess of segmentation of the enclosed yolk. The protembryo thus
massed on one side puts out two prominent wart-like processes, be-
tween which forms a depression. This depression increasing and
becoming a furrow, sinks gradually deeper and deeper towards the
centre, passing through which it finally reaches the surface at the
opposite side of the egg, which is thus divided into two segments,
On each of these the outer layer, or protembryo, now so arranges

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XIX, 12 NOVEMBER, 1877,

_McCrady.] 176 , [April 1s,

itself as to cover their surfaces of contact with only a very thin layer,
while it masses itself on their free surfaces, and finally from the
accumulations thus formed again sends centripetally inwards the
division planes, which divide the first two segment spheres into four.
Kowalevsky remarks that the transparency of the egg during these
phases is remarkably favorable to the exhibition of a nucleus, if one
existed, yet he could find none. The impulse producing the seg-
mentation seems to proceed wholly from the outer layer of proto-
plasm (the ectoprotembryo); the inner or yolk responds to the
motions, only as a seemingly dead and motionless body responds to
mechanical pressure from without, possessing in itself no active in-
trinsic energy.

15. In these cases of segmentation with an ectoprotembryo, the
theory here presented regards the segmentation as effected by the
ameeboid activity of its protoplasm operating from without inwards.
There is obviously only a difference of degree and circumstance be-
tween the putting forth of pseudopodia (which in many Amebe are
merely large lobes) and the inward extension of such plates of proto-
plasm as those here effecting the division of the yolk. When two
lobe-like pseudopods are developed in any Ameeba, an interval of
emargination or depression is necessarily constituted hetween two
pseudopodial lobes. If the lobes enlarge still further, they tend to
engross the whole protoplasm of the animal, and to divide the food-
mass contained in it between them. ‘This is tantamount to an in-
crease of the depression to a furrow, of the furrow to a cleavage
plane; and a comparatively slight increase of such a furrow might in
any case divide an Ameba into two. ‘This dctually happens when,
as is sometimes witnessed, a large pseudopod actually detaches itself
from the main body and becomes free.

16. Ina large number of segmentational developments, however,
the protembryo is massed centrally; thus constituting the ‘‘ embryonal
vesicle ’’ or ‘‘ nucleus ’’ or ‘‘ persistent germinative vesicle ’’ of vari-
ous writers. In these cases the segmentational influence seems to
proceed from within outwards. The entoprotembryo, being located
at some point within the yolk mass, must indeed necessarily act cen-
trifugally in possessing itself of the yolk. Under the provisional
theory here explained, its mode of effecting this will still be ame-
boid; 2. e., the entoprotembryo will put out pseudopodia radially
extending through the yolk mass towards the surface of the egg. As
such pseudopodia are known to form net works and detached masses.

1877.] 177 {McCrady.

ef protoplasm in Rhizopods, the latter of which are probably capable
of serving a digestive function, it is easy to conceive that in this
state similar unions ef the radial extensions of the entoprotembryo
may finally traverse the yolk mass in every direction, and even unite
in a thin uniform layer of protoplasm all over the periphery of the
egg. In that case the entoprotembryo is converted into a pantoprot-
embryo, which indeed would naturally suggest itself as the type of
which the other two forms in all cases are specializations.

17. In this case the process of segmentation is explained accord-
ing to our theory as identical with the preceding, except that every
seomentation is accompanied, as in Infusoria, by an elongation and
division of the nucleus, or central massing of the protoplasm of the
protembryo. If there exist any case in which segmentation occurs
before the entoprotembryo has, been converted into the pantoprotem-
bryo (and such a case is quite conceivable), the energy of segmenta-
tion must ef course there operate exclusively in a centrifugal manner.

18. The essence of the theory, therefore, consists in this—that
the protembryo is conceived in all cases as an ameeboid body of
protoplasm which is prepotent over the protoplasm of the yolk, and
under all circumstances of position in reference te the yolk, appropri-
ates it as an Amceba appropriates its food; the process of segmenta-
tion being a modified form of such appropriation, by which the whole
yolk mass is early divided into a great number of small particles,
each contained and enveloped by a distinct cell-like portion (sphera
segmentula) of the protembryo. These cell-like portions ef the pro-
tembryo are really, in the wide sense of the werd, true cells, and
subsequently by differentiation and Peon become the cells of
the mature organism.

19. The seoment spheres (sphere seqmentule) of the embryo, or
blastoderm, are held together by some unknown agency, while ap-
pearing to be mechanically uncennected with each other. Moreover,
when thus separated for a time (as when first formed), they approach
each other again and then remain in contact, or are even pressed
together with so much force as actually to be flattened one against the
other, so that eventually after one or many subdivisions, they are
converted by mutual compression from round to polygonal forms. In
this condition they are variously disposed in different animals. In
some they constitute a solid aggregation of spheres, in others a hol-
low spheroid whose cavity is known as that of von Baer. This cavity
is usually regarded as empty, or at least containing no part of the

McCrady.] 178 _ [April 18,

embryo; manifestly, however, for no other reason than that the trans-
parent contents are of unknown nature. The phenomena, however,
indicate the existence of an agency which controls the position of
the segment spheres, which would not of themselves, merely as bits
of protoplasm, become compressed together so as to have their form
mechanically changed, nor arrange themselves in regular form as a
blastoderm about a cavity, nor subsequently invaginate one part of
this blastodermic shell within the other to form a “ gastrula.”

#0. An agency capable of producing such special effects must be
either an attractive and repulsive (7. e., a selective or polar) force
residing in the segment spheres themselves, as magnetism is supposed
to reside in a magnet; or it is a protoplasm in which the segment
spheres are embedded, as the “cells” of Actinophrys are embedded
in the granular protoplasm which occupy their interspaces, and whose
extensions constitute the radially arranged pseudopedia. Such a
protoplasm would, however, differ from that of Actinophrys, in the
fact that it must be entirely diaphanous and devoid of granules;
identical, perhaps, with the clear protoplasm already alluded to
(§ 12), and which Carter called Diaphane.

21. Under this theory the preference has been given to the latter
hypothesis, as obviating the introduction of polar attractions between
segment spheres, and necessitating only the assumption that in the
appropriation of the yolk by the ameeboid protembryo, while one
portion of its protoplasm is specialized in the process of investing
and cutting up the yolk into the small segment spheres, and so laying
the basis of cellification, the remainder is retained in an unspecialized
condition as a living and controlling matrix for the segment spheres
thus formed.

22. If, therefore, the protembryo may be legitimately regarded as
an ameeba-like being, the blastodermic holoblast may be regarded as
a stage of development analogous to Actinophrys; while under this
theory all meroblasts are forms in which the protembryo first encloses
the yolk, and the Actinophrys stage is inaugurated primarily only at
one point whence in ever widening zones it gradually extends itself
over the whole yolk, its extension being perhaps really no growth of
the blastoderm, but a gradually extending conversion into blastoderm
of the protembryo which already encloses the yolk.

23. During all these processes, the protembryo is of course sup-
posed to be assimilating food and growing, so that its quantity

1877.] 179 (McCrady.

of protoplasm is largely increased, as in the case of the growth of
Ameba. The blastoderm, on the other hand, also grows, both by
the increase of its cells in number (by fission, etc.) and in actual
bulk. Part of this increase, and in many cases the far greater part,
as in the bird’s egg, is no doubt due to the material assimilated from
the yolk alone; but there are numerous examples among the lower
marine embryos of growth, which can hardly be ascribed to this
source only; and we must suppose that, like many protozoa, such
protembryos also increase by the organic matter suspended or dis-
solved in the water; or that their protoplasm possesses also the veg-
etable power of building up inorganic matter into protoplasm. When
in animals chlorophyl is present, we have a right to assume such a
power, and certainly no definite line of demarcation can be drawn
between animals and plants, either in generation or development.

24. According to the provisional theory just explained, Protozoa
are organic forms in which the animal is its own sexual product, and
they might on this account be called Oozoa, which would be a prefer-
able name, as it does not prejudge the question as to the order of
appearance of these animals in the sequence of life.

25. On the other hand, every ege and every spermatozoon may be
regarded as an individual protozoon. In sponges Heckel has figured
the yolk protoplasm of the egg as putting forth pseudopodial lobes
and behaving like an Ameeba. In the spermatozoa of Ascarides, it has
been long known that they not only resemble an Arcella in general
form, but move also in a rhizopodous fashion. The egg of no ani-
mal is more motionless than an encysted protozoon; and, indeed, eggs
provided with vitelline membrane only, or with this and other envel-
opes, may be regarded-as encysted protozoa.

Again, spermatozoa under their ordinary forms may be regarded
as flagellate protozoa.

26. ‘The sexual maturity of a higher organism (Metazoon) then
means its arrival at a stage of development when it produces unicel-
lular protozoid buds (ova and spermatozoa), each of which is the vehi-
cle of a sexual product — germinative vesicle or nucleus of sperma-
tozoa.

27. Isolated, these sexual products are incapable of development;
but they have a strong attraction for each other and unite with great
energy, compelling as in Protozoa a conjugation of their protozodid
vesicles. They may therefore, and indeed must be, regarded as
oppositely polarized protoplasms, whose combination results in an

McCrady.] 180. [April 18,

undifferentiated and perfectly simple protoplasm capable of develop-
ment, of which they themselves are incapable.

28. So numerous are the examples of parthenogenesis among
Insects and Crustacea (Entomostraca, Rotifera), that some explana-
tion of it seems necessary, even under a provisional theory. It is
probable that this anandrous mode of production has many various,
and perhaps totally different conditions at one time from what it has
at another. I have not therefore attempted to give more than a sug-
gestion here, which, nevertheless, I think contains an element that
cannot be reasonably excluded as an impossibility in any case. The
suggestion is that

29. In parthenogenesis the germinative vesicle takes no share in
the formation of the new individual, which is strictly a development
of the protoplasm of the yolk, which may be regarded as a bud from
the maternal ovary. The egg of the queen bee, for example, may be
regarded as a bud’from the ovary. If the germinative vesicle receive
the influence of the spermatozoa, a new being arises prepotent in de-
velopment over the bud. But if not, the hypothesis is that the bud
or yolk-protoplasm, may itself develop into a new creature, which in
this case will be a drone. In many other insects the same bud will
produce a female.

The provisional theory here explained was framed long before I
was acquainted with the observations of Butschli, Fol and Oscar
Hertwig upon the early changes of the egg preparatory to, and con-
sequent upon, impregnation. It was designed and used as a means
of temporarily grouping together the facts hitherto known in accord-
ance with the conception of development by specialization, and as a
stimulus to further thought and research upon this subject among the
students to whom I was called upon to lecture. From them it has
found its way to Mr. Minot, who sought and obtained from me some.
account of it in private conversations referred to by him.

It has not been possible for me, up to the present time, to make a
close examination of the observations referred to (those of Auerbach
I have not yet seen), and it is therefore impossible for me to enter as
I should much like to do upon a critical review of the present state of
our knowledge on this important subject. I have, however, been
myself surprised at the harmony between some of the conceptions to
which I was led by a general induction from the previously known
facts, and the phenomena as actually observed. ‘Thus the germina-
tive vesicle, according to Butschli, spreads itself over the surface of

1877.] 181 [McCrady.

the yolk and thus forms a thin stratum enveloping the protoplasm of
the yolk. It seems to me that the observation of Hertwig should be
interpreted in the same way, though he prefers the notion that the
material of this vesicle is finally absorbed by the yolk; meaning, I
presume, by absorption, assimilation, which would involve the com-
plete withdrawal of the germinative vesicle from all participation in
the constitution of the new animal or protembryo. Butschli indeed
suggests a mixing of the matter of the germinative vesicle with the
superficial protoplasm of the yolk; but he gives an alternative which
is more consistent with our provisional theory when he speaks of it
as possibly an “‘indistinguishable on- and inlaying” of these proto-
plasms together. Besides, Butschli regards the nucleus of segmenta-
tion as formed out of the earlier material of the germinative vesicle,
a portion of which forms a prolongation penetrating inwards into the
yolk which surrounds it. This portion, then, according to his view,
becomes detached from the superficial protoplasm of the germinative
vesicle and forms the nucleus; which, subsequently, is integrated with
that other problematic body, regarded by Auerbach and Butschli as
a second nucleus, and by Hertwig as a probable spermatozoon head or
nucleus. Butschli seems to suppose the spermatozoon to be arrested
at the surface, and then to be united with the peripherally disposed
germinative vesicle, from which subsequently two or more nuclei are
formed, and then uniting, compose the first nucleus of segmentation.
But Hertwig’s observation in one case of a linear appendage to this
penetrating body, gives a great air of probability to his interpretation
of it as a spermatozoon, or part of a spermatozoon.

If the peripheral disposition of the protoplasm of the germinal
vesicle essentially corresponds with the conception of my ectoprotem-
bryo, the radial extensions from the nucleus, observed by all these
embryologists, seem to be identical with the radial pseudoped-like
extensions assumed in this theory as put forth by the entoprotembryo.
There is, however, nothing yet observed corresponding to the in-
wardly directed pseudopodial extensions which the theory assumes to
be the agency by which the ectoprotembryo appropriates the yolk.
We can hardly doubt, however, that in the case of many insects and
crustacea, there is an actual ectoprotembryonic disposition of the
germ, and consequently an appropriation of the yolk from without,
such as I have sought to explain by inwardly directed protoplasmic
processes of a temporary character. .

On the other hand, and in contrast to these correspondences, there

McCrady.] 182 [April 18;

certainly exists an apparently irreconcilable difference between the
observations of Hertwig and my provisional theory as to the agency
of segmentation. The preference I had given to the view that the
cutting up of the yolk, or its appropriation by fragments, is due to
the ordinary spontaneous mobility of protoplasm, insinuating its ex-
tensions between the particles of yolk, and investing and removing
portions of it, discarding at the same time the notion of an attraction,
while I explained the appropriation of the segment spheres, and their
appression one against the other by the contraction of an unseen
protoplasm enveloping them, seems to find no support from the obser-
vations of Hertwig, which actually display such phenomena as might
legitimately be expected if the morula-forming agency were a polar
force. It is indeed impossible to avoid being struck by the general
resemblance between the arrangement of the lines of granules, as
observed by Hertwig about the poles of the elongated nucleus in the
changes preparatory to segmentation, and the “lines of force” along
which the iron-filings arrange themselves about the poles of an elon-
gate magnet. Moreover, the impression is not lessened by the con-
duct of the segmentation, for the plane of division between the two
segments when it appears does so precisely in the diamagnetic or —
equatorial plane at right angles to the axis of the elongated nucleus
here representing the magnet; and the surfaces of division everywhere
become at right angles to the lines of granules, which represent the
lines of force. Such phenomena might be regarded as indicating
that the division takes place along the plane of weakest polar action;
while in strict correlation with this explanation is the observation that
the clear protoplasm masses itself about the two poles of the nucleus.
The interpretation suggested is, that the granules follow the lines of
weakest polar action, while the protoplasm arranges itself in those
lines and places where the action is strongest.

The hypothesis of a.polar force, too, is entirely consistent with the
apparently causeless approximation and appression of the two seg-
ments one against the other, after their division is complete. For
the two magnets resulting from the division of a single bar magnet,
would of course attract each other and finally adhere together, if
free to do so.

There seems therefore to be sufficient analogy of phenomena to
make the exclusion of a selective polar force quite impossible in the.
present state of our knowledge,

1877.) 183 [McCrady.

It may be, however, that notwithstanding the apparent irrecon-

cilability of the two hypothesis, there is no real incompatibility
between them.
- The course of development is always one of polarization, and we
cannot deny it to be in a large sense a polar force; yet this view of
its character is not inconsistent with the highest pneumatico-psycho-
logical interpretation of its processes — and consequently cannot be
inconsistent with the ordinary conception which represents the vari-
ous coordinated movements of an Ameeba as acts of volition, either
conscious or unconscious. I once watched the behaviour of an
Ameba, which I shall call A. ubiquifluens, when it seemed to be
hesitating between the choice of several different routes of travel
across the field of the microscope. Several differently directed pseu-
dopodial lobes were put out, apparently towards special surrounding
objects, as if they were extemporized sense organs of unknown nature.
It occurred to me that in the absence of special sense organs, the
determining cause of the issue of these lobes might be an attractive
influence exerted by the surrounding objects upon the protoplasm of
the animal, which nevertheless might exercise a choice or selection
between the various solicitations of different objects. This it seemed
finally to do, when after an interval of indecisive repose, all the lobes
but one would be withdrawn, and the whole body move rapidly in:
the direction of the persistent lobe, which of course would be that
turned toward the selected object. The existence of such an im-
pressibility of protoplasm in the ameeboid condition by surrounding
objects, would be nothing extraordinary when regarded as a sort of
equally distributed sense common to every portion of the protoplasm,
and the objects themselves would in this view be the sources of the:
proper stimuli of this sense. Similarly, the presence of a yolk to
be assimilated may be conceived to evoke such a response from the
protembryo as is practically identical with a polarization of its proto-)
plasm.

We are, however, upon the threshold only of this great inquiry,
and must await the progress of research.

The view suggested by Mr. Minot as to the significance of the
expulsion of the Richtungsbliaschen, is one which never occurred to
me, and is worthy of serious consideration. We may hope that it
will be tested by its originator in a series of investigations which can-
not fail to be of very high interest, however they may result for his
hypothesis.

McCrady.] 184 [April 18,

I cannot, however, consent to the term “ alternation of generation,”
and consequently cannot accept his representation of the view which
constitutes so essential a part of my theory (viz., that the ovum and
spermatozodn are really each a protozoon, or that protozoa are really
all o6zoa) as establishing an alternation of generations throughout
the animal kingdom. Indeed there is no alternation of generations;
for there is only one generation in which these protozodid individuals
conjugate and disappear, and all that results from this conjugation is
but one generation. The only alternation there is, is an alternation of
individuals or persone, as Heckel calls them. The consequences,
however, are most important, for if, as I claim, the egg and the sper-
matozoon are each individual animals, then there is under Huxley’s.
theory of zodids not a single persona in the whole animal \kingdom,
man included. This seems to me a complete reductio ad absurdum of
the zoodid theory.

It must be confessed that the term persona, or person, as applied
to very lowly organisms, cannot but be harsh to our English ears
because we individually associate with the conception of personality
an actual, or at least a suspended consciousness; and we are really
without any proof of the existence of consciousness in the animals
below man. I have therefore thought of the Greek depyac, a body,
somebody, as furnishing a less objectionable term. We may call all
the various individuals making up a generation demats, a word
which involves the notion of personality indeed, but does so with
special reference to the body without reference to psychological rela-
tions, such as “ person ” has attracted to itself in English.

Again, if the view proposed by Mr. Minot be the true one, the
explanation of Parthenogenesis suggested above will probably be
superseded by his, which is that every ege contains not only the
female but the male element of generation, even before the reception
of the spermatozoon, and that when the latter is not received there
may occur a self-fertilization of the egg; i.e., a parthenogenesis;
whereas, if the spermatozoon be received, it will prove itself prepo-
tent, and the proper male element of the egg will be expelled in the
form of Richtungsblaschen. No one will be better pleased than my-
self to see an explanation apparently so satisfactory established by
the progress of research.

Whatever may be the issue on the minor points, it seems to me
that one thing is established —I mean the entirely simple character

1877.] 185 [McCrady.

of the protembryo. There can hardly be drawn from the observa-
tions made any other conclusion than that the protembryo is a small
mass of undifferentiated and homogeneous protoplasm; in short, an
ameeboid protozodn, which in due course possesses itself of the
whole yolk mass as food. To speak more particularly, observing the
difference introduced by Heckel between Ameeba and the non-
nucleated forms which he has called Monera, the protembryo is,
strictly speaking, a Monera, specially conditioned for the develop-
ment of that organic form from which it originated. How little such
a Monera may possibly differ from those which are found free in na-
ture, we conceive, upon reflecting that the complete life history of no
Monera or Ameba is really known, and it remains to be determined
whether they are not all protembryonic stages of higher organisms,
either animal or vegetable. The history of Myxomycetes, alone,
shows how directly an ameeboid form may pass into a distinctly veg-
etable structure. d

Again, it seems to me that my interpretation of the ovum and of
the spermatozoon as protozoan demats is not likely to be invalidated;
and I cannot but regard all protozoa as, strictly speaking, 06zoa, or
animal forms in which the individual, or demat, is the sexual
product.

Prof. McCrady also read a paper on the “ Diencephalic
Canal” of Vertebrates. .

A second valuable gift of books from the Hon. George B.
Emerson was announced, and a vote of thanks to the donor
passed.

A nearly complete set of the publications of the Novara
Expedition, presented by the « K. K. Ministerium ftir Cultur
und Unterricht” of Austria was also exhibited,

Annual Meeting.] 186 | [May 2,
a Annual Meeting. May 2, 1877.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Twenty-
six persons present.

The following reports were presented by the Custodian,
Secretary, and Treasurer : —

Report oF Pror. Hyatt, Custrop1an.

The official year has been characterized by no event of
great importance, except the changes made in the By-Laws
with regard to the admission of women to the privileges of
the Society, and the division of Members into two classes.
These changes, however, have already been fully recorded
in the Proceedings of the Society, and the time which has
elapsed since they went into operation has been too short to
enable us to draw any conclusion as to their general effect.

An additional room has been fitted up, with the new style
of brackets and cases, for the reception, especially, of the
birds and mammals of the Systematic Collection. An im-
portant improvement has also been made by the establish-
ment of telegraphic connection with the Fire Engine House
on Dartmouth Street, so that in case of fire we can ring a
bell in that building, and have the engines here within
a few minutes after the alarm.

TEACHERS’ SCHOOL OF SCIENCE.

This has been continued, as in previous years, by the lib-
erality of Mr. Cummings. The course was given by Prof.
Goodale, of Harvard College, and comprised twenty-one
lessons in morphological, physiological and systematic Bot-
any.

Each lesson was, as usual, illustrated by specimens, which
were distributed to the pupils. The analysis of the flowers
and the determination of the peculiarities of floral structure
were considered by Prof. Goodale a very important part of

1ST ile, 187 [Annual Meeting.

the course. For this purpose blank forms were distributed
to the teachers, which enabled each teacher to pursue his
examination of the flower in hand independently, prevented
confusion, and enabled the instructor to cover more ground
than would have been possible by any other method.

The attendance was unusually large, averaging one hundred.

LABORATORY.

The work in the Laboratory has been steadily progressing
under the charge of Mr. Crosby. The collections for the
use of students are being rapidly built up, and will, it is
hoped, be completed during the next official year. The
room and collections have been used this year by the Insti-
tute of Technology, not only for the instruction of the usual
class, but also for the benefit of a class from the Boston
University.

CONDITION OF THE COLLECTIONS.

The Minerals are in the same good condition as when last
reported upon, but have received some very valuable addi-
tions through the generosity of the President, Mr. Bouvé.

The arrangement of the Geological Collection has been
completed by the same gentleman, and is now open to the
public. se

Mr. Crosby’s report shows that excellent progress has been
made in the Paleontological collections, which are under his
charge. All the fossils of the Triassic and the Cretaceous
periods, and the larger part of the Jurassic formations in the
European Department, have been mounted, catalogued, and
labelled by Miss Carter, and are now on exhibition.

The work on the North American collection has been
done by Miss Washburn, and has consisted in the rearrang-
ment, cataloguing, und relabeling of all the fossils of the
formations, from the Devonian to the Cretaceous, inclusive.
The work in the Paleontological Department also included
the identification of the new additions to the collections,

Annial Meeting.] 188 [May 2,

which are very numerous. The Jurassic, Triassic and Car- —
boniferous plants of North America have been tripled in
number and value by accessions from the Rogers’ Collec-
tion, and the Devonian and Cretaceous fossils rendered much
larger and more complete by additions of a more general
character, from the Hale and Cleveland Collections.

The Botanical Department, under the charge of Mr. Cum-
mings, has been steadily progressing, as in former years.
The revision of the General Collection is in progress, and
about one-fourth of the whole has been completed by Miss
Carter, the assistant in this Department.

Mr. Van Vleck has had the care of the Zoological Collec-
tions, and has also been specially engaged in rearranging
and labeling the Anatomical Collection. The labor upon
this Department has been much greater than was antic-
ipated, and the completion of it has been on that account
temporarily delayed.

The catalogue of the Microscopical Collection was fine
by Miss Washburn, early in June, 1876. This collection
consists, as far as it is catalogued, of 2606 slides and prepa-
rations; 567 of these are preparations of parasitic insects,
acquired by purchase from the Burnett estate; 1838 slides
were presented in the bequest of Prof. Bailey, consisting
mainly of oceanic soundings, and specimens of mud and
marl containing foraminiferee and diatoms; 135 slides are
miscellaneous preparations of worms, crustacea and embryos
of various kinds, prepared by J. H. Emerton, when assistant
in the Museum; and 113 are preparations of the anatomy
and skeletons we sponges prepared by Mr. Crosby and the
Custodian.

There are also some slides of a miscellaneous character,
presented by E. Samuels, C. S. Busch, and others.

The unmounted material is represented by 273 samples of
marls, etc., from the Rogers’ Collection; and the duplicate
material from the Bailey Collection, which is separately cata-
logued, is considerable. All the slides of the Bailey Collec-

1877.] 189 [Annual Meeting.

tion, which contained several species of Foraminifere or
Diatomacez, and which had been identified by Prof. Bailey
himself, are entered in a separate book, entitled “The Cata-
logue of the Bailey Microscopical Slides.” Theseyslides are
registered under the same numbers as in the current cata-
logue, but instead of only one line devoted to a general de-
scription and name of the locality, the space of half. a page
or more is devoted to the list of the species found upon that
particular slide, together with the marks and measurements
for finding each specimen. Prof. Bailey had begun this cata-
logue by registering 793 slides in this manner on foolscap
paper, and this was continued by Miss Washburn. 1391
slides were entered in a similar manner by this lady upon
loose sheets of foolscap paper. The original notes of Prof.
Bailey, contained upon slips of paper usually loosely wrapped
around the slide, were faithfully transcribed, and the originals
filed away for preservation. The whole, amounting to 372
sheets of foolscap, has been substantially bound, and is now
available for reference.

The microscopical collections have also been greatly en-
riched during the past year by a collection of 477 slides, pre-
pared by the late Wm. Glen, formerly Preparator at the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge. These were
purchased and given to the Society by Mr. R. C. Greenleaf
and Dr. A. D. Sinclair. The Society owes its thanks to
these gentlemen, not only for the value of the gift, but for
the admirable condition in which the slides had been pre-
served, and the substantially bound catalogue prepared by
Mr. Greenleaf.

The Glen Collection is especially rich in sections of the
spines of Echini and the tongues of Mollusks, and also con-
tains a large number of miscellaneous preparations.

Including this accession, the Society’s collection contains,
exclusive of the duplicate material already picked out, 3356
slides and preparations. :

_ The collections of Corals and Echinoderms are now being

Animal iviestiag.) 190 [May 2,

revised and prepared for labelling with printed labels by
Mr. Van Vleck, and a similar work is being done by the Cus-
todian for the Porifere.

Dr. W.K. Brooks continued his work in the Molluscan
Department upon the models of the animals, which I partic-
ularly described in my last report, and succeeded in com-
pleting. in all fourteen models, twenty-seven anatomical
preparations and nine explanatory outline drawings. Dr.
Brooks also completed the rearrangement of the shells now
in the Museum, according to the plan so often described in
these reports. The distribution and arrangement of the aleo-
holic collection was also begun, but could not be completed
for want of bottles.

In October, Dr. Brooks, who had proved himself, by these
and other works, a most valuable and desirable assistant,
removed to Baltimore, having been appointed Assistant Pro-
fessor in the Johns Hopkins University. The work upon this
Department was continued under the charge of Mr. Van
Vleck, who reports that about one-third of the collection on
exhibition has been relabeled by Miss Washburn, with printed
labels. Dr. P. P. Carpenter of Montreal, has continued the
work of identification, and has completed a large ac
of the terrestrial shells.

The Articulata have all been rearranged by Mr. ‘Hasta:
and the same gentleman, who has had charge of the Insects,
reports that the New England Collection of Coleoptera has
been completed, and the Neuroptera, Orthoptera, Hymenop-
tera, and Lepidoptera rearranged. Very important additions
to the collection of Coleoptera have been made from the
collection of the late Mr. Sprague, who will be remembered
as an able assistant and earnest worker in our Museum.
We have been permitted, in accordance with the verbal
request of its late owner, to select therefrom every specimen
of value to our collection. These additions, amounting to
600 species and 2000 specimens, and late advances in knowl-
edge in this Department, have made it necessary to revise

1877.) 191 [Annual Meeting.

the entire New England collection of Insects. So far as ar-
ranged, it now consists of

In Coll. Known N. H. Species.
PRMCHOMECEA . se, LT LS ee POLS
emi Opteraete te. se CLLR Se etre comemO ab
Malcopretaren 6. VOLO eee een ole
Srthoptera 2 DOM WON Fe GOR 85
iINemopteray. so f..i.° 2) * G5) Aa twee “DLS

2802 3920

We are indebted to Dr. Hagen for the revision and identi-
fication of all the Neuroptera, and to Mr. Burgess for a sim-
ilar service in the Diptera of the Harris Collection. The
Society will be pleased to learn, that the entire Harris Col-
» lection, with the exception of the Caleoptera, has been trans-
ferred to the new style of boxes, and is safe from the rav-
ages of Anthreni.

The biological collection has been partially rearranged, the
alcoholic material sorted, and a systematic collection of Cole-
optera partially formed by selecting the types of the differ-
ent genera. The Society is indebted to Mr. Henshaw for
voluntary professional labor upon this Department, amount-
ing to about seven hours daily for the entire official year,
and it is to be deeply regretted that we are not able to re-
ciprocate the substantial character of these services.

The alcoholic collection of Reptiles has been sent to the
Museum of Comparitive Zoology, in charge of Mr. Garman.
This gentleman has kindly offered to name them, and under
the instruction of the Director, Mr. Alexander Agassiz, will
also add such species from their duplicates as are needed in
our collection. Mr. Garman has also been instrumental in
increasing our collection of fishes in the same manner with —
selected species, and the Society has reciprocated with other
exchanges. Various departments in the New England Zoo-
logical Collections have been worked over by Mr. Van Vleck,
the accessions incorporated with the old collections, dupli-
cates picked out, and a large number of labels written.

PROCEEDINGS B.S. N. H.— VOL. XIX. 13 NOVEMBER, 1877.

Annual Meeting.] 192 [May 2,

We have now a New England Collection in every De-
partment. That in the Paleontological Department was
completed this year by Mr. Crosby, and one in the Geologi-
cal Department can be picked out at any time by the same
assistant, from material at present stored in our Laboratory.

We now need a new gallery around our Main Hall, which
should be devoted to the New England Department, and
contain all of these scattered collections, so that a visitor or
student could see the whole range of the natural products of
New England arranged in one continuous series.

The Custodian spent the past summer at Eastport, on the
coast of Maine, and succeeded, with some assistance from Mr.
Van Vleck, in adding considerably to the New England
Collection, though this ‘is now in such a state of advance-
ment that we require in most Departments only the rarer
species. Mr. Van Vleck and the Custodian have been mate-
rially assisted by Mr. E. G. Gardiner, who has continued to
give voluntary assistance in the Museum.

The Ornithological Collection remains as usual, but it is
hoped that a revival is about to take place in this Depart-
ment.

REPORT oF Mr. Borcess, SECRETARY.

In accordance with the new provision of the Society’s By-
Laws, I beg to offer the following report on the condition of
the departments under the Secretary’s charge.

LIBRARY.

The additions to the Library during the past year, though
somewhat less in number than those of the preceding, have
been perhaps more valuable. Among the most important
accessions must be mentioned a large and valuable series of
books, chiefly botanical, and containing many rare volumes,
from Hon. G. B. Emerson. A nearly complete set of the

1877.) 193 [Annual Meeting,

publications of the Novara Expedition, presented by the
Royal Austrian “Ministerium fiir Cultus und Unterricht,’
has also been received. The Lloyd Republican Institution
has deposited a number of recent popular and general works
on Natural Science on our shelves, a welcome addition.

Exchanges have been opened with twelve new Societies
or Journals, viz. :

Société Belge de Microscopie . 5 : : . Se bricelless
Magyar Nemzeti Mizeum . Sheet kee? Whe heb udainest
Kon. Ungarische Geologische Aaktects A : “
Natural History Society of Glasgow - Glasgow.
Novénytani Lapok (Hungarian Journal of Botany) j Kolozsoar.
Commissao central permanente de Geographia . . Lisboa.
Sociedad Geografica de Madrid . : : : : Madrid.
Popular Science Monthly. . . . . . - New York.
Société Zoologique de France . : 4 : Paris.
Societa Italiana delle Scienze cae dei XL) . : Roma
R. Accademia dei Lincei. . : Ou we 3 4
Royal Society of New South Wales Biiieetat Ub miegtes ce Sydney.

The classification of the additions of the year is as follows:

sot 4°, Fol.. Total.
Volumes : - 268 ~ =, “AL 5 5 As) : . 3857
Paktsu | ¢ . 740 : - 227 ; 2 AD : 5 Wir
Pamphlets . » 16] - ae) : Prey ie ba . 188
Maps, Charts and Photographs . : : : : : 6 We

Accessions 1620
Nothing has been done in the way of binding, while of
course the need of the work is constantly increasing. An
appropriation for this purpose is earnestly desired.
The use of the Library seems regularly increasing. Dur-
ing the year 1019 books have been borrowed by 119 persons.

PUBLICATIONS.

The amount of matter published has been considerably
less than during previous years. ‘Two parts, concluding
Vol. xvii of the Proceedings have been issued, and the first
part of Vol. x1x is in press. In the Memoirs, the second

Annual Meeting] 194 [May 2,

part of Prof. Hyatt’s “Revision of North American Powe
erze” is in press, and will be published during the month.

MEETINGS.

The attendance at the general meetings has been good,
and the interest of the communications presented well sus-
tained. The meetings of the Section of Microscopy, whose
place has been taken by the new Boston Microscopical Soci-
ety, have been given up. The Section of Entomology holds
its meetings as usual, with a small but regular attendance.

Since the last Annual Meeting a new Section, devoted to
Botany, has been formed, holding bi-monthly meetings
which, on the whole, have been fan attended.

During the year four Corresponding Members, six Hee
dent, sales the old Constitution, and twenty-five Associate
Members under the new, have been elected.

LOWELL LECTURES.

Five courses of free Lectures, supported by John A.
Lowell, Esq., trustee of the Lowell Institute, have been
given during the season, viz.: six on Comparative Embryol-
ogy, by Mr. Charles 8. Minot; four on North American
Archeology and Ethnology, by Mr. F. W. Putnam; three
by Major J. W. Powell, on the Cafions of the Colpesain In-
dian Life in the Rocky Mts., and Indian Mythology; six by
Prof. N. S. Shaler, on the Geological Problems of Boston
and Vicinity, and, lastly, five by Mr. 8. H. Scudder, on the
Organization and Metamorphoses of Butterflies. The courses
seem to have been unusually interesting and well attended.
Major Powell’s Lectures had the largest attendance, aver-
aging about two hundred.

[Annual Meeting.

195

1877.]

Report or Mr. Scupper, TREASURER.

ANNUAL STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES, MAY 1877, BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

May 1, 1876, to May 1, 1877.

Admission Fees . ‘ ; : 5 : 6 6 3

Annual Assessments . 5 5 6 . : 5 '
Dividends and Income ; 6 ; 0
Walker Fund and Walker Prize Fund Teoiie: 5 ;

“ Grand Prize Fund Income 5 6 6 6

S. P. Pratt Fund Income 5 ; ; 6 A A
Courtis Fund Income ; é ; i ; F ‘

HAH. F. Wolcott Fund Income . , ' 0 . 9
Bulfinch Street Estate Fund Income . ‘ 3 0
Entomological Fund Income . 0 . 0 5 0
John Cummings, Donation . oe a Me as

Lowell Institute Subsidy for leeches A 6 : 0
Insurance . ° 0 6 : ; 5 ' 0 f

Excess of Receipts over Expenditures 5 - :
Most of this must be reserved for Prize purposes
in accordance with conditions of ‘“‘Walker Bequest.”

Income from “General Fund,’’ and other Funds ap-
plicable to General purposes, omitting the ‘* Walker
Prize,” ‘‘Walker Grand Prize,” “Pratt,’”’ “Wolcott,”
and Donationsfor Lectures . «© .% . « ©.

Expenditures for General Purposes. or kes :

$175.00
1385.00
3750.00
2866.30
84.00
808.00
442.00
352.00
1646.09
20.00
500.00
1200.00
200.00

$13,428.30

$1081.12

$8956.16
8331.36

"$624.80

May 1, 1876, to May 1, 1877.

Library . 0 ° . aie ve en : eaalate $387.52
Cabinety® e:icigee Sioa a ies eee 2a eee 1972.52
Publications, above receipts fromsales . . .- . 882.36
Lectures. . er ° : : c 1711.98
Repairs of Building ral Cases ou SS. eet eee? = aromas 703.58
Salaries . 4 5 : ° ° . : 4 ; 5421.00
Fuel ° . ° ake . cease me Ou S 317.75 ©
Gas a ° . . : ° ° ° . ° ° 117.68
General Expenses . ., oe Oc ° ° 832.79
Ralance cue el ee tee Rey ccs eae LOSE LZ
$13,428.30

CHAS. W. SCUDDER,

Treasurer.
Boston, May 1, 1877.

We have to-day examined the accounts of Mr. Scudder, Treasurer of
Boston Society of Natural History, and find them correct, and have

given certificate to that effect.
R. C. GREENLEAF,

JOHN CUMMINGS.

Officers.] 196 [May 2,

The various reports were accepted, and the Society then
proceeded to ballot for officers for the coming year. Messrs.
Emerton and Minot being requested to collect and count the
ballots, declared the following gentlemen elected for 1877 —-
1878: —

PRESIDENT,
THOMAS T. BOUVE.

VICE-PRESIDENTS, :
SAMUEL H. SCUDDER, JOHN CUMMINGS.

CUSTODIAN,
ALPHEUS HYATT.

HONORARY SECRETARY,
S. L, ABBOT, M.D.

SECRETARY,
EDWARD BURGESS.

TREASURER,
CHARLES W. SCUDDER.

LIBRARIAN,
EDWARD BURGESS.

COMMITTEES ON DEPARTMENTS.

Minerals. Radiates, Crustaceans and Worms.
THOMAS T. Bouvs, H. A. HAGEN, M.D.,
L. S. BURBANK, ALEXANDER AGASSIZ,
R. H. RICHARDS. L. F. DE POURTALES.
Geology. Mollusks.
L. S. BURBANK, EDWARD S. Morsz,
.T. SrerRy Hunt, J. Henry BLAKE,
Wm. H. Nitzs. LrEvi L. THAXTER.
Paleontology. Insects.
Tos. T. Bouvs, S. H. ScuppEr,
N.S. SHALER, EDWARD BURGESS,
JULES MARCOU. A. S. PACKARD, JR., M.D.
Botany. Fishes and Reptiles.
- Jonn Cumminas, _ FF. W. Puryam,
CHARLES J. SPRAGUE, S. KNEELAND, M.D.,
J. Amory LOWELL. S. W. GARMAN,
Microscopy. Birds.
SAMUEL WELLS, THomMAS M. BREWER, M.D.,
R. C. GREENLEAF, SAMUEL CaBot, M.D.,
B. JOY JEFFRIES, M.D. J. A. ALLEN.
Comparative Anatomy. Mammais.
THomas Dwienut, M.D., Aer ANS LEN, :
J.C. WHITE, M.D. J. B. S. JACKSON, M.D.

1877.] 197 [Garman.

The following candidates for membership were then
elected : — '

Honorary Members: Prof. Thomas Henry Huxley, Dr.
Joseph D. Hooker, Mr. George Bentham, London; Prof. Dr.
Albert von Kélliker, Wirzburg. _

Corresponding Members: Dr. W. K. Brooks, Baltimore ;
Dr. L. de Koninck, Brussels; Dr. Carl L. Zittel, Dr. W.
Waagen, Munich; Prof. Albert Gaudry, Paris; Dr. H. J.
Carter, London; Prof. Oscar Fraas, Stuttgart. :

Associate Members: Mr. Edward Atkinson, Misses A. R.
Curtis and H. E. Freeman, Messrs. Charles A. Houghton, H.
- D. Minot, John B. Sweet, Mr. and Mrs. Wm. H. Sawtelle.

The following paper was read : —

On THE PELVIS AND EXTERNAL SEXUAL ORGANS OF SELACH-
IANS, WITH ESPECIAL REFERENCES TO THE NEW GENERA
POTAMOTRYGON AND DiscEeus (with Descriptions).

By S. W. GARMAN.

In an endeavor to get at the significance, extent and limits of ev-
olution, from physical causes or in consequence of selection, voluntary
or enforced, it becomes necessary to study variation in forms, the
structure of which renders them more susceptible to modification
from changes in the influences which surround them, — forms
which represent the more plastic stages of animals which at a later
date acquire greater degrees of stability. Influenced by such an
idea, a study of special organs in cartilaginous animals proceeds with
constant question as to how a bony individual under similar condi-
tions would be affected in its cartilaginous stages, or how the genus
would have stood had its development been stopped before it attained
the less impressible bony structure. An abstract of the facts noted
during a study of this character is presented below. Attention is
called to the comparative amount and character of variations in one
or more organs among the genera of a well defined class that is with-
out close resemblances to others which might be mistaken for genetic
relations.

To prevent misapprehension, it may be well to state myself quite
unable to adopt either “the theory of evolution as commonly ac-

Garman.] 198 [May 2,

cepted,” or “ the common idea of special creations.” The theory of
origin which has built itself in my studies, and which in the present
state of my knowledge seems most reasonable and susceptible of
proof, asserts (I) that life began at different places and times, (II) that
from commencements at different places and at various times series have

developed which are now represented by groups of types of more or less

resemblance, (III) that the earlier types were surrounded by less favor-
able and more simple conditions, and, in consequence, remained of lower
grade, and (1V) that the conditions under which the last types have ad-
vanced necessitated rapidity of development, complexity of organiza-
tion, and, consequently, the highest rank.

As a theory it is a combination of evolution and what might an-
swer for special creations, which requires less of proof for its estab-
lishment than the one, and less of abstract credulity for its belief
than the other. Whatever started and developed a single series was
competent to do all that is required by this theory. All the proof
that has yet been advanced in support of evolution in any form sup-
ports it, and the ‘‘ missing links ”’ are in its favor.

Such a position makes it necessary, in the study of animal resem-
blances, that the student avoid mistaking for genetic affinities
similarities which owe their origin and accumulation to physical
conditions, and their perpetuation:to heredity. It leaves one at lib-
erty to believe, until it is proven otherwise, that such animals as
Chimera and the Shark had no common ancestor; or, on the other
hand, that numerous species of what we now designate as genera
had a common parentage.

As this communication is brought forward to place on record and
secure certain things, rather than to publish entire the conclusions
drawn or the generalizations reached, I shall confine myself, as far as
may be, to statement, reserving special remarks upon affinities,
eauses, etc., until able to publish the drawings.

Throughout the class Selachia the pelvis is free from the balance
of the skeleton. Its only connection with the vertebral column is
ligamentary, by means of the muscles and their fascie. The upper
(iliac) extremities end between or upon the layers of muscle near
the middle of the side, in such as have round bodies. Attached to it
are the ventral fins, bearing the claspers in the male, and the muscles
required for their movement. Two very distinct types of this organ
obtain in the class: one peculiar to the Chimere, the other common

3

=
el

1877.] 199 [Garman.

- to the remaining orders, the Galeodes (Sharks) and the Batides
(Skates and Rays).!

For propelling power the Chimerz depend upon the pectorals and
ventrals instead of the caudal, as the Galeodes, or the pectorals alone,
as the Batides. This use of the ventrals, calling for great freedom
of motion as well as support for large strong muscles, is accompanied
by a form of pelvis quite different from that of either of the other
orders. The pelvic girdle is in two portions, which are loosely joined
by ligament in front of the vent. In each half what corresponds to
ilium, ischium and pubis is a single broad cartilage with a stout
tapering process (the ilium) from its outer posterior angle extending
up the side of the body. Near this latter, on the hinder margin, is
the articulation of the basal cartilage of the ventral, to which in turn
is articulated the base of one of the penes. In front, on the pubic
border in the males of Chimera and Callorhynchus, there is a stout
broad piece of cartilage which is so hinged as to fold backward into
a concavity on the lower side of the pelvis, in which it rests covered
by a band of muscle and the skin. There is a narrow longitudinal
opening into this receptacle through which the cartilage is erected.
On the inner margin and outer side of the latter there are sharp
teeth-like hooks which enable it the better to serve its purpose as a
holder in time of coupling. The only motion of which it is capable
is outward and downward from, and back into, the cavity. A heavy
longitudinal muscle rests on the upper side of the pelvic cartilage,
having a tendon which passes over the rounded front margin and is
attached to the outside or back of the holder. By this means the
latter is thrown outward from its receptacle when in use. The male
also bears a clubbed thumb-like holder on the forehead, between the
eyes and snout. On the lower side of the ball this thumb is thickly
set with strong sharp teeth, by means of which the pectoral fins of
the female can be firmly held when caught between it and the head.
When held in this manner the male has his snout under the fin, and
is able to hold and turn the female, as is done by the male skates
with the retractile hooks near the margins of the pectorals.2, Having
caught the female in this way, the difference in size between the
sexes, the male being shorter, is seen to be just enough to bring the
intromittent ‘“‘ claspers ” into position when they are erected, turned
forward and held by the pubic holders.

1 Prof. L. Agassiz, Essay on Classification, 1857, p. 187.
? Garman, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc, XVII, 1874, p. 172.

Garman.] 200 [May 2,

Callorhynchus has very complex pelvic holders. On the outer side
of the broad primary of each there are blades which unfolded as-
sume a fan shape. On the opposite or inner side each has a compli-
cated, somewhat glandular sac, of which the mouth is closed by
attempt to force its contents outward. The mouth being shut, the
contained liquid is driven through a small cartilaginous tube, which
connects with the sac and extends outward far enough to reach the
groove of the penis, when it is turned forward, and through the lat-
ter the fluid is conveyed to the oviducts of the female. The position
of the openings of the spermatic ducts and their distance from the
grooves renders it difficult to see how the semen can be introduced
into the oviducts without previous mixing with the water; but
serious objection to this supposition vanishes on consideration of the
methods practiced by Batrachians and Fishes, in which fertilization
takes place only after both ova and sperm are thrown into the
water.

Chimera has a more simple form of holder. The articulation,
position of receptacle, and the muscles by which it is thrown out are
similar, but the organ itself is simply a broad rounded plate bearing
on its inner edge a row of sharp hooks directed toward the base. It
has neither the accessory plates nor the tubes, as in Callorhynchus.
Necessity for the squirting apparatus is in great measure done away
with, since the openings to the spermatic ducts are carried down to
the prominence immediately behind the anus, and are thus directly
under the grooves by which the liquid is conducted. The extremity

of the tubes is surrounded by tissue which during the season of sex-

ual congress becomes almost as rigid as cartilage. As the cavities in
which the holders lie are under the bifid portions of the penes when in
position they may also serve for throwing purposes, since a sudden
contraction will send their contents between the parts or into the
grooves, that the passage of the liquor might be made more certain.
The “ claspers,” really intromittent sexual organs, are articulated
to the basal cartilage of the fin. ‘They are differentiations from the
fin itself! The muscles for their erection and movement are quite as
readily traced in this order as in either the sharks or skates.
Females, being without the holders, have much less development of
the pubic portions of the pelvis than the males. In the position cor-

1 See Prof. L. Agassiz, Proc. Bost. Soc., X1v, 1871, p. 339, for the uses and homol-
ogies of these organs. Compare with J. E. Gray, Cat. Shield Reptiles Brit. Mus.,
Pt. 11., 1872, p. 30,

ISTiclees 201 (Garman.

responding to that occupied by the clasper of the male, they have the
rudiment of a similar organ,—a small cartilage articulated to the
basal, a little anterior to and separate from the other cartilages of
the fin. The proper analogue of the clitoris of higher vertebrates is
found in this rudiment.

The pelvis of the species contained in the order Chimere is in two
parts, very loosely joined by ligament. ach portion has, in the
males, articulated to it the cartilage of one of the pubic holders.

The second order, Galeodes, shows an entirely different form of

this organ. It is in a single piece, bears no indication of a symphy-

sis, and has no other articulation than those of the ventrals in either
sex. It may be described as a transverse bar or shaft of cartilage,
placed across the belly immediately in advance of the vent. The
ilium is generally continuous with the balance of the shaft, which
from its shape and solidity offers little chance of distinguishing ele-
ments corresponding to those of the pelvis of higher animals. On —
the hinder side of each end of the shaft are the articulations of the
anterior and basal cartilages of the fins.

The variations of the pelvis in shape and size are numerous in this
order, and may be used to advantage in determining the genera. In
sreat measure they can be correlated with the habits, and may be
stated in general terms as follows: an increase of strength, compara-
tive bulk and straightness in proportion as the habits of a genus
bring it more in contact with the sea bottom, and, conversely, an
increase in slenderness and curvature with decrease in size as the
dependence on the bottom is lessened. The greater resistance en-

countered by the body and in the use of the ventrals, from the sands
and impediments of the sea floor among those species making it their
home, determine the greater size and strength of this organ.

‘A glance at typical genera selected from the order, as arranged
by Messrs. Miller and Henle, is sufficient to show the extent to
which reliance can be placed on the formula given above. Of the
genus Scyllium the pelvis is straight (on the front margin) and
strong; of Carcharias and Zygena weak, depressed, and arched for-
ward ; of Mustelus and Triakis medium, not so much arched in front
as Zygena; of Lamna arched forward, much depressed and weak; of
Odontaspis (the sand shark) like that of Scyllium, straight and
strong ; of Alopias depressed, short, arched forward and compara-
tively weak; of Cestracion (Port Jackson Shark) very stout, de-
pressed, sharp edged in front and straight, or with a slight backward

Garman.] 202 [May 2,

arch; of Acanthgas strong, nearly or quite straight; and of Squatina
moderately stout and curving backward.

Carcharias, Lamna and Alopias represent extremes in one direc-
tion, and Cestracion, Odontaspis and Scyllium, more at home near
the bottom, are good representatives in the other.

None of the Galeodes have very prominent lateral or median pre-
pelvic processes. The males, unlike those of the preceding order,
have neither frontal nor pubic holders, and the forcing apparatus is
even more simple than that of the skates; being here but a simple
elongate muscular sac lying upon the muscles along the bases of the
posterior rays of the ventral and by a duct connected directly with
the groove of the penis. Where the male intromittent organs have
an armature of shagreen or hooks it is so arranged as to facilitate
introduction and resist withdrawal.

Though there is much greater variety of form in the order Batides,
the plan, and the number and character of the articulations, remains
as in the preceding. The shaft is without a symphysis in front of the
vent as before, but in some cases it is so much arched backward that
with the lateral prepelvic extensions the curve formed is a regular
semicircle, and in others it is so much bent forward that with the
spine-like median process it has the appearance of the furculum of a
fowl. In some there are, in addition to the posterior iliac extensions,
anterior developments from the ends of the shaft along the sides of
the abdomen, and in others, instead of these lateral prepelvic pro-
cesses, there is a median spine extending half or more of the dis-
tance to the shoulder girdle.

Differences of habits or of shape of body are usually accompanied
by some difference of form in the pelvis, yet beyond these there are
sometimes, in closely allied species, modifications of which the exact
signification is not at all apparent.

Pristis, the Saw Fish, has a pelvis resembling those of the sharks;
it is depressed, convex in front, and not very large or strong. After
excepting this genus, which is somewhat similar to the shark in this
portion of its anatemy, the order may be separated into two groups,
one of which has the straight pelvis, or the backward curve, compris-
ing the Rhinobatide, the Torpedinide, the Rajide, and a portion of
the Trygonide, and another having the forward arch or furculum
type, which marks the majority of the Trygonide, the Myliobatide
and the Cephaloptere.

The first group is that of the greatest diversity of habits, and, as

iG) a 208 [Garman.

is to be expected, contains the greatest variety of pelvic modifications.
Through all of the second the ventrals seem to retain the same uses
and about the same position, with respect to the axis of the body,
consequently the variations in shape of the pelvis attending the dif-
ferent uses of these fins in the first group do not appear. Instead, it
is such as are due to difference in the general build of the body that
become prominent in this section. With the lines indicating the
direction of use of the ventrals at right angles to that of the pecto-
rals, and parallel to the vertebral axis in nearly or quite all of the
species of the division, there are no apparent necessities for variation
in the position of the articulations other than result from the changes
of curvature of the shaft. In the first section the processes for artic-
ulations vary in position-from the hinder side to the end of a shaft
nearly straight as the fins are used more toward the side than back-
ward. In the second they vary in position toward the end as the
curvature of the shaft places the ends more directly backward.

The pelvis of Rhinobatus resembles that of Raja; it is nearly
straight, strong, depressed, and has short stout processes from the
ends on each side of the viscera. F

Torpedo presents an extreme case of the backward arch, as well as
of the side attachment of the ventrals. ‘The ¢artilage extending
forward on each side of the abdomen seems to be a direct continua-
tion of the shaft (pubes and ischia), though, if we consider its begin-
ning to be at the articulations, it corresponds to the ilium.

Narcine, of the same family, has a shaft more straight but still
concave anteriorly; the ilium is represented by long slender for-
ward extensions between the wall of the body and the abdominal
cavity, and also by a similar extension posteriorly, —an iliac devel-
opment in a measure resembling that of the bird.

Raja has a strong straight depressed shaft, with protesses in front
of each extremity. This form is common to the entire family. The
ereatest variation occurs in Sympterygia, and a peculiar type (M/a-
lacorhina mira, described below) from the Mejillones, of which but a
single specimen has come to my notice.

Sympterygia (see S. acuta below) has a slight forward curve and
long slender anterior iliac extensions, somewhat resembling those of
Narcine. The specimen from the Mejillones, while agreeing with
Sympterygia in respect to absence of rostral cartilage, bears in other
respects a closer resemblance to Raja. It has a straight shaft, and
lateral prepelvic cartilages intermediate in size between those of the

Garman.] 204 [May 2,

two. Differentiation of the anterior portion of the ventral and its
use as a sort of limb direct attention to the articulations at the end
of the shaft.

Two quite different patterns are to be seen in the species of the
Trygonide, one of which appears only among those frequenting the
rivers of South America, and another common to all the marine spe-
cies. The former may be designated as the subfamily Potamotry-
gones, the latter as that of the Thalassotrygones (characterized below).
Differences of general structure and habits accompanying those of
special interest in this communication give ample grounds for the
separation.

One of the most peculiar pelves in the order is that of the river
Trygons. Compared with the size of the body, the shaft is short.
Jt is very strong and nearly straight. From the middle of its length
a strong tapering cartilage extends more than half the distance to
the shoulder girdle,— a peculiarity not shared by the marine species
of the family. Schomburgk, to whom we are indebted for what we
know of the habits of the South American trygons, gives a hint as to
the probable utility of this subabdominal cartilage. Speaking of
species of one of the two genera making up the’ division, he says
“they dig round holes five or six inches in depth, in which they he,
svmCHINES partly covered with sand, in order easier to entrap their
prey.”

Since the soft flexible borders of the disk are e wholly unfit for dig-
ging purposes, it follows that the ventral fins must be used in aie
the pits. And since the resistance to the fin is often considerable
the necessity of more than ordinary steadiness of the pelvis becomes
apparent. As the subabdominal process permits but a small amount
of lateral motion, and can be controlled by the bands of muscle
attached to tlie sides of its posterior half, it aids materially in secur-
ing the desired firmness. Its position upon the muscular wall of the
abdomen effectually prevents anything like a rolling motion of the
shaft.

But while one of the genera of Ppiacoie aaa Potamotrygon,
is well fitted for the digging and for capturing the prey unwary
enough to approach the pit, the other, Disceus, is constructed on a
different plan. The first has a strong tail and a large caudal spine,
which is situated at so great a distance from the body that its wearer
can strike an animal on whatever portion of the disk it may happen
to touch. Disceus, however, has a greater expanse of disk, a much

1877.] 205 (Garman.

weaker tail, and a small spine placed so close to the body that the
radius of its circle of motion is so insignificant in comparison with the
extent of dorsal surface that it is impossible that it should depend on
capturing its prey by the same means as the former. The ventrals are
attached backward, and have not the same freedom of motion for
digging. The small eyes, the position of the mouth so near the cen-
tre of the ventral surface, and the extraordinary distribution of
nerves under the forward half of the body, tend to confirm me in the
belief that this genus finds its food by means of touch, on the lower
side rather than the upper, and captures by pressing down with the
enormous pectorals, when the struggles of the captive will help to
bring it to the mouth. A shorter and weaker prepelvic cartilage is
found in this genus.

Behind the spines the tails of older specimens of these genera
become calcified to such an extent that the vertebre are consolidated.
Once rigid they are easily broken, and it is only young individuals
that are found with the tail entire. The caudal spine is replaced by
a new one which appears under and posterior to it. If not readily
detached, as is often the case, the succeeding protected by the first
attains its growth and is in many cases followed by another reaching .
a size still larger. Should the specimen be growing rapidly the
hinder ones are carried back so that each is at a distance from the
other. Where the growth is slow the spines are bunched together,
the base of the later resting beneath and very little behind the pre-
ceding.

Anacanthus, of the Thalassotrygons, has a compressed pelvic shaft,
arching forward and without spine or angle in front.

In Trygon the shaft is slightly depressed, and more or less regularly
arched in front.

Teniura and Urolophus have the lateral halves more straight and
meeting in front in a very blunt angle.

Pieroplatea has still more of a furculum type.

Mylhobatis, Aétobatis and Rhinoptera possess a greater forward
arch and the median angle is produced.

Cephaloptera presents the perfection of the furculum type, and the
production of the angle in front bears a certain resemblance to the -
subabdominal cartilage of the Potamotrygon.

All of the species included in the Thalassotrygones the Myliobatide
and the Cephaloptere have the ventrals directed backward. Their

Garman.] 206 [May 2,

principal uses would seem to be as rudders, to change the direction of
the body in swimming, and in coupling.

Knowing from experience the desirability of descriptions of indi-
viduals of forms rare and difficult to secure, I have ventured to
describe a couple of species from single specimens rather than hide
the knowledge of their existence for years, it may be, in the hope of
securing duplicates. For the description a zoologist will overlook
the risk taken, and the mere compiler, who would denounce a syno-
nym most loudly, is entitled to much less consideration. The de-
scriptions and notes are taken from specimens in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology at Cambridge.

Sympterygia acuta sp. nov.

Disk rhombic, longer than wide. Pectorals meeting in an acute
angle at the end of the snout, with lateral and posterior angles
rounded, bearing the indentation of the sinuous anterior margin
about midway. When expanded, the ventrals have their posterior
borders in the same lines as those of the pectorals; their anterior
portions are separated by a shallow notch from the posterior, and the
outer and hinder angles are acute. Tail depressed, quite thin toward
the end, with a fold on each side, bearing two small rounded fins
near the extremity. The back and tail and anterior halves of the
pectorals are rough with small sharp scales, the points of which are
directed inward and backward. A row of spines with broad bases
and sharp hooked points extends from the shoulders along the mid-
dle of the back to the second dorsal. Ventral surface smooth. Eyes

and spiracles small, about equal in size. Nasal valves as in Raja. |

Mouth arching forward. Teeth small, subquadrangular on the base,
sharp in the middle series, blunter to flat toward the angles of the
mouth, in forty-two series on the upper jaw and forty on the lower.
Color reddish brown, darker on the dorsum and tail; white below.

Total length 13.5; length of disk, including ventrals 9; length of
anterior borders of pectorals 5.8; posterior borders 6; and distance
from the end of snout to mouth 2.7 inches.

Distinguished from S. Bonapariii M. et H. by the area length
of disk as compared with its width, the greater length of snout, the
shorter tail and the shape of the ventrals. In S. acuta the ventrals
are one-fourth longer from the anterior extremity of the base to the
posterior angle than from the same point to the lateral angle; the
longitudinal measurement is least in S. Bonaparii.

Specimen secured by the Hassler Expedition at Buenos Ayres.

1877.] 207 (Garman.

Raja (Malacorhina) mira sp. nov.

Disk rhombic, resembling in shape that of Raja erinacea; anterior
margins indented in the middle, lateral and posterior angles and the
margin about the head broadly rounded. Without a rostral carti-
lage. In front of the nostrils the basal cartilages of the pectorals
are strongly developed and extend to the extremities, thus compen-
sating for the absence of the rostral. A narrow extension of the
translucent tissue, anterior to the forehead, separates the pectorals,
and is produced beyond them into an acute point. The lower side
of this prolongation is dark colored and covered with small, sharp
scales, differing in these respects from the remainder of the lower
surface, which is white and smooth. Ventrals divided by a deep
notch; anterior portion narrow, extending laterally twice the width
of the hinder part, covered by the pectoral; posterior more than
twice as long as wide, outer margin convex, angle acute. Inner ray
of the ventral connected with the tail for a long distance backward
by a broad fold of skin. Claspers long, subcylindrical, tapering from
the base, pointed, each provided with two sharp sickle-shaped blades
or hooks. The bases of the claspers are stout, and the posterior
halves slender. Tail depressed, thick at the base, tapering regularly
to the second dorsal, thence compressed to the end, with a fold on
each side and a rayless terminal fin behind the second dorsal. Dor-
sals small, the portion of the base occupied by the rays very narrow,
with rounded outlines, separated by an interspace with a spine.
Eyes medium, prominent, equal in diameter to the spiracles. Eyelid
asin Raja. Upper surface rough with very small spines; a patch of
larger ones on the forward extremities of the pectorals. Several
large compressed spines in front of each eye, above each spiracle,
and on each shoulder. A median row of similar spines from back of
head to dorsal, a lateral row on each side of this down the back, and
one or more lateral rows on each side upon the tail. A band of erec-
tile hooks on the pectorals of the male, as in Raja. The portion of
the pectoral reaching forward from a point opposite the back of the
head is quite narrow, and in each fin—alike on upper and lower
surface —has the appearance of being separated from the balance..
Nostrils distant from each other more than their distance from the
circumference of the disk; with two valves, the anterior semicircular,
expanded laterally, notched on the inner side, the posterior triangu-
lar, reaching the angle of the mouth. Teeth sharp in the central
rows, blunter toward the sides, in thirty-seven rows in the upper jaw,

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XIX. 14 NOVEMBER, 1877.

Garman.] 208 [May 2,

forty-two in the lower. Anterior lateral processes of the pelvis slen-
der, equal in length to their distance from the middle of the shaft.
Total length 14.6; from snout to extremity of ventral 9; from
snout to tail 7.7; from snout to vent 6.6; from snout to mouth 1.7;
and width of pectorals 9 inches.
Specimen from the Mejillones.

TRYGONIDA.

Pectoral fins continuous, united in front of the head. Skull not
produced into a rostral cartilage. Tail slender, tapering. A ser-
rated caudal spine present in most genera (absent in Anacanthus).

Dorsal fin absent or rudimentary.

With a subabdominal cartilage from the pelvis, inhabiting fresh or
brackish waters . . . . - « © « « POTAMOTRYGONES.
Without a prepelvic baitilae marine, few species venturing into
fresh waters . . - + « «+ « + « « » JHALASSOTRYGONES,

PoOTAMOTRYGONES.

Mouth without papille; teeth in less than twenty-five series in
each band; caudal spine near the pectorals . . . . . DIScEUS.
Mouth with papille; teeth in more than twenty-five rows; caudal
spine distant from the pectorals . . . . . . POTAMOTRYGON.

Disceus gen. nov.

Disk oval. Head not prominent. Spiracles with a process on the
posterior margin. Mouth near the centre of the disk. Tail slender.
Caudal spine small, near the body. Peripheral vascular system anas-
tomosing into a network on the anterior half of the lower side. Oral
papilla undeveloped. With scales and tubercles. Name from
Otoxeds, a meteor having the shape of a quoit.

Disceus strongylopterus.

Trygon aereba Mull. & Henle, Plagiostomen, p. 196 (not 160).

Trygon strongylopterus Schomburgk, Fish. Brit. Guiana, 11, p. 183,
pl. 22.

Trygon strongylopterus Mill. u. Trosch., Schomb. Reisen, 111, p. 642.

Trygon (Himantura) strongylopterus Dumeril, Elasmobranchs, p.
592.

Trygon (Paratrygon) aiereba Dum., 1. c., p. 592.

Trygon strongylopterus Ginth. Cat., vir, p. 476.

Trygon orbicularis Giinth., 1. c., p. 482.

1877.] 209 [Garman.

Disk oval, truncate or concave in front. Snout without a promi-
nence. Head small, at the end of the anterior third of the disk.
Hyes very small, far apart, the only portions of the head appearing
above the level of the disk. Spiracle small, immediately behind the
eye, with a large rounded cartilaginous process on its hinder margin.
Nasal valves right angled, short, wide, confluent, attached in the mid-
dle, fringed on the posterior edge. Mouth small, regularly curved, with-
out papilla. Teeth small, subtriangular on the upper surface, ante-
rior side convex, inner edges and angle sharp, in eighteen series on
the upper jaw and seventeen on the lower. The bands of teeth do
not extend more than half way from the middle to the angle of the
mouth. Ventrals triangular, length equal the width when spread,
not reaching the margin of the pectorals. Tail less than one and a
half times the length of the disk, depressed in its entire length, with
a serrated spine near the extremities of the pectoral fins. ‘The short
portion in front of the spine is stout, and is armed in the later stages
with irregular rows of sharp pointed, broad based tubercles; the pos-
terior portion is thread-like, and bears narrow membranous expan-
sions above and below.

Young specimens without scales or tubercles, brownish yellow, with
lines or spots of brown, white below. At this stage the spiracles are
comparatively larger, and the portion of the disk in front of the eyes
shorter, truncate, or slightly convex.

Medium sized yellowish brown, reticulated or spotted with brown,
covered on the upper surface with small harsh scales, with irregularly
placed long-pointed tubercles on the tail between the pectorals.

Large examples are brown, uniform or with blotches of darker,
and have the margin in front of the head indented. On the lower
side the skin becomes very tough and leathery with age. The scales
bear a single cusp in the centre, and one on each of the three or
more narrowly compressed blade-like rays.

Length of pectorals of medium sized specimen 12.3; from margin
to eyes 3.9; and width of disk 11.8 inches.

Length of pectorals of young example 8.8; from margin to eyes
2.5; width of disk 7.7; tail from ventrals.13.1; and total length 21
inches.

The Museum contains specimens from Para, Manaos and Obidos,
presented by the ‘Thayer Expedition.

(Garman, 210 [May 2.

Potamotrygon gen. nov.

Disk oval, lengthening with age. Head rising little above the
level of the body. No prominence on the side of the spiracle. Taie
depressed anteriorly; posteriorly compressed into a sharp anglle
above, and, becoming calcified, easily broken. Peripheral vascular
system not forming a network on the ventral surface. Oral papille
prominent. With asperities and tubercles.

Species that cannot be determined :

Aiereba Marcgrave, Pisc. Bras., 1648, p. 175.

ti Jonston, De Pisc., 1649, Tab. 38, f. 6.
. Willoughby, Hist. Pisc., 1686, p. 68, Tab. C 1, f. 2.

Raja orbicularis Bl. Schn. Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 361.

Trygon aiereba Mill. et Henle, Plagiost., 1841, p. 160 (not 196).

The specimens at hand furnish characters sufficient for the estab-
lishment of the species indicated by the following synopsis.

Body longer than wide, thick, marked with irregular lines of dark
brown, which often form networks of polygons, or rounded spots,
sometimes uniform. Teethsmall. . . . . . . ~. Humboldtii.

Body nearly round, moderate, commonly marked with round
spots of yellow or orange with dark brown borders, varying in color
from light yellowish with numerous spots to uniform dark brown.
Teeth larger. . , subies sRUNGMGE Me . «= motoro,

Body nearly round, shin; marked above with ope lines or spots
often uniform light brown. Adult with blotches of brown below.
Teeth very small... . reer eee

Potamotrygon Humboldtii.

Pastinaca Humboldt Roulin, Ann. Se. Nat., 1829, xvi, p. 104, pl. 3.

Trygon hystriz Miller & Henle, Plagiostomen, p. 167.

a ‘¢ — D’Orbigny, Voy. Amer. Merid., Poiss., pl. 15, 1847.
om ‘¢ Schomburgk, Fish. Brit. Guiana, p. 180, pl. 20, 1852.
es ‘¢ Castelnau, Anim. Amer. Sud, Poiss., p. 103, 1855.

’ Trygon (Tenura) OrbignyCast., |. c., p. 102, pl. 49, f. 1.
ws hystriz Dumeril, Elasmobranchs, p. 608, 1865.
Teniura Orbignyi Dum., |. c., p. 624.
66 Magdalene Dum., 1. c., p. 625.
‘¢ Orbignyt Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., vim, p. 484.
Trygon hystrix Giinth., 1. c., p. 482.
Disk oval, rounded in front, longer than broad, narrower in the
posterior half. Body thicker than that of the other species. Head

1877.] 21k [Garman,

flattened, wider across the spiracles, not prominent above the disk.
Snout with a small prominence. Eyes small, prominent. Spiracles
large, immediately behind the eyes. Nasal valves confluent, attached
in the middle, with rounded angles. Mouth small, curved, with five
papille. Sinuation of upper jaws slight. Teeth equal, small, lozenge-
shaped on the base, with a transverse ridge bearing three cusps in
the young, becoming blunt and losing the lateral cusps in the older,
varying in number of series according to age —from twenty-six to
forty-eight in upper jaw. Ventrals triangular, with blunt extrem-
ities, hinder margin partially serrated. Tail stout, depressed, bearing
a large serrated spine at a distance from thé base of little less than
half the length of the disk, slender posteriorly, compressed into a
keel on the upper side, and bearing narrow cutaneous expansions
above and below, terminating in a finless thread. The very young.
are naked, yellowish, with narrow lines of brown, phi if extended,
would form a network.

Specimens two or three times the size of these are darker colored,
with lines more distinct, and a median row of tubercles on the tail
anterior to the caudal spine. Medium sized are brownish, the brown
lines very dark, polygons indicated in the ground color, the centre of
the disk and the top of the tail covered, with asperities, and a row of
tubercles on each side of the tail similar to those of the median
series.

Large individuals are of a dark greyish, yellowish .or olivaceous
brown, with the lines indistinctly defined, the polygons appearing
more like rounded spots of lighter color, the entire disk covered with
small, harsh scales, the tail furnished with irregular intermediate
rows of tubercles, the lateral rows continued on the compressed por-
tion behind the spine, and the caudal keel prominent and very rigid.
Transverse brown bands separated by white mark the tail at first; the
latter are afterward bisected by narrow bands of brown and ulti-
mately the white is broken into spots by its encroachments. Marks
similar to those on the disk cover the ventrals and retain their dis-
tinctness after the body has become uniform. Lower surface whitish;
older specimens acquire a brown margin that widens with age.

Fourteen specimens collected by the Thayer Expedition.

Potamotrygon motoro.

Teniura motoro Miiller & Henle, Plagiostomen, p. 197.

Trygon garrapa Mill. & Trosch., Schomb. Reisen, 111, p. 642.

“ . Schomburgk, Fish. Brit. Guiana, 1, p. 182, pl. 21.

Garman.] Fie, [May 2,

“« §(Tenura) Miilleri Castelnau, Anim. Nouv. Amer. Sud.
Poiss., p. 102, pl. 48, f. 2.
Trygon (Tenura) Henlei Cast., 1. ¢., p. 102, pl. 48, f. 3.
Tceniura Miilleri Dumeril, Elasmobranchs, p. 621.
wo Henlei Dum., |. ¢., p. 623. .
ef motoro Dum., |. ¢., p. 624.
66 “ Giinth., Cat. vii, p. 484. |

Disk oval, rounded in front, a little longer than wide. Head
broader than that of Humboldtiz. Eyes, spiracles and nasal valves,
as in the preceding. Snout with a small prominence. Mouth larger,
with a deep and wide ‘indentation on the symphysis in the upper
jaws, with five papillae. Teeth much larger than in either of the other
species of the genus, unequal, blunt; varying in number of series —
from twenty-five to thirty-eight in the upper band— according to
age. Adult specimens have two or more rows of large, flattened
teeth in the middle of each band. MHinder extremities of pectorals
rounded. Ventrals triangular, longer than wide, rounded at the
extremities. Tail strong, depressed anteriorly, bearing a sharp
dentated spine at a distance from the base equal to half the length
of the disk; slender posteriorly, compressed into a sharp keel above,
round below, with narrow cutaneous expansions on the top and be-
neath. Prepelvic cartilage reaching more than half-way to the
shoulder girdle.

Young naked, brownish yellow on the dorsal surface, with three or
more concentrically arranged series of spots of orange encircled with
brown.

Medium sized covered with small harsh scales, a dorsal and two
lateral rows of spines on the tail, darker brown with the spots dis-
tinct.

Large ones with the scales on the central portions of the disk
larger and scattered; color varying in different specimens from
brown with the spots well preserved, to brown with only a blotch of
dark brown to mark where the spot has been, or to uniform dark
brown.

Very large specimens have medium sized tubercles near the margin
of the disk.

The claspers are short, subcylindrieal, jointed in the middle of the
length. The scales are stellate; each ray is compressed very thin
and serrated on the edge.

1877.] Dts (Garman.

In shape and thickness of disk this species is intermediate between
Humboldtii and Dumerilii; it is readily distinguished from either by
the teeth, which are much larger and differently shaped.

Twenty-nine specimens from various localities.

Potamotrygon Dumerilii.

Ellipesurus spinicauda Schomburgk, Fish. Brit. Guiana, 1, p.
184, pl. xx1II.

Trygon (Tenura) Dumerilii Castelnau, Anim. Amer. Sud, Poiss.,
p- 101, pl. 48, f 1.

Ellipesurus spinicauda Dumeril, Elasmobranchs, p. 582.

Teniura Dumerilii Dum.., |. ¢., p. 622.

Ellipesurus spinicauda Ginther Cat., vim, p. 472.

Disk subcircular, nearly as broad as long, retaining its width pos-
teriorly. Head broad, flattened. Snout with a prominence. Eyes
small, prominent. Spiracles large, immediately behind the eyes.
Mouth curved, indentation in the upper jaw shallow, with five
papilla. Teeth equal, very small, the inner edge prominent and
bearing three cusps, upper surface concave, bases pentagonal, with
the outer angles rounded and the outer side concave, in twenty-six
to forty-four series — according to age—in the upper band. Poste-
rior angles of pectorals rounded. Ventrals triangular, with rounded
extremities. Tail broad, depressed, with a serrated spine at a dis-
tance from the ventrals equal to more than half the length of the
body; slender posteriorly, compressed into a keel on its upper half,
lower half round, with narrow cutaneous expansions above and below.

Young naked, yellowish, with brown lines or spots, light colored
on lower surface.

Medium sized brownish, with rounded spots of light color, cov-
ered with small sharp scales on the back, with a dorsal and two
lateral rows of spines on the tail.

Large examples brown, spots nearly or quite obsolete, entirely
covered on the dorsal surface with scales, with very large swollen-
based sharp-pointed tubercles of irregular sizes and shapes on each
shoulder, in the median and lateral rows on the tail, and in a band
around the disk near the margin.

On specimens before me some of the tubercles are more than an
inch in diameter and bear from one to half a dozen points; some of
the caudal tubercles measure three quarters of an inch in length of
base and in height.

Garman.] 214 [May 2,

The brown color predominates on the ventral surfaces of the old
ones, the white remains in irregular patches near the centre; the
bands which mark the sides of the tails of the young are lost.

This species is readily distinguished from Humboldtii by the
roundness and thinness of the disk and by the tubercles. It differs
from motoro in teeth and markings.

Fourteen specimens from the Thayer Expedition.

Ellipesurus spinicauda of Schomburgk is probably a mutilated
specimen of one of the varieties of this species. The shape and
thinness of the body and the coloration favor this conclusion. The
length given by the author includes that of the tail; if this be sub-
tracted, the length and width of the disk must be nearly equal.
“ Like others of the species, they dig holes in the sand, in which
they lie flat, and there await their prey.’ This being the case, it
would be difficult to imagine how the creature makes its captures
without the spine.

Under each species of the genus there are one or more varieties.
Specimens of the same species from different rivers of the South
American system present marked differences. If the river faune
were completely isolated, one could hardly hesitate in pronouncing
the distinctions specific. Connected as they are, the intermediate
forms are so numerous and the transitions so gradual that the char-
acters seized upon in specimens from a particular locality are soon
lost without having served for purposes of limitation or definition.

The possession of such local characteristics in representatives of a
species from different rivers, as the Madeira, Tapajos and Araguay,
suggests a comparative absence of migration. It may be that the
greatest changes of locality are those called for by shrinkage in the
water area during the dry season.

A more comprehensive knowledge of the movements and habits
of the fresh water fishes of South America is a matter of the utmost
importance to Zoology. The results to be attained by a Brazilian
Fish Commission would form a princely gift to science. Possibly we
may have these results without the long delay and laborious collation -
of isolated facts attending the growth of Ichthyology elsewhere.
Science has good reason for hope in the friendship of such a ruler as
His Majesty, the Imperial Philosopher, Dom Pedro I, Emperor of
the Brazils, to whose friendly interest the Museum is greatly in-
debted for the collections from which these notes have been taken.

1877.] 215 (Halsted.

Dr. B. Joy Jeffries made some remarks in continuation of
his recent communication on color blindness, describing a
new test for the discovery of this defect.

Section of Botany. May 9, 1877.

Mr. R. W. Greenleaf in the chair. Eighteen persons
present.

Mr. Greenleaf described the structure of the Violet for
the prevention of self fertilization.

Mr. W. P. Wilson showed some forked willow-catkins.
He also made some remarks on the germination of Mega-
rhiza, a plant remarkable for the. extraordinary length of its
cotyledonary petioles.

‘The following paper was read : —
Notes upon VERNATION. By Byron D. Hatstep.

The leaves of the common lilac (Syringa vulgaris) are arranged in
decussating pairs; and in the bud each pair encloses all those that
are younger — so that the question of vernation is simply the rela-
tion of the leaves of any pair to each other. This relation is either
one of convolute or imbricate vernation, and always very decidedly
one or the other. |

In the following examinations, branches were taken from various
shrubs, and six pairs of leaves noted in each of six buds of each branch.

The buds were examined beginning at the lower end of the
branch; and of course the pairs in each bud in

the order of their development. The accompany- Branch No. 7.
ing diagram represents the vernation of the : z : a ee
leaves in the six buds of one branch, which was , : eae Oe
e 4 2 c
numbered seven; the figures in the side column cee : : ; ‘ :
. 4 @
give the number of the bud, while the upper : i
‘ ‘ 4cciticecié
row of figures designates the number of the pair Ee eae EN
in each bud. Lach letter thus represents a pair, , :
@ ¢€ C c ¢ a

of leaves, and where they are convolute the let-
ter c is placed, while 7 is used when imbrication is found.

Halsted.] 216 [May 16,

Thus in the first, or lowest bud of branch 7 we find the 1st, 4th,
5th and 6th pair of leaves convolute, and the 2d and 3d imbricate, in
the bud. In this branch, out of the 36 pairs of leaves, 25 are convo-
lute and 11 imbricated.

The next table represents simply the results obtained in examining
13 branches in this fashion — the number of the branch being given

at the left, followed by a number of convolute pairs

No. ¢ * in the second column, and those that were imbri-
: 2 cated in the third.

spel ane This gives the number of convolute to imbri-
i tales Fee cated buds as in the ratio of nearly 3 to 1. Up to
5 27 g the present time this is the only generalization
6 a 9 Which can be made.

7) Ferg Yh In the wild cherry (Prunus serotina) each leaf is
gs 9g g conduplicate, and on account of the phyllotaxis be-
9 2 9 ing two-fifths, the leaves, taken in the order of
10 2, 12 their development, do not stand near each other;
11 21 1s thus No.1 covers 4 and 6, No. 2,5 and 7, etc..—
1722 36 +O therefore giving no distinct imbrication or convo-

13 21 15 lution. It was observed that the leaf spiral was
Total 345 103 either with, or opposite to, the hands of a watch,
and as it was followed around, came first either to

the midrib or folded edges of the leaves, giving rise to four different

cases, as the following table will illustrate.

Midrib }/ with hands of watch . 5 > ; - ot Se ° Bs aye
first ( opposite hands of watth-<'" 2° =. 6) sw) ee
Edges | with hands of watch : 5 5 5 . > : e 4 a 23}
first .{ oppositehandsof watch . . . EM Sy

We see, out of the fifty buds ee | ihiey were atite evenly
distributed among the four cases. In one instance the four kinds
were found in succession in passing up a stem.

General Meeting. May 16, 1877.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Thirty-two
persons present.

The following papers were read : —

1877.] Q1T (Wadsworth.

Notes ON THE MINERALOGY AND PETROGRAPHY OF BOSTON
AND Vicinity. By M. Epwarp WapswortH, INSTRUCTOR
IN MATHEMATICS AND MINERALOGY IN HARVARD UNIVERSITY.

The first question, that a student of the mineralogy or geology of
Kastern Massachusetts usually asks, is what has been done by others;
and it has seemed best to preface this paper by giving a list of most
of the published articles relating to this district that can be consid-
ered to pertain in any degree to those sciences. The list will proba-
bly not be found complete, but such as it is, I hope it will save,
to some extent, the time of others who have occasion to study in this
field. The list is confined chiefly to the parts bordering on the sea
coast, and is somewhat variable in its extent.

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY,
ist Series.

Vol. 1H, p. 127. Mineralogical Observations made in the environs of
- Boston in the years 1807 and 1808. §S. Godon.
Vol. 1v, p. 129. Outlines of the Mineralogy and Geology of Boston and
Vicinity, with a geological map. By J. F. &S.L.
Dana.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY.

Vol. 11, p..270. Mansfield Coal Formation at Nahant. lL, Agassiz.

Vol. 11, p. 282. Origin of Contorted Strata in Sand. Edward Desor.

Vol. 111, p. 315. Proofs of the Protozoic Age of some of the Altered
Rocks of Eastern Massachusetts. W. B. Rogers.

Vol. Iv, p. 353. Granite as a Building Material. Chief Justice Shaw.

Vol. vi, p. 167. Minerals from Rockport. OC. T. Jackson,

BosTON JOURNAL OF PHILOSOPHY AND ARTS.

Molin, p. 91. Rocking Stone at Roxbury. J. W. Webster.

Vol. 1, p. 95. Stoneham Marble. conte it

Vol. 1, p. 890. Green Feldspar from Beverly.“ “

Vol. I, p. 599. Green Feldspar and Zircon from Beverly. J. W. Webster.

Vol. u, p. 104. New Locality of Apatite. J. W. Webster.

Vol. 11, p. 277. Remarks on the Geology of Boston and Vicinity. J. W.
Webster.

Vol. 111, p. 486, Remarks on the Geology of Boston and its Vicinity,
continued. J. W. Webster.

Vol. 11, p. 492. Andalusite of Westford. J. W. Webster,

Vol. 111, p. 588, A Sketch of the Mineralogy of Gay Head and of Bird

Island, etc. H. A. S. Dearborn.

AMERICAN JOURNAL OF SCIENCE AND ARTS,
ist Series.
Vol. 111, p. 282. Salem Sienite, Jasper, Amygdaloid, etc. Elias Cornelius.

Wadsworth.]

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

ee

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

—

at

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

= —

Vol.

Vo
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

—

Vol.

ee

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.

i

Vol.

Ill, p. 864.
Iv, p- 50.
IV, p. 55.

IV, pp. 217-239.

V, p- 402.
Vil, p. 59.
VIII, p. 228.
XXII, p. 1.

XXIII, p. 405.

XXVII, p. 340.

XXXIV, p. 402.

XXXvV, p. 192.

XLVI, p. 318.
2d Series.

II, p. 419.

X, p- 80.

XII, p. 209.

XVIII, p. 198.

XXII, p. 296,

. XXIX, p. 65.

XXIX, p. 145.
XXXIII, p. 348.

XXXVII, p. 359,

XLII, p. 73.

XLII, p. 217,

XLIV, p. 224.
XLIX, p. 75.

XLIX, p. 183.
XLIX, p. 398,
L, p. 838.

3d Series.
I, pp. 82-182.
X, p. 364.

218

[May 16,

Epidote at Nahant. J. W. Webster.

Fluor Spar at Seekonk. T. H. Webb.

Discovery of Hypersthene. J. W. Webster.

Volcanoes and Volcanic Substances. Thomas Cooper.

Sphene at Seekonk. T. H. Webb.

The Roxbury Rocking Stone. J. Porter & T. H. Webb.

Minerals at Dedham and Seekonk. T.H. Webb.

Report on the Geology of Massachusetts, Edward
Hitchcock.

Anthracite at Wrentham. S. Day.

Lowell. Geological Facts.

Columbite and Tin Ore at Beverly. C. U. Shepard.

Green Feldspar and Galena at Beverly and Dedham.

On the Tertiary Strata of Martha’s Vineyard. C. Lyell, .

Gold at Dedham. J. H. Blake.

On a supposed New Mineral Species. Henry Wurtz.

Paracolumbite from Taunton. C. U. Shepard.

Crystalline Limestone of Eastern Mass. T.
Hunt.

Discovery of Palaeozoic Fossils in Eastern Mass. W.
B. Rogers.

On Sodalite and Elaeolite from Salem, J. P. Kimball.

Cretaceous Strata at Gay Head. Wm. Stimpson.

On Orthite from Swampscot. David M. Balch.

On Shepard’s Paracolumbite. F. Pisani.

Danalite, a new mineral species from the Granite of
Rockport. J. P. Cooke, Jr.

On Cryophyllite, a new mineral species of the Mica
Family, with some associated minerals, in the Gran-
ite of Rockport. J. P. Cooke, Jr.

On a new mineral from Rockport. W. J. Knowlton.

On Laurentian Rocks in Eastern Mass. T. Sterry Hunt.

Labradorite Rock on Marblehead Neck. T. Sterry Hunt.

Labradorite Rocks at Marblehead. T. Sterry Hunt.

On the Geology of Eastern New England. T. Sterry
Hunt.

Sterry

Notes on Granitic Rocks. T. Sterry Hunt.
On the Post-pliocene fossils of Sankoty Head. Verrill
and Scudder.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE Boston Society oF NATURAL History.

I, p- 96.

Vol 11, p. 181.

Vol.

III, p. 79,

Dendritic Markings on Slate from Newton. J. EK.
Teschemacher.
Drift in South Boston. Chas. Stodder.

Drift Fossils from Nantucket. Edward Desor.

1877.]

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Voi.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol,
Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.

— —

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

—

Vol,
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

—

—

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

—

Vol.
Vol.

III, p. 127.
Ill, p. 183.
In, p. 341.
IV, p. 9.

Iv, p. 170.

VII, p. 183.
VU, p. 288.

VII, p. 354.
VII, p. 357.
VII, p. 396,

Vil, pp. 419-427.

Vill, pp. 1-5,
VIll, p. 58.
Ix, p. 57,

ST Zale
XI, p. 182.
XII, p. 150.

XI, pp. 244-364.

XI, p. 172.

MII, Pp. Ler.
XIII, p. 196,
XI, p. 277.
XIII, p. 414.
XIV, p. 45.

XIV, p. 91.
XIV, p. 91,

219 [Wadsworth.

Pudding Stone from Roxbury. C. T. Jackson.

Drift in Cambridge near Mt. Auburn. Louis Agassiz.

Fossiliferous Strata at Nahant, Louis Agassiz.

Fossils from Pt. Shirley. Wm. Stimpson.

Syenite of Nahant. C. T. Jackson.

Boulders at Salem and Danvers. Chas. Pickering.

Serpentine ef Lynnfield, ©, T. Jackson.

sf A. A, Hayes.

Excursion of the Society to Hingham.

Fossils from Braintree. W. B. Rogers.

Argillite of Charlestown. <A. A. Hayes.

Fossils from Braintree. W. B. Rogers. ,
66 66 14 66 be 66

Analysis of Slate from Somerville, L. M. Dombach.

Cementing Material of the Roxbury Conglomerate.
A, A. Hayes.

Slate Rocks of Governor’s Island in Boston Harbor.
W. Bb. Rogers.

Supposed Meteoric Stone from Marblehead. OC. T.
Jackson.

Fossils from Braintree. Chas. Stodder.

Roxbury Conglomerate. C. T. Jackson,

On some Sub-peat Deposits of Diatomaces. A. M.
Edwards,

Roxbury Conglomerate. C. T. Jackson.

Black Slate of Braintree. Jules Marcou.

On the Primordial Fauna and the Taconic System.
Jules Marcou.

Fossils from Braintree. W. B. Rogers.
us a a Albert Ordway.
id if fe C. T. Jackson.

Conglomerate of Hingham and Roxbury. Bouvé and
Jackson.

Glacial Beds at Gloucester. N.S. Shaler.

Diatomaceous Mud from Conasset. Chas. Stodder.

Drift at Salem and Cambridge. A. Hyatt.

Shells found at great depth at Ft. Warren. W. H. Niles.

Relations of the Rocks in the Vicinity of oes. N.S.
Shaler.

Reply to the Preceding. C. T. Jackson.

Glacial Drift in Eastern Mass. N. S. Shaler.

Glacial Moraines near Watertown. N. S. Shaler.

Physical Features of Massachusetts. W. H. Niles,

On the Geology of the Vicinity of Boston. T, Sterry
Hunt.

Drift at Salem. Chas. Pickering.

Geology of Swampscott, etc. A. Hyatt.

Wadsworth.]

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.

Vol.

Vol.

Vol.

Vol.

Vol.

Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

XIV, p. 128.
XIV, p. 190.
XIV, p. 199.
XV, p. l.

XV, p- 219.

XV, p. 262.
XVU, p. 200.

XVII, p. 388.
XVII, p. 462.

XVII, p. 486.
XVII, p. 488.

XVU, p. 507.
XVII, p. 508,

XVILI, p. 182.

XVII, p. 217.
XVIII, p. 220.

220

[May 16,

Conglomerate at Chestnut Hill. W. H. Niles.
Eozoonal Limestones of Eastern Mass.
79 be 6 (43 ce Je B. Perry.
Conglomerate Rocks at Chestnut Hill Reservoir. W. H.
Niles.

Geology of Martha’s Vineyard and Nantucket.
Shaler.

Eruptive Granites of Rockport. T. Sterry Hunt.

On a newly discovered Lead Vein in Newburyport.
R. H. Richards.

Notes on the Geology of Eastern Mass. W. W. Dodge.

Chemical Composition of some Minerals from Newbury-
port. Miss Ellen H. Swallow.

Boston Artesian Well and its Waters. T. Sterry Hunt.

Geological Relations of Boston and Narragansett Bays.
N. S. Shaler.

The Physical Features of Massachusetts. W. H. Niles.

Remarks on the Preceding. T. Sterry Hunt.

N. S.

Post-pliocene Fossils from Sankoty Head, Nantucket. -

S. H. Seudder.
On the Origin of Porphyry. Thomas T. Bouvé.
Remarks on the Porphyries of Marblehead. A. Hyatt.

MEMOIRS OF THE BOSTON Society oF NATURAL HISTORY.

I, pp. 251-253.

On the Glacial Phenomena of Labrador and Maine.
A. S. Packard, Jr.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

IV, p. 81.

On the Tertiary Strata of Martha’s Vineyard. C. Lyell.

QUARTERLY JOURNAL OF THE GEOLOGICAL SoOcIETY oF LONDON.

V, p. 340.

On the Tertiary and more recent deposits in the Island
of Nantucket. KE. Desor and E. C. Cabot.

JOURNAL OF THE Essex County NATURAL History SociIrty.

Ep: (3.

I, p. 120.

I, p. 19.

i, pp. 151-153.

Il, p. 39.
II, p. 47.
Il, p. 291.

A Sketch of the Geology and Mineralogy of the south-
ern part of Essex County. Wm. Prescott.
The Danvers Bowlder, or Ship Rock.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE Essex INSTITUTE.

Sienite of South Danvers. A. Nichols.

Cancrinite, Pyrite and Zircon in Salem. A. P. Chute
and G. L. Streeter.

Geology of Manchester. B, F. Mudge.

The Minerals of Lynnfield. A. P. Chute.

Geology and Mineralogy of Lynnfield. B. F. Mudge.

L. S. Burbank. —

ae |

1877.]

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol,

Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

Vol.
Vol.
Vol.

Vol.

Il, p. 806.
Il, p. 385.
II, p- 406.
il, p. 15.
Ill, p. 49.
III, p. 85.
111, p. 89.
Ill, p. 96.
m1, p- 101.
In, p. 109.
Ill, pp. 205, 206.

Iil, p. 231.
III, p. 269.
Ill, p. 280.
IV, p. 48.
IV, p. 55.
Iv, p. 61.
IV, p. 152.
IV, p. 163.

a.
{ OOF [Wadsworth.

Geology of Marblehead. James H. Gregory.

Geology of Middleton. B. F. Mudge.

Geology of Groveland. Sot Ge

Gravel Pits of Topsfield. Samuel Todd,

The Local Geology of Topsfield. S. S. Mackenzie.

Geology of Boxford. Sanborn Tenney.

Serpentine in Lynnfield. §S. Barden.

Geology of the Coast Region, J.J. H. Gregory.

Geology of Lynn. tea ee G

Geology of Middleton, oe eae

Geology and Mineralogy of Rockport. Barden, Alger,
Gregory and others.

Lithology and Mineralogy of Rockport. S. Barden.

Geology of Powow Hill. J. J. H. Gregory.

Mineralogy of Salem Neck. H. Wheatland.

Moraine in Beverly. G. W. Skinner.

Ship Rock, etc. S. Barden,

Devil’s Den. S. Barden and H. C. Perkins.

Mineral Point Mine, Georgetown.

Sand in Newburyport. Henry C. Perkins,

COMMUNICATIONS TO THE ESSEX INSTITUTE.

IV, p. 3.
IV, p. 6.

Vv, p. 157.
VI, p. 48.
VI, p. 47.
VI, pp. 51, 52.

On the Sodalite at Salem. D. M. Balch.

On Magnetite and an unknown Mineral at Nahant
G. H. Emerson.

Geology of Andover, C. H. Hitchcock.

Geology of Marblehead. J. J. H. Gregory.

Copper Mines of Topsfield.

Geology of Salem. A. Hyatt and S. Todd.

BULLETIN OF THE Essex INSTITUTE,

I, p. 59.
I, p. 106.

I, p. 144,
Il, p. 93.
1, pw lit.
Ill, p. 49.
Ill, p. 53.

II, p. 128,
Ill, p. 129.
VI, p. 142,

VI, p. 158.

Notice of a singular Erratic in Lynn, known by the
name of “ Phaeton Rock.” C.M. Tracy.

Geological Description of New England Granite Form-
ation, T. Sterry Hunt.

Eozoon Canadense. E, Bicknell.

Eozoon in Essex County. A. Hyatt.

Geology of Marblehead Neck. A. Hyatt.

On the Geological Survey of Essex Co. A, Hyatt.

Notes on the Geology of Eastern Mass. T. Sterry
Hunt.

Phaeton Rock. F. W. Putnam.

Wigwam Rock. Jones Very.

Lead Mine at Rocky Hill, West Newbury. Alfred
Osgood

Account of the Agassiz Bowlder. John Robinson.

Wadsworth.] 292 [May 16,

Vol. vi, p. 205. Remarks on the Lead Ore of West Newbury. Osgood
and Knowlton.
Vol. vir, p. 108. Notice of the Mining Lands of Newbury. <A. Osgood.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT
OF SCIENCE,

Vol. Iv, p. 313. Paracolumbite from Taunton. C. U. Shepard.

Vol. vi, p. 275. Ou the Distribution of Manganese. D. A. Wells.

Vol. xx, p. 1. Address of Ex-President Hunt,

Vol. xx, p. 262. On the Eozo6én Canadense in the Crystalline Limestones
in Eastern Mass. L. S. Burbank,

Vol. xx. p. 270. On the “Eozodn’’ Limestone of Eastern Mass, J. B.
Perry.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.

Vol. vi, p. 411. Observations on the Geology of the U. States, explana-

tory of a Geological Map. Wm. Maclure.
New Series.

Nolistp- cme Observations on the Geology of United States; with
map. Wm. Maclure.

Special Publications in which references to the Geology and Mineralogy of this
region may be found.

References can be found in most text books on Mineralogy rad Geology. I
shall therefore only give the more important ones.

Hitchcock’s Special and Final Reports on the Geology of Massachusetts.

A Catalogue of American Minerals, with their Localities. Samuel Robinson

An Elementary Treatise on Mineralogy and Geology. 2 editions. Parker
Cleveland.

A System of Mineralogy. 5 editions. J.D. Dana,

Manual of Mineralogy. 2 editions. J. D. Dana.

Text Book of Mineralogy. Edward §. Dana.

Phillips’ Mineralogy. Francis Alger.

Treatise on Mineralogy. 3 editions. C. U. Shepard.

Manual of Geology. 2 editions. J. D. Dana.

Text Book of Geology. 2 editions. J. D. Dana.

Travels in N. America, C. Lyell.

Travels in U. States. Second visit.. C. Lyell.

Chemical and Geological Essays. T. Sterry Hunt.

Geology. Sanborn Tenney. 2 editions. °

Elementary Geology. Edward Hitchcock. 32 editions,

American Geology. Ebenezer Emmons.

Report on the Geological Map of Massachusetts. W. O. Crosby.

Geological Description of Massachusetts. By C. H. Hitchcock, in WEE 8
Atlas of Massachusetts.

Question Guide to the Environs of Boston. N. S. Shaler.

1877. ] 223 [ Wadsworth.

THE INTRUSIVE ROCKS IN THE VICINITY OF BOSTON.

It is proposed in this paper to discuss only part of the intrusive
rocks to be found within the limits of Somerville, Malden, Medford,
Brighton, Cambridge, Brookline, and Roxbury, and bounded princi-
pally by the porphyritic felsites and the medial line of the con-
glomerate.

The country rock in which these intrusives occur is principally an
argillite, with varying dip, and a conglomerate; in this there occur
five apparently different varieties of intrusive rocks.

In order to separate my views and theories from the facts ob-
served, I shall, when possible without too great violence to the gen-
eral appearance of these rocks, give them for the present the names
by which they have been known heretofore, reserving my deductions
for a later portion of this paper.

The first class is typically represented at the prehnite locality of
Somerville, and is ordinarily known as “granite,” “syenite,” or
‘¢ diorite.”

The second class occurs in narrow dikes, which President Hitch-
cock calls “trap” in his Reports. -

The third class is composed of the well known “greenstones ” of
this vicinity.

The fourth class is typically represented on Fremont Street, Som-
erville, and has been called “ granite” and “limestone,” but for the
present it may be well to call it “ porphyry.”

The fifth class is the so-called “ amygdaloid ” of Brighton. It is
not intended to discuss the amygdaloid in this paper, but to confine
it to the first four varieties named. :

I shall first give a list of localities, and the rocks to be found in
them, and afterwards describe part of them more in detail.

LOCALITIES IN SOMERVILLE,

1. Head of Granite Street, off Somerville Avenue. The rock
here is the “ diorite” of the prehnite locality.

2. Corner of Somerville Avenue and Lowell St., — “ greenstone.”

3. On Lowell Street, midway between Somerville Avenue and
Summer Street, — “ greenstone.”
4. Jn the triangle formed by Broadway, Holland, and James
Streets, — ‘‘ greenstone.”

5. Newbury Street, near Broadway, — “ greenstone.”

PROCEEDINGS B. 8S. N. H, — VOL. XIX. 15 NOVEMBER, 1877.

Wadsworth.] 224 [May 16,

6. Argillite quarry near the Cambridge Alms House, —“ green-
stone ’’ and ‘ trap.’’

7. Elm Street, northwest side, an argillite quarry with three
dikes of “trap,” one of “ greenstone ” and one of “porphyry.” The
trap shows in the westerly dike the usual prismatic jointing. The
middle trap dike faults the “ porphyry,” the opposite parts being lat-
erally separated by about six feet. The same dike also cuts the
greenstone, showing that it is of more recent date than either the
“porphyry” or “greenstone.” The easterly dike extends on both
sides of Elm St., and is porphyritie by reason of crystals of clino-
clase and some calcite. Several layers of sandstone are found in this
quarry as well as in others in the argillite which closely resemble that
found in connection with the conglomerate at Brighton. The
“porphyry ” in its passage through the slate and sandstone, takes
various directions, horizontal, perpendicular and oblique, inclined to
the north.

8. On Chandler St., near the last mentioned quarry, there are
three “‘ trap ” dikes and one of ‘“ greenstone.”

9. Between Elm and Willow Streets, also on. both sides of Wil-
low St., and on Appleton St., the “ greenstone” outcrops in several
places; and the “trap” is to be seen on the west end of Appleton
St. and the east side of Willow St.

10. Near the old “ Powder House,” corner of Elm St. and Broad-
way, — “ diorite.”

11. Fremont St., — “greenstone” and “porphyry.” This is the
best location of the latter, which is here almost interstratified with
the argillite, but shows its. intrusive character by its shoulders and
branches, also by its breaking across the stratification in some places.

12. In that part of Somerville included between Mystic Avenue,
Temple, Bond, Heath and Brooks Streets, numerous quarries exist,
and very many outcrops of “ trap” and “ greenstone ” occur.

13. Between Bond and Heath Streets, —“ trap.”

14. Near the centre of Vernon St., —“ porphyry,” or a decompos-
ing ‘“ ereenstone.”

15. Adams’ Ledge on School St., opposite Howe St., — “ trap”
and “ goreenstone.”

16. Corner of Marshall and Pearl Streets, — “ greenstone.”

17. West corner of Walnut and Pearl Streets—“ sreenstone”; and
on the east corner — “ trap.”

1877.] 295 | [ Wadsworth.

18. Wigglesworth St., opposite Everett Avenue, a “trap” dike
faults a large “greenstone ” one, and occasions in the contiguous
argillite a prismatic jointing, perpendicular to the walls of the dike,
similar to the usual jointing of dikes.

19. On Wigglesworth St., near Bonair St., a “ porphyry ” dike
occurs, which was traced to quite a distance when the cellars were
excavated along Bonair St.

20. Near Walnut St., between Bonair St. and Broadway, three
“trap” dikes and several of “porphyry” or altered “greenstone ”’
are seen.

21. Corner of Crescent and Washington Streets “ greenstone,”
which here well shows its junction with the indurated argillite and
sandstone. The ‘‘ greenstone,’’ through alteration, is sometimes
amygdaloidal in appearance, and, further, contains. much epidotie
matter, which is to be found in many of the “ greenstones” and
other rocks to the northward of Boston.

LOCALITIES IN MALDEN,

1. In the space included by Ferry, Upham, Franklin and Haskins
Streets, three outcrops of the “greenstone ” occur, one near Upham
St., the second to the eastward, and the third to the northward of
the first.

2. Near the ‘‘ Old Cemetery ’’ on Tufts Avenue and Green St. ,—

* diorite.”
LOCALITIES IN MEDFORD.

1. West side of Forest St., corner of High St., —a series of
quarries in the “ diorite.”

2. Corner of Main and Dexter Streets, —a dike of “ green-
stone,” one of “‘ porphyry,” and one of “ trap.”

3. On the Medford Turnpike or Mystic Avenue an outcrop of
“oreenstone” is to be seen, which is very much altered, and resembles
closely an impure decomposing felsite on its surface. It can be traced
for about half a mile into Somerville. It is one of the widest of
the ‘‘ greenstone” dikes, and at one time formed a high bluff, whose
foot was washed by the Mystic.

BRIGHTON.

1. On Cambridge St., between Union Square and Warren St., by
the Brighton Water-works, there are four “trap” dikes in the
“amygdaloid,” one of which ends quite abruptly in it.

Wadsworth.] . 226 [May 16,

9. At the corner of Brighton Avenue and South Harvard St.
two “trap” dikes cut the ‘‘ amygdaloid,’’ changing their direction
considerably in the passage, the mean direction being about N. 55° E.

BROOKLINE AND ROXBURY.

In Brookline and Roxbury many “trap” and “greenstone” dikes
are to be seen. On Tremont St., between Parker and Francis
Streets, seven “trap” dikes and one of “ greenstone” oecur; three
of the “trap” dikes stand side by side, separated only by narrow
bands of conglomerate. The “greenstone” here runs about N. 25°
W.., differing much in direction from the other “ greenstones.” In
Brookline, on Washington St., between Allston and Beacon Streets,
a “trap” dike is seen, showing an abrupt change in part of its course
for a short distance.

The directions of all these intrusive rocks have been as carefully
ascertained as they well could be with a common pocket compass.
Many of them are strongly magnetic, so much so that pieces may be
lifted with a magnet. ‘This strong magnetism renders the obtaining
of their true direction, in many cases, quite difficult. The direction
for the same kinds of rock varies somewhat in different parts of the
dikes, but in general it isthe same. Their general direction to the
true meridian (the correction for which I am indebted to Mr. A.
Searle of the Phillips Observatory) is as follews: ‘ Diorites,” N. 40°
E.; “Traps,” N. 40° E.; “Greenstones,” N. 60° W.,)Ferghy—
ry, oN; A0o AW.

SPECIAL DESCRIPTION.
‘¢ DIORITE.’’

GRANITE STREET, OFF SOMERVILLE AVENUE, SOMERVILLE.

This locality is one of the best and longest known in this vicinity,
being the famous prehnite quarry of Milk Row, Charlestown, which
is the name now given in our mineralogies to this locality, Somer-
ville formerly having been a part of Charlestown.

In the Danas’ Geology of Boston, the rock is described as a green-
stone, which they define as a granular aggregate of hornblende and
feldspar (pages 163-201). In Cleaveland’s Mineralogy the same
designation is applied to it. In the mineralogies of Dana, Blum and
Alger, it is called sienite. Dr. Webster, in the Boston Journal of
Philosophy and Arts, Vol. 11, pages 282-286 calls this a “ sienitic

1877.] 227 [ Wadsworth.

greenstone,” and in his paper, as well as in the Danas’, a good descrip-
tion of the decomposition of this rock, both in this and in other
localities, can be found, together with its formation of boulders in
situ. President Hitchcock mentions this rock in several places under
the head of greenstone in his final report on the Geology of Massa-
chusetts, however quoting mainly from Dr. Webster’s paper. In the
paper of Mr. W. W. Dodge,! it is described as “ ranging from feld-
spathetic to hornblende rock, often very micaceous, sometimes gran-
itic by the absence of hornblende.” Mr. W. O. Crosby, in his
Report on the Geological Map of Massachusetts, (page 11) calls this
an “exotie diorite,’ and considers it probably of the Norian Age,
making it the same as his “ Norian Rocks” of Nahant, Marblehead
and Salem. In the papers referred to, all agree in one thing, that,
in general, the rock is composed of feldspar and hornblende.

The general appearance of the rock varies to quite an extent; in
some places it is light brown or reddish from the predominance of
feldspar, in others dark green to quite black. It breaks up into irreg-
ular blocks, which by disintegration form rounded boulder-like
masses, and yield a reddish brown sand. All the other large dikes,
as well as part of the smaller trappean ones, disintegrate in the
same way. The resulting sand is composed chiefly of feldspar and
altered biotite or rubellan. Veins of reddish feldspar and of feld-
spar and hornblende extend through many parts of the rock.

The stone from this and other localities of the same kind, has been
used to a considerable extent in Boston, Cambridge, Medford, Mal-
den, Somerville, Brighton, and other towns, for basement walls, un-
der pinning, steps, posts, fence walls, etc., and, when it is used above
ground it compares very favorably with the other building stones
used beside it, especially when hewn, a fact which is quite surprising
when we consider its ready disintegration in the parent bed. The
oldest monument of its use in Cambridge, that I know of, is the old ©
miie stone, now standing near Dane Hall, which bears date of 1734.
The front of the building now occupied by the Cambridge Gas Light
- Company at Harvard Square is of this rock, and was erected in 1840.
The mass of the rock is too sombre to be used to any very great
extent in edifices except with lighter colored materials, and, further,
it would be well to make a most careful examination of it, where it
has been used, before it is either condemned or accepted as a durable -

1 Proc. Boston Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. XVII, p. 415.

Wadsworth. } 228 [May 16,

building stone. It is the principal building stone at Medford, and it
can be seen on many of the streets in Boston, particularly on the
older and cross streets. My thanks are due to President Eliot for
information upon this subject.

Thin sections of the rock examined under the microscope show
that it is composed of a triclinic feldspar, augite and magnetite, with
apatite, biotite, viridite, and pyrite. The feldspar, augite, and mag-
netite are the essential constituents, while the viridite, and probably
most of the biotite if not all of it, are the products of alteration.

The feldspar is much decomposed, being altered to viridite, preh-
nite, and kaolin, but shows in polarized light that it is clinoclase; the
alteration to viridite commences usually in the interior of the erystal,
and may be, as well as prehnite, which is of similar occurrence, the
occasion of the appearance of much of the feldspar, which has a
pink tinge on the outer part, and a greenish one in the centre, al-
though this is generally considered to be owing to two different
feldspars.

The augite occurs in columnar crystals penetrating, and interpen-
etrated by, the clinoclase, showing the contemporaneous crystalliza-
tion of both. It is divided by an irregular network of fissures, and
from these and the surface of the crystal. the alteration to viridite
begins, and crystals are to be seen in every stage of alteration, from
those that are partially, to those that are wholly, changed.

The viridite arises from the alteration of the feldspar and augite.
Its first appearance is amorphous, it then assumes a fibrous structure,
and finally passes into biotite and other definite forms. The weight
of the evidence would go to show that the viridite is the intermediate
state that the minerals of this rock pass through in the course of
their alteration to definite compounds. It is often found pseudo-
morphous after the augite.

The biotite, although it may have been partly an original constit-
uent of the rock, comes from the alteration of the augite either
directly or else passing through the viridite stage, and the evidence
goes to show that the latter is the case. The reasons for assuming ~
this are these: The apparent gradual passage from augite through
viridite to biotite, as seen under the microscope; the general non-
appearance of biotite only in those parts where the augite has been
greatly or entirely altered; ‘its comparative absence in the least
altered portions of the rock; the abundance of the viridite in the
partially changed parts, and finally the almost entire absence of the

1877.] ' 229 [ Wadsworth.

augite and viridite, and the great amount of the biotite in the more
decayed portions of the rock and the resulting sand. A silvery white
to greenish white mica is found in very thin scales in the rock, and
from its pyrognostic characters is probably biotite, or a related mica.

The apatite is found in long, rounded and hexagonal needles, pen-
etrating both the augite and the feldspar. In general it is unaltered,
but in a few cases its cracks are filled with viridite.

The hornblende of the reddish feldspathic veins is in long, black
prisms closely resembling the augite, and undergoes similar altera-
tions. Uralite is found in small quantities. Calcite occurs in veins
lining fissures, and in connection with the prehnite. Quartz is
found chiefly in nodules and in irregular masses partially filling inter-
spaces between the feldspar, in the coarser veins. It is not, however,
an essential constituent of any part of the rock.

The prehnite occurs in veins lining fissures in the rock, also form-
ing pseudomorphs after the feldspar and augite, principally the
former, particularly near the veins containing prehnite, where the
feldspar is partially or wholly replaced by it, as well as in the coarser
parts of the rock, and near its junction with the slate. The partial
alteration of the feldspar to prehnite appears to extend through con-
siderable of the massive part of the rock, and gives rise to much of
the greenish color of the feldspar when it has not been changed to
viridite.

Chalcodite, which has only heretofore been found at the Sterling
Tron Mine, Antwerp, N. Y., I have found in some abundance in this
locality. It occurs in masses and pseudomorphs made up of minute
flakes, and also in stellated groups.

Two varieties are found, one of a green bronze color, which on
heating in a closed tube yields water and turns yellow, the other of a
yellow bronze color. The first variety occurs on the interior, and in
parts that have not been as directly exposed to atmospheric action as
the yellow variety. The genesis appears to be as follows: the altera-
tion of the original minerals to viridite, then the passage through the
green bronze to the yellow bronze state, that being probably the
chalcodite proper. In physical, pyrognostic and chemical characters,
it closely agrees with the descriptions given by Professors Shepard!
and Brush 2 of the Antwerp mineral, therefore it is not necessary for
me to give those characters here. It takes the place of the augite,

1Proc. Am. Association Adv. Science, Vol. VI, p. 232.
2 Am. Jour. Science, 2d Ser., Vol. XXv, p. 198.

Wadsworth.] 230 [May 16,

feldspar and prehnite, and sometimes seems to be formed without
passing through the viridite or green bronze stage. On the feldspar
and prehnite it occurs sometimes as stellate coatings on the unaltered
mineral, at others in stellate groups in little pits upon the surface, as
well as replacing the minerals in part, or as a whole. In one feld-
spar crystal the alteration was observed to take place in layers par-
allel to O, (001).

The remaining minerals are principally magnetite and pyrite; the
magnetite, when tested, showed no trace of titanium. The melano-
lite of Wurtz is deposited on the sides of fissures by the infiltrating
waters, and assumes a striated, imperfectly fibrous shape, and gives
rise to faces and appearances, similar, if not identical, with much of
the so-called “ slicken-sides”; on long exposure it changes from its
original to a rusty brown color.

An examination of many of the rocks in this vicinity would indi-
cate that a large number of the faces that are here called “slicken-
sides” arise from a deposit of epidotic, chloritic, or other mineral
matter deposited by water on the surface of pre-existing fissures, and
which may or may not have been further smoothed by the attrition
of running water, or by the expansive force of the water freezing in
the fissures.

MALDEN.

The Malden locality is not now worked; the rock has been used to
form the wall on the north side of the “ Old Cemetery,” near the
quarry. The contact with the argillite can be seen here. The argil-
lite is much indurated and resembles felsite. ‘Thin sections show the
rock to be composed of clinoclase, augite, magnetite, viridite, with
some biotite, pyrite, and apatite. The clinoclase is very much al-
tered. This rock, in all of its essential characters, is the same as
that last described.

MEDFORD. FOREST STREET.

The specimens from this locality are mainly surface ones, therefore
much altered, yet thin sections show its composition to be the same
as the preceding.

The augite has in a great measure disappeared, and little viridite
is found, but the biotite is very abundant.

SOMERVILLE. POWDER HOUSE.

The general structure and composition of this rock is the same as
that of the foregoing localities.

1877.] 231 [Wadsworth.

The augite is much decomposed, the viridite is very abundant,
while but little biotite shows in the thin section. The apatite is
partly altered to viridite. Near the contact with the argillite the
rock is compact and fine grained, looking like some of the coarser
‘“‘ traps,” but a microscopic examination of it shows that it is the same
as the coarser parts, except that its constituents are less decomposed
and it contains a little quartz.

“TRAP” DIKES.
BRIGHTON, NEAR THE WATER WORKS.

Of the four dikes here, one is about eight or ten feet in width, and
at one end shows the same concentric disintegration that the “ dio-
rites ” have, while the other end shows the usual prismatic jointing
common to such dikes, the columns being perpendicular to its walls.
This dike is a vertical one, but many of the dikes are inclined
towards the east. ‘Thin sections under the microscope show that this
is of the same composition as the “ diorite,” particularly the compact
part, near the argillite at the “ Powder House,” Somerville. It con-
tains considerable viridite. Its structure and composition show that
it is the connecting link between the “ diorite” and “trap.” Some
prehnite is found in this dike.

WALNUT ST. BETWEEN BONAIR ST. AND BROADWAY, SOMERVILLE.

Thin sections show that the third dike from Walnut St. is com-
posed of a reddish brown augite, clinoclase, magnetite, olivine and
viridite; the viridite forming pseudomorphs after olivine, or partially
replacing it. This dike and the middle one in this quarry, are finely
porphyritic from elongated crystals of feldspar, while the other trap
dike in this quarry is mainly uniform in texture. The middle dike
contains clinoclase, magnetite, and viridite, forming a matrix in
which larger twin crystals of clinoclase are enclosed, also partially
altered crystals of olivine. But little unchanged augite is to be seen.

BOND ST., SOMERVILLE.

The “ trap ” here is composed of augite, clinoclase, magnetite, viri-
dite, and also olivine, partially or wholly altered to viridite. In this
there is a tendency to the formation of little spheres of decompo-
sition, tending to give the rock a variolitic appearance.

This same structure is very prominent in some of the Roxbury
dikes on Tremont St., and in Somerville, on Elm St.

Wadsworth. ] 982 [May 16,

ELM ST., SOMERVILLE, WESTERLY “TRAP” DIKE.

We have in this a finely porphyritic dike composed of augite, cli-
noclase, magnetite, and viridite, the viridite here being

g, as in all
other cases, a product of alteration.

WIGGLESWORTH ST., OPPOSITE EVERETT AVENUE, SOMERVILLE.

Several sections of this rock were made, showing it to be eomposed
of augite, clinoclase, magnetite, with viridite and a little olivine.
Signs of flow structure are to be seen under the microscope in some
sections of this and other dikes. In a section showing the junction of
the dike with the argillite, it passes from a compact gray base con-
taining crystals of feldspar (the crystals growing finer near the junc-
tion) to the argillite composed of rounded grains showing colors in
polarized light. ‘The dike, at the junction, takes up little portions of
the slate and sends veinlets into it, the same as can be seen on a large
scale at the junction of the “ diorite ” of Malden with the argillite.

The greenish and grayish base or glass found at the junction with
the argillite and with the “ greenstone ” is undoubtedly altered tachy-
lite; it is porphyritic from inclosed crystals of feldspar and augite,
and can be found on nearly all of the smaller dikes.

EAST SIDE OF WALNUT ST., CORNER OF PEARL ST., SOMERVILLE.

The dike here contains undecomposed olivine, which is readily
distinguished by the naked eye, the remaining constituents being the
same as those in the rock last described.

ADAMS’ LEDGE, SCHOOL ST., SOMERVILLE.

The “trap ” in this quarry is coarsely porphyritic from large twin
crystals of clinoclase, the composition plane being 7-7, and each part.
showing the characteristic stria. These crystals are usually rounded,
but show their contemporaneous origin with the matrix by containing
the same inclosed minerals that it does; by being penetrated by, and
by inclosing, detached portions of the matrix; by crystals of apatite
and masses of magnetite extending through both the feldspar and
the matrix. The minerals inclosed by the feldspar, which is probably
labradorite, are apatite, magnetite, biotite, and graphite.

The mass of the rock is like all the other “trap” dikes varying
from a gray to a dark gray, almost black mass, more or less compact,
breaking with a conchoidal fracture, and easily fusing to a black
magnetic mass. Microscopic examination of it in thin sections shows

1877.] 233 [Wadsworth.

that it is much decomposed, and has a flow structure. It is composed
of clinoclase, magnetite, a very little unaltered augite, olivine, viri-
dite, apatite, and pyrite, pyrite occurring in all the intrusive rocks
described in this paper. Porphyritically inclosed in the matrix, be-
sides the feldspar, occur biotite, graphite, olivine, pyrite, hematite,
apatite, serpentine, and magnetite. ‘The graphite is in fine pure
scales, the hematite arises in some cases from the decomposition of
the olivine, which is here of a brownish yellow color, and on heating
turns black and becomes magnetic. The apatite occurs of a brown
color and in hexagonal crystals, both tabular and columnar, also in
rounded columns and grains. The magnetite on test showed no trace
of titanium. The olivine and magnetite contain inclosed crystals of
apatite. Calcite and other products of infiltration and alteration are
to be found.

“ GREENSTONES.”

MALDEN, NEAR UPHAM ST., CORNER OF FERRY.

Thin sections show that this rock is composed of augite, feldspar,
magnetite, and viridite. The feldspar is so altered that no trace of
its triclinic character is visible, and in other sections of this the con-
stituent minerals are much more decomposed and changed to viridite.

MEDFORD, CORNER OF DEXTER AND MAIN STS,

This “ greenstone” contains much augite, feldspar, and magnetite
with a little quartz and calcite.

SOMERVILLE, WILLOW ST.

The feldspar here, although much decomposed, still shows traces
in polarized light of its triclinic character. Hornblende of a yellow-
ish color in the thin sections is found, and appears to be an alteration
product. The rock further contains apatite, viridite, biotite, and
magnetite, but hardly a trace of augite.

SOMERVILLE, CORNER OF LOWELL ST. AND SOMERVILLE AVENUE,

The general structure of this and of part of the other “greenstones,”
is essentially the same as that of the ‘‘ diorites,’’ and it is composed
of feldspar, viridite, magnetite, apatite, augite, and traces of horn-
blende. The rock near its contact with the slate is of a dirty gray
color, and under the microscope shows a gray base with crystals of
feldspar porphyritically inclosed.

Wadsworth.] 234 [May 16,

SOMERVILLE, QUARRY NEAR THE CAMBRIDGE ALMS HOUSE.

Composed of viridite, feldspar, magnetite, and some augite.

SOMERVILLE, WEST CORNER OF WALNUT AND PEARL STS.

This is composed principally of viridite and magnetite, with traces
of feldspar, augite, and apatite.

SOMERVILLE, FREMONT ST.

This rock is finely porphyritic from elongated feldspar crystals, the
matrix being composed of clinoclase, viridite, and magnetite.

ARGILLITE QUARRY, ELM ST., SOMERVILLE.
Composed of viridite, magnetite and feldspar, forming a matrix in
which large feldspar crystals are embedded; these crystals are much
altered, and are changed to viridite in part.

SOMERVILLE, WIGGLESWORTH ST.

Surface specimens show the “ greenstone” to be composed mainly
of viridite and magnetite, with a little quartz and calcite.

EAST CORNER OF MARSHALL AND PEARL STS., SOMERVILLE.

Much decomposed, composed almost entirely of viridite and mag-
netite.

“ PORPHYRY.”

SOMERVILLE, FREMONT ST.

The dike here is several feet in width, very coarsely porphyritic on
the underside, becoming finely so towards the upper parts of the
dike, where it is a compact gray mass. ‘The porphyritic structure is
owing to yellow and grayish white pseudomorphs after feldspar, au-
gite and hornblende crystals; the pseudomorphs being composed
principally of a hydrous, ferruginous, and argillaceous material con-
taining calcite, and generally showing under the microscope a some-
what fibrous structure. The base is a mottied grayish mass, now
composed principally of calcite and argillaceous matter.

ARGILLITE QUARRY, ELM ST., SOMERVILLE.

The dike here is narrow, and only finely porphyritic. ‘Thin sec-
tions reveal a similar structure to the “ porphyry” on Fremont Street,
except that the alteration has not extended quite as far. A close
resemblance exists in this and the upper part of the one on Fremont

1877.] 235 (Wadsworth.

Street to the rock on the boundaries of the Lowell Street “ green-
stone” dike.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS.

It will be seen from the foregoing that the first three classes of
rocks, i. é., “ diorites,” ‘‘ traps” and “greenstones,” show various
degrees of alteration, from those in which the original constitutents
are but slightly altered to those in which viridite and some magnetite
form the entire mass of the rock, all of the original constituents hav-
ing been changed to viridite, except the magnetite, that change
taking place through the medium of percolating waters, and in many,
if not in all eases, going on at the present time.

The “ diorites” and “ trap ” having a common direction and com-
position, as well as a similar structure depending upon the width of
the dike, must be taken as of the same age and as the same rock.

The “greenstones” having the same original constituents as the
former, excepting their greater alterations, and in some cases closely
resembling in internal structure the “ diorites,’ should be taken as
the same rock, but of a greater age.

The “porphyry” could come from altered trachytic rocks, but
from its general association and its resemblance to parts of the
greenstones it may be considered (provisionally at least) as belonging
to the “greenstone ” type, but in narrower dikes and of the same or
different age.

The normal and essential constituents of these rocks were augite,
feldspar, and magnetite, containing as accessories apatite, olivine,
pyrite, hornblende, and perhaps some biotite.

The viridite, most of the biotite, part of the hornblende, the preh-
nite, chaleodite and hematite, are the products of alteration. The
viridite is in many, if not in all cases, the intermediate or transition
stage through which the original constituents pass in the course of
their replacement by biotite, hornblende, chalcodite, etc., etc.

Many of the rocks here described have a tendency to decay from
centres forming dark spots, which are often removed by percolating
waters leaving cavities that are afterwards filled by infiltration, and
in other cases the filling proceeds simultaneously with the removal.

This process, which can be seen in every stage in some of the
dikes gives rise to much of the amygdaloidal appearance of these
rocks.

Wadsworth.] 236 [May 16,

All previous writers upon the rocks in the localities mentioned,
who have undertaken to give their composition, have, as far as I
know, considered them all to be hornblendic, except in the -case of
the Doctors Dana, who in their paper on the “ Mineralogy and Geol- —
ogy of Boston and its Vicinity,” on page 157, state that basalt occurs
in beds in argillite at Charlestown, and in rounded masses at Cam-
bridge and Charlestown, basalt at that time being considered to be a
simple mineral. ,

In renaming these rocks I shall in a great measure follow the views
so ably advocated by Mr. 8. Allport in the Geological Magazine, and
in the Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, that intrusive
rocks of the same composition should not be given different names
according as they are considered to be older than the Tertiary age
or not, and that as the chloritic material is solely a product of altera-
tion it should not be made a fundamental basis for their classification.

These rocks answer to the common definitions of diabase and
melaphyr, if they are older than the Tertiary, but rejecting the limi-
tation of age (and in this case it is unknown at present), they should
be classed as dolerites and basalts, the difference being merely the
more compact state of the last, and employing the term dolerite, as
suggested by Mr. Allport, as the generic name, retaining, if desirable,
the terms diabase and melaphyr to simply indicate altered forms of
dolerite and basalt.

The results of the examination of these rocks will be found similar
to those obtained by Messrs. Allport, J. A. Phillips, E. S. Dana,
Hawes and others, in their examinations of similar rocks.

These rocks offer a fruitful field for accurate chemical analysis,
and for more extended microscopic observations; from what exam-
inations I have been able to make outside of the field chosen for this
paper, and from specimens in the collections of others, there is but
little doubt that these rocks ‘are very wide-spread in Eastern Massa-
chusetts, and that a more extended study of them, and of the other
intrusives in this region, would aid much in simplifying its complex
geology.

I would like to urge here that rocks should be most carefully
examined in the field as well as in the cabinet, and, when possible, by
the same observer, for even in this limited region, and from these
dikes, specimens can, and have been collected, as typical ones, that
in the cabinet, and even in thin sections, would be, and have been,

1877.] Die [ Wadsworth.

pronounced to be basalt, diabase, melaphyr, syenite, aphanite, diorite,
impure limestone, chlorite-schist, etc., etc.

A want of time and the pressure of my other duties compels me to
present this paper without the further investigations that should be
made, especially as no two sections of the same rock will tell exactly
the same story; I must therefore look to the future to substantiate or
overthrow my conclusions.

Although no one but myself is responsible for the ideas put forth,
or the errors contained in this paper, I desire to acknowledge my
indebtedness to Professor Cooke, who kindly allowed me the use
of his magnificent microscope, polariscope, and foreign collection of
thin sections; to Professor Pumpelly, who, although I had not the
slightest claim upon him, most kindly taught me to make my own
thin sections, and gave me much valuable instruction; to Professors
Whitney, Hunt, Shaler, Huntington and others, for the privilege of
examining their lithological collections, and for other favors.

ON THE GRANITE OF NortH JAy, MAINE.
By M. Epwarp WaApDswoRTH.

The granite quarries at this place are located upon a ridge of
granite that rises to the height of two to three hundred feet above
the M. C. R. R. station, and extends in a north and south direction
for about half a mile.

The country rock is a mica schist. The granite has the usual con-
centric and cross jointing. In some parts it is quite gneissoid, and
in the southern and central parts of the hill is much intersected by
veins and coarse patches of granite, the best and finest rock being
on the northern portion.

The granite is composed of orthoclase, clinoclase, muscovite, biotite
and quartz, and in the veins and coarser parts tourmaline, beryl: and
garnet occur.

The clinoclase, determined by the method of Des Cloizeaux
(Comptes Rendus, Vol. Lxxxu, page 1017) is found to be oligoclase.

The orthoclase shows well in polarized light the cross-hatching
described by Hull, Rutley and others.

The quartz and feldspar show under the microscope the usual in-
closures, and the quartz in some places is filled with trichites, closely
resembling the usual “ macroscopic ” inclosures of rutile.

Wadsworth.| 238 _[May 16,

The micas were examined under the polariscope, showing that the
black one was uniaxial, while the silvery white one was biaxial, giv-
ing the following apparent inclination for the axes in the air.

First specimen, mean of fifteen measurements, 69° 59’.

Second specimen, mean of six measurements, 72° 21’.

Third specimen, mean of three measurements, 67° 9’.

The axes lie in the plane of the longer diagonal.

FusIBILITY OF THE AMORPHOUS VARIETIES OF QUARTZ.
By M. Epwarp WaApsworrH.

Having occasion to examine and separate a number of specimens
of jasper from felsite, I was led to doubt the usual statements that
quartz in all its varieties is unaltered -and infusible-before the blow-
pipe, and that jasper can be distinguished from felsite by the former
being infusible, while the latter is fusible on the thin edges.

I found on examining many specimens of chalcedony, agate, jas-
per, flint, opal, etc., that all fused from 5 to 6+, except some of the
jasper; many of the specimens of chalcedony swelling to twice their
normal size, curling in the flame, turning white, and forming a
white enamel or blebby glass.

The fusibility of these varieties is doubtless owing to various bases
existing as impurities in the quartz. ‘That in hand specimens jasper
may be separated from compact -feldspathic rocks by means of its
fusibility may be true, but until it is settled by chemical or micro-
scopical analysis, what shall be called jasper, and what felsite, the
distinguishing line seems, at least, to be obscure.

The blowpipe used (Bunsen’s gas blowpipe) gives a somewhat
higher temperature than the common blowpipe, but in the only case
tried, chaleedony was fused by means of a common blowpipe and a
small alcohol lamp.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder exhibited drawings of the wing of a
cockroach from the carboniferous formation of Pittston,
Penn., in the possession of Mr. R. D. Lacoe of that place.

It lies on a piece of black carbonaceous shale, and was found in
the interconglomerate beds, or at not far from the same level as the
fossil cockroach described by Lesquereux from Frog Bayou, Arkan-
sas. It is a nearly perfect upper wing, an insignificant portion of

1877.] 239 (Brewer.

the extreme tip and base only wanting. It may be called Blattina
fascigera from the grouping of most of the principal nervules into
bundles, although this feature is not very conspicuous. ‘The anal
vein is very deeply impressed; the marginal area is very broad and
in its basal half almost entirely devoid of cross veins; the entire
margin of the apical half of the wing*is broken by nearly straight
and equidistant cross veins over a large area, while the disc of the
wing is irregularly reticulated. The costal margin is very broadly
and gently convex, and the inner margin nearly straight, so that the
wing is of nearly equal breadth throughout. Its length (with broken
- tip) is 35 mm., probably it was about 88 mm. long; its breadth is
15.5 mm. The species seems to be somewhat nearly allied to Blat-
tina primeva Gold. of the European carboniferous formation, but
differs distinctly in the extreme weakness of the scapular vein, its
nearly uniform distance from the margin throughout its course, and
its continuation nearly to the tip of the wing.

A full description and figure of the species will be given in a fu-
ture paper.

Dr. T. M. Brewer announced a very interesting addition
to the Society’s collection of New England fauna, viz.: a
mounted specimen of the Chestnut-collared Longspur, Plec-
trophanes ornatus Townsend.

It was shot by Mr. C. W. Townsend in a grass field near the
shore.at Magnolia, between Gloucester and Manchester, Mass., July
28,1876. It is an adult male, but showing no signs of breeding.
The plumage was much worn, and indicated an incipient moult.
The dimensions are: length, 5.65 in.; expanse, 9.75; wing, 3.21;
tail, 2.32; bill, .38; tarsus, .86; hind claw, .33; middle claw, .22.
It was alone, and while flying uttered two notes. This species is
abundant in the plains of the upper Missouri, where the first single
specimen was taken by Mr. Townsend, and described in 1837. It
was found in May, on the Platte, by Nuttall, and by Mr. Allen in
western Kansas; the highest known range is on the Saskatchewan
Plains. In its migrations it has been taken in southern Texas and
the Indian Territory. No specimen before this is known to have
been taken within two thousand miles of the present locality. As
Mr. Townsend was the first to discover this species, it is not inappro-

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XIX. 16 JANUARBY,.1878. °

Brace.] 240 [May 16,

priate that a namesake should be the first to meet with it in New
England.

A vote of thanks to Mr. Townsend for this gift was passed.

Dr. Brewer also presented the following papers:

NovEs OF A FEW BrirpDs OBSERVED AT New Provipence, Ba-
HAMAS, NOT INCLUDED IN Dr. Bryant’s Lisr or 1859. By
L. J. K. BRACE. 2

Dendroica dominica. Two specimens seen, one shot, Sept.
30, 1876, in the ‘‘ Pine Barren,”’ the other seen Oct. 22, 1876:
both were in full plumage.

Passer domesticus. House Sparrow, introduced within the
last few years.

Coccyzus minor. “Rain Crow, or Cotoo”; probably a con-
traction of Cuckoo. Is tolerably abundant, and not at all a shy bird.

Hirundo bicolor. During the stormy weather of Dec. 1st and
2d of last year, a number of these birds were to be seen flying about.
On the 1st I saw only three, but on the 2d a great many, which flew
very low, close to the ground; two flew inside the house and clung
for a few minutes to the edge of a shelf, but before they could be
secured flew out again. On the 4th, the weather moderating, not
one was to be seen.

Athene cunicularia. Killed Dec. 20, 1876. For about a
month past I had been watching a small owl that was in the habit of
foraging up and down the wharfs that line one side of the harbor of
Nassau. As dusk approached, he would make his appearance and
perch on some elevated place, such as a post, or part of a fence. On
the approach of any one to his resting place, he would allow them to
come within about twenty feet, but if approached nearer, no matter
how cautiously, he would fly off, generally uttering a shrill and
quickly reiterated chur-chur-chur-chut! to another spot, scarcely ever
returning to the same one. Some evenings he was more vociferous
than on others. I could not determine where he retired during the
day, but he would generally arrive from a southerly, inland direction;
at other times from either the east or west end of the wharfs. When
shot, he had only come a short time, and was perched on the cross
trees of a flagstaff, about fifteen feet high. From part of the con-
_ tents of the gizzard, I concluded it was attracted by the “ Crawlers,”

1877.] 241 {Moore.

a species of Ligia that abounds on the sides of the wharfs; it also
contained the half digested remains of a Hyla. I have frequently
heard the note of this owl of an evening. I have seen one, station-
ary, over the seashore, facing a pretty strong northwest wind. And
again, at daybreak one morning, I was passing along the road and
an owl rose from the shore (fringed by a low growth of shrubs) and
passed over the road in front of me— so that here it appears to be
rather a night owl, and not exclusively diurnal. The owls here are
ealled indiscriminately “ Screech Owls.” Its dimensions are: Length,
82; alar, 23; tail, 3.0; tarsus, 14; culmen (chord) tip to cere 42;
culmen (whole chord) 3; wing 64; iris fine yellow.

Geotrygon Martinica. One of the birds called “ Wood
Doves,” the Zenaida amabilis being also called “ Wood Dove.” This
beautiful bird is frequently met with in the coppices underneath the
trees of which it delights to feed, preferring for this purpose those
parts which are rather open beneath, and less choked up with under-
growth, its habit being to feed almost exclusively on the ground, on
berries and seeds, more particularly on the berries of the ‘‘ Poison
Wood,” on the fruit of which, amongst others, the Patagienas leuco-
cephala feeds also. On being flushed, it scarcely, if ever, flies to any
distance, generally alighting after a short curved flight. Its note is
peculiarly mournful, being an expiring groan, which is rather startling
to hear if the cause of it is not known.

Porzana Carolina. This bird I have shot in Dec., 1875 and
1876; only during the winter months. I have met with it in a
muddy, swampy flat.

List oF Brrps, CHIEFLY VISITORS FROM N. AMERICA, SEEN
AND KILLED IN THE BAHAMAS IN JutLy, AuG., OcT., Nov.,
AND Dec., 1876. By N. B. Moors.!

1. Sterna anglica Mont. Aug. 6, killed on Long Island;
many seen.

2. Tringa Bonapartii (one), Aug. 5; Fortune Island.

3. Micropalama himantopus (four), Aug.5; Fortune Isl.
4. Tringa maculosa (two or three), Aug. 5; Fortune Isl.

5. Tringa maculata (several), Sr at se *

6. Polioptila ccerulea (many), es os a ce

1 The papers by Messrs. Brace and Moore are given conjointly, as both cover

the same ground and are supplementary to Dr. Bryant’s observations on the avi-
fauna of the same islands, e

Moore.] 242 [May 16,

7. Dendroeca ? (many), Aug. 5; same place, Inagua, Oct. 6.
None were killed.

8: Chroicocephalus Philadelphia (one), closely observed ;
Long Island, Oct. 8.

9. Charadrius virginica, only two seen, killed; Long Island
Oct. 8.

10. Gambetta melanoleuca (few seen), Aug. 6; Inagua.

11. Gambetta flavipes (seven seen), Aug. 5 and Oct. 6, at
Fortune Island and Inagua.

12. Rhyacophilus solitarius (a few), Aug. 5; same places.

13. Sterna frenata (several), ee a

14. Ardea ludoviciana (three), Aug. 5; F ortune Island.

15. Stryx furcata ? killed (three seen) ; Nake Dec.

16. Antrostromus carolinensis, one skinned, several seen,
Dec. ; Nassau.

17. Ardetta exilis, one, seen Jan. Near Nassau, Jan.

18. Siurus aurocapillus, daily seen, since Oct. 12; Nassau.

19. és novaboracensis, seen any day since Nov. ; ‘‘

20. Porzana carolinensis, three seen Jan. 13; near Nassau.

21. Helmintherus vermivorus, five or six seen in Nov.,
Dec. and Jan.; Nassau.

22. Dendrceca dominica (one or two killed), others seen;
Nov., Dec. and Jan.; Nassau.

23. Galeoscoptes carolinensis, three or four seen in Nov.
and Dec.; Nassau.

24. Vireosylvia flavifrons, two only seen in Jan., first at
Nassau; they were together, feeding on the berries of the Gumbe:
limbo, 7" company with V. crassirostris Bryant. |

25. Hirundo bicolor, seen on two occasions in Nov.; Nassau.

26. Cyanospiza cyanea, only two seen; one male Nov. 1,
female, or young Nov. 1 and Nov. 13; Nassau.

27. Accipiter .columbarius, several seen, in young and
adult dress; Nassau. .

28. Coccygus minor, killed by Mr. L. J. K. Brace, at Nassau.

29. Spheotyto cunicularia, killed Dec. 23, by Mr. Brace.

80. Geotrygon Martinica. Mr. Brace’s identification; not
seen by me.

Some of these should probably not be regarded as only winter visi-
tants, but residents of the Bahamas. But as Dr. Bryant did not,
in 1859, meet with them — such, for instance, as A. ludoviciana,

1877.] 943 {Moore.

Rhy. solitarius, T. Bonapartii and himantopus, G. melancholica and
G. flavipes, and Sterna frenata; and as his list includes some that
are resident here, for instance: Carthartes aura, Geothlypis trichas,
Vireo (barbatulus) altiloquus, Columba leucocephala, Chamepelia pas-
serina and Pandion carolinensis, I thought I would insert them.

OBSERVATIONS ON SOME BIRDS SEEN NEAR Nassau, N. PRovi-
DENCE, IN THE BAHAMA IsLANDs. By N. B. Moore.

Dr. E. Coues tells us that the Vireos are strictly insectivorous birds.
This is an error, certainly, in regard to two species seen here —
V. crassirostris (Bryant) and V. flavifrons.1 How many other
species of Vireos are as fond of a diet of this sort, I cannot say —
perhaps many.

The number of winter visitors from N. America to the Baha-
mas is as large, when fully observed, as the number found in Cuba,
from the same region. For, adding my list of thirty to the pre-
vious list—less one (Chordeiles popetue, which I think is not
found here), we have a total of 29 + 25 = 54 species, observed in
the Bahamas, and a large majority of them on the island of New
Providence.

It may be that Tyrannus dominicensis should be discarded from the
list. I have not seen it here — to identify it.

As to Dr. Bryant’s Chordeiles popetue, I ought, perhaps, not to
assert my opinion against his, for it is scarcely possible that he, a
resident of Boston, can be ignorant of the New England “ Night-
hawk’s” coloration, as also of its utterance. But I do think that, as
he left here on the 13th of May, and this “Pira-mi-dick,” as it is called
here, only “began to arrive on the 1st of May, though they became
numerous by the 10th,” he did not hear their notes, which are pecu-
liar — entirely unlike those of C. popetue. It utters the word “ Pira-
mi-dick,” both when mounting aloft, and also at the lowest part
of the curve, when making its plunge towards the earth, in the
same manner as does C. popetue. I cannot think that any person
who has heard the voices of these birds, could for a moment suppose
them to be the same species. Mr. Gosse mistook the Jamaica bird

1Mr. Moore’s extended observations, showing that both species named feed
greedily on the fruit of the Gumbo-limbo tree, are omitted for want of space. All
of the family are well known to be largely fruit-eaters. (See North American
Birds, Vol. I, pp. 362, 365, 372, 381, etc.)

Moore.} : 244 [May 16,

(there designated by the same vulgar name as here) for C. popetue.
Dr. Sclater decides [ Proc. of Zoological Society of London, 1861, p.
77] that the Jamaican bird of Gosse is C. minor, and I presume the
one found here by Dr. Bryant is the same.

I here present the dimensions of one killed July 26. Adult,
female: — 214, 84, wing 74, tail 32, cul. .%, width of mouth, 7
weight of this one 2 0z.; ai a young one 1 oz. 7 dr.

The white patch on the wing is confined to first quills, and does
not reach the shaft on outer quill of the adult; it is nearer the tip of
the wing than the carpus by nearly the breadth of the patch. There is
no sign of a rudimentary white spot on the fifth quill of this one, but
on the other, young, the fifth quill is touched on both sides of the
shaft with grayish and light ash mottling; not moulting. Color
below, especially on abdomen and crissum, with strong wash of rufus,
stomach and throat crammed with a pellet of red winged ants; left
Nassau Oct. 25 to 28.

Athene (Spheotyto) eamieutaria: Soon after my arrival here,
on Oct. 12, I saw on two occasions, in the dusk of evening, small owls,
which took to be Scops asio. One having been brought-me by Mr.
Brace, I was not a little surprised to see the same species found in
Florida and California.

Its habits here seem quite unlike those noticable in those places.
I have but once seen it in daylight; this was a few days ago. I sup-
posed I flushed it in a thicket where the trees, being sometimes clus-
tered, with numerous bare spaces of rock and earth among them, are
generally about fifteen feet in height. I saw it perch on the top of
one — the very apex —as I had seen them, at night, on two previous
occasions, and as I have once or twice seen the Florida birds on
low bushes in the prairie, in midday, near their burrows.

The young person who killed one says he has seen them in bright
daylight. ‘The stomach of one contained a tree (?) frog, and a small
crustacean. Their littoral habits on this island, and their residence
on the very low region of Florida, together with their western plains
habitat, would seem to endow the species with cosmopolitan qualities.

Stryx furcata (?) Dimensions, adult, 2, 48, 163, wing 14, tail
6, tarsus 311, culmen (a long curve) 2, tip of bill to anterior part of
nares 13 Jeane 141, depth of bill on alle of nares 11. Moulting —
lateral docenion one-half longer than central ones; the pair next to
laterals are three-sixths shorter than third, fourth, or fifth pair, the.
last three being equal in length.

1877.] 945 [Moore,

Certhiola flaveola (bahamensis?), Iam surprised to find
in Dr. Bryant’s description [Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. viz,
p- 117] of this species no mention of the rich yellow on edge of car-
pus, and especially of the conspicuous expanse of the same rich color
across the breast and fore belly. I have never seen an adult bird, of
either sex, without these marks, here, or at Inagua.

Again, I must correct Dr. Bryant in regard to the “insect” food
extracted from what he called “Verea crenata,” on which they are
feeding much at the present time (Feb. 3). There is much delicious
nectar within the flower of this plant, of which the Certhiola is very
fond, and which he has learned to obtain by thrusting its bill through
the petals, as Dr. Bryant truly says, at once, into the nectary. Now I
have spent much time in examining these flowers, and never, but in
one instance, and that of a malformed one, did I find an insect in
the nectary until it had been penetrated by the bill of the bird; after
an opening has been made by him, very small black ants, and very
small winged insects may be found therein.

On the 17th of Dec., [found a yellow-bellied woodpecker extract -
ing sap, in usual fashion, from a logwood sapling, whose juice is
very sweet — quite honey-like. As the Picus varius flew away at my
approach, two Certhiole appeared on the scene, perched near the
sap pits, whence the nectarious juice was oozing, and by the cunning
use of their pennicillate, or bristly tipped tonges, at once, with amus-
ing audacity, commenced to lap, sip, or suck into their mouths the
poachers’ share of it. This was on the 17th of Dec., and this
intrusion upon the woodpecker’s domain has been kept up constantly
since that time.

About the 20th of Dec., I made the bowl of a teaspoon fast in a
fork of the same tree, three feet below the sap pits, placing some
strained honey init. On the 23d, three days afterward, they found,
and at once commenced to feed on this; not, however, till after
another pennicillate, or bristle-tongued bird, Dendreca tigrina, had
found it, and habitually visited this new fountain. The D. tigrina
had been seen at. the woodpecker’s sap pits, on the same day as the
others, and has continued to the present day (Feb. 3) to feed at the
spoon, latterly on sugar and water for four days. Occasionally at the
sap pits I have seen Dendreca coronata, and a species of Anolis has
been a regular feeder since the 17th of Dec., both at the sap pits and
- at my spoon of honey, and sugar and water. ‘Two other woodpeck-
ers of the same species, female and young male, were at times seen
to intrude on their brother’s banquet.

Moore.] 246 [May 16,

My opinion is that this bird is, to but small extent, insectivorous;
it undoubtedly eats insects sometimes, as does Dend. tigrina, whose
tongue is of similar structure. It is a bold and unsuspecting fellow ;
those I am feeding sit within three feet of my hand as I pour their
food into their spoon — they know me as their protector.

Certhiola bahamensis, incubating on three eggs, March 16.
This species probably nests much earlier, as I saw them copulating
Jan. 12, and again later in same month. I think both parents ineu-
bate; the male has no song.

Stryx P marked in the above ‘‘ S. furcata?’’ I now sus-
pect is S.pratincola. ‘The female laid her first egg Feb. 17, the only
other one, probably, on the 18th. The two eggs were seen yesterday
at5p.M. To-day is the twenty-sixth since incubation began. I
failed to see them to-day, as the female sat so close, therefore I think
the young may be getting out.1_ Only the female sits during the day,
as I found to be the fact with Scops asio; whether the male sits dur-
ing part of the night, I cannot determine.

The nest is in a niche in a perpendicular (vertical) wall of rock,
thirty feet from the base, and fifteen feet below the top, and is unap-
proachable. I killed one of a pair of this species, a female, as she
entered the niche; the male, her mate, on the following night entered
it, uttered his peculiar call note, an owl soon approached, he gave
chase, they flew about for some time, and on the next night they
were, to all appearance, mated. Had the male been killed instead of
the female, this sudden marriage, and particularly her continuance at
the old nesting place, would seem less surprising.

The eggs, as seen by a good spy-glass at about forty feet, appear
pure white, and a very plump, or shortish oval, or scarcely round-
globular. The eyrie was never occupied by day till the first egg was
laid, since the laying of which the female has not left during the day.
The first egg was deposited between the hours of 11 and 1.30, near
the middle of the day.

This species has two very distinct vocal utterances; one a “ call
note,” a sort of low rapid chattering or clacking, uttered, so far as I
have observed, when perched. The other a monosyllabic note, which
I would spell “creech,” uttered in a harsh, half scream, while on
the wing, the intervals being very long.

Of their food, and manner of feeding, I cannot speak.

iMarch 19. The two eggs were as yet unhatched, and must of course be addled;
therefore I cannot state the period of incubation of this species, which I had
hoped to do. The female still occupies the eyrie.

1877.] 247 [Ilalsted,

Cyanospiza ciris, one, a male, in splendid dress; seen Feb. 9.

Mimus polyglottus (?), °, killed Feb. 28, only one seen.

Vireosylvia olivacea (?), 2, killed March 15, only one seen
in the Bahamas by me. ‘This bird was seen by me only on two morn-
ings (March 14 and 15), uttered no note, was feeding on gumbo-
limbo berries with V. crassirostris (Bryant), where the latter have
fed daily since December.

Polioptila coerulea, only one seen on this island, March 18.

Section of Botany. May 23, 1877.

Mr. R. W. Greenleaf in the chair. Seventeen persons
present.

Mr. B. D. Halsted described the climbing mechanism of
the Japanese Ampelopsis, arriving at four conclusions:

1. The clinging disks terminate tendrils which are homologous
with main stems.

2. While approaching a support, these disks flatten themselves
on the inner side.

3. The surface of the disk is papillose and excretes a sticky sub-
stance. ;

4. The irregular contraction of the tendril draws the vine to its
support.

Dr. W. G. Farlow exhibited a specimen of a fungus para-
sitic on birch catkins.

Dr. G. L. Goodale sent six species of Violets for exhibition.

Dr. Farlow stated that Mayflowers had been found at two
localities within six miles of Boston.

Section of Entomology. May 23, 1877.
Mr. E. P. Austin in the chair. Seven persons present.

The following paper was read : —

Scudder.] 248 \ [May 23;

An INSECT WING OF EXTREME SIMPLICITY FROM THE COAL-
FORMATION. By SAMUEL H. ScuUDDER.

At the last general meeting of the Society, the wing of a fossil
cockroach ‘from Pennsylvania was exhibited; in consequence of
which Dr. Packard sent me a fragment of anthracite shale preserved
in the Museum of the Peabody Academy of Science at Salem, bear-
ing certain impressions. ‘The specimen was taken from a coal hod in
New York City by Mr. James Angus of West Farms, and is sup-
posed to have originated from Pennsylvania.

Upon this piece of carbonaceous shale is the well defined wing of
an insect of marked simplicity. It is small, and very broad in pro-
portion to its length, with a costal margin very much arched apically,
a pointed subfalcate tip and an anal. region broadly lobed. The
number of principal veins is six, arranged to a certain extent by
pairs, since each pair approximates to a greater or less extent at the
extreme base. I have long maintained that the normal number of
veins in the wings of insects is six (as upheld by Heer and others),
and that they were arranged by pairs; but that in many insects one
or another, or indeed most of the veins, might become aborted, and
that they become differentiated in the various groups in different
ways, sometimes one and sometimes others playing the principal role,
and one or more, although not always the same, being quite simple,
while others by branching’ support the principal part of the frame-
work of the wing. In this ancient wing, however, scarcely the slight-
est differentiation has begun, each of the veins branching near the
base, again with slight diversities before the middle of the wing, and
again either (in the upper half) at, or (in the lower half) beyond the
middle of the wing; there are also occasional additional branches;
but each principal vein appears to branch to an almost exactly equal
extent ; the region covered by the uppermost pair of principal veins
and their branches, however, exceed that covered by either of the
other pairs; it is indeed about equal to the other two combined,
which share equally between them the lower half of the wing. ‘The
general resemblance of the whole to the distribution of the trachee
in the forming wing of a caterpillar is very striking; and if the the-
ory of the wing that I have maintained be correct, this is precisely
the number and mode of distribution of the veins which one would
predicate for the primeval wing. Hitherto we have arrived at noth-
ing of the sort; in all the wings we have yet seen from the Carbon-

1877.) -) 949 ; [Scudder.

iferous or Devonian formation, differentiation of the veins has al-
ready reached nearly or quite the same decree of perfection as in
living insects; excepting, possibly, in some cases where, from the
fragmentary nature of the remains, it is impossible really to say what
decree of uniformity or simplicity the different veins possessed.

In the third volume of the Geology of Illinois, I described several
species of obscure carboniferous remains of wings under the generic
name EKuephemerites. They were so fragmentary that little could be
said concerning them, and unfortunately the engravings gave no sort
of idea of the structure that could be seen. It is interesting now to
find that this wing is so closely related to them that it should be
placed in the same genus, though separable specifically from them in
the delicate and equal striation of the entire surface parallel to the
veins, in the more frequent and apparently more regular branching,
and in the considerably smaller size. In none of the former species
could the shape of the wing be determined, while this is quite per-
fect. The species may be called Euephemerites primordialis. ‘The
length of the wing is 11.5, its extreme breadth 6.75. It may be
added that a fragment of an exceedingly slender, straight, perfectly
simple, cylindrical and unarmed leg crosses a part of the wing,
broken at intervals, but altogether about 7mm. long. A figure of
this species, as well as new figures of the other species of Kuephem-
erites will be given in a future memoir on the Carboniferous Insects
of America, for which I have long been gathering material.

Upon the same shale is a specimen of Cyclopteris which Professor
Lesquereux has determined as C. elegans Lesq., or C. hirsuta Lesq.,
the specification being doubtful, as most of the borders of the leaflet
are destroyed. Mr. Lesquereux thinks the shale is undoubtedly from
the coal measures of Pennsylvania.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder stated that he had detected Pieris
rapee in the act of laying eggs on Nasturtium palustre.

Mr. Scudder also exhibited a drawing of a wing of a fossil
insect from the Tertiary bed of White River, the neuration
of which did not entirely agree with that of any wing known
to him, although it presented great similarity to that of a
Tipulid. It was subsequently described as an abnormal Tip-
ulid under the generic name Cyttaromyia.*

1 Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr., III, 751.

Emerton.] 250 [June 20,

Section of Entomology. June 20, 1877.

Mr. KE. P. Austin in the chair. Eight persons present.

Mr. J. H. Emerton said that, in company with Mr. Austin,
he had been on Mt. Washington from June 2d to the 18th,
collecting the early insects. —

On account of unusually warm weather the season was too far
advanced in the Glen and about the lower part of the mountain, but
at Hermit Lake and near the Half-way House the snow had just
melted, and a great part of the insects were still in their winter hid-
ing places. Much time was spent in sifting moss along the Hermit
Lake path, the camp near the Half-way House, and as far up as the
highest trees on the mountain, about the same insects being found at
all these places.

Mr. Emerton found Epeira Packardii abundant all over the east-
ern side of the mountain down to the trees. Males and females were
seen together in the webs, the males standing near the upper edge.

Along the lower part of the carriage road Epeira displicata was
found in webs not more than six or eight centimetres in diameter
among the leaves at the ends of branches of low plants.

About two hundred species of spiders were collected, chiefly from
the siftings from moss.

: Between the Glen and Gorham, Nymphalis Arthemis was seen fly-
ing June 18th.

Mr. Scudder remarked that this butterfly had not been out
more than three days. They get ragged in a few days, For
three years he had found them emerging between June 16
and 20.

Mr. E. P. Austin said there was a great flight of insects on
the summit of Mt. Washington while he was there (second
week of June, 1877).

The willow Galeruca (G. decora) was very abundant this year,
millions were to be found on the dwarf willows high up on the
mountain, the walls of the hotel and the platform being covered
sometimes in piles; undoubtedly millions were present; nineteen-
twentieths of all the insects at the summit were of this one species.

1877.] 251 [ Wadsworth.

Above the timber line (near Willis’s seat) he found twenty-five
Carabus Chamissonis in one day, by turning over several hundred
stones between 9 A.M. and sometime after 3 P.M. He found also a
number of Pterostichus punctatissimus in the subalpine region at the
place which is called the “silver forest,” where the road turns at the
point of the Ledge. This region has been burnt over and its char-
acter has been changed thereby. The trees do not show an inclin-
ation to grow, where the spruces grew formerly, even birches have
hardly begun to start.

General Meeting. October 3, 1877.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Twenty-
four persons present.

The following papers were read : —

ON THE SO-CALLED TREMOLITE OF NEwsury, Mass.
By M. Epwarp WApsworTH.

The first notice of this mineral that I find is in Cleaveland’s Min-
eralogy published in 1816, in which tremolite is said to occur
‘<in Newbury, not two miles from Newburyport, and near the turn-
pike, in fibrous radiated masses with granular limestone, serpentine,
asbestos, garnet, etc.” Robinson, in his “Catalogue of American
Minerals” (1825), quotes from Cleaveland and makes the same state-
ment. Hitchcock, in his reports on the Geology of Massachusetts,
also speaks of the occurrence of tremolite at Newbury, and by the
associated minerals, he, as well as Cleaveland, shows that he refers
to the well known locality in Newbury called “ Devil’s Den.”

My attention was first called to this mineral by some specimens
presented to me by Mr. W. L. Titus, a student in Harvard College.

From its general resemblance to specimens of Wollastonite in the
mineral cabinet of Harvard College, particularly those from Tausa,
Sweden, which were received from Professor Angelo Sismonda, I
was led to believe that it was that mineral and not tremolite.

It agrees with Wollastonite in cleavage, quiet fusion, and gelatini-
zation with hydrochloric acid, and, moreover, chemical analysis
proves that it is a silicate of lime (Wollastonite) instead of a silicate

Brewer.] 252 [October 8,

of lime and magnesia (tremolite), as it yields even in concentrated

solutions only traces of magnesia; all of which conclusively shows

that it is the former and not the latter mineral.

NoTES ON THE OCCURRENCE OF MICROPALAMA HIMANTOPUS
IN New ENGLAND. By Dr. T. M. Brewer.

The specimen of Stilt Sandpiper, presented by Mr. Geo. H. Mac-
kay, besides being a valuable donation to the Society’s collection of
New England birds, derives an added interest from the fact that it is,
without doubt, the first specimen known to have been taken in Mass-
achusetits, or in any of the New England States. It was shot by Mr.
Mackay on the edge of Farmer’s pond, near Phillips Beach, Swamp-
scot, in August, 1857 or 1858, probably the latter year. It was,
even then, a bird not unknown to the Phillips family, and called by
them the “ Cross,” being supposed to be a hybrid between the Sum-
mer Yellow-leg (Gambetia flavipes) and the Spotted Tatler (Tryn-
goides macularius). ‘They spoke of it as of rare and irregular oceur-
rente, coming singly or in pairs, and usually in company with the
G. flavipes.

Two or three years later, probably in 1860, Mr. Mackay was in-
formed by the younger Mr. Phillips that there had occurred in Au-
gust of that year, and in the same locality, a very remarkable flight
of this bird, during which nearly two hundred individuals had been
secured by members of the Phillips family and sent to market.
Although Mr. Mackay has hunted nearly or quite every summer, and
about the same time in this vicinity, he has never met with another
of this species.

Dr. Coues, in his catalogue of the Birds of New England, in 1868,
refers to it as a bird he confidently expected would occur, but he
was not able to refer to any recorded instance of its capture, no
public mention of Mr. Mackay’s specimen having then been made,
though it had then been ten years in the collection of that gentle-
man. Mr. Maynard, as recently as 1870, refers to this bird as “very
rare —a single specimen captured in autumn by Mr. Wm. Brewster,
at Rye Beach, N. H.” In a foot-note, Mr. Maynard refers to another
taken at the same place August, 1869.

In the 6th volume of the Am. Naturalist (1873, p. 307), Mr. Wm.
Brewster regards this species as by no means rare during its migra-
tions, and adds that he has seen as many as six or seven sent into
Boston market at one time, said te have been shot on Cape Cod.

1877.] 258 [Brewer.

In a letter from this careful and observing naturalist, written in
July last, he informs me that he has shot, in all, about twenty speci-
mens, and has usually found them associated with G. flavipes, but
never, so far as he can recall, with G. melanoleucus. He has often
seen and shot solitary individuals, and several times has had a pair
come in together to his decoys. He is confident that he has received
specimens said to have come from all parts ef Cape Cod, and adds
that most of the gunners at Chatham profess to know this bird
well, and to have shot it frequently. Mr. Brewster has seen
bunches of six sent in to the Quincy market unmixed with any other
species, from which he naturally infers that they were all shot at one
time, and probably from one flock. I hear from other quarters of
gunners on the Cape who claim to have shot this bird, but so far I
am without any tangible positive proof of the correctness of this
claim, such as the identity of the bird, the time, place and witness.

In August, 1872, I was witness to the capture of two specimens
among the Elizabeth Islands. Each bird was shot in a flock of Gam-
betta flavipes, and was without any companion of its kind. In each
instance it was a new bird to the gunner who procured it. In a major-
ity of instances it is unfamiliar to experienced gunners to whom I
have shown specimens.

Mr. O. Fuller (Naturalist, v, 727) refers to a single specimen
taken at Needham, Mass., July 24th, 1871, in company with a soli-
tary sandpiper.

Mr. R. L. Newcomb of Salem, a good ornithologist and a diligent
collector, has kindly furnished me with interesting memoranda of his
observations relative to this bird in Massachusetts. He has never met
with this species in the spring, nor is he aware of its having ever
been taken prior to August 4th. During the spring of 1873, he
spent seven weeks about Ipswich, Plum Island and Rowley, but he
neither saw nor heard of a single individual of this species. He has
collected in Maine, during the months of August and Sept., 1874,
but never met with this bird. He has never met with it in flocks
(except of other species ; in such cases generally the Yellow-leg), for
the most part singly, twice only in couples. I add a summary of Mr.
Neweomb’s memoranda: |

‘“‘T have collected since Oct. 21st, 1869, but did not meet with this
species until 1871.

“No.1. Juniper Pond, Salem Neck, Aug. 4, 1871. A fine male
bird in thin flesh, which had been previously crippled in its right leg.

Brewer.] 254 [October 3,

This bird I flushed, like a snipe, from some short thick grass on the
edge of this pond-hole. J regard my meeting with it there as purely
accidental, and only owing to its disabled condition.

“No. 2. ‘Kagle Hill Slough,’ a regular salt marsh, on Ipswich
Great Neck, Plum Island River side, Sept. 8, 1871, alone, sex not
ascertained.

“No. 3. Same locality, alone, though I obtained a variety of
other waders during the day. Sex not noted, August 12, 1872.
This species is not considered rare by Ipswich gunners, most of whom
take a few every fall. It is known with them as the Bastard Yellow-
leg, though its legs are black. I also saw two shot by a market gun-
ner, same place and season. I spent nine weeks that autumn at
Ipswich, and made notes of the rare birds.

“No.4. Same locality, a solitary bird, sex not ascertained, Sept.
18, 1873.

“No. 5. Swampscott Slough, or Farmer’s Pond, a slough pond,
mostly fresh water, near Phillip’s Beach; alone, ?, Sept. 29, 1874.

“No. 6. Same locality as No. 5, alone, male taken in 1875. This
specimen is mounted and in the collection of Mr. A. F. Gray, Dan-
versport, who has full data.

“No. 7. Same locality, Aug. 23, 1876. There were two, being
the second time I have seen them other than singly.

“No. 8. Same locality, alone, sex not noted.”

Within a few days I have received very interesting additional
information from Mr. Newcomb, and I quote from his letter of Au-
gust 27. ‘I beg leave to call your attention to what appears to be
the increasing occurrence of the M. himantopus in this vicinity
(Salem), or rather county, particularly at Eagle Hill, Ipswich. A
friend of mine, during the latter part of July, the 30th I think,
while gunning at Ipswich, shot seven out of a flock that came into
his decoys. J purchased three fine specimens. There were said to
be about a dozen in this flock. I have never met with more than two
at any one time together, but I have no reason to doubt my friend,
who is Mr. Andrew O. Gardner. Another friend, Mr. Daniel B.
Webster, shot one at Swampscott on the 8th of August. All these
specimens in both instances were males. I think that later in the
season there would have been females, as both in spring and fall,
with shore birds, and indeed many other classes, the males migrate
first. Certainly, in the fall the females and the young come after the
males.” ;

1877.] - 255 [Brewer.

Mr. George A. Boardman, who for many years past, both in the
spring and in the autumn, has diligently hunted on the coast and
estuaries of eastern Maine, has sought for this bird, but has never
met with it, and all his enquiries have satisfied him that’ it is un-
known to that region. None of the hunters or gunners know the
bird. As the marshes in the vicinity of St. Andrew are regarded
as among the finest hunting-places for shore-birds on our coast, and
as these have been thoroughly searched in vain, it would seem to be
established as far as negative testimony can ever establish anything,
that this bird does not occur in the waters of eastern Maine or New
Brunswick.

Nearer the centre of the coast of Maine, at Schooner Head, Mt.
Desert, a small colony of young hunters have, for four summers, kept
a sharp look out for this bird. In its search they have ransacked the
beaches and marshes of the head of Frenchman’s Bay, in Sullivan,
Gouldsboro, and elsewhere. ‘They have carefully preserved speci-
mens of all the birds they could procure. But this species has never
been seen or heard of by them on that part of the coast.

Mr. Frank L. Tileston (Tileston & Hollingsworth) and Mr. Wm.
Everett (Williams & Everett), both enthusiastic and active sports-
men, have for many years hunted shore birds on various parts of the
New England coast, usually in company, on the north shore, or the
south shore, and in various parts of Cape Cod. More recently they.
have explored the coast of Prince Edwards Island. Mr. Tileston,.
though he knows the bird, has never yet met with a single specimen.
Mr. Everett has met with it in Ipswich and in different parts of Cape
Ann, but no where else. In one instance he fired into a flock, about
half and half, flavipes and this species, shooting three of the latter,
one of which he has in his collection of shore birds. He thinks there
may have been twelve of each kind in the flock. But on Cape Cod,
in Orleans, Dennis, Yarmouth, Chatham, Truro, and other towns, he
has not only never met with this bird but has been unable to satisfy
himself that it has ever been taken by any other gunner. For the
most part the gunners do not know the bird, and have never seen it,.
and wherever any one has claimed to have shot:something similar,.
the evidence has always been vague and unsatisfactory. In Prince.
Edwards Island the bird is wholly unknown. Neither Mr. Tileston
nor Mr. Everett met with it, nor could they ascertain that it had
been known ever to occur there.

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H..— VOL.. XIX. V7 FEBRUARY, 1878.

Brewer.] 256. [October 3,

Mr. Henry D. Morse, of this city, an experienced gunner and
observing sportsman, has occasionally met with single specimens of
this species in Scarboro, Maine, but has observed none anywhere else,
but more recently one or two’ others have been secured in the neigh-
borhood of Portland.

The only specimen of which I have any knowledge, taken on Cape
Cod, is a single individual shot by Mr. John Murdock, at Pochet
Island, Orleans, on the south side of the Cape, in August, 1869.
It was in a mixed flock of G. flavipes and Macroramphus griseus, but
unfortunately was not preserved, so that its identity, though probable,
is not so certain as could be wished.

These data are all too meagre to be accepted as conclusive of any-
thing. They are chiefly negative, but so far as they go they indicate
that this species is not a regular migrant, in the proper acceptance of
the term. It does not occur along our coast in the spring, and is only
occasionally and very irregularly met with on a small portion of our
extended coast in the fall, and even then it comes more as an uncom-
mon straggler than like a bird fulfilling its normal migrations. In only
one or two instances has it been known to come in flocks, or even in
family groups, but chiefly appears as if wandering off in company
with non-kindred species. There are only one or two instances
of its occurrence east of Portsmouth, none east of Portland, and
none west of New Bedford, on the coasts of Rhode Island and Con-
necticut. The few that straggle along the western coast of Maine,
that of New Hampshire and of northern Massachusetts, evidently
come from the north and not the east, in a due-scuth course, and
probably pursue this course, leaving the shore at Buzzard’s Bay, over
the open sea. In this southern course its earliest recorded capture
is July 24th, and its latest Sept. 29th. This remarkable variation as
to the period of its appearance, is alone demonstrative evidence of
the great irregularity of its movements, wholly at variance with the
common idea of a regular migrating bird.

The thanks of the Society were voted to Mr. Mackay for
the specimen of Sandpiper referred to.

1877.) 257 [Meetings.

General Meeting. October 17, 1877.

Vice President, Mr. 8. H. Scudder, in the chair. Thirty-
two persons present.

After calling the meeting to order, Mr. Scudder announced
the death of Mr. John G. Anthony, of the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, for thirty-three years a member of the
Society, and well known as a conchologist.

Mr. C. 8. Minot gave an account of some recent investiga-
tions which he had made on the physiology of muscles.

Dr. T. M. Brewer called attention to a fine male specimen
of Plectrophanes lapponicus, the Lapland Longspur, in
spring plumage, obtained May 1, 1877, in Swampscott, and
purchased for the New England Collection.

This bird is rare in New England, and especially so in both its
- mature and spring plumage. In the west its occurrence in full plum-
age, though more common, is still somewhat unfrequent.

A letter from Mr. Alex. Agassiz, Chairman of the Com-
mittee on Walker Prizes, was read, recommending that the
prize for 1877 be awarded to Prof. C. V. Riley, for his essay
on the “ Army Worm and its Parasites.” No essay was pre-
sented in competition.

General Meeting. November 7, 1877.

Vice President, Mr. S. H. Scudder, in the chair: Fifty
persons present.

The following candidates for Associate Membership were
elected: Messrs W. B, Barrows, Chas. F. Batchelder, Albert
Conant, Frederick Habirshaw, W. A. Stearns, B. H. Van
Vieck, and Mrs. Edw. Whitney.

Meetings.] 258 [November 21,

Dr. B. J. Jeffries called the attention of the Society to the
renewed attempt to open Jourdain’s Gallery of Anatomy, and
offered a resolution petitioning the City Council to withhold
a, license.

Dr. H. W. Williams seconded the motion of Dr. Jeffries,
stating his reasons for hoping that the resolution would be
passed by the Society.

Dr. Jeffries then gave at length the history of the so-called Gallery
of Anatomy, describing the character of the exhibition and its
harmful influence on the morals and health of the city; in concluding

-he apologized for bringing the matter before the Society, but he

believed the public should be thoroughly awakened to the nature of
such exhibitions.

The resolution was then put to vote and passed unanim-
ously.

Dr. Carl Semper, of Wiirzburg, gave an account of the
anatomy and habits of Onchidium, a genus of littoral mol-
luses which he had studied in the Philippine Islands.

The thanks of the Society were voted to Mr. G. O. Welch,
of Lynn, for his gift of the Lapland Longspur, exhibited at
the last meeting.

General Meeting. November 21, 1877.

Vice President, Mr. 8. H. Scudder, in the chair. Twenty-
nine persons present.

Mr. 8. W. Garman read a paper on some features of erosion
in the Temperate Zone.

Mr. C. 8. Minot made some remarks on recent German
investigations on the development of Lepidoptera, Bryozoa
and Crustacea, which seemed to confirm his views of the sig-
nificance and growth of the primitive germinal layer.

ye ee 959 [Meetings.

Letters were read from Prof: Carl Zittel, acknowledging
his election as Corresponding Member; and from Prof. A.
y. Kélliker, Sir J. D. Hooker and Mr. George Bentham,
acknowledging their election and accepting Honorary Mem-
bership.

Dr. T. M. Brewer exhibited a number of additions to the
New England collection of birds, including gifts from
Messrs. H. A. and O. Bangs, C. B. Corey, F. R. Loring and
Wm. B. Greene; also a young Blue Heron (Florida ce-
ruled), in white plumage, procured by exchange from Mr.
Morse, who shot it in Cohasset twenty-five years ago; and a
duck (Dendrocygna fulva), an inhabitant of W. Indies and
C. America, obtained by Mr. Morse in San Francisco. The
thanks of the Society were voted to the first mentioned gen-
tlemen for their gifts. |

General Meeting. December 5, 1877.

_ The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Twenty-
one persons present.

Mr. §. H. Scudder showed some drawings of interesting
Articulates from the carboniferous rocks of Illinois. The
first represented a species of White Ant, showing a wing
without reticulation; the second the terminal segments
of a crustacean belonging to a genus allied to Dithyro-
charis; but which he had at first taken for some extraor-
dinary form of insect.

Prof. A. Hyatt discussed the evolution of the races of
Planorbis multiformis, a species of mollusk from a tertiary
lake bed at Steinheim, in the Wiirtemburg Alps.

A letter from Prof. Albert Gaudry acknowledging his elec-
tion as Corresponding Member was read.

Brewer.] 260 [December 5,

Dr. T. M. Brewer announced the donation, for the New
England collection, of six mounted species of birds, the gift
of Mr. Wm. Brewster of Cambridge, and of eight mounted
specimens from Mr. Arthur Smith of Brookline, for which
the thanks of the Society were voted. Dr. Brewer men-
tioned that he had also procured an interesting specimen
for the same department from Mr. Welch, of Lynn. It was
pronounced by Prof. Baird and Mr. Ridgway to be an imma-
ture Ammodramus maritimus, in the plumage regarded by
Audubon as a distinct species, and called by him MacGil-
livray’s Finch. This restores the species to Massachusetts,
in which its presence has been denied. The individual in
question was shot at Nahant.

At the desire of the President, Dr. Brewer gave a brief
account of his observations relative to the Sulphur-crested
caterpillar (Orgyia leucostigma), and the circumstances
under which it is devoured by the House Sparrow.

In the summer of 1868 and 1869, these insects had become
exceptionally abundant in the city generally, and especially on
the Common. In the winter of 1870-71, having occasion to cross
the Common several times in the day, he noticed numbers of the
sparrows, though then comparatively few, busily engaged in the
destruction of the cocoons. ‘This was continued through the winter,
and again in the following winter, and was observed by others be-
sides himself. In 1874 he published, in the “ Sportsman,” an account
of his observations, having no doubt that the total disappearance of
this insect from the Common, and from all of the city south of the
Common, was directly owing to the intervention of the sparrow. A
gentleman in New York, in a private letter, questioned the accuracy
of his conclusions, because in certain streets of that city this cater-
pillar remained, in spite of the sparrow, and Dr. Oliver also called
his attention to its presence in Joy Street, in Boston. How to ex-
plain these apparent incongruities, was not at first possible, and the
two following summers he was in Europe. The present summer a
writer in the “Advertiser” called attention to the abundance of this
insect on the Common as evidence that the sparrows can not be de-
pended upon for their destruction. Here were their cocoons all

1877.] 261 {Brewer.

about and untouched. Dr. Brewer was absent from the city at the
time, and could not renew his investigations until September. Pre-
vious, however, to his leaving the city, he had noticed swarms of
these caterpillars in Charles and other streets, moving in the direc-
tion of the common, which on the 10th of July had been green, fresh
and uneaten, no insect anywhere even visible. On his return he sat-
isfied himself that the matter had been greatly over-stated. A care-
ful and very thorough examination of all the trees showed the
presence of less than a hundred cocoons, and all of these were on a
narrow strip north of the path from Spruce to Winter Street.
These gradually disappeared, but he did not see how. After the
heavy frost and rains preceding Nov. 5th, most of the trees became
leafless, and on a few small linden trees near Spruce Street were
observed several clusters of these cocoons, and all these trees were
swarming with sparrows, eagerly devouring them. ‘The leaves of
these trees were whole and uneaten. ‘The same thing was observed
on the 8th, and then the whole incongruity was explained by the
experienced and observing policeman in charge of that part of the
Common, Mr. T. H. Peabody. ‘The caterpillar itself is never eaten;
is hairy coat makes it offensive or unattractive. The female moth
is wingless, and issues from her cocoon for a life only long enough
to deposit her eggs, which she protects by a viscid, frothy sub-
stance that hardens into a horn-like cover. In a dry condition this
is impenetrable. It can neither be torn from its place of adhesion,
nor be opened. It requires long and soaking rains to render it
soft and pliable, and in that condition it is readily eaten. Nearly
all the cocoons have now been removed, and only here and there,
under the shelter of some large limb, remain to demonstrate the
interesting explanation.

Dr.. Hagen, of Cambridge, commenting on these observations,
stated that during the ten years he had resided in Cambridge, he had
been much interested in the presence there of our singing birds.
During the summer just passed he had particularly noticed their
unusual abundance. The sparrows, too, were there in great num-
bers; wherever the singing birds were there were sparrows also, and
the latter certainly had not in any manner lessened the numbers of
the former. He thought that Dr. Coues, in his reeent communication
published in the “ Advertiser,” was wrong, and his own observa-
tions convince him that the sparrows do not interfere with, or drive
away our singing birds.

Grote. ] 262 [December 5,

Dr. Brewer stated that his observations in Boston were to the
same effect. For fifty years he had been a close observer of the
birds on the Common, and in no season had he known so largea
number, or so large a variety, as during the past summer. He and
some of his younger friends were keeping a careful record of the
species that summer on the Common, which would be make public.
Mr. Peabody, the officer referred to, assured him that he had repeat-
edly seen a large number of our native birds bathing with the
sparrews, in the fountain near Park Street, and had never seen one
of them molested by the latter.

The following paper was presented by title : —

On THE Pyratip GENUS EPIPASCHIA OF CLEMENS, AND ALLIED
. ForMs.

By A. R. Grote.

The genus Epipaschia, which I have excluded from the Noctuide
to which it is referred (Herminide) by Clemens (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Phil., 1860, p. 14), is characterized by a peculiar tezumentary sealed
process which arises from the base of the male antenne, and is
thrown backward over the thorax, which it nearly equals in length.
Dr. Clemens does not give this appendage as a sexual feature, but it
is wanting in the females; this author also calls it articulated, but I
can detect no suture.

Lederer, in his monograph of the group, establishes two genera
signalized by a corresponding character, Deuterollyta (p. 358) and
Homura (p. 839). The last need not detain us for it is founded on
a Sicilian species without ocelli, which are present in the species of
Epipaschia. Whether Lederer’s Deuterollyta conspicualis from Brazil
really belongs to this genus of ours I am exceedingly doubtful. A
specimen of Epipaschia superatalis has been determined by Prof.
Zeller as Lederer’s species, but it cannot be the same, judging from
Lederer’s figures. Lederer says of the antennal appendage: “die
minnlichen Fuhler mit langen diinnen biischelweise gestellten Wim-
pern; hinten ihnen ein grosser tiber den Riicken zuriick gebogener,
Palpen nicht unihnlicher zweitheiliger Haarkamm ” (p. 359). But
in Epipaschia it is a sealed tegumentary process, cylindrical in shape.
The Brazilian species differs also in color and markings from
superatalis.

A careful examination satisfies me that this process moves with the
basal articulation of the antenna. In a second North American

IOUT svi o 263 [Grote.

species, referred to Zeller’s genus Mochlocera, the same structure
may be observed; the process is a little shorter and more densely
scaled, especially at the tip.

Epipaschia Clemens.

Ocelli present. Labial palpi pointed, exceeding the front. Male
antenne with the joints beneath provided with bunches of moder-
ately short hair, and with a scaled tegumentary process arising from
the basal antennal joint and thrown backward over the thorax.
Fore wings twelve-veined; 5 running very close to 4, joining it by a
very short cross vein just without the inception of 4; 6 from 7 at
extremity of cell; 7 to external margin before apex; 8 out of 7 to
costa just beyond apex; 9 out of 8 a short furcation (difficult to see
in my specimens) to costa; 10 just before the extremity of cell; 11 be-
yond the middle of the upper margin of the cell. At base vein 1 is
furcate. Hind wings eight-veined; 8 free; cell open; 5 near to 4.

Epipaschia superatalis Clemens, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil.,
14, 1860.

Deuterollyta borealis Grote, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci., 1, 177.

3, %. Fore wings dusty yellowish gray with powdery black lines.
Inner middle line marked on costa by a black dot; below it is obso-
lete, or partially indicated. A black discal dot near the costal spot
of the inner line. Outer line irregularly denticulate, better marked
superiorly where it runs obliquely outwards to median nervules, pro-
duced about vein 4, thence running inwardly below vein 3, whence
it descends, very slightly outwardly, projected, to internal margin.
Terminal field wide; a diffuse, broad, brownish or blackish shade
band, marking the veins. A terminal series of distinct interspaceal
black marks becoming continuous inferiorly. Fringes pale, inter-
rupted with brown and with a dotted line. Hind wings fuscous, the
veins darker marked; a discal dot very near the base and costal
border; a terminal distinct line; fringes pale, with a dotted brown
line. Beneath yellowish gray, sometimes suffused with blackish; a
common line and discal dots; the terminal shade on fore wings less
prominent than above, and here also continued on secondaries.
Several specimens examined from Oldtown, Maine, Mr. Charles Fish;
the type of borealis was from Cambridge, Mass., Mr. J. C. Merrill.
Dr. Clemens’ type was from Farmington, Conn., Mr. Edw. Norton.
The average expanse of my specimens is about 22 mill.

Cacozelia n. g.

Ocelli present. Labial palpi pointed, exceeding the front. Male

Grote.] 264 [December 5,

maxillary palpi, scaled, untufted. Male antenne, ciliate beneath,
with a tegumentary basal process exceeding the collar. Fore wings
12-veined; 8 out of 7 at the middle of 7, nearer to the origin of 9
than in Epipaschia; 4 and 5 joining at base; 1 furcate. Hind wings
8-veined; 4 and 5 joining at base. On both wings the cell is incom-
pletely closed.

Cacozelia basiochrealis n. s.

Base of fore wings bright ochraceous, shading to brown on costa
and to the double fine arcuate interior line. Median space washed
with gray; a brown costal dot. Costa washed with ochreous above
the fine oblique exterior line. Exterior line filled in with whitish,
followed by a rusty brown terminal shading. Terminally the wing
is again washed with stone gray. Hind wings yellowish gray, with
a fine denticulate exterior line and terminal dotted line. Beneath
ochreous, costa at base brown. Head and appendages ochreous; be-
neath the fore and middle tibize are purplish. Hind legs dotted
with brown. Antenne less stronely ciliate than in breviornatalis.

Expanse 18 mill. Two specimens, No. 618, July 17, collected in
Texas by Belfrage.

Mochlocera Zeller.

Ocelli present. Labial palpi excéeding the front. Male maxillary
palpi scaled, untufted. Male antenne ciliate beneath, with a basal
tegumentary process as long as the thorax. Fore wings 12-veined ;
8 out of 7 one third from base ; 4 and 5 together at base ; cell open.
Hind wings 8-veined; 4 and 5 joining; cell partly closed by a pro-
longation of 5. Vein 1 of primaries simple.

Mochlocera Zelleri Grote.

Mochlocera Zelleri Grote, Can. Ent., 8, 157.

¢, %. Fore wings divided into three fields by the median lines.
Inner line defining outwardly the blackish basal space; the line
itself is black, with a slight median notch, nearly perpendicular.
Median space washed anteriorly with white. A short, black, discal
streak. Outer black line very finely denticulate, shaped much as in
superatalis, but not produced so much on median nervules. It arises
at about apical third, at first outwardly oblique, then running in-
wardly below median vein and narrowing the median space thence
to internal margin. Terminally the wing is again black or blackish.
A broken black line at the margin. Fringes on both wings dark,
pale at base, with broken blackish interline. Beneath blackish, with
common shade band and black discal point on hind wings.

1877.] 265 [Grote.

Expanse 25 mill. Texas, No. 420, collected by Belfrage, April 30.
Missouri, collected by Mr. Riley, who informs me the larva lives on
Toxicodendron.

Toripalpus n.¢.

Ocelli present. Labial palpi very long, much exceeding the front;
the second elongate joint conceals in the male the bi-tufted maxil-
lary palpus as in Tetralopha. Fore wings 12-veined; 8 out of 7 at
the middle of the vein; 4 and 5 connected at base by a short cross-
vein. Hind wings 8-veined, 4 and 5 joined together. On fore
wings the cell is incompletely, on hind wings almost entirely, closed.
In Tetralopha, the primaries are 11-veined and of a very distinct
structure.

Toripalpus breviornatalis n. s.

g. Two specimens; one, the type, perfectly fresh, collected by
Belfrace in ‘Texas (No. 421) April 5; the other, larger, from Col-
orado, sent me by Dr. Bailey, in broken condition, belong to a new
species characterized by the antennal appendages being extremely
short, hardly exceeding the collar. The labial palpi are longer,
and the antenne have much longer ciliz than its allies. The
ornamentation, but not the color, is like that of Zellerit. Fore
wings reddish brown at base to the inner line, which is dark brown
preceded by a dark shade with raised scales on costa, and subme-
dially slightly produced outwardly. Inner portion of median space
washed with white on costal region and anteriorly. A discal dot.
The outer line is dark brown, denticulate, produced over median
- nervules, whence it runs obliquely inwardly to internal margin. It is
followed by a whitish corresponding shade line. Terminal space
washed with brown, becoming whitish before the margin. The outer
line is situated much nearer the outer. margin than in Zeller. A
terminal dotted line distinct on hind wings. These latter are pale
fuscous, with an outer dentate line followed by a white shade more or
less noticeable. Terminal palpal joint marked with black, tipped
with pale. Head and appendages reddish brown; thorax becoming
pale behind. Beneath the wings are reddish brown, becoming paler
inferiorly. A common exterior line near the margin and correspond-
ing with the exterior lines on upper surface in shape. Fringes pale,
obsoletely interlined. On hind wings beneath a discal point. The
Texan specimen expands 24 mill. The ¢ from Colorado nearly
30 mill.

Morse. } 266 [December 19,

General Meeting. December 19, 1877.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Twenty-six
persons present.

Professor Edward 8. Morse communicated some of the
results of his work in Japan. His main object in visiting
Japan was to study more fully a group of animals upon
which he has been at work for a long time—the Brach-
iopoda. |

Having accepted an appointment as Professor of Zoology in the
Imperial University of Tokio, he established a Zoological station on
the coast for the purpose of collecting material for the University
Museum, and for the training of Japanese assistants in the work.

His studies of Lingula have brought out many points new to sci-
ence. The discovery of auditory capsules in the class of Brachio-
pods, is one of the most important. These organs he determined in
a species of Lingula, and their position and general appearance
recall the auditory capsules as figured by Claparede in certain tubi-
colous Annelids. He has also cleared up many of the obscure points
in regard to the circulation, and is prepared to maintain the absence
of anything like a pulsatory organ, the circulation being entirely due
to ciliary action. Mr. Morse also described some of the habits of
Lingula. While partially buried in the sand, the anterior border of
the pallial membranes contract in such a way as to leave three large
oval openings, one in the centre, and one on each side. The bristles,
which are quite long in this region of the animal, arrange themselves
in such a way as to continue these openings into funnels and entan-
gle the mucus which escapes from the animal; these funnels have
firm walls. A continual current is seen passing down the side fun-
nels and escaping by the central one.

They bury themselves very quickly in the sand, and the peduncle
agolutinates asand tube. They attach themselves by means of this
tube to tle bottom of dishes in which they are confined.

Mr. Morse exhibited living specimens of Lingula which he had
brought from Japan ina small glass jar. The water had only been
changed twice since August 20th, and yet no specimen had died.
This illustrated the vitality of Lingula more fully even than the
experiments he had made on the North Carolina Lingula several
years since.

1877.] 267 [{Hubbard.

A description was also given of an ancient shell mound : discov-
ered by Professor Morse at Omori, near Tokio, and photographs of
many of the vessels exhumed were exhibited. The general aspects
of the deposit were like those described by Steenstrup in Denmark,
and by Wyman, Putnam and others, on the United States Coast.
The implements were mostly horn. Only three rude stone imple-
ments were discovered. ‘The pottery was remarkable in showing a
great variety of ornamentation, though it was very rude in. char-
acter and did not showthe finish seen in ancient Corean pot-
tery, which is found in the Empire. In the incised character of the
markings, it recalls the pottery of the east coast of the United States.

In the character of the raised knobs for handles on the edge of the
vessels, it shows the closest resemblance to pottery discovered by
Professor Hartt in Brazil. Mr. Morse was not prepared ‘to say
whether it was the work of early Ainos, or a race which preceded
them, and which the Ainos displaced in their occupation of the island
from the north.

Prof. F. W. Putnam spoke of the great interest of Mr.
Morse’s observations, and sketched briefly the general char-
acter of shell heaps.

Section of Entomology. December 26, 1877.

Mr. E. P. Austin in the chair. Eight persons present, —
Dr. Hagen read the following communications : —

NotTEsS ON THE TREE NESTS OF TERMITES IN JAMAICA.
By Henry G. Hupparp.

The tree nests of several species of Termites are very abundant in
the island of Jamaica. ‘They are dark brown, more or less spherical
or conical masses, looking externally as if composed of loamy earth,
and varying from the size of one’s fist to huge globes as bie asa
hogshead. Everywhere throughout the island they form conspic-
uous objects upon the fences and stone walls by the roadside, in the
main forks of trees, not unfrequently upon the ground, and sometimes
fastened, at a considerable height, to the trunk of the cocoanut.

They are composed of a material resembling papier-maché, which
is probably finely comminuted wood and animal gluten. As they

Hubbard.] 268 [December 26,

burn readily, but with a smoky flame, the old deserted nests are
much used for making smudges in mosquito season. The nest con-
sists of a thin, unbroken, external covering enclosing an irregularly
honey-combed mass. The passages and the septe between them
occupy about equal portions of the whole mass; the former might be
filled up and the latter dissolved out without greatly altering the
character of the structure. The newer outer portions are friable,
but towards the centre and bottom the material grows denser, and in
some species becomes harder than wood.

At the bottom of the nest is a single entrance from which a cov-
ered gallery leads to the earth. These covered ways, of thin papery
material, and of about the diameter of a lead pencil, are everywhere
met with, even at great distances from any nest, ascending the tallest
trees in a straight line, and sending branch galleries along every
limb. Almost every cocoanut tree has a termite gallery running up
one side of its stem, like a lightning conducter, from its root to its
crown. Termites are found streaming up and down them by day as
well as by night.

At or near the centre of the nest, in an irregular cavity not much
larger than her body, is the solitary queen, distended with eggs, and
perfectly helpless. The swollen abdomen in one species is over an
inch long and three-tenths of an inch in diameter. In the unimpreg-

nated female the abdomen is about one-tenth as long. The cell in.

which the queen is imprisoned has very indistinct walls,1 but the
entrances to it are much smaller than the surrounding cavities.

The eggs are removed by the workers, and are usually found at
the bottom of the nest. The young are fed upon prepared food
which is stored up in the form of very hard and tough rounded
masses, evidently compused of comminuted wood. These nodules
are disposed without regularity throughout the interior of the nest,
and are imbedded in the cellular mass which is cut away to receive
them. Some nests contain many pounds weight of them, others of
the same species of termite, none at all. Perhaps no nest is at all
times supplied. The nodules also vary in size from small grains to
lumps larger taan a man’s head. They are hollowed out by the
young termites, which eat into.them from the under side.

It may assist the study of the habits and economy of these inter-
esting animals to give, from field notes, the results of an examination

1 There is no cell, strictly speaking, but a hollow space left among the septa and
the passages. Dr. H.

1877.] 269 [Hubbard.

of several nests made about the middle of February, at which time
the winged males and females of several species were beginning to
swarm.

No. 1. Nest built upon the ground at the foot of a tree. Con-
tained no winged brood (males and females). They had probably
swarmed. Egos and young were found at the bottom, and nearest
the tree. A single queen in her cell at. the centre of the nest.
Abdomen distended and seven-tenths of an inch long. No eggs
near the queen. °

No. 2.. Quite a large nest; if broken up would fill a a flour-barrel.
Placed on the ground near, but not touching, the foot of a palm.
Eggs at the bottom. A single queen in the exact centre, and sur-
rounded by termites, who tried to drag her back into the cell out of
which she had fallen when the nest was split open. No eggs near
the queen, and no winged brood in any stage of growth.

No. 3. A very large nest, size of a hogshead, placed in the crotch
of a tree, five feet from the ground. Gaileries larger and texture
coarser than in the two mentioned above. On cutting into it innu-
merable winged termites swarmed forth. Some of them made short,
weak flights and soon scattered over a wide area, attracting to the
spot a great number of birds, lizards, snakes, toads and other ani-
mals, which during the two days occupied in the examination of
this nest, continued to pursue and prey upon the helpless termites.
Winged brood occupied exclusively the external portions of the nest,
which to a depth of six or eight inches consisted of thin laminez, the
broad interspaces between them affording greater freedom of move-
ment to their long wings than the intersecting cavities of the interior.
These outside layers appear to be a temporary structure built up for
the accommodation of the swarming brood, and did not occur in the
first two nests. The interior very compact and tough, containing
many small nodules scattered through it. A considerable portion of
the upper part of the nest presented a more open, reticulated struc-
ture, with larger cavities and more rounded partitions of brittle
material; this region seemed adapted to the accommodation of the
immature termites whose wings were not fully developed, and was
chiefly occupied by them.

The bottom of the nest between the forks of the tree was earthy,
apparently old and rotten, and contained eggs, or newly hatched
termites. A single queen in her cell was found just below the cen-
tre. Her abdomen was more than an inch long, but flabby, discol-

Hubbard.] 270 [December 26,

ored, and apparently somewhat exhausted by the deposit of eggs.
She was surrounded and covered by workers who showed great
anxiety when the cell was opened. In the neighborhood of the
queen’s cell were found five or six sexual individuals with wings
wanting. ‘These I suspect had been selected from the swarming
brood, and were destined to remain in the nest. Their presence so
near the queen may have been accidental, as the loss of their wings
would enable them in the disturbance to penetrate the interior. If
so, they were the only ones that succeeded out of thousands that
became entangled in attempting to leave their proper quarters in the
laminated exterior.

Of the asexual workers which swarmed in countless numbers in
all parts of the nest, about half were black-headed “nasuti”. <A
very few mandibulate soldiers were seen among the workers.

A large red ant held undisputed possession of a small corner of
the nest, from which it appeared to have driven out the termites.

No. 4. Another very large nest built upon a bamboo fence, and
enclosing the top rail, which passed through it just below the centre.
Queen’s cell, with single occupant, rested upon the bamboo rail, as
nearly as possible in the centre of the nest. Evidently a younger
colony than the last, and the queen whiter, more distended and
somewhat smaller. Immense swarming brood filling the laminated
exterior. No brittle netted structure in any part of the nest similar
to that in No. 3. Nodules very numerous, some of them very large
and surrounded by young.

No. 5. Also a very vigorous colony. “Nest not so large as the two
preceding, placed in the fork of a tree, about six feet above the
ground. Exterior layers full of winged brood. Interior very hard
and compact, enclosing numerous very large and bright-colored nod-
ules with young. Queen’s cell above the centre, most of the nodules
below it. A single sexual termite, with wings removed, was found in
the cell with the queen. In this case it could hardly have been an
accidental wanderer, as a large fragment from the interior, which
fortunately proved to contain the queen, was quickly torn out, re-
moved to a distance from the nest and separately examined. A large
colony of red ants occupied a corner of this nest, and rendered a
careful examination of it impossible.

Several other nests examined with more or less care presented no
further peculiarities. A single queen was found in nearly every one.
Where no queen was discovered it is probable that she escaped

1877.] | 271 [Hubbard.

notice from being covered and concealed by the workers which sur-
rounded her, or was chopped up by the cutlass used in breaking up
the nests. One small nest placed quite close to a large one, and
connected with it by a covered way, certainly contained no queen;
she was, however, found in the larger nest in the usual position.

The nests of different species are very much alike in general char-
acter and appearance, varying, however, in hardness and in the color
of the material from light gray to very dark brown or black. The
termites do not all swarm at the same seasons, and some nests are
without nodules. Nests deserted by the termites are often found, and
they then become hiding places for numerous animals and insects.
In such old nests the Yellow-bellied Parroquet (Conurus flaviventer)
excavates her nest, and several snakes and lizards, particularly a
small Gecko (Spheriodactylus argus), select them as places of deposit
for their eggs.

EXTRACTS FROM A LETTER BY Mr. H. G. HUBBARD, RELATING
TO THE ABOVE DESCRIBED TERMITES.

Insects, including Neuroptera, were so scarce in Jamaica that I
gave my attention mainly to other things, and have hardly any bio-
logical material, except the termites I send you. I once observed a
large swarm of small dragon-flies (about one and one-fourth inches
long) acting very much as one sees certain gnats in the autumn here;
that is, they kept together in a cloud, and as it was a very windy
day they remained for hours in about the same place, under the lee
of a large tree, and too high from the ground for me to capture any.
I do not remember ever noticing a similar habit in any of our spe-
cies. I believe Gosse mentions the same thing in his “ Naturalist in
Jamaica.” In both cases they were true Libellulide, not Agrions.

J had less opportunity than I wished to study Termites. I could
not do much in travelling about the island by carriage, and it was
not until we settled down at a place in the country (Dromilly) that I
had a chance to observe their nests attentively. I am inclined to
believe that every tree nest, or with few exceptions, contains a single
queen. It is very easy to overlook the queen in cutting up a nest,
as the royal cell is not very distinct, and the queen is usually sur-
rounded by a dense mass of workers, so that she escapes detection.

Nests Nos. 1 and 2, it seemed to me, were of the same species. I
did not find winged, mature or immature Termites in either nest.
About a week before I began the examination in detail of these

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XIX. 18 MARCH, 1878.

Hubbard.] 2 [December 26,"

nests, there was a flight of winged termites in their vicinity, but
several hundreds of other nests were about, and I could not tell
from which they came. These winged ants were, as I recollect, de-
cidedly smaller, but of the same general color with those from nest
No. 8. I am afraid I have lost the specimens I collected, at least I
have not yet found them. J examined a nest (not mentioned in my
notes) which did not differ in any marked way from Nos. 1 and 2,
and contained no nodules, but was full of a brood, having dark
wings.1 I cut up the nest but failed to find the queen. I have little
doubt she was there, but I was hampered in my examination by the
presence of a large red ant which occupied a portion of the nest,
and which poured forth in multitudes, covering the ground and the
bushes about, so that I worked with a number of the brutes crawling
under my clothes and biting me badly.

These red ants I often found even in very new and vigorous Ter-
mites nests. ‘hey seem to be nocturnal, and always confined them-
vesels to that portion of a nest which they had first seized upon, and
even when disturbed, I never saw one of them enter the galleries of
anyother part, although I could not discover that any distinct barri-
cade or wall had been made between their corner and the rest of the
nest.

One of the small bottles contains a few termites of a small, elon-
gated species, taken ont of a gallery running up a palm tree, and
among them are mandibulate soldiers. I found no soldiers in the

galleries of any other species, and I believe nest No. 3 is the only
one? in which I found them. Even there they were so few that I am
surprised that I detected them at all among the millions of workers,
They only occurred, as far as I could see, in one corner of the nest.
Of this little species from the palm, I never found the nest. it is
possible that the small nests which I sometimes saw in other parts of
the island, quite high up and upon the side of the cocoanut trunks,
may have belonged to this species, but I never had a chance to ex-
amine any of them. I often examined the galleries of Termites
remote from any nest, and usually running up living trees. Some-
times they were deserted, but usually a more or less constant stream
of workers was going up and down. Once or twice I found in such
a gallery nothing but black-headed nasuti (long-nosed form), and

1 Eutermes morio. Dr. H.
2Belongs to Z. Rippertii. Dr. H.

1877. DANG [Hubbard.

once I opened a small nest (two feet in diameter) placed within a
foot of the ground, upon the trunk of the coccoloba, or sea-side
grape, growing in loose sand and within a few yards of the sea. ‘The
whole nest swarmed with black-headed, nasuti, and nothing else. I
am afraid I have lost these specimens also in part of my baggage
which went astray.

At a place twelve hundred feet up in the hills, and consequently
in a damp, cool climate, I was searching a small, densely wooded
island in the Wagwater River (a considerable mountain stream), —
when I observed two or three small holes in the end of a small dead
branch. Thinking to find Scolytide, or ants, I broke off the branch
and opened it. To my surprise, I found what appeared to be the
commencement of a colony of termites, which had not begun a nest,
and had made no external galleries; in fact, they were isolated ina
few simple burrows at the end of this short dead branch. ‘The col-
ony consisted of three or four sexual individuals, with wings pulled
off, one or two very large mandibulate soldiers, and about a dozen
workers, but no nasutt. As there was not a trace of the material of
which nests and galleries are composed, the absence of nasuti is pos-
sibly significant. On the other hand, this may be a species which
does not build nests or galleries. The branch in which they were
did not weigh more thar two or three ounces, and was the broken
butt of a branch on a living tree, and about four feet from the
ground. Certainly it seems probable that a nest in time would have
been constructed with a gallery leading to the ground, for I do not
suppose these, or any termites, would burrow into living wood.
They were collected at Stony Hill, near Kingston, on March 10, 1877.1

From the nests mentioned in my notes, I send you a full series of
everything I collected. Nests of the species to which Nos. 3 and 5
[H. Rippertii] belong, were usually very large. I cut them with a
long-bladed cutlass. The outside (of which I send a specimen) cut
easily, like pie-crust, but the interior was harder, and especially in
the neighborhood of the queen’s cell was very tough indeed. When
one considers the immense mass of the nest, as big as a hogshead,
every part of which swarms with termites in countless thousands,
one will understand the difficulty of hunting up the queen. In my.
examination of nest No. 3, I did not expose the queen’s cell until
after two days’ work. When I first cut into the nest, order reigned

1 Calotermes castaneus sp. Dr. H.

*

Hubbard.] 274 [December 26,

inside. The adult winged termites were all in the exterior layers,
built, I think, for their accommodation, and the immature males and
females were probably also in their proper place. But of course
soon everything became confused. The long winged adults tried to
hide in the interior, and crowded into the narrow galleries, while the
undeveloped ones scattered through every part of the nest. I could
not be sure that in the disturbance, some adult termites which had
been relieved of their wings, had not also penetrated into the neigh-
borhood of the queen’s cell. As, however, I only found four such, I
am inclined to think their presence there was not accidental. You
can probably determine whether they are males or not.1 In the case
of nest No. 5, where a single sexual form, with wings removed, was
found in the cell with the queen, I do nut think there is much room
for doubt. It could hardly have been an accidental wanderer, as I
luckily struck the queen cell in a few minutes after cutting into the
nest, and the greater part of the nest was left, undisturbed in the
crotch of the tree. Indeed, I could not approach it at all from one
side, which was partly occupied by red ants, so I tore out a large
fragment from the interior containing many large nodules, and car-
ried it away from the vicinity of the flying winged termites. In
this, fortunately, I found the queen.

No. 5 was quite a large nest, very bright colored, and apparently
younger than the others. The nodules, a number of which I send
you, also looked bright and new, and even very large. You will
notice the eroded appearance where the young termites have
gnawed them away. I noticed several of the queens from the older
nests (especially the one from nest No. 3) looked more or less ex-
hausted and partially discolored, so that I thought they were dead and
decaying at first, but in every case they proved to be alive. When I
lifted them up with my forceps by the middle, the two portions of the
abdomen hung down, so as to bring the head and anal extremity
together. They were soft and flabby, but after they had been a
week or two in alcohol they became plump and rigid again. Queen
No. 3, which was quite discolored, seems to me to have brightened
considerably. Some of the queens were, however, very plump and
white when taken from the cell.

Besides termites I send you a few larve, etc., of Neuroptera,
collected in the Wagwater River, at Stony Hill, near Kingston.
Among them are the cases and larve of Helicopsyche, but I had no
chance to raise the imagos, and some larve of Isephenus.

1Allare males. Dr. H.

1878.] : 275 [Scudder.

Norrs on EutTerMes Riprerti. By S. H. ScuppeEr.

The nests of the white-ants found at the Isle of Pines in 1864, as
I recollect them, were about the size of a man’s head, and dome-
shaped. According to notes taken at the time, the first of them was
found resting on the ground around the base of a small tree; and 1°
believe that all the others were similarly situated, and that the trees
were not more than an inch in diameter. The outside crust of the
nest was made of a loosely compacted earth, while within it, at the
depth of about an inch or two, was a much firmer material, a closely
cemented hardened earth, two or three inches thick, which required
a hatchet to. break; within, it was softer again. The nest extended
an inch or two below the level of the gravelly soil, and most of the
milk-white larve were found in this part of the nest. The queen
was found near the middle of the nest, beneath its very hardest part,
upon the easterly side; and on the same side the black workers were
much more abundant than elsewhere. Several nests were opened
and a single queen taken from each (at least I find no notice of a
second queen); the first nest that was despoiled was visited the next
day (about eighteen hours after destruction), and the open parts were
found entirely covered with fresh earth, and crowds of workers were
running about with larve in their mouths. Several day’s search
failed to discover a deserted nest.

General Meeting. January 2, 1878.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé,in the chair. Forty-six
persons present.

The following gentlemen were elected Associate Mem-
bers: — Messrs. Frank T. Stanley, W. L. Whittemore, Edw.
W. Ropes, Edw. L. Mark, Arthur C. Gould.

The following paper was read: —
On THE GEOLOGY OF THE Eozoic Rocks or NortH AMERICA.

Apstractr. By T. Sterry Hounr.

The speaker proceeded to discuss the geology and geography of
the Atlantic belt, and insisted upon the great groups of crystalline
Eozoic rocks which he therein recognized and described under the

Hunt.] Dik 6 (January 2,

names of Laurentian, Norian, (Upper Laurentian of Logan) Huro-
nian, and Montalban. Under these four heads we may conveniently
include all the crystalline rocks of that belt, with the exception of
the Taconian, to be mentioned farther on, although it is probable
- that farther researches will enable us to establish other subdivisions.

During a late journey across the continent he had been able to
make some observations on the crystalline rocks west of the
Mississippi, and to compare them with those of the Atlantic belt.
His examinations among the Rocky Mountains were made in the
Sangre de Cristo range near Garland; and in the Front or Colorado
range at Glen Kyrie, in the Ute Pass, in Clear Creek Cafion, and
about Georgetown. In all of these localities he found gneisses, often
hornblendic, but scarcely micaceous, and in many cases in large masses,
often granitic in aspect, with rarely interbedded gneissic layers.
These strata are penetrated in the vicinity of Georgetown by well-
marked granitic masses, probably exotic. The red granitoid rocks at
and near Sherman on the Union Pacific R. R. are probably gneissic.
These various rocks have all the lithological .characters of the
Laurentian as displayed in the Laurentides, the Adirondacks, and
the South Mountain between the Hudson and Schuylkill Rivers.
Dr. Hunt here referred to the published observations in Hayden’s
Report for 1873, of the late Mr. Marvine, who had studied these rocks
in the Colorado range and had then compared them with the Lau-
rentian. ‘The speaker here mentioned the labradorite rocks having
the characters of the Norian, and associated, like that series in the east,
with large masses of titanoferite. These rocks, found in Wyoming
territory, were however, known to him only through specimens.

The gneissic rocks of the Wahsatch range, as seen in the Devil’s
Gate on the Weber River, are also Laurentian, to which are to be
referred the similar stratified rocks found in the same range farther
south, in the upper part of the Little Cottonwood Caifion. Here,
among loose blocks of the gneiss, the speaker found occasional
masses of coarsely crystalline limestone with mica, and also varieties
of pyroxenic rocks characteristic of Laurentian; at the lower part of
this same cafion there are, however, well-marked eruptive granites.

The crystalline schists examined by the speaker in the foot-hills
at the western base of the Sierras in Amador, Placer, and Nevada
counties in California, have, according to him, all the characters of
the Huronian series as seen on the great lakes, in Eastern North
America, and in the Alps. The auriferous quartz veins in the coun-

1878.] re [Hunt.

ties above named, are found traversing alike the crystalline schists
and the granites of the region, which are probably eruptive masses
newer than the schists. To the Huronian he also refers the similar
crystalline rocks of the Coast range of California, as seen near San
Francisco and in the vicinity of San Jose.

Referring then to the Atlantic belt, and to the South Mountain in
Pennsylvania, the speaker mentioned that in the continuation of this
range between the Susquehanna and the Potomac, the Laurentian
‘gneisses are concealed beneath strata referred to the Huronian, in-
eluding a great development of petrosilex rocks, often porphyritic.+
Rocks of Montalban and Huronian age are met with along the line of
the Baltimore and Ohio R.R.; but at Bellisle near Richmond,
Virginia, he had recognized the characteristic gneisses of the Lau-
rentian.

He then gave a preliminary account of some late observations
made ina journey across the Blue Ridge in Mitchell county, North
Carolina. ‘The gneisses of Roan Mountain, and the similar rocks at
its western base, which include large masses of very pure magnetic
iron ores, are Laurentian, but.indications of a belt of Huronian
schists, with steatite, unctuous mica-schists, and specular iron ore,
were met with along the western flank of the mountain. To the
eastward, the Laurentian gneisses are succeeded by a great breadth
of thin-bedded gneisses, with highly micaceous and _ hornblendic
schists, referred by the speaker to the Montalban series, in which is
included the narrow belt of dunite or olivine rock found on the line
of section near Bakersville. These Montalban strata are intersected
by numerous endogenous granitic veins, which are extensively worked
for mica, and yield, moreover, fine cleavable masses of orthoclase
and of albite, together with beryl, apatite, and the rarer minerals,
autunite and samarskite. The rocks of this series, often decomposed
to considerable depths, were found to occupy the greater part of the
country as far east as Salisbury, interrupted however, near States-
ville, on the Western North Carolina R. R., by granitoid gneisses
which have the characters of the Laurentian.

The belt consisting of granular quartz rock, with limestone and
hydrous mica-slates which was seen by the speaker at the eastern
base of the Blue Ridge on the Catawba river, near Marion, has all
the characters of the Lower Taconic, to which it was long since re-

1 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XviI, page 509.

Aunt.) oT 8 [January 2,

ferred by Emmons. Portions of this quartzite are thinly bedded
and flexible, constituting what is known as itacolumite. It is re-
garded by the speaker as identical with the Primal white sandstone
of Pennsylvania, which with the Auroral limestone and its inter-
stratified and overlying unctuous schists, and the succeeding roofing
slates, constitute a distinct geological horizon. This series, having
an estimated thickness of about 5,000 feet, is found resting alike on
Laurentian, Huronian and Montalban, and is overlaid, probably un-
conformably, by the Upper Taconic, which is the Quebec group of
Logan. The Lower Taconic is apparently identical with the lime-
stone series of St. John, New Brunswick, which is succeeded by the
Menevian slates, and to the Hastings limestones of Ontario, there
unconformably overlaid by the Trenton limestones.

This Lower Taconic series, which is very distinct from the wholly
uncrystalline Upper Taconic, the speaker distinguishes by the name
of Taconian. It is, although in part detrital, essentially crystalline,
and its rocks, while distinct from all those of the previously named
crystalline groups, have certain lithological resemblances with each
of them. The magnesian limestones of the series sometimes contain
serpentine, and more often mica, which is frequently finely dissemi-
nated, while the associated schists are sometimes in large part made
up of a hydrous mica. Crystalline specular and magnetic iron ores
are found abundantly in this series, as well as large beds both of
carbonate of iron and of pyrites, from the oxydation of the one to
the other of which, in place, as has been shown by the speaker, there
have been derived the great masses of brown hematite ore, found so
abundantly along the outcrop of the Taconian series, from Vermont
to Alabama. The stratified clays often enclosing these ores, are the
results of the decay of the enclosing crystalline schists, which like
still older crystalline strata along the eastern border of the Appala-
chian valley, are in many cases decomposed to considerable depths.

The direct evidences of organic life in the Taconian rocks are
certain markings named Scolithus, which are, however, distinct from
what has been called by the same name in the Potsdam sandstone of
New York and Wisconsin. These, apparently, are found both in the
quartzites and the limestones of the series, and the latter moreover
contain an obscure and undescribed linguloid shell, and possibly some
other organic forms. ‘The question as to whether these rocks are to

1 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. XVII, page 509.

1878.] 279 (Putnam.

be regarded as the equivalents of the ancient strata found in Norway,
to which Kjenelf has given the name of Taconic, or of the oldest
Cambrian beds of Sweden and of Wales, was discussed, and the
evidence declared insufficient for a solution of the problem. In the
limestones and slates of Hastings County, Ontario, which have been
already referred to the Taconian, Scolithus has been found by Dr.
Dawson, together with a form of Eozoon closely resembling that of
the Laurentian. |

Mr. J. A. Allen read a paper on an inadequate “Theory of
Birds’ Nests,” criticizing Mr. A. R. Wallace’s views on the
relation between the colors of a bird and the character of its
nest.

Mr. F. W. Putnam exhibited a specimen of the common
eel (Ang. bostoniensis.)

This was one of eight eels received at the Museum of Compar-
ative Zoology on the 31st of Dec. from Mr. Vinal N. Edwards of
Woods Holl. A few weeks since Prof. Baird informed Mr. Agas-
siz that Mr. Edwards had discovered eels with eggs, and, at Mr.
Agassiz’s request Mr. Putnam at once wrote to Mr. Edwards ask-
ing him to. send specimens to the Museum. The reply was the
reception of the eight specimens mentioned, which were obtained
by Mr. Edwards in the market at New Bedford. Thus to Mr.
Edwards belongs the credit of bringing to notice in this country
eels with eggs. As is pretty generally known, it has been some-
what of a mystery how, when and where eels. were developed, and
many singular and fanciful statements have been made regarding the
method of reproduction of this very common fish. At present all
that is known, is that this year, for a month past, the eels brought
into New Bedford are with eggs in various stages of development.
Where they spawn is not yet known, so far as Mr. Putnam was
aware, but Prof. Baird, the U. S. Commissioner of Fisheries is
now undoubtedly investigating this important and interesting sub-
ject. Attention was here called by Mr. Putnam to the transla-
tion of the paper by Dr. Syrski contained in Prof. Baird’s last
report, p. 719. The eight specimens received, and examined by
Mr. Putnam, had the ovaries in various stages of development.
In two the ovaries were very small and the eggs in them exceed-
ingly minute. From these the series showed a gradual increase

Putnam.] 280 (January 16,

in the size of the ovaries and the contained eggs, to the speci-
men exhibited, in which the eggs were still so small as only to be
seen by a lens of considerable magnifying power, and not yet ready
to be excluded, though the ovaries themselves were large and full.
The fact of the great rarity of eels with egos, and the occurrence
in these specimens of ovaries in various stages of development, seem
to show that, in contrast with the more usual slow development
of the eges in fishes generally, the eels rapidly attain their sea-
sonal development, the ovaries immediately after the egos are laid
being reduced to a minute size.

As seen in the specimen exhibited, the ovaries are white, or
colorless, slightly plicated, and of great length, extending from the
base of the liver along each side of the intestines to and beyond the
anal opening, the left ovary passing for some distance into a
cavity of the muscles on the side of the anal fin, while the right
ovary does not extend quite so far.

The eggs, when mature, are dropped into the abdominal eavity,
from which they must pass by two very small peritoneal outlets, sit-
uated on each side of, and just posterior to, the anal opening. There
is a very vascular, and apparently sensitive, region on the inner side
of these peritoneal outlets, with a free communication from side to
side.

It may prove of importance to note that these eight female eels
are all silvery on the under side and are the form known as “silver
bellies.’ Will the “ golden bellies” prove to be the males?

The thanks of the Society were voted to Mr. A. J. Lewis
for specimens of birds presented to the New England col-
lection.

General Meeting. January 16, 1878.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Thirty-
five persons present.

The President showed a curious mass of silver ore from
Norway, having some fine crystals and a nodule amazingly
resembling a tiny bird.

MER O rere ce es er ren»

ee

1878.] 981 [Scudder.

Mr. George W. Bond read a paper on the Origin of the
Merino Sheep, in which he claimed the Arabian as the ances-
tral stock of that race.

Section of Entomology. January 23, 1878.
Mr. J. H. Emerton in the chair. Six persons present.
The following papers were presented : —

REMARKS ON CALLIPTENUS AND MELANOPLUS, WITH A NOTICE
OF THE SPECIES FOUND IN NEw ENGLAND. By SAMUEL H-
SCUDDER.

The genus Calliptenus was founded by Serville in 1831 in his Revue
Methodique under the name Calliptenus,? with three species, Acryd-
ium sanguinipes, A. italicum and A. morio, each being placed as a
representative of a distinct subdivision. In 1838 Burmeister, and in
1839 Serville himself, retained C- ctalicus alone in the genus, and it
therefore became its type.

Until within a few years, all authors who have treated of the
American species placed by Burmeister in this genus, or of their con-
geners since described, have referred them to Calliptenus, if they
have separated them at all from Acridium. In 1873 Dr. Stal in his
admirable Recensio Orthopterorum first pointed the differences which
exist between the European Cal. italicus and the North American
species which had been referred to that genus, and the closer con-
nection of the latter with Pezotettix. Our common C. femur-rubrum
was placed by him in a subgenus of Pezotettix which he termed
Melanoplus. Without considering the intimate relationship which
undoubtedly exists between Melanoplus and the true Pezotettix, it
will be enough at the moment to assume that the great variety of
forms in this country in either group, will necessitate our separating
them under distinct names even should they prove as closely allied
as Stal’s arrangement would indicate. For the assistance of Ameri-
can students the characteristic differences of structure between

1 This paper will be found in full in Bull. National Assoc. of Wool Manufactur-
ers, Vol. VIII.

2On orthographic grounds, Burmeister afterwards changed the name to Calopte-

nus; but Erichson more properly wrote it Calliptenus, in which he is followed by
Stal.

Scudder.]

282

[January 23,

Calliptenus and Melanoplus are pointed out, that the change of names
which it will necessitate may not appear to those unacquainted with

the scholarly work of Stal to be capricious.

For better comparison

the differences are presented in a tabular form.

Calliptenus.
Eyes proportionately larger in &
than in 9; in the former broader than
the length of the gene.

Upper base of antenne opposite the
middle of the eye.

Deflected lobes of pronotum abruptly
separated from the dorsal area by a
distinctly elevated carina.

Meso- and matasternum together
equally long and broad.

Metasternal lobes almost transverse,
more widely separated than in Melan-
‘oplus, the posterior edge convex
throughout.

Mediastinal vein of tegmina striking
the costa at the middle of the outer
two-thirds of the wing.

Discoidal cell of same terminating in
the middle of the wing.

Vena intercalata of same wanting.

Branches of the principal veins much
less numerous than in Melanoplus at
the tip of the tegmina; they are also
more oblique, and have a normal dis-
tribution.

Hind femora broad and stout, the
upper margin serrate.

First joint of hind tarsi longer and
very much stouter than the last joint;
arolium small.

Penultimate segment of & abdomen
not noticeably larger than the preced-
ing, leaving the abdomen horizontal.

Melanoplus.

subequal in $ and 2; in both gener- .

ally narrower, never broader, than the
length of gene.

slightly below the middle of the eye.

passing almost insensibly into the dor-
sal area, there being no distinct lateral
caring.

together longer than broad.

oblique, directed backward as much
as inward, the posterior edge more or
less excavated next the hind cox.

striking the costa beyond the middle
of the outer half of the wing.

terminating beyond the middle of the
wing.
distinctly present.

running parallel with the principal
veins, and remaining in close proxim-
ity to them throughout the tegmina,
making the framework of the wing
appear as if formed of an excessive
number of principal veins, and adding
greatly to its power in flight; they are
but little oblique even at the tip of the
wing.

slenderer than in Calliptenus, the up-
per margin smooth.

only a little stouter than, and’of equal
length with, the last joint; arolium
large.

much swollen and expanded on the
ventral surface, noticeably larger than
the preceding segments, throwing the
tip of the abdomen upward.

1878.]

Anal cerci of male of excessive
length, very conspicuous, more than
one-third the length of the hind tibie.

Segment preceding supra-anal plate
of male entire, without margin apoph-
yses.

2838

(Scudder.

moderately large but not excessive,
seldom one-fifth the length of the hind
tibise.

furnished with more or less conspic-
uous, paired, marginal apophyses, aris-
ing from the middle of the hinder

edge, generally taking the form of
pointed, more or less depressed, diver-
gent lobes, lying in the lateral sulci of
the supra-anal plate.

It has been generally supposed that we had only two species of
Melanoplus in New England, the common species mentioned by Dr.
Harris in his Report on Injurious Insects, under the names Acridium
flavovittatum_ and A. femur-rubrum. Mr. Uhler indeed had given a
MS. name to a single specimen of a distinct species from Maine, and
I had described the same in 1862 under his name Caloptenus
punctulatus ; but as no other specimens were discovered, doubt was
thrown upon its proper habitat; others, however, have now been
found, and the species appears to be peculiar to the Northern States.
More recently, Mr. Riley has described a fourth species (which has
been separated from M. femur-rubrum in my cabinet for ten years)
under the name of Cal. ailantis;! and in the present paper two addi-
tional species are made known which will be more fully described
in a memoir now in preparation.

These six species may be separated by the following table.

1. ‘Tegmina scarcely exceeding, often much shorter than, the abdo-
men. Male with the median marginal apophyses of the last dor-
sal segment no longer than the segment itself. Memale with the
basal tooth of the lower valves of the ovipositor small, obscure,
blunt, much broader than long. Two callosities on the under
cuRuecton time girstuningd, tagsalijoimbyay he k's ee) AD

Tegmina much exceeding the abdomen. Male with the median
marginal apophyses of the last dorsal segment more than twice
as long as the segment itself, extending conspicuously along the
lateral sulci of the basal half of the supra-anal plate. female
with the basal tooth of the lower valves of the cvipositor promi-
nent, sharp, nearly or quite as long as broad. ‘Three callosities on
the under surface of the first hind tarsaljoint. . . . . .. 5.

1This was first called atlanis by Riley; but in his later writings he has used the
corrected form, atlantis.

Scudder.] 284 (January 23,

2. Moderately large species. Fastigium with parallel walls di-
rectly continuous with those of the frontal carina. Median carina
of pronotum more or less distinct on foremost division of anterior
lobe. Male with the apex of the last abdominal segment sharply ~
conical; anal cerci expanding apically to a broad plate. . . . 3.

Small species. Tip of fastigium expanding laterally next the
upper ocelli. Median carina of pronotum very obscure or wanting
on the foremost division of the anterior lobe. J/ale with the apex
of last abdominal segment obscurely conical and docked; anal
cerci equal or apically forked. . 9... 2). ee

3. Antenne brightly colored; eyes not prominent; upper limit of
deflected lobes marked by a yellow stripe which extends on to the
head; median and anal fields of the tegmina, otherwise immaculate,
separated by a similar stripe; posterior lobe of pronotum nearly
smooth; hind tibie red. Male with the anal cerci expanded at
the base. J’emale with the upper valves of the ovipositor tapering,
finely pointed: “2°. *.0. 3°... ME fem

Antenne dark colored ; eyes prominent; no lateral stripe on the
pronotum or tegmina, the latter of which are spotted irrecularly
with dusky blotches; posterior lobe of pronotum rather coarsely
punctate ; hind tibie particolored. Zale with the basal half of anal
cerciequal. Female with the upper valves of the ovipositor scarcely
tapering, bluntly pointed. . . . JM. punctulatus (Uhl.) Scudd.

4. ‘Transverse sulci of anterior lobe of pronotum distinct; upper
half of divergent lobes but little darker than the lower half; teg-
mina as long as the abdomen. JJale with the anal cerci forked at
the tip. Kemale stout. «2 2)... ..1 dM Seoliusmeen:

Transverse sulci of anterior lobe of pronotum indistinct; upper
half of divergent lobes strikingly darker than the pale lower half;
tegmina much shorter than the abdomen. J/ale with the anal
cerci equal or nearly equal throughout, long, slender, and nearly
straight. Jemale rather slender. . . . . . MM. rectus n.sp.

5. Male with the marginal apophyses of the last dorsal segment
stout, parallel, reaching half way over the supra-anal plate; anal
cercl tapering, pointed at tip, not more than half so broad on api-
cal as on basal half; apex of last abdominal segment entire.
female with the median carina of the pronotum generally distinet
on the anterior lobe; prosternal spine nearly cylindrical, scarcely
tapering excepting at the extreme tip, which is generally bluntly
rounded. . . . . . . «. «.M. femur-rubrum (De Geer) Stal.

1878.] 285 [Seudder.

Male with the marginal apophyses of the last dorsal segment
slender, divergent, reaching scarcely one-third way over the supra-
anal plate; anal cerci broad, equal, broadly rounded at tip, scarcely
twice as long as broad; apex of last abdominal segment notched.
Female with the median carina of the pronotum generally in-
distinct or wholly wanting on the anterior lobe; prosternal spine
tapering, generally bluntly pointed at tip. . . J. ailantis (Ril.)

M. femoratus is the species generally called Cal. bivittatus. ‘The lat-
ter, however, is an interior species, while this, as will be seen in the
succeeding paper, extends across the continent. It is common every-
where in New England, and the female lays from seventy to ninety
eges. From the abdomen of one I once extracted a species of
Mermis (?) at least six decimetres long. These insects are very fond
of a species of Inula (J. Helenium) growing by road-sides, and sun
themselves on its broad leaves.

M., punctulatus is a rarity, and most of the specimens I have seen
have been without definite locality. I have taken it in Andover,
Mass., in November. Mr. Uhler gave me a specimen from near Bos-
ton, Mr. Henshaw has taken it in Massachusetts, Dr. Packard in
(Brunswick?) Maine, Baron Osten Sacken sent me a specimen from
the Middle States, and the late Mr. Walsh another from Illinois.
I formerly noted that I had taken it in Vermont, but I think this
must be anerror. ‘The species is allied to M. Helluo (Cal. Helluo
Seudd.) from the South.

M. collinus is not a rare species. Itis allied to WM. luridus (Cal. lu-
ridus Dodge). It occurs in abundance at Sudbury, Vt., where eleven
years ago I first recognized it as distinct from other species, and occurs
in the vicinity of groves in dry hilly pastures; comparatively few J.
femur-rubrum are found with it, the latter affecting open sunny spots
in hollows and the lowlands. The young of the two species may
readily be separated. I found this species devouring perfectly dead
and dry hickory leaves. I have also taken it in Andover, about Bos-
ton and on the island of Nantucket in this State, and Mr. Henshaw
has sent it to me from Jamaica Plain.

M. rectus is again a rarer species. I have seen few specimens.
Mr. Henshaw captured it ‘at Jamaica Plain, Prof. S. I. Smith for-
merly took it in Norway, Maine, and I have a single specimen taken
in the White Mt. valleys of New Hampshire. The species is nearly
allied to Mel. devastator Seudd. from the western part of the country.

M. femur-rubrum is the commonest species of all. On account of

Scudder.] 286 [January 23,

its abundance and its extensive range (see the succeeding paper) I ©
have long considered this form of Melanoplus as in all probability
the true A. femur-rubrum of De Geer; but Dr. Stal has fortunately
for us described the anal cerci of the male from De Geer’s type, leav-
ing us quite certain of his species. Abbé Provancher has recently
redescribed it under the name of Cal. sanguinolentus. Collecting
this species in large numbers in different stations at Sudbury, Vt., I
noticed that specimens found in moist low ground were darker and
had more vividly contrasted colors than those found in the hollows of
dry upiand pastures. J also thought the former to be longer winged
but took no measurements to verify this point.

AM. atlantis is everywhere common, being apparently about half as
numerous as J. femur-rubrum in every locality 1 have collected, ex-
cepting at the highest elevations, as among the White Mts., where it
appears to be about equally abundant. Both occur on the alpine
summits. Taking New England as a whole J. atlantis is more
abundant than JAZ. femoratus, and is particularly so in the South
where the latter begins to decrease in numbers. In Nantucket
the species takes on a peculiar coloring and nearly all the specimens
have pale glaucous hind tibie. Fuller details of these differences
will be published hereafter.

Mel. junius (Pez. junius Dodge) has been taken about Quebee by
Abbé Provancher, but has not been detected in New England.
Abbé Provancher described it (only a few months later than Mr.
Dodge) under the name Cal. minor.

Brier NoTIcE OF THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF MELANOPLUS
FOUND WEST OF THE ONE HUNDRED AND SEVENTEENTH
MERIDIAN. By SAMUEL H. SCUDDER.

The collections of Orthoptera made during the last summer by
Dr. A. 8. Packard, together with a series sent me by Mr. Henry
Edwards of San Francisco, and others collected by the late Mr.
Crotch, or previously in my collection, enable me to give some
idea of the distribution of Melanopli on the Pacific coast. In
this enumeration I do not count some species from the extreme south-
ern portion of California, west of the 117th meridian, obtained by
Dr. Edward Palmer, but leave them for another occasion. In the
district as I have limited it in the title of this paper, nine species
of Melanoplus are found, only one of which appears to be confined
to it. This is the one I have called M. collaris; it comes from the

1878.] 287 [Scudder.

extreme south, on the borders of Lake Tulare at the upper waters of
the San Joachin, and is remarkable for its resemblance to Pezotettiz
enigma Scudd., a peculiar species also found in southern California,
but only known west of the Coast Range. We cannot yet speak
definitely of MZ. spretus (Uhl.), for although it has certainly been
taken in this region, it may not be native to it. Perhaps the re-
searches of Dr. Packard will establish this point. Probably all the
others are found upon both sides of the Sierras and their northern
extension, although one, a very small species, M. Kennicottii (which
I once} wrongly referred to Cal. bilituratus Walk., from specimens
taken by Mr. Dawson on the Souris River, a tributary of the Assini-
boine) is probably confined to the eastern side, as the only other
specimens I have (males) were taken by Mr. Kennicott on the Yu-
kon River, south of which the mountains trend westward. Still
another, MZ. Packardii, may also belong only to the’ east, for it is an
abundant species as far eastward as Great Salt Lake, the South Park
and southern Colorado, Nebraska and Texas, and was taken by
Dr. Packard at Wallula on the Columbia, and by Mr. Crotch in
British Columbia —at what point is unknown. The other species
certainly occur on both sides, and most of them have a wide range.
M. femur-rubrum (DeGeer), for example, which is abundant over its
whole area of distribution, has been taken at Sissons, Cal. (Packard),
Ft. Redding (Pac. R. R. Surv.), the same and other points in Cali-
fornia (Edwards), Portland, Or. (Packard, Edwards), Great Bear
Lake (Kennicott), and also occurs at Great Salt Lake, Pueblo, Col.,
central Texas (Belfrage), and even central Mexico (Sumichrast) ;
from these points it extends eastward to the Atlantic, where it
ranges from Canada to central Florida; — having, probably, as wide
a range as any Acridian on the continent. MM. atlantis (Ril.) proves
by its scarcely less extended distribution, the impropriety of its
. hame; it is a more northern species, extending, on the Atlantic coast
from Canada to North Carolina, and westward through the northern
United States, and all parts of Colorado to Salt Lake, where it is
extremely abundant, to California, Wallula, Portland, Or., British
Columbia, Victoria, Vancouver’s Island, and the Yukon River,
Alaska. MM. devastator, a species which, probably, rather than
M. atlantis, is the source of most of the damage to crops in Cali-
fornia, besides being especially abundant in the Shasta Valley, and
found also at Sissons (Packard) and Sauzalito, Cal. (Behrens),

1G. M. Dawson, Rep. Geol. and Resources Forty-ninth Parallel, p. 343.
PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.— VOL. XIX. 19 MARCH, 1878.

Scudder.] : 288 [January 23,

occurs about Lake Tahoe, Reno and Glen Brook, Nev. (Packard); and
was taken by myself sparingly at Beaver Brook and Morrison, Col.
Another species, which in allusion to its ashen tints is here called
M. cinereus, has been sent me from California and Nevada by Mr.
Edwards, and was taken by Dr. Packard at Wallula, W. T., and at
Reno, Nev., and by myself in great numbers at Great Salt Lake and
in the American Fork Cafion, Utah. Possibly it is this species (1
have only poor specimens to judge from), which Capt. Pope tock in
Texas, on the upper Pecos River. Finally the common M. femoratus
(Burm.) of the east, where it ranges from Maine to N. Carolina, has
been found at Wallula (Packard), British Columbia (Crotch), and
the Shasta Valley (Edwards).

The following table, based on the structure of the abdomen, may
serve to separate the males of these species.

1. Penultimate segment of abdomen conspicuously inflated be-
neath . o vie pa le os ye die die Vk. |i
Penultimate segment of abdomen not conspicuously inflated
beneath . Ra CR a eM iy. 8 M. collaris.
2. Apex of last abdominal segment distinctly notched . . . 8.
£ os Ks 6 entire or most obscurely _
notched ers ep se Beye / Seige ob cae dey hel en
. Anal cerci broad, rarely more than three times as long as
broad, the apical half bent on the basal . . . . .... 4
Anal cerci slender, equal, straight, nearly four times as
long as broad.) |. 5%. 56 tee in me.) se 6 ee cones

Ze

4, Anal cerci more than twice as long as broad. . . WM. atlantis.
a less a ¢ i « . « « WM. spretus.

6. . Anal cerci enlarged at the apex, the last segment of abdo-
men produced . we ee eo ae ete tee eS
Anal cerci tapering, or equal at the apex. .° 5 3) ee

6. Anal cerci strongly depressed, and a little twisted on apical
i) ere rm A 1 es

Anal cerci with apical half slightly bent, or in the same
plane with the base. . . = 6 3 « « ¢)vs eengn nn
Y. Lower edge of anal cerci toothed ... . . M. femoratus.
as AS pane “ nottoothed .. .. M. Rackard.

1878.) 289 [Scuader.

8. Species of medium size; last segment short; anal cerci
much narrower in distal than in basal half, several times longer
fiamethe mean width . . . 11. .... . - W. femur-rubrum.

Species minute; last segment of abdomen produced at the
tip; anal cerci subequal, rounded at the tip, scarcely twice as
foieasvtnemean width 2.9.4.5 52 » . DM. Mennicoite:

Concerning the synonymy of these species, it may be remarked
that the name under which I described Cal. fasciatus} being preoc-
cupied, I have thought it most appropriate to apply to the species the
name of one of the members of the national Entomological Com-
mission, who has done the most to extend our knowledge of the
Melanopli of the extreme west. Walker’s species are, in nearly
every instance, described from females only, and characters used
which apply equally well to nearly every species, so that it will be
long before we know what they are; it would appear probable, how-
ever, that his Cal. bilituratus is Riley’s Cal. atlantis, and his Cal.
scriptus DeGeer’s Acrid. femur-rubrum. <As to the former, the dis-
covery of the wide extent of its range, combined with its other
features, satisfy me that it must be separated from M. spretus (Uhl.)
as Riley claims, although there are few differences between the two
besides length of wing and of anal cerci; while both differ to so
much greater a degree from M. femur-rubrum that it is not a little
strange that Mr. Riley should have so persistently endeavored to
show how MM. atlantis should be distinguished from M. femur-rubrum,
rather than from MM. spretus.

Of the species here named for the first time, and of which we
shall give full descriptions in a future paper, M. collaris is a species
which cannot possibly be confounded with any other. It is brightly
colored, with blue hind tibize, a body much brighter yellow than’
usual, the antenne very light yellow, and the front edge of the pro-
notum with a narrow yellow rim. The sternal spine is pointed, and
the front division of the pronotum slightly swollen. JZ. devastator,
but for its anal cerci, would appear to be more closely allied to M.
spretus than M., atlantis is. The wings vary greatly in length, some-
times nearly equalling those of M. spretus, at other times but slightly
surpassing the abdomen. The hind tibie are usually red, although
of not so deep a color as in M. atlantis; but Dr. Packard brought
specimens from Shasta Valley and Sissons, Cal., in which they are

1Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., XVII, 477.

Scudder.] 290 [January 23,

deep blue, and one from Lake Tahoe in which they are very pale
green; the markings also vary greatly, but the pronotum seldom
appears to possess a very distinct black band on the upper portion of
the deflected lobes; the tegmina may be almost devoid of spots, but
generally possess a distinct discal series of quadrate spots. This
species has been distributed by Mr. Edwards with the number 94
attached. M. cinereus is a peculiar species, very distinct from any
yet described. The female wholly resembles the male, and the hind
tibie are always blue; the black stripe of the deflected lobes of the
pronotum is followed beneath by livid tints in broken patches. It is a
slender species, with wings longer than the body, the teemina with a
discal series of slender, alternating pale and dark lines and dots; the
posterior lobe of the pronotum, and that only, has rather a prominent
median carina. JM. Kennicotti is a minute species, only fifteen mil-
limetres long, of a dark brown color, with hind tibiz apparently of
a reddish yellow color, hind femora barred above with black, and a
lateral black stripe on the front half of the deflected lobes of the
pronotum. ‘The prosternal spine is very blunt, the median carina of
the pronotum is distinct, and nearly equally so throughout ; the teg-
mina are blotched along the middle line; the anal cerei are thick, less
than twice as long as broad, nearly equal and rounded, resembling
most those of M. spretus.

An examination of the species previously known brings to light
one or two points which may be added. Specimens of MM. atlantis
from the vicinity of Puget Sound are darker, and the tegmina more
heavily marked than elsewhere, especially in the female. No blue
tibiz have occurred among them. ‘This species was numbered 90
and 157 by Mr. Edwards. J. femur-rubrum, on the, other hand, does
not appear to differ in the least from average specimens on the Atlan-
tic coast; but Dr. Packard brought home a very curious male from
Portland, Or., in which the terminal segment of the abdomen is
deeply cleft in the middle by an incision which extends nearly across
the entire segment. This seems to be due simply to some accident,
perhaps in moulting, but it bears an entirely normal appearance,
and, occurring just where the segment is notched in C. spretus and
its nearest allies, led me at first to place it aside as a distinct species;
in every other part. of its structure, however, it agrees with ordinary
specimens of MM. femur-rubrum. Mr. Edwards has distributed the
Californian M. femur-rubrum under the numbers 95 and 156.

MM. femoratus (Burm.) has been distributed by Mr. Edwards
under the number 161.

1878.] 291 {[Burgess.

THE ANATOMY OF THE HEAD, AND THE STRUCTURE OF THE
MAXILLA IN THE Psocip#. By Epwarp BuRGESss.

Westwood, in his “ Classification,” 1 deseribes the maxilla of the
Psocidze —the family of minute insects which includes the well-
known “book-louse ” — as “ elongated, fleshy at the tip, armed with
a long, slender, curved, horny process, arising from the base, and
longer than the maxille.” This description, although correct, like
most of its author’s, as far as it goes, fails to call attention to the
really unique structure of the maxilla in this group of insects. Other
writers? have given us no fuller or more satisfactory description, a
fact for which the minute size of the Psocide and the consequent
difficulty of examination perhaps accounts. I have recently carefully
studied the general anatomy of the head in Psocus and Atropos,? of
which I offer the following description.

The maxilla in Psocus is hinged to the head by a small obscure
piece, which is immovably soldered to a larger joint. The first piece
represents, probably, the cardo of a typical maxilla (Plate 8, figs. 1,
3, 4 and 6,c.), and the second, the stipes (p.). The stipes bears
outwardly the four-jointed maxillary palpus, while inwardly is hinged
a thick, fleshy lobe, broad at the base, but soon contracting and
curving inwards (figs.4 and 7). The tip is flat and has a broad,
oval outline on the inside, and is strengthened by several imbedded
chitinous rods and other pieces (fig. 7). This lobe, by its position and
shape, is doubtless homologous with the ordinary outer maxillary lobe,
or galea, of the other Orthoptera. Behind the lobe, that is, between
it and the tongue, lies the “horny process” of Westwood’s descrip-
tion, or “‘ fork,” as I shall call it. This is a slender, more or less
curved, chitinous rod, with a forked, bifid tip, and two or three times
eas long as the outer lobe (fig. 7, etc., f) The distal portion of the
fork, about one-third or less of its length, projects through the lining
membrane of the mouth. At this point the fork is stoutest, and from
it it tapers to either end, the outer portion being stouter than the in-

1 Vol. II, p. 17, fig. 59,4.

2 Tt will not be out of place to refer to the only paper we have on the anatomy of
any species belonging to the Psocidz, viz.: “‘ Ueber die Eingeweide der Bucherlaus
(Psocus pulsatorius)’’ von C. L. Nitzsch, Germar’s Mag. d. Entomologie, 1v, 276.
Tab. 11. The author excellently describes and figures the reproductive and diges-
tive systems of the Book-louse, but does not refer to the mouth organs or salivary
glands. Mr. Scudder, Psyche, 1, 49, has erroneously described the maxilla of
Atropos as two-jointed.

5 See Psyche, Yol. 11, No. 43.

Burgess.] 292 [January 23,

ner. The membrane, where it is united with the fork, is delicate
and elastic, thus permitting the fork to be projected forwards or
drawn back at will. Within the head the fork is held in position by
muscles inserted on its base (fig. 7, m., m.1 and m.2), which unite it
with the lobe and stipes of the maxilla, and by a ligament which
runs backwards to the top of the head. Of these muscles, one (figs.
5 and 7, m.) is inserted on the base of the lobe; two others, m.' and
m.?, are inserted apparently within the stipes; by their contraction
the fork is thrown forwards out of the mouth, or moved about. ‘The
backward running cord (lig.), which is double, is apparently neither
muscular, nor the tendon of a muscle, but simply an elastic ligament
to draw the fork back, and probably the membrane pierced by the
fork aids in the same movement. The fork is still farther held in
place by the flexor muscles of the stipes and lobe which pass behind
it, and serve to bind it down against the lobe (fig. 6, mm.). The
insertion of these muscles on the framework of the head can be seen
in figure 4, mm.

The general shape of the fork, and its relations to the rest of the
maxilla, can be seen from the figures and their explanations, better
than described. It is hollow throughout, but the cavity tapers away
toward the base, the contraction beginning at the point of union be-
tween the membrane and the fork. At the same time the surround-
ing wall grows thicker, while the wall of the distal portion is of equal
thickness. On the inner portion, moreover, the wall becomes more
delicate, and, except the immediate lining of the cavity, colorless.

In all the species of Psocide I have examined, the outer tine of
the fork is longer than the inner. Usually the tips of the tines are
truncate, and the surface thus formed is often deeply concave.

These insects are found on bark, old walls, fences, etc., and feed
on decaying vegetable matter. Atropos, as is well known, lives on
the paste in old books and boxes, as well as the specimens of ento-
mological cabinets. Why they should need an oral structure so
peculiar I do not know, but the mechanism of the fork indicates that
it is used as a sort of pick.

In the maxilla we have recognized cardo, stipes and outer lobe,
and one naturally asks if the fork is the homologue ef the inner lobe
_of the typical maxilla, or an independent organ? At present I must
incline to the latter view, although some may regard the absence of
anything else to represent the inner lobe as sufficient evidence of
their homology. But there is no articulation of any kind between

1878.] 293 (Burgess.

the fork and the outer lobe, and the peculiarity of the muscular con-
nections seem rather to favor the idea that the fork may represent an
independent organ. Perhaps the study of the early stages of the
Psocidz may decide this question. We will now examine the other
organs of the mouth.

The clypeus (figs. 1 and 2, c) is always remarkably large and
vaulted, for the reception of a mass of muscles described below.

The upper lip in Psocus is transverse, rather large, with the free
border well rounded. Two small hooks lie within this border, which,
moreover, is doubled over upon itself, about one-third the width of
the labium apart. They project backwards and inwards. In Atropos
these hooks are more developed, and serve to retain the two lobes of
the labium when placed against the labrum, while the labial palpi close
against the labrum outside of the hooks, thus completely covering
the mouth. Within, the labrum is furnished with a tuft of hairs
above, as shown in fig. 2, A pair of long muscles which open the
lip, are inserted one on either side of. the median line near the base
of the outer wall, and, running vertically to the cranium, are at-
tached a little above the clypeus (figs. 2 and 9, J. m.).

The mandibles are very large and strong, outwardly presenting a
triangular aspect, the posterior side being concave (fig. 1, m.).
An inner view of the mandible (fig. 2) shows above a broad
molar surface transversely ribbed. This surface contracts below into
a sharp cutting edge, which curves backwards, forming a concavity
in which the tip of the maxillary lobe lies. The cutting edge is
slightly denticulated, as seen in fig. 8. The mandibles are moved by
two enormous flexor muscles (figs. 2 and 8, f m.), which fill the
greater part of the cranium. ‘They are made of a number of bun-
dles radiating as usual from a chitinized tendon, which is inserted
on the posterior upper edge of the mandible. The extensors are
weak muscular bundles inserted on the middle of the upper outer
edge of the mandible, and attached within the cheeks just below
the eye (fig. 8, ¢., m.).

The maxillze and mandibles occupy the lower half of the large
oral cavity, which opens above into a thick-walled esophagus. Be-
low the opening of the cesophagus lies a bone, which may be*fanci-
fully likened to a lady’s bonnet upside down (fig. 2, @. b., fig. 10);
the high front lies along the oral cavity at about half way up; two
narrow extensions, representing the bonnet strings, run forwards and
upwards, embracing the esophagus (fig. 9). The great bundles of

Burgess.] 294. [January 23,

short muscles filling the large vaulted clypeus (figs. 2 and 9, ¢. m.),
are attached to the ends of these strings, and by their contraction
close the esophagus. Just below the “front” a fine duct (J. d.)
opens, which is the common duct of a pair of lingual glands, pres-
ently to be described. Just below this bone there is a double ele-
vated ridge covered with short hairs (fig. 10).

The lower lip (fig. 3) is composed of an oblong mentum (m.), bear-
ing a larger labium (/d.) narrowed at the base, then expanding so
as to have a bi-sinuate, almost S-shaped lateral outline; the lower
edge bears two short, broad lobes, and two stumpy, one-jointed
palpi (J. p.).1. The labium in profile (figs. 1 and 2) is very thick, and
the lower edge is divided into two narrow lamine, while still a third
lamina, well separated from the first two, forms the “tongue” (figs.
1-4, ¢.). Within the tongue lies a pair of peculiar organs which
may be called the “ lingual glands” (figs. 2 and 3, 1. g.). These can
be seen through the semitransparent mentum and labium, as in fig. 3,
offering an irregular obovate outline. A short duct from the lower
end of each gland leads into a commen duct (J. d.), which opens in
the cesophageal bone, as already described.

The ducts curve over the lower end of the glands and run up their
posterior surface, to which they are soldered, nearly to the top. The
line of the ducts, together with the lateral outlines, give the glands a
three-cornered shape, somewhat, like that of a butternut. A little
triangular cap fits on the summit of each gland, and on it is inserted
a suspensory muscle, the upper end of which is attached to the era-
nium (g. m., figs. 2and 3). The specimens at my command have
not been fresh enough to study the histology of these organs, but
they seem to be composed of an outer sack, with a thin, tough wall,
which is light yellow, and has a slightly roughened or granular sur-
face. ‘The interior is filled with cells, and perhaps may be glandular.
The excretory ducts are thick-walled and strengthened by circular
threads, as is often the case with the salivary ducts of insects.”

These organs, as will be seen from this description, are very unlike
the salivary glands of other insects, and are, whatever may be their

1 With Westwood I regard these pieces as true palpi, and not as a second pair
of labial lobes.

2 The salivary ducts in most insects open by distinct apertures into the cesopha-
gus, still they unite into a common duct in many Diptera and some Orthoptera.
See Siebold, Anat. Invert. Siebold excepts only Mantis among the Orthoptera,
but Blatta, Termes and the Acrydians, at least, must be added. The occurrence of
salivary glands confined within the head is also unusual, but not without precedent.

1878.] 295 | {Burgess.

office, as characteristic of the Psocide as the maxillary fork. Their
sac-like structure would suggest that they were salivary reservoirs
rather than glands, but I have not succeeded in finding any trace of
other glandular organs, or of ducts which might lead to them.

Compared with Psocus, the mouth parts of the book-louse (Atro-
pos) may be distinguished by their greater development. The cly-
péus is even more vaulted; the upper lip has been described above;
the mandibles are stronger and much more denticulated; the maxil-
lary fork is more slender, and very elongate, its base reaching far
back into the head, and the tines are longer. The lobes of the la-
bium are also slenderer and longer, and the labial palpi are longer
and club-shaped. The lingual glands, from their yellow color, are
very conspicuous when the head is examined by transmitted light.
They are somewhat heart-shape instead of oval, and their ducts are
rather longer than in Psocus. (See figs. 11 and 12.)

As the eyes of Atropos have never been described, I add a figure
(13) to show their composition of seven simple ocelli, arranged in
three rows. Six of these ocelli are round, and the seventh and
uppermost elliptical.

I am indebted to the enanecs of Mr. J. H. Emerton for the speci-
mens of Psocus examined. They were collected at Hamilton, Mass.,
_ and are all pupal forms.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8.

Fig. 1. Head of Psocus in profile. qd. The vaulted clypeus. 7. Labrum.
m. Mandible, behind which, and under the basal joint of the maxillary palpus, is
seen the outer edge of the lobe of the maxilla, mz. c. The cardo, and m. p. the
palpus of the maxilla. /. The ‘‘ fork,” lying over the tongue, ¢., and fully ex-
tended; the base runs in behind the edge of the maxilla. mn. Mentum, and /D.,
the labium with its one-jointed palpus, J. p.

Fig. 2. Longitudinal section through the middle of same head. cil. Clypeus.
7. Labrum. mand. Mandible, the dotted line ends on the ribbed molar surface,
which tapers beneath into the sharp cutting edge. mz. Maxilla. 7. Tongue.
f. Fork. db. Labium, and /.p.its palpus. m. Mentum. J. g. Lingual gland, and
g.m., its suspensory muscle. @. Cisophagus opening below into the oral cavity,
at the base of which is the csophagal bone, w.b. j.m. Flexor muscle of the man-
dible, and /.m., the muscle of the labrum. c,m. Muscles of the clypeus.
gl. Supra-cesophageal ganglion.

Fig.3. View of mentum, labium, etc., from behind. m. Mentum; /D., labium,
l.., one-jointed labial palpus, behind which one sees the tip of the fork, /.
c. Cardo; p., stipes having the four-jointed maxillary palpus; mz., lobe. Through
the mentum, can be seen the lingual glands, /. g., with their duct J. d.

Fig.4. View of the maxille, etc., from in front, as shown by a transverse sec-
tion of the head. max. Left maxilla, covering tip of right maxilla. .f. Right fork,
its base imbedded in muscles; lig. its retracting ligament. ms. Socket of the

Scudder.] 296 (January 23,

right mandible; this part has been removed on the opposite side to show the base
of the left maxilla, c. cardo, p. stipes. ¢. Tongue; J. p. labial palpus.

Fig. 5. View of the base of the right fork, 7, and its attachments seen from in .

front. m. The extensor muscle of the wee and lig. its ligament; mz., base of
galea. p. stipes.

Fig. 6. View of same from behind, ithe as in preceding figure, and c, cardo;
memb., elastic membrane connecting the fork with the lining of the mouth.
lo. Labium.

The flexor muscles (mm.) of the stipes and galea are also seen, passing over the
base of the fork.

Fig. 7. Galea and fork. m. Extensor muscle seen in the two previous figures;
m1 and m?, other muscles inserted on the base of the fork, their outer attachments
broken away; lig. ligament. (From another species of Psocus from Beverly.)

Fig. 8. Shows the muscles of the mandible with their attachments; f. m., flexor,
and b. m., extensor. m. Molar surface of mandible.

Fig.9. Transverse section of clypeus. cl. Clypeus, and c. m. its contained mus-
cular bands with their tendons, ¢, attached to the cesophageal bone, a. b., on either
side. @. Space through which the cesophagus passes. 1. m. Sections of the labial
muscles, seen in fig. 2.

Fig. 10. Subcesophageal bone from in front. J.d. Duct of the lingual gland.

Figs. 11-12. Anatomy of Atropos.

Fig.11. Labium and maxillary palpus.

Fig. 12. Lingual glands, cesophageal bone, and the fork.

Fig. 13. Eyes of Atropos.

RuHACcHURA, A NEw GeENus oF Fossit CrRusTACEA. By SAMUEL
H. ScupDER.

Mr. William Gurley has recently sent me from the black limestone
of Danville, Ill., a curious crustacean, allied to Dithyrocaris, con-
tained in a large kidney-shaped concretion. There are two separate
fragments, one partially overlapping the other; one is more conspic-
uous than the other, consisting of the last three serments of an
abdomen with a pair of lateral posterior appendages, all of a dull
clay-color; while the other scarcely differs in color from the matrix,
being only the impression of a portion of a carapace, the edge of
which partially overlies one of the caudal appendages of the first
mentioned fragment. Were it not for its caudal appendages the
latter would resemble in a remarkable manner the thorax and abdo-
men of an insect, completely covered by its wings; for so closely do
the lines of ornamentation upon the penultimate and antepenulti-
mate segments resemble the veins of an insect’s wings, that for a
long time I was inclined to consider them such, notwithstanding the
anomaly of the large exarticulate abdominal appendages. ‘That it
should be found in the same nodule with the carapace of a fluviatile
or marine crustacean, seemed no more remarkable than the assem-

1878.] 297 [Scudder. _

blage of animals associated in the nodule-bearing beds of Mazon Co.
in the same State.

The penultimate and antepenultimate seements are of nearly equal
breadth, the former nearly as long as broad, and quadrate; the latter
is more than half as long again as broad, and also quadrate; the last
segment is not preserved, but by the relation of the surrounding
parts appears to have been triangular and nearly equiangular; at-
tached to the outer sides of this segment are the caudal appendages,
which diverge at a small angle; these appendages are slightly longer
than the three terminal segments of the abdomen, straight, depressed,
lamellate, tapering regularly beyond the middle and longitudinally
suleate throughout, as well as finely and obscurely striate near the
tip; the extremities of both are broken, but were apparently pro-
duced to a fine point. There is no median spine, nor, to judge from
the relation of the lateral spines at their base, and by comparison
with the same parts in the trebly spined genera Ceratiocaris and
Dithyrocaris, did one ever exist; if really bicaudate, this genus differs
distinctly from any we know.

The most striking and interesting feature in this crustacean, how-
ever, lies in the nature and distribution of the lines of ornamenta-
tion upon the dorsal surface of the abdominal joints. So far as I
am aware, the striation of the abdominal joints of these low and
ancient Branchiopoda has always hitherto been found to take the
form of imbricated lamellz, and the lines thus formed run parallel, or
nearly parallel, to one another. In Rhachura,! as the fossil from Illi-
nois may be called, this is not the case, the markings being ordinary
raised ridges, or, if in reverse, they appear as impressed lines or
furrows, which branch more or less from one another. Their dis-
tribution on the antepenultimate segment is most remarkable; with
the exception of one or two short and feeble lines next the outer
edge, which run obliquely forward and parallel to each other, they
either converge by running in a curving course toward the anterior
outer embossed angles of the segment, or they join others which do
so, At this angle, the principal lines, or those either made up of
the union of several branches, or running independently to this point,
do not quite meet, but lie side by side, just as do the principal veins
of an insect’s wing; so that these principal lines, with or without
their branches, spreading in all directions over the half of the seg-
ment belonging to them, imitate, to an extraordinary degree, the
branching or simple veins of an insect’s wing. Moreover, just as in

1 Derived from ’paxos, ovpa.

Scudder.] 298 [January 23,

such low insects as have hitherto been found in carboniferous forma-
tions, the anal or posterior vein (which lies on the inner side when
the wing is at rest) is always multivenose, and often occupies with
its veinlets a large share of the wing, so here the innermost principal
line is most numerously branched, and with its branches covers
nearly a third of the segment. At first glance, however, these
branches, which run transversely across the segment, appear to be
continuous with those springing from the innermost line of the oppo-
site side, which would be quite inconceivable in the wings of an
insect; a close examination, however, shows that there is but a sin-
gle one of these branches which actually traverses the segment; the
others nearly meet, but interdigitate, and the break in the one might
be judged to be invisible through the imperfection of preservation;
so that the resemblance to an insect’s wing is even more striking,
and this circumstance long led me to maintain the possible insectean
nature of the fossil. All the other lines, moreover, could be referred,
without violence, to one or another of the principal veins of a wing,
with the exception of those next the margin, whose origin could be
supposed to be lost on the side of the fossil. Another feature ren-
dered this theory more tenable; a microscopic comparison of the
surfaces of the antepenultimate and penultimate segments of the
abdomen showed a difference in texture, the former being marked by
a very obscure and minute reticulation, which could not be seen on
the latter; this difference was improbable, or at least unexpected, in
two contiguous segments of a crustacean abdomen, but on the the-
ory that the lines represented the veins of an insect’s wing, seemed
to indicate that the hind wing was membranous, and the fore wing
more or less coriaceous in texture, as in Orthoptera. On the wing-
hypothesis, however, the insect must have been extraordinary in
character, even apart from the gigantic appendages of the abdomen.
For, judging by the direction of the supposed veins, the front wings
would then have covered only the segment which bore them, and
would not have protected the hind wings; while the latter would
have reached the tip of the abdomen with no plication of the anal
area. The abdomen, also, notwithstanding it bore so enormous a
pair of appendages, would have been shorter than the thorax, which
in a comparatively slender insect would be altogether anomalous.

All doubts, however, concerning the real nature of the fossil were
put to rest on the reception of some Devonian specimens of Dithy-
rocaris kindly lent me by Professor James Hall, and which he will

1878.] 999 [Scudder.

describe under the name of D. Neptuni. These specimens, though
gigantic beside Rhachura, show the same general features; the pro-
portion of the different segments of the abdomen are almost identi-
eal; the lateral caudal appendages are essentially alike, although a
median spine is added; the lines of ornamentation are of the same
nature and have an equal distribution; they are in many cases
branched; on the antepenultimate segment the anterior lines are
transverse and with those of the opposite sides form curves, convex
in front, while the posterior lines are longitudinal, just as in Rhachura;
the general trend of all the lines on the penultimate segment is also
the same, this segment differing in this respect from the antepenulti-
mate to just the degree we find in the Illinois fossil. The much
more numerous lines, however, do not, as in Rhachura, originate from
the anterior outer angle of each segment, but from its whole outer
margin, the greater part of them parallel to one another; but a curi-
ous resemblance to Rhachura again appears in the slight interdigita-
tion of the lines of the opposite sides, which, as in Rhachura, appear
at first glance to be continuous across the segment. ‘These intimate
resemblances show that the two animals were closely allied, but
leave it no less surprising that mere marks of ornamentation should
in so close a manner happen to resemble the neuration of an insect’s
wing. Owing to this resemblance it may bear the name of Rhachura
venosa.

Having thus settled the affinities of this fragment, it seems proba-
ble that the impression of a dorsal shield in the same nodule belongs
to the same individual. This would show that it possessed a cara-
pace resembling that of Dithyrocaris in general form. It was, how-
ever, very broadly rounded in front, and its periphery had a broad,
flat margin, which was covered, at least laterally, with very frequent,
delicate but distinct, slightly incurved, uniform ridges, nearly par-
allel to the longitudinal axis of the body, and to one another. The
specimen is too broken to show anything of the eyes or of any other
feature excepting two low longitudinal ridges marked by a slight
sharp carina, slightly curved, opening inward, one in the middle of
either lateral half of the body.

Breadth of the carapace 50 mm.; breadth of its margin, 5.5 mm. ;
greatest distance of lateral ridge from inner edge of margin — on
one side, 10 mm.; on the other 8.5 mm. Length of abdominal frag-
ment and appendages 48 mm.; of antepenultimate segment 7 mm.;
breadth of same 9.5 mm.; length of penultimate segment 13 mm. ;

Scudder.j 300 [January 23,

breadth of same, posteriorly, 8.75 mm.; probable length of last
segment 5 mm.; length of caudal appendages 26 mm.; breadth of
same, at base, 3 mm.; in middle 2.5 mm.; at broken tip 1.2 mm.

The specimen, as I am informed by Mr. Gurley, comes from the
bed marked as No. 14 in the section of the coal-measures of Ver-
milion County, given by Mr. Bradley in the Geology of Illinois, Vol.
4, pp. 244-47.

Plate 9, fig. 3, represents the abdominal’ fragment of the natural
size; fig. 3, a, the same enlarged.

A CARBONIFEROUS TERMES FROM ILLInNors. By SAMUEL H.
ScuUDDER.

An ironstone nodule from the coal measures of Vermilion Co., Iil.,
sent tome by Mr. Wm. Gurley, contains the remains of an insect,
consisting of a pair of wings, apparently front wings, of opposite
sides. The body between is crushed past all recognition, and frag-
ments of the legs lying beneath the wings only show that they were
slender. The wings, also, are only partially preserved, their bases
‘being destroyed with the crushing of the body and their tips by
extending beyond the edge of the nodule; more than half of each
wing remains, however, comprising some of the more important
parts, and showing that the insect belonged tothe white ants. It is
interesting from the fact that it is not only the first white ant found
fossil in America, but is also the oldest known representative of that
group of white ants whose wings are not reticulated, all the carbon-
iferous white ants of Europe having net-veined wings. It seems to
be more nearly allied to some of the tertiary Termitina described by
Heer from Radoboj, and indeed to many living forms, than to ether
carboniferous Termitina, but it is much larger than its nearest allies.
It may be called Termes contusus.

All the veins from the marginal to the interno-median inclusive, as
far as they are traceable on the stone, are nearly straight and par-
allel; the upper three are also simple, and the scapular area is con-
siderably and uniformly depressed; the externo-median vein is forked
near the base of the wing, and the space included between the forks,
as well as the externo-median area, is traversed by feeble inequidis-
tant, straight or oblique, cross-veins. The interno-median vein
traverses the middle of the wing, or runs scarcely above it, and emits
from its lower border a large number of oblique veins, which run,

1878.] 301 [Brewer.

often with a slightly irregular course, to the margin of the wing; in
the fragment there are eight such veins on one wing and six on the
other and more imperfect wing, in both cases about equidistant, but
more regular and straighter on the left than on the right wing; in
both, also, one of the secondary veins, and one only, arising shortly
before the middle of the wing, is forked; on the left side close to its
origin, on the right side near the middle of its course. Both borders
are perfectly preserved on the right wing, showing it to be 10 mm.
broad; the length of the longer fragment is 20 mm., and the probable
length of the wing is about 35 mm.

General Meeting. February 6, 1878.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Fifty-one
persons present.

Dr. W. G. Farlow gave an account of recent investigations
on the nature of lichens.

The following paper was presented: —

Notes oN CrERTAIN SprEcIES oF New EncGuanp BirpDs, WITH
ADDITIONS TO HIS CATALOGUE OF THE Birps or NEw
ENGLAND. By T. M. BREWER.

Polioptila czerulea Sclat. In December, 1836, more than
forty-one years ago, I ventured, with a ?, to place this species on the
list of the birds of Massachusetts, inferentially (Bost. Journ. Nat.
Hist., 1, p. 436). During all the years that had intervened, there had
been no authentic evidence whatever showing that it was entitled to
that place. Accordingly, in my catalogue this fact was stated, and
its name transferred to the list of unauthenticated claimants. Since
then it has been stated (Nutt. Bull., 11, p. 20) that two specimens
have been shot at Wauregan, Conn., by Mr. C. M. Carpenter, one in
1874, the other in 1876. Even if there were any doubts as to the
certainty of the identification of these birds, there can be none in
reference to an example observed by Mr. Arthur Smith, Nov. 18,
1877, at Chatham, Mass., and afterwards secured by Mr. Stephen
Decatur (Nutt. Bull., 11, p. 45).

Brewer.] | 302 [February 6,

Parus hudsonius Forster. In the July (1876) number of the
Bulletin, Mr. B. Hart Merriam mentions the capture of this north-
ern species in Connecticut, near New Haven, the most southern point
of which there is any record. Mr. Merriam also calls attention
to the overlooked fact that this species was taken in Brookline by
S. E. Greene, Esq., in 1839. . 1 found this species abundant in Mt.
Desert during July and August, in 1877.

Lophophanes bicolor Bon. Mr. Merriam (Birds of Conn.,
p- 19) cites this species as a rare and accidental visitor to Connecti-
cut, mentioning Lyme, Hartford, etc., as the places where its pres-
ence has given any tangible claim to be regarded as even accident-
ally a New England bird. )

Thryothorus ludovicianus Bon. I am not prepared to
admit the right of this bird to a place among the birds of New Eng-
land. It has never been recorded from Connecticut, and has never -
been taken within our limits. Its presence may, however, be looked
for if we can credit the correctness of the unauthenticated observa-
tions of H. D. Minot (Nutt. Bull., 1, p. 76), who is confident he met
with a pair near Boston in the summer of 1876.

Anthus ludovicianus Licht. This bird should have been
given-in my catalogue as migratory in spring and fall, as well as a
winter visitant. I have taken several specimens in mid-winter
(Feb.), and on Jan. 4, 1878, a small flock of this species was ob-
served near Newburyport by Mr. R. L. Newcomb of Salem, an
accurate and observing ornithologist. This species is also given by
Mr. Boies as a winter visitant in corresponding latitudes in Michi-
gan,! and by Mr. 8S. L. Willard? as occurring in winter near Utica,
N. York.

Helminthophaga chrysoptera Cab. Farther investigations
demonstrate this species to be a very rare and very local visitant in
summer to this State. Only four nests, in all, have been taken here,
and all of these have been in Newton (Nutt. Bull., 1, p.6). Mr. Mer-
riam cites it as a rare summer resident in Connecticut, mentioning
New Haven, Portland, Saybrook, Suffield and Hartford, as the
localities.

Helminthophaga celata Bd. Since the publication of the
catalogue a third and fourth example have been taken; one at Hollis,

1A. H. Boies. Cat. Birds S. Mich. Hudson, 1875.
2 Birds of Central New York, Utica, 1877.

1878.] . 3803 (Brewer.

N. H.: (Forest and Stream, vi, p. 354), by Mr. W. H. Fox, the
other by Mr. Wm. Brewster, Oct. 2, 1876, at Concord, Mass. (Nutt.
Ball. 3:1,p. 95).

Dendroica Blackburnize Bd. This bird. was accidentally
dropped out of the catalogue ; it is migratory in spring and fall, and a
summer resident from Connecticut northward, though not common in
southern New England. Mr. Merriam (Birds of Ct., p. 16) thinks a
few breed in that State. It certainly breeds in Massachusetts.

Dendroica cerulescens Bd. Rev. C.M. Jones (Nutt. Bull., 1.
p. 11) mentions this species as breeding in Eastford, in the north-
east corner.of Connecticut, in two instances.

Dendroica cerulea Bd. This western species is said to have
been taken at Suffield, Conn. (Nutt. Bull., 11, p. 21; Merriam’s Birds
of Conn., p. 16). Itherefore venture to add this bird to my list,
though not without much hesitation. It is not recorded by Mr. Law-
rence as a bird of eastern New York, and must be purely accidental
here.

Dendroica Auduboni Bd. Mr. A.M. Frazar (Nutt. Bull., 1,
p- 27) records the capture of a single example of this western spe-
cies in Cambridge, Mass., Nov. 15, 1876. _The occurrence, if au-
thentic, must be regarded as exceptional and accidental.

Dendroica dominica Vieill. This species having been re-
corded by Mr. Lawrence as a bird of south-eastern New York, its
occurrence in western and southern Connecticut was not unantici-
pated. Mr. Merriam (Birds of Conn., p. 19) cites it as a rare and
accidental visitor, near New Haven, on the authority of Dr.. E. L.
R. Thompson, and near Hartford, on that of Dr. Daniel Crary.

Oporornis formosus Bd. Mr. Merriam (Birds of Conn., p.
23) cites this species as a rare summer visitant, on the authority of
Mr. Shores of Suffield, and Mr. I. G. Ely of Lyme. ‘This is the
first authentic evidence on record of the kind.

Icteria virens Bon. As a rare summer visitant this bird can
claim the addition of New Hampshire to its area of reproduction. A
nest of this species, with four eggs, was taken by my young friend,
C. A. Hawes, one of our active and progressive: ornithologists, in
North Conway, N. H., in the summer of 1877.

Myiodioctes mitratus Aud. Mr. Merriam, in his Birds of
Conn. (pp. 25, 26), supplies some very valuable notes relative to this
species, showing that instead of its being a rare summer resident, it

PROCEEDINGS B. 8 N. H.— VOL. XIX. © 20 APRIL, 1878.

Brewer. | 304 } [February 6,

is very abundant in various parts of that State, and has been traced
almost to the Massachusetts line.

Pyranga ludoviciana Bon. I have recently seen in the rooms
ef a taxidermist in Lynn, a living example of this species captured
in that town. It was taken January 20, during the snow storm, in
an open cage set for the purpose with food to attract it. It had un-
questionably been blown thither from the southwest by the tempest
that had come to us from that quarter, and which had been making
its approach for several days. Its presence on the sea-coast of Mas-
sachusetts in mid-winter, would otherwise be inexplicable. It evi-
dently was not an escaped cage-bird. Its whole appearance showed
it to be a wild bird. Its habitat is the western portions of the United
States, from the Missouri Plains to the Pacific. In winter it migrates
to Mexico and Central America.

Stelgidopteryx serripennis Aud. A single specimen taken
at Suffield, Conn., by Mr. Shores, gives this a place in the New Eng-
Jand list (Nutt. Bull., 1, p. 21), and its abundance near the New York
and Connecticut boundary at Riverdale (Birds of Conn., p. 31)
seems to promise farther captures in western Connecticut.

Vireosylvia philadelphicus Cassin. Taken in Cambridge,
Mass., by Mr. Wm. Brewster, Sept. 7, 1875 (Nutt. Bull.,1, p. 19).

Vireosylvia gilvus Cassin. My catalogue has been criticized
(Nutt. Bull., 1, p. 73) because, as was erroneously alleged, it gave this
species as ‘ presumably of all New England,” its existence in north-
ern New England being denied by the writer. While the catalogue
made no such claim, this species does exist more or less commonly,
in large villages, as far north as the Canada line (Coventry, Vt.) at
least, and beyond our borders as far to the northeast as Halifax (see
Prof. L R. Willis, Smithsonian Report, 1858, p. 282), and has been
found as far to the northwest as Fort Simpson, latitude 64° north.
Its northern limit, therefore, cannot even now be given with cer-
tainty.

Lanivireo flavifrons Vieill. The occurrence of this species in
northern New England was not claimed in my catalogue, although
erroneously so stated (Nutt. Bull., 1, p. 73). Its capture by Mr.
Deane at Ripogenus Lake (Natt. Bull., 1. p. 74), in northern Maine,
Sept. 4, 1875, where it was a migrant from the north, seems to
show that we do not yet know its most northern lunit, and that it
probably extends beyond our own boundaries.

1878.) : 305 [Brewer.

Collurio excubitoroides Bd. Mr. Purdie reports the capture
of a typical example of this species, taken at Cranston, R. I., by
Mr. Jencks, the first instance on record (Nutt. Buil., 1, p. 21).

Plectrophanes ornatus Towns. The capture of a male speci-
men of the western species is already recorded in our Proceedings,
and the specimen itself is in the Society’s collection. It was taken
near Gloucester, Mass., July 28, 1876, by Mr. Chas. W. Townsend.

Passerculus princeps Maynard. The gradual accumulation
of observations in reference to this new and rare species, point to its
recular migratory appearance along the Atlantic coast of New Eng-
land in considerable numbers. It has been taken at Point Lepreaux,
N. B., by Mr. Brewster, April 11, 1876, and by Mr. C. Hart Merriam,
near New Haven, Nov. 13, 1875 (Nutt. Bull., 1, p. 52). Mr. C. N.
Brown (Nutt. Bull, 11, p. 27) claims to have met with this species Oct.
9, 1876, at Lake Umbagog, Me., but as he did not secure the evi-
dence of the correctness of his determination, he may very easily
have been mistaken.

Coturniculus Henslowi Bon. Mr. Charles F. Goodhue, of
Webster, N. H., has found this species in several instances in that
portion of New Hampshire, and in one instance secured its nest in
Salisbury (Nutt. Bull., 111, p. 39).

Ammodromus maritimus Sw. The area of this species has
been ascertained to extend along the Massachusetts coast at least as
far as Nahant.

Ammodromus caudacutus Sw. This species has been shown
by recent testimony to extend, with irregular intervals, along the
entire New England coast to the St. Croix, and northward as far as
Prince Edward Island.

Chondestes grammaca Bon. The capture of a second speci-
men of this species in Massachusetts is recorded by Mr. Purdie (Nutt.
Bull., m1, p. 44), and is now in his collection. It was taken at New-
tonville.

Junco oregonus Towns. Mr. Brewster records the capture of
a single specimen of this far-western form in Watertown, Mass,,
March 25, 1874 (Nutt. Bull., 1, p. 69). This is a very remarkable
occurrence, and leads one to doubt as to what we may not now look
for, in these regions. :

Calamospiza bicolor Bon. The occurrence of the Lark Bun-
ting in Massachusetts, as recorded by Mr. Allen (Nutt. Bull., ru, p.
48), is one of the latest, as it is also one of the most extraordinary

Brewer.] 306 [February 6,

instances of erratic presence of a distant western form within our
limits. It is the first instance of its capture east of the Mississippi
River. The example was taken in Lynn, by Mr. Vickary, Dec. 5, 1877.

Corvus ossifragus Wilson. The capture of an undoubted
example of this southern species is all that is needed to confirm its
right to be regarded as an occasional visitant to New England, and
this is probably only a question of time. It is not known to have
ever been actually taken within our limits.

Milvulus forficatus Sw. Mr. Purdie (Nutt. Bull., m, p. 21)
credits Mr. Carpenter with having procured at Wauregan, Conn.,
April, 1876, a specimen of this bird, an occurrence exceptional and
accidental.

Empidonax acadicus Bd. After all, this bird must resume
its place among the birds of New England, where Mr. Allen was the
first to place it, and on whose verdict it was withdrawn. A speci-
men taken by Mr. E. I. Shores in Suffield, and fully identified as this
bird, is cited by Mr. Merriam (Birds of Conn., p. 581).

. Strix pratricola Bon. Mr. N. C. Brown (Nutt. Bull., 1, p. 28)
records the capture of an example of this species at Falmouth, Me.,
June 10, 1866.

Surnia ulula Linn. This species, a new form to North Amer-
ica, as well as to New England, claims a place in this list. A speci-
men was taken at Houlton, Me., in the fall of 1877, and is now in
the collection of Mr. W. 8. Brewer of this city.

Hierofalco labradora Aud. Mr. Cory (Nutt. Bull., 1, p. 27)
records the capture of this fine variety of the Gyrfaleon, on Breed’s
Island, Mass., in Oct., 1876. Mr. Boardman has also secured one or
two specimens near Calais. I think that there are three distinct
forms of Hiervfalco of occasional occurrence in New England, but I
am not prepared to designate them distinctively.

Buteo Swainsoni var. insignatus Cassin. Mr. Brewster re-
cords the capture of a second specimen of Swainson’s Buzzard at
Wayland, Mass., in September, 1876 (Nutt. Bull., 111, p. 39). It was
in a less melanistic plumage than the first.

Arquatella maritima Bd. This species is given in the cata-
logue as only a winter visitant, but the capture of an adult specimen
at Chatham, Mass., by Mr. Wm. Jeffries of Boston, Sept. 8, 1877,
suggests a modification of this record. This early presence on our
coast, in mature dress, is probably exceptional.

1878.] a 807 [Brewer.

Ancylocheilus subarquatus Kaup. The second recorded
specimen of this species in New England is reported as having been
shot in East Boston, May, 1876 (Nutt. Bull., 1, p. 51), and another,
subsequently recorded, in Scarboro, Me., Sept. 9, 1875, by Mr. Philip
G. Brown (Nutt. Bull., 11, p. 28). ei
_ Actidromas Bairdii Coues. This species has been taken at
Upton, Me., by Mr. Wm. Brewster, Sept. 1, 1875 (Nutt. Bull., 1, p. 19).

Machetes pugnax Gray. ‘This species was included in my
catalogue on the score of a single specimen taken by Mr. Wm.
Brewster, on the Newburyport marshes, May 20, 1871. The same
gentleman has since procured one, Sept. 8, at Upton, Me. (Nutt.
Ball:.1, p> 19), e

Recurvirostra americana Gm. Mr. Merriam gives this as a
bird of Conn. (Birds of Conn., p. 103), on the authority of Josiah
G. Ely. It had been taken ina net near Saybrook, in 1871. This
is the only instance of its capture within our limits that is on record,
all others having been extra-limital or without particulars.

Rallus crepitans Gm. The New England collection of this
Society possesses a fine specimen of this rail, taken in Boston Har-
bor in May, 1876, and presented by Mr. Ross. This species is
known to breed in southwestern Connecticut, but this is the only
known instance of its capture in Massachusetts.

Rallus elegans Aud. The cabinet of Mr. Willard S. Brewer
possesses a fine specimen of this species, shot in Nahant in the spring
of 1876. There was no previous record of this bird for New Eng-
land, except West Haven, Conn.

_ Porzana jamaicensis Cassin. Mr. Purdie reports this bird as
procured in Plymouth, Mass. It was previously recorded as found
in Connecticut, where it appears to be not at all uncommon.

Ibis alba Vicill. This species is recorded as a bird of Connecti-
eut by Mr. Merriam (ibid, p. 110) on the strength of a single speci-
men met with by Mr. G. B. Grinnell within ten miles of New Haven.
Although the bird was not captured, it appears to have been so well
identified that there can be no well-founded doubts as to its specific
reality. It was observed May 23, 1875 (Am. Nat., rx, 470).

Bernicla leucopsis Linn. <A head and neck of the Barnacle
Goose is now in the possession of my young friends, Mr. Russell
Hooper and Mr. Outram Bangs, of Boston. These were all that
was unplucked of a goose found in the Boston market this winter,
and which had been shot in Marshfield, Vt. From the locality it is

A

Brewer.] 308° [February 6,

not probable that the bird had escaped from confinement, and there-
fore this species may once more take its place among the many
accidental visitors to New Eneland.

Tachypetes aquilus Vieill. Mr. Merriam, in his Birds of
Connecticut (p. 181), records the capture of a single specimen of
this tropical form at Faulkner’s Island in the autumn of 1859. It is
also recorded by Mr. Grinnell (Am. Nat., 1x, p. 470).

Sterna fuliginosa Gm. Mr. Purdie mentions (Nutt. Bull., 1,
p- 22), as in the collection of a Mr. Clark of Saybrook, Conn., an
example of this species picked up at the steam-boat wharf of that
place. And Mr. Deane (Nutt. Bull., 11, p. 27) also reports the capture
of one of these species near Lawrence, Mass., Oct. 29, 1876. Three
birds of this species were observed near Chatham, Mass., but were
not secured, by Mr. Wm. Jeffries, in Sept., 1877. These are the
only authentic mention of the presence of this species on our coast
that have come within my knowledge.

The species mentioned above as found, with positive certainty,
within the limits of New England are as fellows: —

1. Polioptila cerulea Sclat. Very rare ard accidental;
Connecticut and Massachusetts.

2. Lophophanes bicolor Bon. Accidental; Conn. in winter.

3. Dendroica Blackburniz Bd. Common throughout New
England, a few breeding in Connecticut and Massachusetts, and
more abundantly northward; migratory in spring and fall.

4. Dendroica cerulea Bd. Conn. (?)

5. Dendroica Audubonii Bd. Accidental; Cambridge,
Mass.
* 6. Dendroica dominica Vieill. Conn.; rare.

7. Oporornis formosus Bd. Conn.; rare.

8. Pyranga ludoviciana Bon. Mass.; accidental.

9. Stelgidopteryx serripennis Aud. Southwestern Conn.
10. Collyrio excubitoroides Bd. Very rare; Rhode Island.
11. Plectrophanes crnatus Towns. Accidental; Mass.
12. Junco oregonus Towns. Accidental; Mass.

13. Calamospiza bicolor Bon. Accidental; Mass.

14. Milvulus forficatus Sw. Accidental; Mass.

15. Empidonax acadicus Bd. Rare; Western Conn.

16. Surnia ulula Linn. Probably rare; Me.

17. Recurvirostra americana Gm.- Conn.; rare.

18. Ibis alba Vieill. Conn.; probably accidental.

19. Bernicla leucopsis Linn. Vermont; accidental.

1878.] 809 _[Wadsworth.

20. Tachypetes aquilus Vieill. Conn.; accidental.
21. Sterna fuliginosa Gm. Conn., Mass.; very rare, proba-
bly accidental. 7

Taking from the previous catalogue Sterna portlandica Ridgway,
which is only a synonym for St. macroura, there will remain three
hundred and thirty-five birds given in that list. With the above
additions, we have in all three hundred and fifty-six recognized forms
that have been taken within our limits. To show the zeal and indus-
try with which the knowledge of our fauna has been studied and
extended, it needs only to be mentioned that the list now contains
the names of not less than forty species not positively known to occur
in New England prior to 1874, although the occasional appearance
of some five or six had been looked for by several prophetic observ-
ers. This does not include seven species whose names had been
borne on previous lists, but without any recorded evidence of their
right to be there. It moreover includes two or three forms that some
do not recognize as of specific value, and one whose very existence
as a species appears to call for more evidence before its reality can be
fully admitted.

General Meeting. February 20, 1878.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Thirty-
four persons present. ;

Mr. C. 8. Minot gave a sketch of the histology of the
grasshopper.

The following papers were read : —

NoTes ON THE PETROGRAPHY OF Quincy AND Rockport.
K By M. E. Wapsworru.

The stone that is quarried in Quincy for building purposes, is
mainly a dark bluish and reddish gray syenite.t Its constituent feld-
spar varies in color, being of bluish, brownish, reddish, or ash gray
shades, and commonly occurs in simple twins. The quartz is color-

1See Memoirs American Academy, Ist Series, Vol. 117, page 137, and Vol. Iv».
page 205.

Wadsworth.} 31 0 {February 20,

less to dark, almost black, and contains macroscopic inclusions of
hornblende. The hornblende is black or dark green in color, cleava-
ble, and fuses easily (F. 3+-) with intumescence to a black, magnetic,
blebby mass. The relative abundance of these minerals is in the
order in which they are named, but the feldspar largely predom-
inates. Through the quarries, reddish and grayish fine grained
bands of syenite occur. Minute and almost microscopic crystals of
danalite are found in some parts of the rock; and to this mineral is
doubtless owing the peculiar appearance of the walls in the main
‘hall of the Custom House in Boston.

The sections of the Quincy syenite that I have examined, were
made by me considerably over a year ago, for comparison with the
Rockport granite, but the publication of the results has been de-
layed in order to make further observations in the field and labora-
tory; finding, however, that the more important work upon which I
am now engaged will prevent my recurring to the subject for some
time to come, it seems best to present these preliminary notes and
leave the remainder of the work for a future time. The sections
examined were made principally from specimens obtained from
Mitchell’s Quarry, Payne’s Hill, Quincy, and from the stone em-
ployed in the construction of the east wing of Gore Hall, Harvard
University.

In the thin section the hornblende is of a blue, green, or brown
color, and has suffered a change to chlorite in many places. Its
edges are very'ragged and fringed, having. deep sinuses filled with
quartz and feldspar. Some sections show particles of hornblende,
extending, like boulder trains, one after the other, in wavy lines
through the feldspar, from points of the main hornblende mass.
The hornblende appears to have been first formed, and then par-
tially dissolved and rent asunder by the magma, before it (the mag-
ma) crystallized.

The feldspar is mainly orthoclase, but here and there patches of
plagioclase are seen. It is much altered, and in places partially
replaced by quartz. The feldspar is full of inclusions (glass cavi-
‘ties, etc.), besides containing numerous fragments and microlites of
hornblende. The inclusions, excepting the hornblende, are generally
arranged in parallel bands, oblique to the line of twining.

The quartz contains numerous fluid cavities of relatively large size
inclosing bubbles, which in the smaller cavities show the usual un-
ceasing motion. The microlites of hornblende in the quartz are

1878.] dll ‘[ Wadsworth.

larger and better crystallized than in the feldspar, but are not as
numerous. The finer bands in the Quincy syenite are made up of
intimate mixtures of quartz, orthoclase, and plagioclase, holding
flocculent hornblende.

The statements made regarding the mineral composition of the
Rockport stone differ in the various papers which touch upon this
subject. For instance, President Hitchcock wrote 1:—‘“ SreniTE:
Feldspar, Quartz, and Hornblende. This variety embraces nearly all
the sienite in the state that is employed for architectural purposes,
including the quarries at Quincy and those on Cape Ann. Feldspar
is the most abundant ingredient. ‘This is foliated, and commonly of
a grayish, bluish, or yellowish color. A hyaline quartz, varying in
color from quite light to quite dark gray, is very uniformly mixed
with the feldspar, so as to exhibit homogeneousness in the midst of
variety. In general, the hornblende, which is black, is very sparingly
disseminated, and hand specimens often contain not a particle.
Indeed, over extensive tracts I have sometimes not met with any.”’

Rev. Stillman Barden, speaking of Rockport,? says: —“ This is a
region of hard, stern granite; unpoetical, perhaps, but full of inter-
est to the mineralogist. The rock seems like sienite, from the very
dark hue of the mica, but is yet a true granite with all the value of
that eldest of all the rocks.” Again he says?:— “In the extensive
quarries worked by Eames and Co., can be seen some of the best and
purest granite in the country; there is almost an entire absence of
hornblende. Granite contains quartz, feldspar and mica — sienite,
quartz, feldspar and hornblende; frequently the four ingredients are
found combined together, viz.: quartz, feldspar, mica and hornblende;
hence the rock of this region may be termed sienitic granite.”

Professor J. P. Cooke writes+: “ The mica which is associated
with eryophyllite at Rockport (or as we should rather say, with
which cryophyllite is associated, for eryophyllite is the subordinate
species), is an iron mica of the species lepidomelane. This is the
common mica of the great granite ledges which form the extremity
of Cape Ann. In the granite itself, however, it occurs only in small
flakes, forming a very small proportion of the whole mass; but in the
numerous veins which intersect the rock, lepidomelane is found in

1 Geology of Massachusetts, Final Report, 1841, page 668.

2 Proceedings of the Essex Institute, 1862, Vol. 111, page 205.

3 Proceedings of the Essex Institnte, 1863, Vol. 111. page 231.

# American Journal of Science, II Ser., Vol. XLIII, 1867, page 222,

Wadsworth.] 31 2 {February 20,

crystals of considerable size, and sometimes in plates several inches
in diameter. The vein, from which most of the best specimens have
been taken, is an offshoot of one of the great trap dikes which cross
the Cape from north to south nearly parallel to each other, and con-
sists chiefly of massive quartz and feldspar almost completely segre-
gated, the quartz lining the lower wall, while the feldspar lines the
hanging wall of the vein.”

Dr. T. Sterry Hunt also says!:— “The hornblendie granites of
Gloucester, Salem, and Quincy, Massachusetts, seem also, from their
lithological characters, to belong to the class of exotic or true erup-
tive granites.” Again ?:—“ The fine green feldspar of Cape Ann,
Massachusetts, and the micas, cryophyllite and lepidomelane, with
zircon, described by Professor Cooke, from the same region, occur in
veins in the hornblendic granites of that locality.”

The last writer upon the geology of this region, Mr. W. O. Crosby,
makes the following statement §: —“ The typical hornbiendic granite
of this region, as shown at the quarries in Quincy, Rockport, and
other places, is a coarsely crystalline aggregate of ortloclase, quartz,
and hornblende. The hornblende is usually small in amount, and the
rock frequently passes, through the disappearance of hornblende,
into binary granite. The feldspar is usually grayish or bluish, though
red and green tints are frequently met with. It is worthy of note
that this rock is destitute of mica, or at least its presence is a very
rare occurrence. This typical granite frequently passes into finer
grained varieties, which, when hornblende is absent, pass through
eurite into felsite. The more hornblendic varieties are usually fine
grained; and the increase of hornblende is attended by a diminu-
tion of quartz, so that the rock exhibits, through the entire absence
of quartz, frequent passages into diorite.”

It seems strange that experienced observers, who have ail person-
ally examined this region, should make so diverse statements, espe-
cially, as at least ninety-five per cent. of the stone brought from
Rockport to this vicinity, for architectural purposes, is micaceous
and destitute of hornblende. Examples can be seen in the basement
walls of the building of this Society, and in those of the Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology, or upon almost any street in Boston.
In Cambridge, Boylston Hall will serve as a typical example of

1 Chemical and Geological Essays, page 188. .
2 Chemical and Geological Essays, page 200.
5 Report on the Geological Map of Massachusetts, page 18. 1876.

1878.] 313 (Wadsworth.

Rockport granite, standing side by side with the Quincy syenite of
Gore JIall.

In attempting to account for this diversity of statement, very many
of the buildings in Bosten constructed of the Rockport stone, were
examined: and several thin sections were made (at the time when
those of the Quincy syenite were prepared) of Rockport stone that
could be procured from the stone yards in this vicinity. All the
sections were of eranite, and to the best of my recollection, all the
buildings examined were of the same material, except part of the
the west side of the Beacon Hill reservoir, where it is partially
hornblendic, and the Boston Post Office.

Last autumn I was able to visit Rockport twice, for several hours
each time. My examinations show that both the syenite and granite
exist in Rockport and Gloucester; but the latter is the rock princi-
pally quarried. The places examined were the cuttings along the
railroad from Gloucester to Rockport, and from Rockport northward
beyond Pigeon Cove. I am indebted to Mr. J. H. Huntington, of
the New Hampshire Geological Survey, for thin secticns of the spec-
imens of the syenite, granite, and trap obtained at several of these
localities.

Near Cedar St., Gloucester, the rock is a syenite, while about one-
fourth of a mile beyond, at the Rockport road bridge over the rail-
road, it is a granite, both of a coarse and fine grained character.
Three trap dikes occur here, running respectively north 10° east,
north 10° west, and north 60° east, but are somewhat irregular in
direction. Beyond this locality, towards Rockport, the syenite pre-
dominates, although granite was seen in several places; of a pale
red color at one locality.

North of Rockport the rock is syenite, which extends nearly to
the wharf of the Rockport Granite Company, where a gradual pas-
save into granite takes place; the rock along the line of passage
contains both mica and hornblende. North of Pigeon Hill the rock
again becomes syenite, but a very cursory examination, however, was
made there. On account of the blackness of the mica, it often
requires careful examination, in the field, to separate it positively
from the hornblende, and I have found the test of hardness the most
convenient under the circumstances, for the cleavage is often not evi-
dent. As far as my observation has gone, there is no real distinction
between the syenite and granite, but they are geologically one and
the same rock. The granite, however, appears to run in a band
across the Cape, yet the whole subject needs further examination.

Wadsworth.] 314 [February 20,

Numerous dikes occur in this region, some narrow and fine
grained, others wide and more or less porphyritic. The directions
taken by these dikes are various (north and south, north 70° east,
north 40° west, etc.), following the jointing of the rock. The dikes
have sometimes left one fissure in the rock for another, but in gen-
eral they follow one of two directions making two sets of dikes, one
taking mainly a north and south direction, and the other an east
and west course. Their general course is like to that of similar
dikes in the vicinity of Boston; and as is the case there, the east
and west dikes are the older. The Rockport building granite is
composed of grayish white feldspar, colorless quartz, quite abundant,
and black mica (lepidomelane, Cooke, annite, Dana), sometimes
with cryophyllite and minute crystals of danalite.

The mica, in the thin section, shows an irrecular black mass, blue
and dark brown on the thinest parts, accompanied with bundles of
brown needle-shaped crystals, and plates that have the microscopic
characters of biotite. Whatever the mica may be in the veins, it
does not appear to be homogeneous in the rock itself. It occurs in
very irregular shapes, in shreds and patches, with fringed and jagged
edges. Flakes of the mica are scattered through the feldspar, and to
some extent through the quartz. The feldspar is orthoclase, some-
what decomposed, full of inclusions, in general characters similar to
that of the Quincy syenite, and in similar twins. The quartz is full
of fluid inclusions, with their movable and moving bubbles. ‘These
inclusions are often arranged in bands and star-like forms. The
quartz is more abundant than in the Quincy syenite.

The hornblende of the Rockport syenite is of shades of blue and
green, with spots of reddish brown, and is in the same irregular
masses as the mica; the feldspar and quartz have the same charac-
ters as that of the granite, but fuller, it may be, of inclusions. In
the syenite of Cedar St., Gloucester, the hornblende is of similar
character, and the feldspar contains numerous inclusions of horn-
blende, similar to those in the feldspar of the Quincy syenite. The
quartz, besides its fluid inclusions, contains also many colorless micro-
lites. The fine grained granite one-fourth of a mile north of Glou-
cester, is composed of quartz, feldspar, and a brown mica of the
same microscopic characters as biotite. This mica has.in places a
bluish shade of color.

The dike at this locality, running north 60° east, is composed of a
fine crystalline, dark greenish gray rock, which in the thin section is

1878.] 315 (Wadsworth.

seen to be composed of plagioclase, light brown augite, magnetite,
and viridite or chlorite. Its structure is basaltic, and it is evidently
an altered basalt, but has now the mineral composition of a diabase.
The dike at the same locality running north 10° east, is a dark gray
compact melaphyr, showing in the thin section that it is composed of
augite, plagioclase, magnetite and viridite, with traces of olivine. A
single crystal of hornblende was seen in the section. This rock has
a basaltic structure, and more the characters of a melaphyr than
those of a diabase. ‘The rock of the dike in this locality, which
runs north 10° west, is of a dark gray color, with grayish white
streaks running through it, arising from the decomposition of its
feldspar. It is finely crystalline, and in the thin section shows great
alteration. It is composed of feldspar with opacite, viridite, and
other products of alteration.

Thin sections were made of material obtained both from the cen-
tre and the.edge of one of the large north and south dikes, in the
principal quarry of the Rockport Granite Company. ‘The exterior
of the dike is a compact grayish black rock, finely crystalline, and
made up of augite, plagioclase, magnetite, and viridite; while the
centre of the same dike is composed of a dark gray ground mass,
porphyritically inclosing crystals of plagioclase, well striated.

In the thin section it is seen to be composed of plagioclase, magne-
tite, opacite, and a green fibrous product of decomposition, somewhat
dichroic, and doubtless of hornblendic character. In blocks of the
syenite, used in a wall at the side of the railroad track, about a quar-
ter of a mile south of the Rockport depot, narrow dikes are seen,
varying from a few inches to less than an eighth of an inch in width.
A thin section was made, showing the syenite on both sides of a dike
about a third of an inch wide. ‘The dike is composed of a brown
tachylitic glass, showing flow structure, and curving around the few
inclosed crystals, which are mainly feldspar and magnetite. The
quartz of the adjoining syenite is full of colorless microlites.

The examination of the thin sections, so far as it has been carried,
would not show any essential difference between the syenite of
Quincy and that of Rockport, but would rather indicate that they
are of the same age, as has been supposed heretofore. The syenite,
in the thin section, has a similar character and structure to that of
the granite, so much so, that in some cases, especially in the thicker
sections, it is quite difficult to distinguish between them. ‘The mi-
croscopic study, therefore, strengthens the conclusions drawn from

Weyenbergh, ] 316 [February 20,

macroscopic observations. It may not be amiss to remark that, in the
thin section, the Rockport granite is a much tougher rock than the
Quincy syenite, and can be ground much thinner without breaking.

The dikes examined were all of a basaltic character, and the east
and west, or older ones, will in general be classed as diabases, and
the younger as melaphyrs; but the distinction between them is much
less marked than is the case in the same rocks in the vicinity of
Boston. These old dike rocks are in many cases much less altered
than are some of the recent basalts of California. Most of the
boulders in the parts of Rockport that were visited, are local, and in
a great measure nearly in sifu, as can be readily seen upon almost
any part of the Cape. |

On two New SpeciEes oF THE GENUS Pacuytus Kocu, From
THE ARGENTINE Repusiic. By Pror. H. We YenBeren, Pu.D.

Pachylus mesopotamogalis m. P. corpore sphaero-triangu-
lari, prope subovato; cephalothorace margine lateralt irregulariter
granoso; mandibulis et palpis ferrrugineo-fuscis ; intra oculos nec non
in uliimo cephalothoracis seqgmento spina acuta; omnium prope spina-
rum apicibus claris; femoribus spinosissimis et curvalis; articulation-
ibus pedium omnium circulo claro ornatis ; tarsis 1‘ paris ex 6, 2 ex 8,
8" et 4 ex 6 ariiculis constantibus.

g. The general color is sepia. The palpi light brown, six-
jointed, with a sharp nail on the last joint; three spines on the
inner side of the penultimate, and four on the same side of the fol-
lowing joint. The posterior spine of each joint is the largest, regu-
larly decreasing in size toward the apex of the palp. The mandibles
are also light brown or yellow; the outer (movable) blade of the
pincers of the mandibles is stronger than the inner.

The first three legs are sepia-colored, a little warty, but these
warts are very small. The tarsi are a little lighter, especially those
of the fourth pair. The trochanters are light brown, and around
every articulation of the leg is observed a circle of the same color.
The eye-tubercle is distinct, and a sharp black spine with a light
brown tip lies between the two eyes. This part of the cephalo-
thorax is dark; the following part, consisting apparently of five
segments, is lighter, and a longitudinal impression in the middle of
the back divides it into lateral halves, so that the first of these five
segments is more or less polygonal in form on either side; the whole

1878.] 3 17 [Weyenbergh:

being surrounded by a thick border more or less irregularly nacreous.
On every segment are also some nacreous tubercles; three or four
on the first and second segment, more or less paired; on either side
of the third are: first two large ones, then two small ones, and then
again two larger ones, forming together an irregular transverse row ;
on the fourth are only two such pearls on either side, and on the fifth
four or five small ones, placed a little more outwardly, and also form-
ing arow. In the middle of this segment is observed a spine directed
backwards, and of the same size as the spine between the eyes; on
either side of this spine is another small one, occupying the place of
the first pearl of the transverse row mentioned. ‘The position of
these pearls does not seem to be always symmetrical.

The body is nearly triangular in form, or better, sphaero-triangular,
and accords in its main features with P. granulatus Koch,} although
in that species there are more pearls, arranged in a different position;
so, too, the spines of the last segment are not observed in Koch’s spe-
cies, which is smaller than our P. mésopotamogalis.

The abdominal segments are small, with vellow borders, and par-
tially cover one another. On the posterior border of the dorsal face
of the first two of these segments are seven or eight pearls. The
genital organs form a small knot next the inside of the coxe of the
hind leg. ‘The front portion of the ventral face is lighter than the
hinder part, occupied by the thick coxe; this part is brown. Around
the mouth the color is very light. Seen from the under side, the
general form is more triangular than from above.

Having spoken already of the first three legs, I will describe in
even greater detail the large hind legs. ‘The coxe are very thick and
smooth, with a kind of keel between them on the ventral side, col-
ored brown, and on the back side black, with a thick, bifurcated
spine or knot upon the articulation with the trochanter, to which
corresponds a smaller spine with only one point on the trochanter
itself. ‘The trochanter is short, thick and black, with a yellow ring
at either extremity, confluent on the inner side; at the upper end
(ventral face) is a pair of small spines, or rather, bristles. The

1Cf. Kochu Kollar. Die Arachn. T. VI., p. 20, tab. ccoxxt., fig. 548. — Koch.
Uebers. d. Arachn. Syst. 1, p. 13.— Guérin. Icon. R. Anim.-Apt., p. 12, pl. 4,
fig. 5 (Gonyleptes curvipes).— Gervais in: Walckénaer. Apt. VT. U1, .p. 104. pl.
46, fig. 1.— Gay. Hist. fisica y polit. de Chile. Zool. T.1v, p.20. Atlas. Araen.
lam. I, fig.5,6. (Gonyleptes chilensis).—Thorell. Sobre alg. araen. d. 1. Republ,

Argent. in: Periodico Zodlog. Argent. °T. I1., p. 211.—Td. Boletin d. 1. Acad.
‘Nac. Argent. . 2, p. 265.

Weyenbergh.] 318. [February 20,

femur is strongly spined and warty; there is a great, blunt spine on
the articulating angle, near the trochanter, and on the outside two
little spines, followed .by a larger one with a sharp point; a spine
similar to the last occurs at a little distance from it on the same side,
and is followed again by two small spines, or sometimes only by one;
on the articulation with the tibia is observed a larger spine with
curved point, resembling a cock’s spur, having a small spine at its
base.

All these spines have light yellow points, with black bases. On
the middle of the posterior side of the femur there is a single wholly
black spur or spine. On account of all these spines, the general form
of the femur is very irregular and angular, but it is not stout when
compared with the coxa and trochanter; above, it is a little curved
in the form of an S, and the color is black, save the yellow rings at
either articulating end. The two parts of the tibia also are a little
warty, black, and ringed with a lighter color at the articulations; the
first part is short, tumid, swollen; and therefore roundish, with three
small spines on the inner side. The second piece of the tibia is long,
with three pretty long and sharp spines on the inner side, and a pair
of small ones at the inferior articulation; all these spines have light
points. The following joint of the leg, the first joint of the tarsus,
is slender, regularly cylindric, unspined, and about as long as the
two pieces of the tibia together; its colour is yellowish. The other
joints of the tarsus are moniliform and yellowish; the last joint is a
little longer than the others, delicately hairy, and ends in two nails
or little claws. What I have said of the hind tarsi also applies
more or less to all the other tarsi, excepting that the others have only
a single claw. .

The size, without counting the appendages, and with the abdominal
seements contracted from preservation in alcohol, is 11 to 12 millime-
ters; the greatest breadth, measured over the bases of the coxe, is
about 10 millimeters.

?. The body is smaller and more oval; the spines of the hind leg
are not developed; the longitudinal impression on the five apparent
segments of the cephalothorax is indistinct, and the spine on the last
one is very small; about ten pearls may be observed on either side;
the abdominal segments seem to be simple continuations of the former,
differing from them only by the fact that the thick border of the ceph-
alothorax is not continued on their side; the abdomen is not so con-
tracted by the sliding of the segments over one another as in the male,

187 8.] 819 [Weyenbergh.

and present on their hind borders more pearls than in the male.
The sepia color of the whole body is generally a little darker, espe-
cially on the ventral face.

My friend Prof. Dr. P. G. Lorentz sent me several specimens of
this species, found by him under stones in the Argentine province of
Entrerios, called generally “the Argentine Mesopotamia,” on which
account I have given it this name.

Pachylus Gouldiim. P. corpore prope triangulari, colore nigro,
item prima tarsium articulatione, nec apicibus spinarum claris ; intra
oculos, non in ultimo segniento cephalothoracis spina ; femoribus paullo
curvalis et vix spinosis. Circulus clarus pedium articulationibus abest..
Tarsi I’ et 2 paris ex 6, 3" et 4' ex 7 articulis constantes.

?. This species is a little larger and darker colored than the former,
its color being almost completely black. The form of the body is
more triangular, the abdominal segments being entirely withdrawn;
as this is not the case in the former species, it presents a more oval
form, approximating to a spheroid triangle. The palpi are a little
more armed, and their color and that of the mandibles is black or
dark brown; the legs have the same color, only the tarsi are lighter,
although the large first joint is also black. The spines do not present
yellow points, and the legs generally are very warty.

On each segment are observed more pearls than in the former spe-
cies, and they are placed in regular rows; on the first polygonal false
seoment two such rows are seen. Between the eyes is a spine, as in
the former species, but none occur on the last segment of the cephalo-
thorax, while on the contrary the pearls on this segment are here a
little more elevated and sharper, the pearls on the back side of the
abdominal segments becoming little spines.

The femora are not so curved in the form of an §, nor so stout, and
their spines are much weaker. The light rings around the articula-
tions of the legs are absent, only the first piece of the tibia presenting
still a trace of them.

The thick border of the cephalothorax is regularly nacreous, and
this species more closely resembles in the general form of the body
P. acanthops Gerv.

I possess only the female given to me by my friend Prof. Dr. B. A.
Gould, who captured it at Cordova..

I am now acquainted with various species of this family and of this
genus; but this is the first time I have had in my hands animals of
this kind, enabling me to compare them with the fossil specimen that

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H,— VOL, XIX, 21 MAY,, 1878.

Burgess. ] 320 [February 27,

some years since I described from the lithographic stones of Solen-
hofen.+

In the supplementary notes mentioned below I have said that this
fossil of Solenhofen, Hasseliides primigenius Weyenb., belongs to the
smali order of the Phalangita, which in the descending system falls
between the Pedipalpi (scorpions) and Araneidea (true spiders), but
I left it undecided whether it belonged to the family Opilionidae,
to which belong the two other species known from the secondary
rocks of Solenhofen (Phalangites priscus Roth and Ph. cursor Roth),
or to the family Gonyleptidae. Now, however, I am convinced that
the Hasseltides primigenius belongs to the family Gonyleptidae, and
is allied to the genus Pachylus.

Cordova (Argentine Republic), 1877.

Section of Entomology. February 27, 1878.
Mr. G. Dimmock in the chair. Thirteen persons present.
The following paper was read: —

Two INTERESTING AMERICAN DIPTERA. By EDWARD BuRGEssS.

I have had in my collection for several years an interesting fly,
taken in Springfield by Mr. George Dimmock, the true position of
which among those families of Diptera grouped about the Tabanide,
and characterized by the complete marginal vein of the wing and a
pulvilliform empodium, has been very doubtful. Like the genus Ar-
thropeas of Loew,? this form presents affinities in several directions,
and, like it, shows the necessity of a future remodelling of the groups
in question. Arthropeas was placed by Loew provisionally among
the Xylophagide, and if we accept the families as they stand and
consider the antennal structure to be of the highest importance, it
must undoubtedly be referred to this family. Baron Osten Sacken,
whose opinions on the dipterological system are entitled to the high-

1Cf. Weyenbergh. Sur les insectes fossiles du calcaire lithograph. de la Baviére,
etc., in: Archiv. du Musée Teyler a Harlem, T. II. (1869), p. 247,

‘Supplementary notes te this monograph I have given in the same ‘‘Archives,”
T. 111, and in the ‘‘ Periodico Zoologico Argentino.’ T. I. (1874).

2Ent. Zeit., Stettin, x1, 304.

1878.] 321 (Burgess.

est consideration, writes me that he is inclined to subordinate the
structure of the antenne in Arthropeas to its general habitus, which
is undoubtedly that of a Leptid; for he argues that there is no more
reason for regarding this organ as so constant in the Leptide, than
in the Xylophagide, Stratiomyde, ete.

If we admit this genus to a place among the Leptida, perhaps the
doubtful form I am about to describe as Glutops singularis, would
most naturally follow, although it is certainly by no means so closely
related to this family as is the former genus.

Besides the difference in antennal structure, Glutops diverges from
the Leptide in the stoutness of the body, the great breadth of the
head, and the retraction within the abdomen of the last segment, se
‘that the abdomen is apparently only six-ringed, and shorter and
wider than in the Leptide. The wings are also narrower. In all
the above particulars, except the narrowness of the wing, it differs
from the Xylophagid#, and also in its hairiness, the contact of the
eyes! in the male, and the spurless fore tibia. From the Tabanide,
which it somewhat approaches in habitus,? and in the shape of the
eyes, the small tegmina distinguish it readily, and probably the oral
structure, which I cannot determine.

The nearest allies of Glutops among the Leptide, are the species
of Symphoromyia Frauenf., where the head is broad and the face
short, and the body is sparsely clothed with long fine hair. Among
these species, too, the antennz diverge in structure from the typical
Leptide.

Glutops ? gen. nov.

Body stout, musciform, clothed with long fine hair. Head broader
than the thorax; eyes naked, broader than high and contiguous over
the whole front (¢). Antennz approximate at the base, longer than
head, first and second joints long, with long bristles above. ‘Third
joint 8-annulate, first annulus long. Face projecting into two rounded
conical protuberances, thickly covered with long hair. Palpi long,
decurved, filiform; proboscis with thick labia and four? bristles.
Wings narrow, marginal vein encompassing the whole border. Third
vein furcate, two intercalary veins present, fourth posterior and the

1If we regard the Cenomyide as a distinct family.

2 Compare especially the genus Pronopes Loew (Dipt. Sud-Afrika); it is widely
separated, however, from this form, even disregarding the structure of the mouth.

3 From yAovtés, rump, and wy, face. Name suggested by Baron Osten Sacken.
in allusion to the shape of the face.

Burgess. } 322 [February 27,

anal cell open. Tegule moderate. Scutel rather small, unarmed.
Legs short and stout, fore tibia without, and middle and hind tibie
with, spurs. Empodium pulvilliform. Abdomen oval, with six visible
segments (¢) and protruding genitalia.

Glutops may at once be distinguished by its Musca-like body, large
head, antennal structure, and the conical prominences of the face.
The structure of the mouth parts is obscured by the thick curtain of
hair falling from the face and cheeks.

Glutops singularis sp. nov. Plate 9, figs. 2, a, b, ce and d.

¢. Bluish gray; eyes, base of antennz, mouth parts, and legs
ferrugineous. Thorax with four narrow, dusky, longitudinal stripes.
Wings dusky, the cross- veins clouded, a rusty stigmatic stripe. Long.
corp.,8 mm. Jong. ale, 8.5 mm.
’ Eyes brown, transverse, contiguous from ocellar tubercle nearly to
base of antenne. First two joints of antenne ferruginous, long,
clavate; first joint one-third longer than the second; both joints
have long bristles or hairs, especially above. Third joint one-half
longer than the first two together, 8-annulate. First annulus nearly
half as long as the rest together, and stouter, slightly clavate, con-
stricted like an hour-glass near the base. Following annuli short
and connate, the first being hardly visible except above. Terminal
aunulus as long as the two preceding, rounded at the tip, which
bears a few very minute, curved hairs. The third joint from the tip
ef the first annulus, black. Face thickly covered with long, fine,
black hair, with brownish reflections in certain lights; the conical
prominences smoothly rounded, and separated by a deep furrow.
Epistomum large, triangular, and tumid. Palpi and mouth parts
brownish-red. Palpi apparently two-jointed, last joint long and de-
curved. Occiput with long, black hairs. ‘Thorax with four narrow,
dusky stripes, equidistant, becoming obsolete anteriorly. Scutel
rather small, triangular, with rounded obtuse hind angle. Abdomen
oval, depressed, segments one to four large, second largest; fifth and
sixth narrow and small. ‘Thorax, especially the scutel, and abdomen
above clothed with long and very fine blackish gray hair. Coxe
large, the first pair brownish, the others gray, all covered with long,
curling, black hair. Femora, tibize, and the four posterior metatarsi
at base, brown. Fore tarsi, and tip of fore tibiz, infuscated. Joints of
the four posterior tarsi brownish with infuscated tips, last joints wholly
black. Halteres with brown stem and black knob. Wings dusky,

1878.) 323 (Burgess.

especially towards the tip. Veins brown, those bounding the distal
ends of the basal cells faintly clouded, as jis, to a much less degree,
the posterior transverse vein. A long, brown, stigmatic cloud lies
under the end of the first longitudinal vein.

One male, taken at Springfield, Mass., by Mr. George Dimmock.

Epibates Osten Sacken.

This genus was established? for a number of singular species of
Bombylidz, especially characterized, in the males at least, by the
thorax being beset above with a number of sharp, rigid spine-like
points. Baron Osten Sacken recognized seven species, and I am now
able to add an eighth from the West.

Epibates Osten-Sackenii sp. nov. Plate 9, figs. 1, la.

Deep black; thorax in certain lights with a metalfic dark blue
lustre. First five segments of the abdomen margined behind with
white pile. Costal border of the wings, including first basal cell,
brown, small cross-vein continued upwards (apparently) by a black
streak. Second basal cell hyaline. Eyes (¢) not quite contiguousys
Long. corp., 14-16 mm. Long. al., 12-14 mm.

Closely resembles E. magnus O.S., but differs by the gray, instead
of fulvous, hair on the occiput; larger size; the darker costal border
of the wings, which includesin E. Osten-Sackenu the submarginal cell ;
the presence of a dark brown streak running across the submarginal
cell, just above and appearing as a continuation of, the small cross-
vein ;2 and finally in the white pile bordering the first five abdominal
seoments. In E. magnus the white border is confined to the first
seoment with a trace of white pile on the second.

From E. marginatus, which has a fringe of pile on all the abdomi-
nal seements except the last, it is distinguished by the third joint of
the antenne being distinctly longer than the first, instead of the re-
verse, and its much larger size, 14-16 mm., instead of 8 mm.

Three males in my collection, two taken in the summer of 1877 by
Mr. Morrison in southern Colorado, and one taken July 14, 1877,
by Mr. Scudder inthe Upper Leavenworth Valley, above George-
town, Colorado, at an elevation of nearly 10,000 feet.

I have also two fine specimens of EZ. muricatus O.S., taken by Mr.
Morrison in Colorado at a height of 9000 feet. The points on the
dorsum of the thorax are distinctly arranged in four longitudinal

1 Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Terr., 111, No. 2, p. 268.
2 This streak is not sufficiently shown in the figure on Plate 9,

Niles.] 3 24 [March 6,

rows, which is also evident, but less marked, in #. Osten-Sackenii.
Between these four rows other, but smaller, points are scattered.
Plate 9, fig. 1, Epibates Osten-Sackenii Burg. 1, a, head.
Fig. 2, Glulops singularis Burg. Head in profile, and fig. 2, a,
head infront. Fig. 2, b, antennez; c, wing; d, tip of middle tarsus.

General Meeting. March 6, 1878.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé,in the chair. Twenty-
one persons present.

Messrs. Harold C. Ernst and John A. Estabrooks were
elected Associate Members.

The following paper was presented by title : —

Upon THE OCCURRENCE OF ZONES OF DIFFERENT PHYSICAL
FEATURES UPON THE SLOPES OF MounrTains. By Pror. W.
H. NIves.

During the summer of 1876, I observed among the Alps that many
of the longer mountain slopes presented three different decliv-
ities, and that each of these divisions had its characteristic phys-
ical features. If from a moderate elevation and distance we ob-
serve the profile of an Alpine slope, which has these three divisions
well marked, we first notice the greater steepness of the upper and
lower portions as compared with the intermediate one. If we then
study the features in detail we find that the summit region, except-
ing the snow-fields, presents a much broken or serrated outline, that
the middle division exhibits a series of convex undulations like an
irrecularly corrugated surface, and that the lowest section may be
either a single regular slope, or a series of slopes of different inclina-
tions.

I have come to the conclusion that a similar distribution of physi-
cal features is a very common_ characteristic .of mountain slopes, and
it is with the hope of leading to a more thorough knowledge of our
own hills and mountains, that I present these notes taken upon for-
eign ground.

The mountains which best exhibit the divisions in question are
those which, like many of the Alps, rise directly from the level of

1878.] 325 [Niles.
\

the deeper valleys to a sufficient height to include an extensive range
of meteorological conditions. Such mountains present, upon. their
slopes, zones of physical climate, which in altitudes are equivalent to
the zones of latitudes. Accordingly the atmospheric agencies, which
have their part in shaping the mountains, act with different degrees
of intensity and with somewhat different results in each of these
climatic regions. Upon the culminating portions of these mountains
the atmospheric agencies usually predominate, to a greater or less
degree, over the other physical forces. But the mechanical powers
of the atmosphere diminish as we descend the slopes, and, in their
action upon the rocks, usually become subordinate to other denud-
ing.agents. ‘Thus the climatic regions of mountains become zones of
different geological activities. Such a distribution of geological
powers is attended by a corresponding distribution of geological re-
sults; therefore, upon such mountain slopes there may occur zones of
different physical features.

Whether or not such physiographic zones are developed upon any
mountain slope having a sufficient range of climate, depends in part
upon the geological constitution of the mountain. The slopes which
furnish the best examples, are those which have a comparatively uni-
form geological structure and composition. Different kinds and
structures of rock, yielding with different degrees of readiness, ac-
quire features which are more or less independent of altitudes, and
which may confuse the characteristics of these zones or obliterate
them. It is when similar geological structures are exposed to the
predominating physical forces of different altitudes, that these moun-
tain zones are best developed.

The eastern part of the southern slopes of the Bernese Alps pre-
sents this combination of geological and meteorological ecnditions.
Having become somewhat familiar with this district, I shall consider
the zones of these slopes as types of their kinds, although I am aware
that many other regions might be selected with equal appropriate-
ness. Here, as in many other districts, the zones of physical features
nearly correspond in position and altitude with the more conspicu-
ous regions with which the ordinary tourist has been made familiar..
Most of the descriptions we have of the Alps, even those of the
most popular character, mention three zones or regions of the moun-
tains. The highest of these is the region of “ Perpetual Snow-fields
and Glaciers,” or the “High Alps,’ below which is the “ Alpine
Zone,”’ with its elevated pastures called “Alps” and its Alpine vege-

Niles.] 326 [March 6,

tation, while the ‘“ Sub-alpine Zone,” or “ Region of Coniferous
Trees,” occupies the lower slopes. Let us now notice the features of
the corresponding physiographic zones.

ZONE OF WEATHERING.

This zone, among the Alps, corresponds most nearly with the
“snow-region,” although, since the marked recession of the snow-fields
and glaciers, it extends in many places considerably below the limit of
perpetual snow. It is in this region that the greatest vicissitudes of
climate and the most sudden and violent changes of temperature
occur. The alternation between heat and cold, which here takes
place in clear weather between each day and night, gives the atmos-
phere great mechanical power over the rocks of the exposed ridges
and steep slopes, from which the snow has been removed by winds
and avalanches. The expansions and contractions of the rocks,
which take place rapidly, tend not only to disintegrate the surfaces,
but also to throw off irregular fragments. ‘The almost daily melting
and freezing of the water in seams and fissures is a powerful mechan-
ical agent for breaking and loosening larger masses of rock. When
the rocks are of that character which permits them to be more easily
broken than disintegrated by these meteoric changes, as is the case
with many crystalline rocks, then the unprotected slopes and ridges
of this region acquire those rough and angular features which charac-
terize mechanically broken rock. As the surface features of the un-
covered rocks have been produced chiefly by those mechanical actions
of the atmosphere usually called weathering, I speak of this region of
the mountains as physiographically the Zone of Weathering. The
principal ridges and great peaks of this zone are the ones most ex-
posed, and they exhibit the wildest forms of rock to be found among
the mountains. In the nearer views of this region, steep declivities
with craggy outlines and angular contours predominate over the other
forms of rock-surface. In distant views the profiles are steep, broken,
irregular, or serrated, and stand out in bold contrast with the curved
and gentler slopes below. A fine exhibition of this contrast is seen
upon the northern face of the Chain of Mont Blanc, looking from the
Brévent. }

I do not include, in this description, the surface forms of the snow-
fields of this zone, because they obscure the features which the
mountains would otherwise present, and also protect them from the
action of the atmosphere.

1878.] oud (Niles,

ZONE OF GLACIATION,

- When this zone is well developed upon the slopes of the Alps, it
extends from near the lower limit of the snow-region downward to the
timber-line. The slopes are much more moderate than those above
or below, excepting, of course, the steeper sides of the transverse
valleys which cross this zone. While there occur here and there pro-
jections of rock, which have acquired or retained the rougher features
produced by vicissitudes of climate, by far the larger proportion of
rock-surfaces show the efiects of glacial action in their convexly
curved outlines and in the abundance of roches moutonnees. These
smoothed surfaces yield much less readily to the atmospheric changes
than the rougher surfaces of the region above. There are here, also,
accumulations of glacial debris. It is in this zone that the moraines
and glacial deposits most frequently retain their original forms, having
usually been less changed by aqueous agencies than when they are
found in the lower districts. These accumulations present a series
of convex outlines, which, although less regular, still harmonize well
in general form with the glaciated rock-surfaces. As it is here that
the effects of ancient glacial action are best exhibited, and as the
principal topographic features have been caused by such action, I
eall this region the Zone of Glaciation.

ZONE OF AQUEOUS AGENCIES,

If we start from the level of the larger Alpine valleys and ascend the
range on either side, we usually find the first part of the acclivity
steeper than the portion immediately above the timber-line. The
slopes of this region are most frequently the sides or walls of the
valleys. ‘They are often quite steep and of comparatively uniform
grade, and they are frequently clothed with sub-alpine forests, which
extend, in but slightly undulating outlines, from the meadows of the
valleys to the Alps of the zone above. The symmetrical and graded _
cones of dejection are frequently conspicuous in this region. In some
other valleys, especially in the narrower and lateral ones, precipitous
walls of rock predominate, while in many others precipices alternate
irrecularly with wooded or grassy slopes. Some of the rock-surfaces
retain the rounded forms which they had upon the retirement of the
ancient glaciers, but upon the sides of the valleys here noticed they
are not sufficiently numerous or prominent to be considered the most
characteristic features in the topography of the region. Further-
more, the weathering power of the atmosphere acts upon these slopes

Niles.] 328 [March 6,

and cliffs to a certain degree, though not so powerfully as in the
summit region. But more important is the abundance of streams
which traverse this zone and furrow it with ravines, gorges, and val-
leys. These are often so near each other that the mere ridges between
them have received all their characteristic features through their
erosive action, and the whole zone is sometimes a more or less regular
succession of such ravines and ridges.

Admitting the great difference of existing opinions as to the relative
or predominating power which glaciers or streams of water have
exercised in the excavation of these valleys, I believe careful study
and comparison will satisfy the observer that the steepness of the
slopes and the most characteristic contours and features of this zone
have been produced by, or are inseparably associated with, some
form of aqueous action. It is, therefore, on account of the predom-
inance of this form of geological action in the presence of others,
that I call this region the Zone of Aqueous Agencies. If we accept
the above conclusion, it will follow that the topography of this zone is
not essentially dependent upon climate. We accordingly find this
zone represented, even among the Alps, considerably below the
climatic zone of sub-alpine Vegetation.

Considering now these three zones in their climatic relations, we
recognize that in the features of the zone of weathering we have a
topographical expression of the geological agency of the existing
climate. In the features of the zone of glaciation we have a pre-
served record of the action of a power which originated in the pecu-
liarities of a past climate, while the features of the zone of aqueous
agencies are not of climatic origin. We may, therefore, speak of
these zones as climatic, past-climatic, and non-climatic in their origin.

Tt will be understood that the above descriptions apply only to
those mountain slopes upon which each of these zones are well charac-
terized. But there are Alps which have the sub-alpine, the alpine,
and the snow-regions distinctly marked, and yet one or two of the
physiographic zones here described are wanting. This usually arises
from peculiarities of geological constitution. When, for example,
the rocks at the base are softer, or yield more readily than those of
the upper portions, the denuding agents may drive back the face of
the lowest slope till it joins the uppermost zone directly by obliterating
the intermediate one, and one steep, precipitous slope from the base
to the summit of the mountain may be the result. Among other

1878.] 329 (Niles.

mountains the lowest zone may be wanting, and the zone of glaciation
may extend to the base. A great variety of mountain forms may
result from such modifications of these three elements of the typ-
ical mountain slope. I believe that the mountains which have
these zones well characterized, should be regarded as presenting the
types of those orographie features which arise from the predominance
of certain physical agencies at certain altitudes.

Furthermore, I believe that careful studies of these typical features
may lead us to a better analysis of the features of our own mount-
ains. Although we have no mountains in the Appalachian system
which reach the snow-line, yet the summits of many are of sufficient
elevation to acquire, in our rigorous climate, at least a mild express-
ion of the features produced by weathering at greater altitudes.
In some instances the rock has been broken till now the summits
are almost or entirely composed of the fragments, while upon other
summits the mechanically sculptured, but not completely dissevered,
rock still remains. Upon most of our hills in this and in higher
latitudes, the resion of glaciation is the most extensive and best
characterized one, although its vegetation is rarely of alpine character.
There is no discrepancy in this, for the topographic features of this
revion were mostly formed under the forces of a past climate, while
the alpine vegetation survives at its present altitude upon the mount-
ains, under the conditions of the present climate. Hence many of
our hills, from their summits to their bases, are characterized by the
topographic features of the zone of glaciation, and yet sub-alpine and
deciduous forests are found upon their slopes.

I have spoken of these topographic features as distributed in zones,
because I have considered them only in their relations to the slopes
of mountains. I do not claim that all of the features of an entire
country, from its greatest elevations to the level of the sea, may be
classified in three zones. Descending such an extensive range of.
surface, we find a repetition of these features; a region of aqueous
agencies is frequently succeeded by one of glaciation at a lower level,
and this may be followed by another of aqueous agencies. But the
individual slopes of any district may exhibit a part of the same law
which we recognize more distinctly upon the slopes of mountains.
The aqueous agencies act with greatest power upon the lower portions
of such slopes, and this is as true of the sea as of streams. But the
recession of the cliff-like slopes of sea-coasts and valleys is not en-
tirely from the aqueous denudations at their bases. The mechanical

Niles.] 330 [March 20 7

action of the atmosphere through frost materially assists in the work
in our climate, but its action is most marked upon the upper portions
of the slopes, while the waves and currents work in their zone below.
I might easily multiply the applications of this principle, but it is my
object to present the general law in accordance with which the topo-
graphical features of mountains may be classified, and not to follow
it into minute details.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder exhibited drawings of a fossil butterfly
from Florissant, Colorado, the first fossil specimen of this
group of insects yet found in America. He has given the
name Prodryas to the form.?

Dr. T. M. Brewer called the attention of the meeting to a
bird new to our fauna, viz., the Louisiana Tanager, a speci-
men of which was taken in Lynn, during the severe snow
storm of February, where it was undoubtedly carried by the
gale from its home.

General Meeting. March 20, 1878.

Vice-President Mr. 8. H. Scudder in the chair. Forty-one
persons present.

Mr. Scudder announced the death, on March 17th, of Dr.
Charles Pickering, a member of the Saciety since 1858, and
so well known from his connection with the Wilkes Explor-
ing Expedition and his works upon the Races of Men and
the Geographical Distribution of Plants. |

It was voted to request Mr. F. W. Putnam to prepare a
notice of Dr. Pickering’s life for the Proceedings.

The following paper was read : —

Uron THE RELATIVE AGENCY OF GLACIERS AND SuB-GLACIAL
STREAMS IN THE Erosion oF VALLEYS. By Pror. W. H.
NILrs.

In some remarks? which I made at a meeting of this Society in

April, 1873, I stated that my observations among the glaciers of the

1U.5S.Geol.and Geogr. Surv. Terr. Bull. 1v, ii.
2 Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vol. Xv, pp. 378-381.

0 a B3l [Niles.

Alps during the previous summer had led me to the conclusion ‘‘ that
glaciers were not the principal agents in the excavation of valleys.”
I have since had the opportunity of spending two summers more
among those glaciers, and the observations which I made have not
only confirmed my previous conclusion, but they have also furnished
me additional evidences of the excavating power of sub-glacial
streams. This time I was more successful in getting underneath the
ice than before, particularly upon the right side of the Great Aletsch
Glacier where it passes the cliff near the Bell Alp Hotel. The way
glaciers usually move over the ordinary roches moutonnées, bridging
the hollows between them without conforming to all the inequalities
of surface, has been made so well known that additional description
is unnecessary here. Under these conditions the glacier does not act
upon the lowest surfaces of rock beneath it, and these show by their
roughness and irreeularity that they were not shaped by its action.
It, therefore, becomes evident that in such places some power must
have acted or is now at work lower than the surfaces upon which
the glacier moves.

Under the edge of the Great Aletsch Glacier I observed in a few
places, that pieces were being broken from the lee edges of the roches
moutonnees by the pressure concentrated upon certain stones or
boulders which had reached these edges in their progress under the
ice, but I was not successful in my search for like phenomena in
connection with other glaciers. But this action, even if we could
suppose it to be sufficiently common, would serve to break away only
the same prominent portions of the rock which the glacier abrades.

The ice of the glacier, however, is sufficiently plastic to conform to
certain kinds of irtegularities of surface, and of one of these there
are good examples at the above-mentioned locality. There are long,
narrow ridges, the trends of which are the same as the strike of the
_ rock and nearly parallel with the direction of the motion of the
glacier. A longitudinal section of one of these ridges gave an
outline like that of an elongated roche moutonne, while a transverse
section showed quite a regularly corrugated surface. ‘These corruga-
tions originated in the bedded structure of the rock, the upturned
edges having been rounded and smoothed by the action of the
glacier. The ice had time enough to conform to these longitudinal

furrows and ridges as it flowed over them lengthwise; and in August,
1876, as it passed the lee end of a ridge, it preserved the mould of
the profile so perfectly that for more than twenty feet the blue arch
presented a series of parallel furrows, like the flutings: ef a Doric

Niles.] 382 [March 20,

column.t I also observed many other examples of the same kind,
though none so regularly and beautifully perfect.

There was there at that time another highly interesting and instruc-
tive exhibition of glacial action. Within a few feet of the down-stream
end of one of these elongated roches moutonncées and upon its crest,
there was a boulder fully three feet in diameter, which evidently had
been slowly moving along this ridge for some distance, probably from
its upper end. There were two sides of this block of stone which
were not incased in ice, viz., the lower one resting upon the rock,
and the one facing down the glacier. From the lower end of the
ridge of rock I looked at the boulder through a tunnel of pure, blue
ice, which was continued as a deep furrow in the under surface of
the glacier for fully thirty feet from its beginning. As this was pro-
duced by the ice moving over and beyond the boulder, it was evident
that the ice was moving more rapidly than the stone. I afterwards
found other examples of the same kind, but none so favorably situated
for a striking exhibition of this property of ice. It will be understood
that these stones were sufficiently below the upper surface of the
glacier to be removed from the effects of the ordinary changes in the
temperature of the atmosphere. Although stones which are exposed
to such changes may be frozen into the ice at the edges of the gla-
ciers, yet I believe these were so situated as to correctly represent
the conditions and movements of those at still greater depths. If
this is correct, and I believe it is, it follows that such fragments of
rock are not rigidly held in fixed positions in the under surfaces of
glaciers and carried irresistibly along at the same rate, but that the
constantly melting ice actually flows over them, and that their motion
is one of extreme slowness, even when compared ‘with the motion of
the glacier itself?

1I see by quotations from the ‘‘ Nouvelles Excursions et Séjours dans les Gla-
ciers et les hautes régions des Alpes,” by Prof. E. Desor, that he there described
similar features which he observed in connection with the Aar Glacierin 1844, but
I have not been able to obtain a copy of the work for examination.

2 In an article in The Geological Magazine, Decade II, Vol. 11, 1876, published
during the same season that I was making these observations, and which I had not
then seen, being away from home, Rey. T. G. Bonney clearly states the same con-
clusion, presenting as evidences the appearances of certain boulders observed by
him in 1875, near the terminations of the Glacier des Bois and the Glacier -d’Ar-
gentiere. ] do not learn from what he has written, however, that he saw the
ice flowing over stones in the manner I have here described. It is, therefore, my
pleasure to have witnessed what I consider to be a proof of the accuracy of the
conclusion which Prof. Bonney ably drew from other sources.

1878.] 333 : [Niles,

If this is granted, it must then be admitted that the abrading
power of glaciers is much less than if the fragments of rock were
usually firmly set in the ice. This is one of the many reasons which
I have for believing that the erosive power of glaciers is not sufli-
cient, in itself alone, to account for the excavation of those valleys
in which they are found.

Among the phenomena which attract the attention and obstruct
the progress of the explorer under a glacier, is the abundance of
streams. A short distance below the edge of the glacier the ice is
constantly melting, and in every place accessible to the observer the
water falls, usually in large drops but sometimes in streamlets. Thus
the surfaces not covered by tlie ice are exposed to a constant fall of
water, which, first forming numerous rivulets, soon collects in small
and rapid streams. The dropping of the water and the rushing of
the torrents, the frequent slipping of smaller fragments of stone which
have been started by the rivulets and the occasional tumbling or
plunging of a larger mass, the incidental cracking of the glacier and
the frequent crash of pieces of falling ice, all unite in impressing upon
the listener that this is a busy place. Where the glaciers rest upon
the upper portions of the roches moutonnées, the streams are formed
in the hollows between them which the ice does not fill; therefore,
under such conditions their erosive power is exercised upon those
lower portions of the rock-surface which are not effected by the move-
ments of the glacier.

In estimating the erosive power of a stream we must tale into
consideration, not. only its volume and velocity, but also the more
important factor of the materials with which it is charged. The
importance of this is well illustrated by the modern appliance called
the sand-blast, in which it is not the violence of the current of air or
steam but the sand which it carries with it, which cuts away the
surfaces of stones, metals and glass with such astonishing rapidity.
Sometimes this element has been overlooked, as, for example, when it
has been argued that because pure water may rush violently over a
rock for a long period without producing any perceptible change,
therefore, the valleys which now are or tormerly were occupied by
glaciers must have been excavated by the ice rather than by the
streams below it. A sub-glacial stream, considered as an agent of
erosion, should never be compared with a stream of pure water. All
of the streams beneath a glacier are charged with small, angular
fragments of stone, such as glaciers transport in immense quantities.
Any one who has walked over the middle and lower portions of a

Niles.] 384 [March 20,

glacier in summer has not failed to notice the small fragments of stone
which often darken and sometimes cover the surface. When these
are examined they are found to be sharply angular; and if the exam-
ination is extended to the medial and lateral moraines, they will be
found to contain immense quantities of similar materials. These
small fragments, as well as large ones, find their way into the sub-
glacial streams, in which by the sharpness of their angles they become
most effective instruments in the work of erosion. The materials
transported by ordinary streams, even when swollen by heavy rains,
are of a different nature. The small stones and gravels which they
receive are usually more or less rounded, while the finer materials are
chiefly loam, clay, soil, or well-worn sand. ‘The erosive power of a
current carrying such old, worn, and often soft materials, is much
less than that of one charged with the new and sharp instruments of
the sub-glacial streams; hence the denuding agency of the latter
should not be estimated by observations upon the former.

The excavating power of these streams is shown in the number of
pot-holes which they produce. The steepness and irregularity of
their courses, the abundance of water with stones and sand, and in
many places the presence of ice causing gyratory movements of the
water, make these streams peculiarly efficient in this work. Some-
times these pot-holes succeed each other so closely in the course of
the stream, that as they increase in size they unite and form a deep,
narrow gorge, whose walls present a succession of their concave
surfaces.

Furthermore, the ice of the glaciers often exercises a controlling
influence upon the positions and courses of these streams. It is not
uncommon to find a stream flowing along the edge of the glacier
considerably below its surface, in a channel one side of which is ice
and the other side rock. In such instances the streams are often sup-
ported by the ice at a considerable elevation above the bottom of
the valley where they would otherwise be. ‘The power which a gla-
cier may have for preventing water from flowing directly into the
lower portion of its valley, is well illustrated by the Mirjelen See, a
lake which owes its existence to the ice-wall of the side of the Great
Aletsch Glacier which forms one end of the basin which it occupies.

The lateral streams above described are abundantly supplied with
small and large pieces of stone from the lateral. moraines, and they
thus become agents in the erosion of the sides of the valleys. It
will probably be remarked that such streams must naturally erode

1878.] 335 [Niles.

the ice more rapidly than the rock, but it must be remembered that
the ice is constantly renewed by the motion of the glacier. It
will be readily seen that such streams, by the peculiarities of their
situation and action must exercise an influence in determining the
precipitous character which the sides of glacial valleys so often have.
If it is objected that such water-worn surfaces are rarely met with
upon the sides of valleys from which the glaciers have retreated, it
must be remembered that the ice above the streams and the atmos-
pheric agencies modify these surfaces after they have been left by the
streams, hence the rocks have the features which they received from
the last agent which acted upon them.

Still lower and quite underneath the side of the glacier there are
larger and often much longer lateral streams, which are much more
important agents in the excavation and formation of the valleys.
These, flowing in channels of their own formation in the rock and
quite below the ice, tend to deepen the valley along its edges and to
give it that cafion-like form so often seen.

Sometimes the aqueous erosion under the sides of a glacier is
greater than it is under the medial portion, and when this has been
continued for long periods the edges of the valley have become the
deepest portions, and when the lower end of the glacier has receded
to this part of the valley it is often bifurcated, its terminations being
upon opposite sides of the rocky eminence left in the central part of
the valley. Such knolls or hills occur in the valleys of ancient gla-
ciers, as, for example, in the valley of the Rhone at Sion, and they
have always been a puzzle to the advocates of a purely glacial origin
of such valleys. If, however, we duly recognize the power of sub-
glacial streams, the hills which are sometimes left in positions where
they have been fully exposed to the action of glaciers appear as
a normal and not as an anomalous result of the agencies which
have excavated such valleys.

With many other glaciers and often with other parts of the same
glacier, the medial stream is the most important one in volume and
power, and then it tends to make that part of the valley the deepest,
and the glacier assumes a corresponding form.

In conclusion I will state that the observations of three summers
among the glaciers of the Alps have led me to estimate the relative
agency of glaciers and sub-glacial streams in the erosion of valleys
as follows: viz., that the sub-glacial streams are of primary impor-

tance in working in advance of the ice in deepening and enlarging
PROCEEDINGS B. Ss. N. H.— VOL. XIX, 22 JULY, 1878.

Scudder.] 336 [March 27, -

these valleys, and that the glaciers abrade, modify, and in a measure
reduce the prominent portions left by the streams, and give them the
well-known glaciated surfaces.

[I have not space in the narrow limits of this article to consider the valuable
and exceedingly numerous contributions of others to the subject of glacial
action. |

Dr. David Hunt explained a theory to account for the de-
crease of prognathism in civilized man.

Section of Entomology. March 27, 1878.

Mr. H. L. Moody in the chair. Fourteen persons present.

Mr. S. H. Scudder exhibited a number of western Acrid-
ians in illustration of one type of dimorphism.

The different forms had in many instances been described as dis-
tinct species, and, indeed, been referred to distinct genera ; the short
winged forms having usually been placed in Pezotettix, while the
long winged types had been described as Callipteni. This peculiar-
ity is found in ten or twelve species, mostly occurring in the Missis-
sippi valley ; usually there is a very decided difference in the length
of the wings, although in the long-winged forms the tegmina seldom
surpass or even reach the tip of the hind femora; and no interme-
diate forms occur. In one instance three varieties occur, which are
with little doubt to be referred to one species; and in this case the
variety with the longest wings has tegmina which extend past the
hind femora. The dimorphic forms of any one species are found at
the same stations, and can not be considered racial. Similar
dimorphism has long been known in Orthoptera, and this should
doubtless serve as a sufficient reason to group together several of the
forms of Xiphidium which had been described as distinct species,
and the two northern forms of Gryllotalpa, as well as some so-called
species of Gryllus and Nemobius.

ce es oe

1878.] 837 [ Wilder.

General Meeting. April 8, 1878.

Vice-President Mr. 8. H. Scudder in the chair. Forty-one
persons present.

Mr. Scudder announced the recent sudden death of Prof.
C. F. Hartt, Director of the Geological Survey of Brazil, and
a Corresponding Member of the Society.

Prof. B. G. Wilder, of Cornell University, exhibited to the
Society living examples of the western mud-fish, Amia calva.

He showed how the breath exhaled: from the very cellular and vas-
cular air-bladder was collected by forcing the fish to ascend into a
funnel connected with a glass tube supported by a frame. The air so
collected contained from 1 to 3.4 per cent of carbonic acid, accord-
ing to the time it was retained by the fish. By means of diagrams,
preparations, and injected specimens, Prof. Wilder also explained the
structure of the air-bladder, and the way in which it may receive as
much blood as the other viscera and the trunk. Each of the two
pulmonary arteries is formed by the union of the fourth opibranchial
artery with a branch of the third; and each pulmonary artery is as
large as either the aorta or the celiac artery.

The fish seems to employ the aerial mode of respiration chiefly
when the water is stale, or muddy, or otherwise imperfectly fitted for
the ordinary branchial respiration.

Further details as to the structure and habits of Amia, with refer-
ences to authors, are to be found in the Proc. Amer. Association for
Advancement of Science for 1877.

Prof. Wilder showed an apparatus for illustrating the action of the
diaphragm in respiration. It consists of a tubular bell-jar with a
piece of elastic rubber tied across the base. The lungs of a cat are
suspended within the jar from a glass, tube passed through a rubber
stopper. For use the stopper is loosened and the jar is pushed down
upon a convex surface (like the bottom of a flask) so as to cause the
rubber diaphragm to bulge upward into the jar. The stopper is then
made to fit lightly, and when the jar is lifted the descent of the rub-
ber causes the lungs to expand, the air entering through the tube.

Rathbun.] 338 [April 17,

General Meeting. April 17, 1878.

The President, Mr. T. T. Bouvé, in the chair. Forty-
two persons present. |

The following paper was presented : —

SkETCH OF THE LIFE AND SCIENTIFIC WorK OF PROFESSOR
CHARLES FREDERIC Hartt, By RicHARD RATHBUN, LATE
ASSISTANT GEOLOGIST TO THE GEOLOGICAL COMMISSION OF
BRAZIL.

In the death of Professor Charles Frederic Hartt, chief of the

Geological Commission of the Empire of Brazil, we recognize one
of the saddest losses science has recently suffered.

Prof. Hartt was just in the prime of life, full of vigor, with
a mind already richly stored with the results of more than twenty
years of almost constant exploration and investigation. Had he been
advanced in years, with his labors nearly completed, although he
might have become more endeared to us through longer association
and friendship, yet we could then have consoled ourselves with the
thought that he had finished the work he had laid out for himself.
But such was not the case; he left the great work of his life merely
begun. His time was wholly given to the solution of some of the
most intricate problems in the fields of science and the arts, but
only here and there, in his short publications, do we catch glimpses
of the inexhaustible store of facts he had accumulated and theories
he had devised.

He was at one time an active member of this Society, and a
student at the Museum of Comparative Zoology in Cambridge, and
nowhere did he have a larger circle of sympathetic friends, than
among his scientific associates at these two institutions, some of whom
were students with him under Prof. Agassiz. To these, and to his co-
workers everywhere, it would be needless for me to eulogize his char-
acter. He was hard-working, unselfish, and affectionate, never over-
bearing to his inferiors, but ever showing the same respect for those
laboring under him as for his equals. His deep sense of right caused
him to weigh the claims of others generally more fairly than his own,
and to his own loss. He was gifted to a wonderful degree with an
original and inventive mind; while his early training laid a firm

foundation for a life of great usefulness. Thus richly endowed -

he had started upon a most enviable career, and gave promise of

SS Se a oo ae

1878.] 339 (Rathbun.

attaining the highest eminence. His tastes were varied, leading
him into natural science, language, art, and music, in all of which he
accomplished original work of the highest grade. He loved study, and
always entered with his whole soul into the investigation of whatever
subject interested him. He was filled with a noble ambition and ac-
tuated by the purest purposes, and thus ever sought to advance the
interests of science without thought of personal gain. In his short
life he accomplished much, but so great was his confidence in the fu-
ture, that he withheld the publication of many of his discoveries
until they should be further developed and perfected, little expecting
so sudden a termination of his work.

Although linguistic studies, as well as art and music, were to him
favorite subjects of investigation, they were generally treated from a
scientific stand-point, and were made subordinate to the more special
field of inquiry, geology, to which he early became enthusiastically
devoted. With an ever increasing love for scientific research, which
finally came to absorb his whole attention, he died a martyr to science.
Eminently successful as a teacher, his students shared his deep en-
thusiasm, and his influence upon science will long be felt through the
labors of those who enjoyed the advantages of his careful training.

Prof. Hartt was the oldest son of the late Jarvis William and Pru-
dence (Brown) Hartt, and was born at Fredericton, New Bruns-
wick, August 23, 1840; he died at Rio de Janeiro, March 18, 1878.
His last illness was of scarcely more than forty-eight hours dura-
tion ; his death was sudden, and, until near the end, entirely un-
looked for by even those who were watching over him. He was
attacked with a light fever on a Friday night, and this continued
without dangerous symptoms until nearly midnight Sunday, when he
became delirious. In this state he remained until three in the morn-
ing, when he passed away. The unexpectedly fatal termination of his
illness can be accounted for, only on the supposition that his system
had become greatly enfeebled by his constant, hard work and anxiety
during the long, tropical summer. He had been accustomed to leave
Rio in the hot season, but this year circumstances prevented his
doing so.

Hartt’s early education was carried on under the direct supervision
of his father, who, for a long time, was prominently identified with the
educational interests of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. He stud-
ied at Horton Academy in Wolfville, N.S., and afterwards at Aca-
dia College, where his father was at the time a professor. In 1860

Rathbun.] 340 [April 17,

he graduated from the College with high honors, receiving the de-
sree of Bachelor of Arts, and later that of Master of Arts. In 1869
he was married to Miss Lucy Lynde of Buffalo, N. Y., by whom he
had two children, a son and a daughter. They all survive him.

At the age of ten, Hartt began to show a decided taste for natural
history studies, in which he was aided and encouraged by his teacher,
Prof. Cheeseman. His talent for drawing and for the acquisition of lan-
guage showed itself at an equally early period, and we are told that
he became an instructor of drawing at Acadia College when a mere
boy. His liking for natural history was, however, the stronger, and
he entered with great zeal into the work of geological investigation.
Before he left college he had already explored a large portion of
Nova Scotia, which province he traversed from one end to the other
on foot. In all his expeditions he made large collections of speci-
mens, whenever there was opportunity. His studies always took the
character of independent, original investigations, and their great value
has served to identify him prominently with the history of Acadian
geology.

In 1860 he removed with his father to St. John, N. B., for the pur-
pose of organizing with him a college high school; but much of
young Hartt’s time was at once devoted to the exploration of the
rocks in the vicinity of St. John. It was these researches that first
made him widely known to the scientific world. His discovery
of the remains of fossil insects in the Devonian shales of St. John
attracted the attention of Prof. Agassiz, and helped to decide the fu-
ture course of the young provincial geologist. Accepting an invita-
tion from Prof. Agassiz to become a student at the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, he went, in 1861, to Cambridge, where he spent
the greater part of the next four years. Here he diligently improved
the great opportunities afforded for study and original research, and
made rapid progress. The great temptation to devote himself to the
investigation of the immense stores of undescribed material con-
tained in the Museum, did not entirely withdraw his attention from
the study of the geology of his native land, his vacations being
mostly spent in continuing the explorations already begun in the
Provinces.

Before he went to St. John in 1860, the geology of southern New
Brunswick was very imperfectly known, and it was about this time
that careful researches were begun. Hartt carried on his work, partly
alone, and partly in connection with the Survey of southern New

1878.] 341 iaeethpns

Brunswick, under Prof. L. W. Bailey. He did not, however, confine
himself to New Brunswick, but gave much time to the study of the
geology of Nova Scotia. His name figures prominently in the re-
port of Prof. Bailey, published in 1865, and also in Dr. Dawson’s
“Acadian Geology,” (2d ed., 1868). Many of his results were pub-
lished in the reports of others, and it is thus difficult to tell how
much we should accredit to Hartt; but some of his results have been
given us separately, so that we are able to make the following general
summary of his principal discoveries in the Provinces.

In 1861 he discovered that the Devonian shales at Duck Cove,
Lancaster, near St. John, were richly fossiliferous, and contained, in
addition to the many remains of land plants, fossil insects, the oldest
of any known to science. Mr. Geo. F. Matthew, of St. John, had
previously found a few obscure plant fragments in these same beds,
and also in the shales at the foot of the city of St. John. These
were described by Dr. Dawson, who also worked up most of the
species afterwards obtained by Hartt. Mr. Hartt’s observations on
these beds were continued through the years 1861, ’62, and ’63, and
he has given us, as a result of his labors, a minute description of the
several beds and their fossil contents. Of insects there were dis-
covered five species, represented by fragments of wings only. Mr.
S. H. Scudder, who studied them, has referred them all to the
Neuroptera, in part to new, in part doubtfully to old, families, and
suggests that some of the forms represent synthetic types.

Mr. Hartt, in connection with Prof. Bailey and Mr. Matthew,
made in 1864, the first large collection of fossils obtained from the
Acadian or Primordial group in the vicinity of St. John. The prin-
cipal localities examined were Ratcliffe’s ravine and Coldbrook, at
which latter place Mr. Matthew had previously discovered a few ob-
scure forms. From these, however, no satisfactory conclusions as to
-the exact age of the beds had been attained. The new collections,
consisting mainly of finely preserved trilobites, were placed in Hartt’s
hands for study, and by him worked up with great care at Cam-
bridge, Mass. He published, in 1865, his preliminary report upon
them, in which he proved that the beds in which they were found
are equivalent to about the “étage C ” of Barrande, or the Potsdam
group proper of America. This report contained the first positive
evidence of the existence of Primordial strata in New Brunswick.
Descriptions of the principal fossils by Hartt, with many figures, are
contained in Dr. Dawson’s “Acadian Geology ” (1868).

Rathbun.] _ 842. - [April 17,

It was also in 1864 that Hartt obtained proof of the Pre-Carbonif-
erous age of the gold of Nova Scotia. His observations were made
at a place called Corbitt’s Mills, where the well known auriferous
Silurian slates are immediately overlaid, unconformably, by conglom-
erates, grits and sandstones of Lower Carboniferous age. The lower
portion of the conglomerates and grits also contain an abundance of
gold, which was undoubtedly extracted from the underlying slates,
while the former deposits were in process of formation, and was mixed
with the loose gravel material which afterwards became consolidated.

We owe to Hartt the careful investigation of the relations of the
different members of the Carboniferous limestone deposits in the
neighborhood of Windsor, Stewiacke, etc., Nova Scotia. He collected
and studied the faunze of each separate set of beds with much pains,
and in this way was enabled to determine their sequence. The fossils,
which are marine, are very numerous, and some new species were
described by him in the “Acadian Geology.” Much interest attaches
to the study of this formation at the above localities, where, in the
upper beds, occur many forms common to both the Carboniferous and
the Permian, and a great likeness is apparent to the upper members
of the Carboniferous system in the western United States, called
Permo-Carboniferous. Dr. Meek, who examined the fossils, suggested
that we might have here “ what Barrande would call an upper Coal-
measure, or even Permo-Carboniferous fauna, ‘ colonized’ far back in
the Sub-Carboniferous period.” Dr. Dawson has greatly enlarged on
Hartt’s results, and shows that the divisions made by him are of a
more general character than he had supposed.

In many places in his “Acadian Geology,’ Dr. Dawson refers to
- the work of Prof. Hartt in various parts of Nova Scotia and New
Brunswick, and it is known that, at the time of his death, he had still
remaining some original material from the Provinces which he never
had the time to study or publish.

Upon the organization of the Thayer Expedition to Brazil, by
Prof. Agassiz, Mr. Hartt was appointed one of its two geologists,
Mr. Orestes H. St. John being the other. This expedition left New
York in April, 1865, and returned in July, 1866, having been absent
a little more than a year. ‘This was the strong and final inducement
that called Hartt away from the geology of his own country. Al-
though he was not fortunate in finding a very rich geological terri-
tory during his wanderings, while connected with the Thayer
Expedition, he saw enough to thoroughly interest him in returning
again to Brazil, and in finally giving his whole attention to Brazilian

i ee a ES TP

1878.] 343 [Rathbun.

studies. ‘There is little necessity for going minutely over the details
of his first few trips to that country. Accounts of them have been
published, and are easily accessible.

The primary object of the Thayer Expedition was the investi-
gation of the distribution of the fresh-water fishes of Brazil, but
much time was also devoted to the study of its geology. No new
fossiliferous deposits or localities were discovered, and of those
already known, only the Cretaceous at Bahia, and the Post-Pliocene
of Lagoa Santa, were explored. Prof. Agassiz limited himself
mostly, in his geological work, to the examination of the superficial
deposits at Rio de Janeiro and on the Amazonas, which were studied
in connection with the question of glaciers. Hartt was retained near
Rio for some time, in making examinations of the many cuttings
around that city. After this work was completed, his field of explo-
ration lay mostly between Rio and Bahia, where, with Mr. E. Cope-
land of Boston as a companion, he carefully studied the geological
and other features of the coast and of the principal river basins lead-
ing to it. Large collections of the fresh water fishes of the rivers and
of the marine animals of the coast and reefs were made. The region
from Rio to Bahia is entirely metamorphic, consisting mostly of
eneisses, covered in large part with loose or only partially consol-
idated materials, without fossils. In consequence of this absence of
fossils, no results in systematic geology were obtained, but, neverthe-
less, Hartt’s studies of the geology of this monotonous tract were of
great interest. At the Colonia Leopoldina, in southern Bahia, he
had the opportunity of observing the customs, etc., of the now nearly
extinct Botocudo Indians.

In the neighborhood of Porto Seguro he explored the coral and
sandstone reefs, which latter are such a prominent feature on the Bra-
zilian coast. He was the first to carefully work out the structure and
mode of formation of these sandstone reefs, although Darwin’s short
description of them is not far from correct.

After Hartt had returned to the United States from the
Thayer Expedition, he felt that he had left unfinished some of
the more important of the investigations he had made in Brazil.
He was unable to report as fully as he wished on many subjects
of interest which he had in part studied. So in 1867 he returned
to Bahia, to better perfect his old work and continue his obser-
vations. He worked out the geology on the line of the Bahia
railroad in detail, and collected some fossils from the Cretaceous

Rathbun] 344 | [April 17,

formations which compose much of that region. He also studied the
structure of the Abrolhos Islands and Reefs, which lie off the coast of
Bahia, to the southeast of the town of Caravellas. The islands are of
stratified deposits, capped with trap, while the reefs, which had never
before been to any extent examined by a naturalist, are of coral,

generally assuming curious tower-like forms, and often growing

together to form a large connected expanse.

In addition to throwing new light on the formation of certain kinds
of coral reefs, he also discovered a large number of species of corals,
of which the majority were new, but belonged to West India types.
The absence of many prominent West India genera, such as Madre-
pora, Meandrina, Diploria, ete., was noted by him. The Cretaceous
region of Sergipe was visited, and yielded many fossils, which have
been in part described by Prof. A. Hyatt.

In the short interval which elapsed between his first and second
trips, he was engaged in scientific teaching and lecturing in and near
New York city, at the Cooper Institute, Pelham Priory, and other
places, where he attained much success and made many warm friends
who aided him in his second Brazilian expedition. In 1868, soon
after returning the second time, he was appointed Professor of
Natural History in Vassar College ; but he resigned this position in the
autumn of the same year to accept the chair of Geology in Cornell
University, where he was retained at the head of the department of
geology until the time of his death. In 1869 he was elected General
Secretary of the American Association for the Advancement of Sci-
ence, to serve at the meeting of 1870, but before we time he had
departed on his third trip to Brazil.

While at Cornell University, when not occupied by college duties,
he was engaged in working up the results of his Brazilian explora-
tions, and in preparing his report, as geologist to the —Thayer Expe-

dition. This report, however, grew to so large a size, and was so:

complete in itself, that it was found advisable to publish it separately,
in 1870, as “The Geology and Physical Geography of Brazil.” It
forms a large octavo volume of over six hundred pages and contains,
in addition to an account of his own researches, a résumé of our pre-
vious knowledge of the natural history of the country. It is thus
not limited to a discussion of the subjects indicated by the title, but
treats of the topographical and general features of the country, of its
flora and fauna, both marine and terrestrial, and its mining, agricul-
tural, commercial, and manufacturing interests. The numerous maps

OOOO OOoovoO7Or eee “— COO ee ee eee ee

1878.] 345 [Rathbun.

and sketches, with which itis illustrated, were drawn by Prof. Hartt
himself. The greater part of them represent regions never before
depicted. The subjects discussed, mostly from personal observations,
are the following : The provinces of Rio de Janeiro and Espirito
Santo ; the Mucury and Jequitinhonha basins in Minas Geres ;_ the
Abrolhos Islands and Reefs; the Southern coast of Bahia, and the
vicinity of the city of Bahia and the Bahia Railroad ; the provinces
of Sergipe and Alagoas; the basin of the Rio Sao Francisco below
the Falls; and the vicinity of Pernambuco. His description of the
interior of the province of Bahia, and the upper Sao Francisco basin,
are made up largely from the notes of Messrs. St. John, Allen, and
Ward of the Thayer Expedition. The volume closes with a valuable
appendix on the Botocudo Indians.

From a review of his book, we find that the following geological
formations were known, or supposed, to be present in Brazil at the
time of its publication : —

Eozoic. The gneisses, etc., of the plateau of Brazil, including the
Serra do Mar, and the plateaus of Guyana and the Chiquitos
region were, at least for the most part, referred to this age.

Silurian. It was suggested by Hartt that the clay and talcose
schists, itacolumites, etc., of the gold regions of Minas Geres are prob-
ably referable to the Silurian. They closely resemble similar forma-
tions in Nova Scotia. No Silurian fossils were found.

Devonian. Unknown.

Carboniferous, including the beds of coal, with accompanying
deposits, containing remains of plants, in Rio Grande do Sul. Prof.
Agassiz, in “ A Journey in Brazil,” has referred to the finding of
Paleozoic fossils by Major Coutinho on the Lower Tapajos, but it
remained for Hartt to afterwards determine their Carboniferous age.

Triassic (?). A thick series of red sandstones, underlying the
Cretaceous over a large part of Sergipe. No fossils were found.

Cretaceous. Existing through most of the northern coast prov-
inces, and forming separated basins, partly of marine, partly of fresh-
water, origin. Fossils had been collected at a few localities. The
Cretaceous had also been found on the Rio Purus.

Tertiary. ‘The clays and ferruginous sandstones of the coast, and
of many of the river basins and plateaus, were referred to the Tertiary,
although there were no paleontological evidences as to their age.

Drift. Prof. Agassiz’s ideas of the distribution of drift were
mostly accepted, and Hartt adds his own personal observations made
in the vicinity of Rio, Bahia, etc.

Rathbun.] 346 [Aprii 17,

The above general account suffices to show how little was known
of the systematic geology of Brazil, at the time when Hartt had fin-
ished his second trip to that country.

In the year 1870, the same in which his book was issued, Prof.
Hartt organized the largest of his own expeditions from the United

States. It was composed, besides himself, of Prof. Prentice and eleven

students of Cornell University. His object in taking so many young
men into a new field was to give them thorough practical training,
and to stimulate them to undertake original work. He says, in his
report of this expedition, that he did not expect to make scientists
of them all, but hoped that some might be thus induced to accept
that calling. Of that band of students, he refers to four (O. A.
Derby, T. B. Comstock, H. H. Smith, and W. S. Barnard), who are
to-day doing scientific work of a high character. The means for
defraying the expenses of the trip were contributed by several par-
ties, most prominent of whom was Mr. E. B. Morgan of Aurora,
N. Y., whose name has been given to this and the subsequent expe-
dition.

Not having been successful in his former trips along the coast, in
finding other fossiliferous deposits than the Cretaceous, Prof. Hartt
determined to change his field of research, and explore the Amazonas.
Accordingly, he went with his party directly to Para, and in the
neighborhood of this city spent some time in training his inexperi-
enced assistants. The tributary rivers, Tocantins, Xingu, and Tapa-
jos, were then examined throughout their lower courses, and many
valuable geological facts ascertained. On the Tapajos were discov-
ered the highly fossiliferous Carboniferous deposits from which, as
already mentioned, Major Coutinho had before obtained some unde-
termined fossils.

At the falls on each of the above named rivers were found series of
metamorphic rocks, which have been referred, from their position and
lithological characters, to the Silurian. Passing to the north of the
Amazonas, they minutely investigated the geology of the vicinity of
Monte Alegre and the Serra of Ereré. On the plain of Ereré were
discovered sandstones and shales with characteristic Devonian fossils,
corresponding more or less with those of the Hamilton and Cornife-
rous groups of New York State. These were the first Devonian
fossils found east of the Andes in South America.

One of the party examined the ancient Indian mounds of the
island of Marajd, at the mouth of the Amazonas, at that time only

1878.] ) 347 | [Rathbun.

imperfectly. known, and discovered large quantities of richly orna-
mented pottery, mostly fragmentary. These have since been made
the subject of considerable study by Professor Hartt. The sea coast
was examined at several points, from Paré to Pernambuco, and, in the
neighborhood of the latter city, the fossiliferous Cretaceous formations
of the province of the same name, were studied for the first tinae.
At all of the localities visited they made large collections in geology
and zoology, which were sent to the United States and are now con-
tained in the museum of Cornell University.

Prof. Hartt’s researches on the Amazonas did not tend to bring
proof of the former existence of glaciers there. The Serra of Ereré
was found not to belong to the series of table-topped hills, as Prof.
Agassiz had been led to suppose, but to consist of inclined strata of
very irregular outline. The Devonian fossils of the plain were from
a portion of the supposed “drift” material of Agassiz. Prof. Hartt
did not find time to examine any of the true table-topped hills on this
trip, and it was largely for the purpose of doing this that he returned
to the Amazonas in 1870, accompanied only by Mr. O. A. Derby.

The table-topped Serra of Paraudquara and the Serra of Tauajuri,
of another class, and both wholly unknown to science, were visited,
but gave no evidence of having been formed through the agency of
glaciers. The fossiliferous localities of Ereré and the Tapajos were
re-examined, and larger collections made from them. ‘The fresh-
water shell heaps of Taperinha were carefully explored by Prof.
Hartt, and the mounds of Marajo by Mr. Derby.

At no time on either of these two trips did Prof. Hartt lose a
moment in idleness ; when no other work could be done, he busied
himself in studying the Munduructi and Maué dialects of the modern
Tupi language of the Amazonas,.and in bringing together the
stories and myths which are current in the tribes. He has prepared
a large volume on the grammar, vocabulary, and stories of this lan-
guage, which yet remains unpublished.

Prof. Hartt returned to Ithaca, N. Y., about January, 1872, where
he remained two years and a half, giving all the time he could spare
from his college duties to working up the results of his two Amazo-
nian trips, with the aid of two assistants, Mr. O. A. Derby and myself.
His reports were published, as soon as finished, in the journals of
several scientific societies. During this time he also gave popular
lectures on Brazil, in New York, Boston, and Syracuse.

Rathbun.] 348 [April 17,

But Prof. Hartt was unable to continue long in this state of compar-
ative quietude. In bringing together the results of his several trips to
South America, with the object of explaining the geology of all Bra-
zil, he saw how meagre were his data for this purpose, notwithstand-
ing all that he and others had recently done, towards elucidating the
structure of many portions of this vast region. He wished to extend
his researches, and conceived the idea of organizing a survey of the
whole Brazilian Empire, which has an area scarcely less than that of
the United States. There was only one way of accomplishing such
an undertaking; it must be supported by the government. Hartt
ventured to bring the matter to the attention of some of his Brazil-
ian friends, and his ideas met with such favor that, in 1874, he re-
ceived an unofficial invitation from the Brazilian Minister of Avil
ture, to submit a proposition for the systematic geological exploration
of the Empire. In August of the same year he accordingly went to
Rio dé Janeiro, for the purpose of formally presenting his plans.
Upon arriving at that city he was received with almost as much
enthusiasm as was Prof. Agassiz nearlytenyears earlier. He was hon-
ored for the good he had already done Brazil through his private explo-
rations; he was elected to the several Societies of Science and Lit-
erature in Rio de Janeiro, and invited to lecture. His thorough
acquaintance with the fuinmnare of the country enabled him tc com-
municate freely with the a and he soon found himself encircled
with friends, who gladly gave their an fltomee in advancing his laud-
able plans. .

In his proposition for the Survey of Brazil, he advised the organiza-
tion of a large party, to consist of three separate divisions, each
complete in itself, and equipped for field research. Had his ideas
been fully carried out he would have soon explored an immense tract
of country, but the money requisite for so extensive an undertaking
could not at that time be appropriated, and Hartt was forced to be-
gin on a much smaller scale than he had wished. On the Ist of May
1875, “A Commissao Geologica do Imperio do Brazil” was organized
with Professor Hartt as chief, and the following assistants: Elias F.
de P. Jordao, Engineer; O. A. Derby and Richard Rathbun, As-
sistant Geologists; and F. José de Freitas, particante. Sir. Mare
Ferrez, photographer of the Imperial Navy, was appointed to the
same position on the Geological Survey, where he was retained for a
year and a half. Mr. John Branner was soon added to the corps.
Snr. Jordao retired from his position in the spring of 1876, and was

Co << neeimnes 50.

1878.] 349 [Rathbun.

succeeded by Mr. Luther Wagoner, who resigned in July, 1877.
Mr. Frank Carpenter then became the engineer of the Survey, and
continued in this capacity to the time of the death of Prof. Hartt.
Mr. Derby and myself arrived in Brazil only at the close of 1875.
No other changes than the above occurred in the personnel of the
Commission, and the difficulties constantly attending the exploration
of such a large country, with so small a staff, can be readily imag-
ined.?

When the National Museum of Rio de Janeiro was entirely
remodeled, in 1876, the Minister of Agriculture, having the matter
in charge, solicited Prof. Hartt’s assistance, and, at the same time,
made him director of the department of Geology; but his many
other duties soon forced him to relinquish the new task.

Prof. Hartt’s plan of operations was to first make a preliminary
reconnaissance of all the accessible portions of the Empire, before en-
tering much into detail work; but, as will be seen in the sequel, he
succeeded in very thoroughly investigating some of the regions he
explored. The following general account of the explorations of the
Brazilian Survey is based in part upon some of Prof. Hartt’s unpub-
lished general reports. Regarding the character of the work Prof.
Hartt states in one of his late reports to the Minister: “As is
the duty of every scientific man, I have carried on my investigations
in a purely scientific way, hoping that later on they would not fail to
be of practical importance.” While awaiting instructions, Hartt vis-
ited the gold regions of SAo0 Gohcalo and Campanha. An account of
the results of this trip was published in the American Journal of
Science and Arts for June, 1876.

The active work of the Commission began in June, 1875. They
explored the Cretaceous deposits near the coast, from Pernambuco to
Parahyba do Norte, taking Maria Farinha, where Cretaceous fossils
were found in 1870, as a basis. ‘This formation was found to be very
extensive and richly fossiliferous. With the marine fossils of Maria
Farinha were discovered the remains of a large species of crocodile;

iIt is most fitting to mention here the name of Major O. C. James, of Rio de
Janeiro, the oldest and most valued friend of Prof. Hartt in Brazil. From the first
day Prof. Hartt arrived in that country to the time of his death, he was con-
stantly indebted to Major James for assistance and advice, and to him, in large
part, was due the successful organization of the Geological Commission, for which
he acted in the capacity of Secretary, his services being rendered gratuitously.
His long experience in Brazil made him an invaluable auxiliary to the Commis-
sion, and he labored for it indefatigably.

Rathbun.] 350 [April 17,

at Iguarassti were found beds with fish teeth, mostly sharks, and also
some reptilian teeth. To the west of the Cretaceous, and not far
from the coast, is the gneiss zone. The coast southward to Cape St.
Agostinho, Rio Formoso, the island of Sto. Aleixo, and the Rio Sao
Francisco, to and including the beautiful falls of Paulo Affonso, were
all examined, and on the latter river fossils were discovered in the
Cretaceous formation. Extensive studies were made on the sand-
stone reef of Pernambuco, and the coral reefs of Candeias, Maria
Farinha and Parahyba do Norte, from which were obtained large
collections of corals and other marine animals, and Sir. Ferrez was
very successful in taking photographs of all the interesting places
and objects. At the close of the above series of explorations, a large
part of the specimens and photographs, illustrating the results of the
work, were prepared for the National Exposition at Rio, in Decem-
ber, 1875, at which Prof. Hartt had the honor of lecturing in the
presence of the Emperor. A series of these photographs were also
exhibited in the Brazilian Department of the Philadelphia Centen-
nial Exposition. |
In the beginning of 1876, while one party was exploring the prov-
‘ince of Sergipe, another was examining the geology and reefs of the
bay of Bahia and vicinity. From the Cretaceous formation along
the line of the Bahia Railroad were obtained a great abundance of
fossil remains, among which were the genera Lepidotus and Pisodus
of fishes, and Crocodiles and Dinosaurs, etc., of reptiles. The
diamond gravels of Camassari and Pojuca, near Bahia, were found
to consist in large part of a rock resembling itacolumite, which,
though not observed in situ, probably exists somewhere in the neigh-
borhood. The large and, until that time, unexplored island in the
bay of Bahia, called Itaparica, was examined and proved to be com-
posed entirely of fossiliferous Cretaceous rocks, similar to those on the
north side of the bay. On the Rio Itapicurt, in northern Bahia, the
Post-Tertiary deposits yielded bones and teeth of the Megatherium,
Mastodon, a very large species of Capavara (Hydrocherus), ete.
In Sergipe, the geology of all the region between the sea coast and
the Serra of Itabyana was investigated. This proved to be an inter-
esting section of country, as its structure is quite varied. The Serra
of Itabyana, which can be seen from the coast, consists of beds of
sandstone, conglomerate, and limestone, dipping strongly toward the
east, and probably of Paleozoic age, though yielding no fossils. Be-
tween the serra and the sea is the most interesting Cretaceous basin

1878.] 301 (Rathbun.

of the coast of Brazil, valuable, not only for its scientific riches, but
also for the fertility of its soil, which arises from the decomposition of
limestones. The coliection of fossils obtained from this Cretaceous
area was probably larger than that from Pernambuco, and comprises
Teleostean and Selaehian fishes; several forms of Crustacea; Nau-
tilus, Ammonites, Ceratites, Natica, Turrilites, Turritella, Janira,
Ostrea, Trigonia, Cardium,. Astarte, Mytilus, Gervillia, Pectunculus,
Posidonomya, etc., among the Mollusca; Corals, Echini, a single
large specimen of star-fish, etc., etc.

Mr. Branner spent two months in studying the geology and other
natural history features of the island of Fernando de Noronha, which
differs entirely in structure from the main-land, being of volcanic
origin, and furnishing splendid illustrations of dykes and basaltic
columns. Mr. Branner’s work was fully illustrated by a fine series of
photographs and sketches. At this time I was exploring, with the
photographer, the southern coast of Bahia and: the Abrolhos region.
A large set of photographs of the Botocudo: Indians was made by
Sir. Ferrez on this expedition, and forms a valuable contribution
toward the study of that tribe.

During the latter half of 1876 and the first half of 1877 explora-
tions were carried on in the southern coast provinces, as follows: in
Santa Catharina by Prof. Hartt and Mr. Wagoner; in Parana by Mr..
Wagoner; and in Sao Paulo by myself. In Santa Catharina the re-
gions investigated were the Carboniferous basin of the Tubarido,
never before visited by a geologist, the “ sambaquis” of Laguna, and
the geology around the Sao Francisco do Sul. Many perfect skulls,.
ornaments, axes and other stone implements, and pottery were ob--
tained from the “‘sambaquis”. Mr. Wagoner made a geographical
examination of the highlands west of the bay of Sta. Catharina, and.
from the Rio Itajahy to Coritibanos. The identity in structure of
the Serra Geral and the Serra do Tubarao was proved. The fossils
found in the Serra seem to be Carboniferous.

In Sao Paulo, I studied the metamorphic rocks from the Serra do
Mar to the Serra do Mantiqueiro and beyond; the deposits of trap
furnishing the “ terra roxa,” the rich land of the coffee region ; the
beginning of the Carboniferous basin in the south of Sao Paulo, con-
taining remains of Saurians (?).; and the “ sambaquis” of the vicinity
of the city of Santos. Mr. Wagoner’s trip in Parana was from Anto-
nina, near the coast,.to a point far into the interior of the province,
passing Guarapuava where coal had been found. In the interior he

PROCEEDINGS B. S..N. H.— VOL. XixX. 23> AUGUST, 1878.

Rathbun.] 302 [April 17,

discovered Paleozoic rocks with many fossils whose exact age-has not
yet been determined. The genera of Brachiopods represented are Dis-
cina, Spirifera, Strophodonta, Streptorhynchus, Leptoccelia (?), ete.;
a small Ophiuran was very abundant. To complete the scientific work
done to the south of Rio de Janeiro in connection with the Geologi-
cal Commission, we must add the scientific results of a trip made by
Mr. J. E. Mills to the gold regions of Rio Grande do Sul, of which a
report was kindly furnished Prof. Hartt. Mr. Mills also contributed
a very valuable report on the gold regions of Minas Geres.

From July 1876 to February 1877, while the above described ex-
plorations were in progress to the south of Bahia, Mr. Derby was
arriving at most important results in the valley of the Amazonas,
which region he was well fitted to investigate, by reason of his for-
mer experiences there. He was accompanied by Sfir. Freitas and
Mr. H. H. Smith, the latter of whom had already spent two years on
the Amazonas in studying its entemology and the geology of several
sections. The most valuable, connected series of explorations by
the Commission were those executed by this small party. They ex-
amined the Ereré-Monte-Alegre district, the Rie Mecuru, wholly
unknown to science, and the Rios Curua and Trombetas, making
maps of the entire region. Mr. Smith alone worked up minutely
the district lying between Alenquer and the Mecurt, and reéxam-
“ined the Carboniferous of the lower Tapajos. There was demon-
strated ‘to-exist to the north of the Amazonas a large series of
Paleozoic fossiliferous rocks, including the Upper Silurian, Devonian
and Carboniferous. The most important discovery was, that the
Carboniferous of the lower Tapajos, and that of Maué-assu, extend to
the north of the Amazonas, from the Trombetas far to the east of
Monte Alegre. This fact is proved to a certainty by the stratigraphy
of the beds and by their fossils. The same species of fossils that
occur at Itaittiba were found on the Trombetas and Curu4, in the
district of Cujubim, and in Tajury. The existence of a Carbon-
iferous basin on the Amazonas, occupying an immense area, is thus
settled beyond doubt; but the important question, ‘does it contain
coal?” has net yet been answered. he region is generally so cov-
ered with a dense vegetation, and so level, that it is next to impossi-
‘ble to find any exposures of rock, except about the falls of the prin-
‘cipal tributaries. On the Mecurti and Curué, to the north of Ereré,
was found a rich Devonian fauna, differing only slightly from that
already known from the latter lecality. Whe Upper Silurian fossil-

1878.] 3538 _ [Rathbun.

iferous beds consist of compact flaggy sandstones, with shaly part-
ings containing Arthrophycus Harlani. In the sandstones are found
Lingula cuneata, Orthis hybrida, Bucania trilobata, ete. Mr. Derby
also examined the metamorphic regions both to the north and south
of the Amazonas, the shell heaps of Taperinha and the mounds of
Maraj6, and will probably soen publish his results in full.

The details already given tell but half the story of the field work
of the Geological Commission of Brazil. Immense geological, zoolog-
ical, and ethnological collections had been sent in from all directions,
amounting to nearly six hundred cases, which were deposited in a
store-house in Rio as fast as they were received. It became neces-
sary to examine and study these collections, so as to supplement and
complete the studies made in the field, and a single large roon was
awarded the Commission for this purpose. The task of opening and
arranging this flood of rich material fell upon me, and I soon found
that the one room, large as it was, would not properly contain one-
tenth of the collections. A large house was requested and finally
secured, and conveniently served as a museum, and as a biological,
chemical, and photographic laboratory.

In June, 1877, prompted by motives of economy, and unacquainted
with the amount and value of the work being done by the Commis-
sion, Government gave orders for the temporary suspension of the
Survey on the first of July. After the Minister of Agriculture and
other powers, however, had been convinced of the loss Brazil would
sustain by suddenly discontinuing such an important undertaking,
instructions were issued to have the work go on in Rio, at least until
the close of the year. The Emperor, soon after returning to Rio (in
the autumn of 1877), fresh from the museums of the Old World and
North America, carefully inspected the building and work of the
Geological Commission. He was astonished to find that the small
party which he had left eighteen months before, laboring quietly
among the rocks of the north of the Empire, had built up in his
own capital just such a laboratory of science as he had enjoyed
tarrying in in the many scientific centres he had lately visited. He
showed a just appreciation of the value of the new Museum of Geol-
ogy, both to his own country and to the world at large, and he was
generous in his words of praise to the talented chief, who had so
dearly earned them. On leaving the building, almost the only thing
he said was, “your work shall continue.”

During the early part of last January, an entire change was made

Rathbun.] 304 [April 17,

in the Ministry of Brazil, and before the several departments had
been entirely reorganized and the appropriations determined upon,
Prof. Hartt died. There was no one to succeed him, and his large
collections were placed in the care of the National Museum at Rio
de Janeiro. It is expected that steps will be taken by the Brazilian
Government at an early date toward publishing the many reports
which were finished under the direction of Prof. Hartt. The extent
of these and of the work done by the members of the Commission in
Rio, from July 1877 to January 1878, can be best understood from
the final report of Prof. Hartt, made to the Minister of Agriculture
last December, an English translation of which is appended to this
paper. .

The following brief account of the state of systematic geology in
Brazil, at the time of Prof. Hartt’s death, will assist us in under-
standing what he had accomplished in that important branch of
research since the publication of his book in 1870. The scanty ma-
terial on this subject in my possession, necessarily renders this sum-
mary very incomplete.

Eozoic. — In distribution about as before stated. Every effort was
made to find traces of Hozoon, or of other fossils, in the limestones
of this age, in the provinces of Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo, but
without success.

Lower Silurian.—'The metamorphic deposits, lying on the south-
ern edge of the plateau of Guyana and on the northern edge of that
of Brazil, and consisting in large part of gneisses, and also of only
partially metamorphosed quartzites, which still show stratification,
and wind and wave structure, have been referred doubtfully to the
Lower Silurian. To the north of the Amazonas they have been ex-
amined on the Trombetas; to the south of the Amazonas, on the Ta-
pajos and, doubtfully, on the Tocantins. (Observations by Mr. Derby
and others). The gold-bearing rocks of Minas Gers are probably
of this age, as well as the metamorphic series of some of the other
provinces.

Upper Silurian. — Includes the sandstones and shales underlying
the Devonian, to the north of the Amazonas, and containing Ar-
throphycus Harlan, Lingula cuneata, etc. (Derby.)

Devonian. — The heavy series of sandstones, sandy shales, etc.,
with an abundance of fossils at localities on the Meecurt: and Curua,
(Derby), and at Ereré, are equivalent to about the Corniferous and
Hamilton groups of New York state. There are higher beds of

1878.] 355 [Ratlibun.

shales with Spirophyton. (Derby.) Shales with Spirophyton near
Itaittiba, Tapajos, and without fossils on the Xingu, possibly belong
- to the Devonian. To the north of the Amazonas the Devonian form-
ation has been doubtfully traced as far west as the Rio Negro. (Rod-
riguez and Derby.) The Paleozoic fossils from the interior of Pa-
ran4 are either Devonian or Carboniferous.

Carboniferous. — The large area underlaid by this formation on the
Amazonas, was in part marked out in the preceding pages. Carbon-
iferous rocks have been found on the Rio Negro and doubtfully in the
province of Maranhao. In southern Brazil the extent of the depos-
its of this ave is very great, ranging through Sao Paulo, Parand,
Santa Catharina and Rio Grande, and containing numerous seams of
coal. Fossils are abundant in some places.

[The partially metamorphosed deposits, forming the Serra of Ita-
byana and other neighboring serras, are probably Paleozoic. They
overlie the gneiss unconformably: other more or less metamorphosed
deposits have been referred to the Palzozoic.]

Triassic (?). — Extensive series of sandstones overlaid by trap on
the Serra of Sta. Catharina, and inland toward the Rio Parand. Also
doubtfully found in Sergipe.

Cretaceous. — Rio Purus, Upper Amazonas; sandstones overlying
the Devonian of Ereré, with dicotyledonous leaves, probably Creta-
ceous; Braganza, province of Pard, discovered by Sir. Penna; Ceara;
skirting the coast from near the city of Pernambuco to Parahyba do
Norte; Province of Sergipe near the sea-coast ; Rio Sao Francisco, at
several localities; Bahia de Todos os Santos; Abrolhos Islands, etc.
It is possible that the Jurassic period is represented at some of the
_ above localities. ‘

Tertiary, with fossils on the Rio Marajfion, and possibly at other
localities; also the unfossiliferous deposits before enumerated.

Post Tertiary. — Lagoa Santa; interior of Bahia; Espirito Santo,
etc.

Drift. — The glacial drift is probably limited to southern Brazil.

In addition to the voluminous reports prepared by Prof. Hartt as
chief of the Brazilian Survey, he also had the following works,
which were written before he went to Brazil in 1874, nearly or quite
ready for publication.

I. Brazilian Antiquities — about 500 pages, 4to, with about 50
heliotype plates and many engravings. |

Il. Mythology of Brazilian Indians — about 300 pages, 4to.

Rathbun.] 306 [April 17,

Ill. Grammar, Dictionary, and Chresiomathy of the Tupi Lap-
guage, Ancient and Modern, 400 pages.

IV. An Album of about 100 photographic views, illustrating the
country, people, etc., of, the Lower Amazonas. To be accompanied
by about 100 pages of text.

The preceding review of the scientific work of Prof. Hartt, though
very incomplete, indicates how untiring must have been his industry.
In order to judge of the real character and value of his investiga-
tions, we must refer to his publications. These, however, give us but
a glimpse of the vast store of knowledge he had accumulated. He
has left a number of volumes in manuscript which, when published,
will add greatly to his scientific standing, by making known to the
world the variety and excellence of the work he had accomplished.
Until then, only the few scientific associates who knew him inti-
mately can award to him his just merits.

Hartt possessed in a high degree the qualities requisite to form a
successful leader. He could plan effectively, directing his scattered
forces with little effort and to the best advantage. He displayed the
greatest skillin utilizing the diverse results from many sources, never,
however, losing sight of the grand whole he was seeking to build up.
He belonged to the modern school of Evolution, the theories of which
had been sufficiently proved to him by many of his studies, and from
these he obtained his great inspiration. Judging from his brilliant
beginning, we are confident in asserting that, had he lived, he would
have won for himself a place by the side of such investigators as De
le Beche, Murchison, Logan and others, like whom he was a pioneer

in the special field of research he had entered. In the following re-

port we have in his own words an account of his Brazilian work from
July 1, 1877, to January 1, 1878.

‘“ During the past six months the members of the Geological Com-
mission have been quite exclusively employed in laboratory work in
the building of the Commission in the Corte, the aim being to obtain
before the end of the year the largest possible results from the dis-
cussion of the material collected to illustrate the geology of the re-
gion explored, and at the same time to put this material in the best
possible order.

‘It is but seven months since the Commission entered the house
it now occupies, and has had space and facilities for opening
and arranging its collections of rocks, fossils, minerals, ete. In
April last it occupied a single room in the building of the Carta Ge-

~

1878.] 357 [Hartt.

ral, and only an insignificant part of the collection was accessible for
study. Since then some four hundred boxes of specimens have been
unpacked, the latter having been more or less carefully prepared
and arranged in such a way as to be readily found when wanted.
The manual labor alone involyed in preparing and arranging all this
material for study was in itself a gigzantic task. So large is the num-
ber of specimens that I have not attempted to determine it exactly,
but I estimate it roughly as much above five hundred thousand, se
that the collections of the Commission form a large museum, and one
of the highest value to science, because its material is unique; and I
am sure that its money value to-day, if offered for sale, would more
than equal the whole sum expended on the Commission.

“ On leaving the field to take up the more difficult and niee work of
the laboratory, it is the duty of the geological explorer to prepare his
reports on the district he has examined, his material being his note-
books and his collections of rocks, fossils, ete. The study and identi-
fication of collections, especially of fossils, is tedious and difficult, and
can only be carried on rapidly and successfully where one has access
to first-class libraries and geological collections, and where one may.
enjoy intercourse with scientific specialists. Indeed, unless one has
made a specialty ef the study of the groups of fossils he has col-
lected in the field, even the most experienced geologist of Old World
and Ameriean surveys is accustomed to hand over for description te
specialists at home or abroad the collections he has made, and this
recently was the case with the English ‘ Challenger’ expedition,
whose material has been distributed for study among the scientific
men of the globe, and several years must elapse before the reports
will have been handed in. The work of reducing scientific observa-
tions is slow and tedious, if conscientiously done, and it cannot be
hastened without detriment to. its accuracy; and scientific work, if
not accurate, is worthless.

“Fhe Geological Commission of Brazil found itself, on returning
from the field, with an immense mass of most valuable material, for
the most part new, and without a scientific library, without access to
museums, and separated by an ocean from specialists in its various
departments. The idea of working up paleontological and geologi-
cal results under these conditions, and of presenting reports on a par
of excellence with those of other geological commissions would seem
utopian to foreign scientific men, and I should never have undertaken
the work had not my knowledge of the country enabled me to fore-

Hartt] 308 [April 17,

see results and to prepare myself and my assistants beforehand for
the probable work before us. Except for several years of preparatory
work in the United States, the consulting of the best libraries and
museums and the taking of advice of scientific men eminent in spec-
ialties likely to be of use in Brazil, and but for the fact that each
man came to his work furnished with abundant notes and books, it
would have been impossible to have done more than prepare mere
broad descriptions of the parts of the country explored, and anything
like the critical study of fossils, and the accurate determination of
formations would have been absolutely impossible. All this prelim-
inary work, so exceedingly important to the Geological Commission,
has cost nothing to government. Instead of being forced to send
collections to foreign scientific men for study, the Geological Com-
ntission has been able, in its own laboratories and with its own re-
sources, to prepare for publication a very considerable part of its
results, though this work has naturally progressed much more slowly
than it would have done under superior advantages. My great de-
sire has been to lay a firm foundation for Brazilian geology in the
development of palzontological localities and the accurate determin-
ation of characteristic formations by means of fossils, and to this end
the Commission has labored with a degree of success surprising
even to myself, and we find ourselves to-day with an embarras de

richesses. ‘The Commissicn as at present constituted comprises only

six persons, on whom has fallen all this work of collecting, arranging,
and studying this material, which in richness is to be compared
with that of the ‘ Thayer,’ or ‘ Hassler,’ or ‘ Challenger’ expeditions;
and it is not reasonable to expect that, without free access to scien-
tific libraries, and to collections for comparison, the work of the Bra-
zilian Commission should go on more rapidly than that of the foreign
commissions where the material is divided up among dozens of spec-
ialists, and where the scientific man enjoys every advantage. As it
is, it will be several years before the full results of these commissions
are prepared for publication. For six persons to unpack, assort, pre-
pare, and describe the immense collections made by the Geological
Commission in less than one year, was an absolute impossibility, as
every scientific man will agree with me, and in the six months gener-
ously granted me after the suppression of the Commission by the
Camaras I had only the hope of saving as large a fragment as possi-
ble of our results. It is needless to say that it has been entirely out
of our power to. finish the work, notwithstanding that the members of

1878.] 359 {Hartt.

the Commission have worked unceasingly day and night on their her-
culean task. Neither is the discussion of the material finished, nor
are the collections fully determined or arranged. Everything possi-
bie has been done, but the work is not ended. I should state that I
have been compelled by circvimstances to adopt a system which I
otherwise would not have followed. If, to begin with, I had had am-
ple laboratories in the Cérte and facilities for study, I should have
from time to time recalled assistants, as their field work in certain
localities was concluded, to work up their results in the laboratory,
and this work would have gone. on with the work of the field; but
not having sufficient room in the Corte for the Commission, I was
compelled to store away in a warehouse the hundreds of boxes of
specimens sent by my assistants, and when the present house was
taken, I found it necessary to recall my whole force in order to com-
mence the systematic study of our results. We had scarcely begun
this work when field work was put a stop to at the end of July, and
since then we have been confined to the reduction of our reports.

“Since the end of July the whole of the collections have been ex-
amined, great numbers of specimens have been prepared and mounted
by Messrs. Derby, Rathbun, Freitas and Branner, and some have
been restored or reproduced in plaster by my preparador ; the con--
dition of the collection and its classification has been steadily im-
proved, and it has been constantly under the most careful inspection
to prevent injury by rats and cockroaches, which, without constant
vigilance, destroy specimens and preparations, and injure or destroy
labels. In no other geological museum that I have examined are col-
lections better cared for or in better shape for work than ours. So
immense, however, is the collection, and so abundant is it in new
species, that only a small part is accurately determined and arranged,
the rest bearing only general labels. In case of a suspension of the
Commission and the dispersion of its members before an opportunity
can be found to study and aecurately determine these collections by
the assistants who gathered them together, a very large part of this
unworked-up material will lose a large part or the whole of its value;
for, like the brief notes of a field note-book, their whole significance
can only be understood by the one who made them.

“Besides the work of preparing and arranging the collections, the
work of the Commission during the latter half of the year 1877-78
has been as follows :— Besides the general direction of the work of
my assistants, I have devoted myself to the preparation of a long re-

Hartt.] B60: ” [April 17,

port on the Geology and Physical Geography of the Lower Ama-
zonas, embracing all my work previous to the establishment of the
Commission, together with the studies in the service of the Commis-
sion of Messrs. Derby, Freitas, Smith and Penna. This report, illus-
trated by numerous maps and drawings, is to be followed by extended
papers by Messrs. Derby and Rathbun describing the whole of the
fossils of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous of the Amazonas.
This report, prepared in English, and forming in itself a large vol-
ume, is nearly translated, and will be ready to be submitted in a little
more than a month, and it will be found to be the most important
contribution, ever made to South American geology. I have pressed
the preparation of this work, not only on account of its immediate
scientific importance, but because our facilities for its preparation
were greater than for that of any other. I have carried forward to
greater or less completion several works on the reefs and harbors of

the coast north of Rio, and an extended memoir on the areheological -

collections of the Commission, and the “ sambaquis ” of the coast. Re-
cently I have been at work on the Geology and Physical Geography
of the provinces of Pernambuco, Alagoas, Sergipe, and Bahia, in-
eluding the lower Sao Francisco, discussing the question of the secca
in those provinces. This voluminous report will require yet some
time for its completion. Mr. Derby has occupied himself almost ex-
clusively with his Amazonian work, geological and paleontological,
and his explorations in Bahia and Sergipe. About two months ago,
as he was suffering from fever contracted on the Amazonas, I sent
him to Sao Paulo where he made, especially in the Soroeaba district,
a valuable series of observations confirmatory of, and additional to,
those of Mr. Rathbun. This last assistant has prepared an extended
report of his excursion to Sao Paulo, giving the first intelligible de-
tailed account of the geology of that province. He has finished his
work on the geology of Bahia, on the coral reefs of that bay, and has
concluded the corals and radiates collected by the Commission, which
he has illustrated by a splendid series of photographs by his own
hand, which is not equalled by any similar work that I have ever
seen. I have already alluded to his studies of the Amazonian fossils.
Mr. Branner has been busily engaged in the preparation and mount-
ing of the Cretaceous fossils collected by Dr. Freitas and himself, in
the provinces of Sergipe and Pernambuco, and in the preparation of
a series of reports on the island of Fernando de Noronha, on the
reefs of the north coast, and on a journey made by him to the inte-
rior of the province of Pernambuco, etc.

1878.] 3 6 t [Hart

“ Mr. Carpenter has been engaged in the reduction of the geograph-
ical observations of the various members of the Commission, in the
preparation of a new map of the Lower Amazonas, in the revision of
a paper on meteorology presented by Mr. Wagoner, and recently in
the preparation of a carefully considered exposé of the methods em-
ployed by the United States Government in geographical surveying
in the western territories and states, — methods sufficiently accurate,
and especially adapted for a new and unexplored country, and most
admirably adapted for a geological survey, where geographical and
topographical work must to a certain extent be subordinated to the
needs of geological exploration. Mr. Carpenter, after a severe train-
Ing as a civil engineer, was employed by Lieut. Wheeler on his sur-
vey, under the War Department, of the western territories, and has
had several years of practical experience in the field. I have thought
that, even if the Geological Commission of Brazil should be defi-
nitely stopped, his paper would be one of the most valuable contribu-
tions that the Commission could make to Brazilian geographical and
geological science. A few years ago Mr. Carpenter published in the
United States a very short article on the same subject, which for its
novelty and its clearness attracted very general attention. The me-
moir written for the Commission is a very much more extensive and
valuable document, presenting for the first time clearly the methods
chosen after long experience by the United States Government for
the exploration of a region almost identical with Brazil in its leading
features, and which has been sanctioned by the most eminent of
explorers.

“‘ Dr. Freitas, though suffering from the effects of his journey on
the Amazonas, has continued faithfully to perform his arduous duty of
translating into Portuguese the palzeontological reports of Messrs.
Derby and Rathbun. I cannot speak in too high praise of his fidel-
ity and industry. As it was simply impossible for one person to
translate the material rapidly accumulating from the different mem-
bers of the Commission, I found it necessary to call in the aid of my
friend, Dr. Americo dos Santos, who, during the last two months, has
done everything in his power to aid in the work, translating carefully
the memoir of Mr. Carpenter and various papers embraced in the
voluminous relatorios on the Lower Amazonas.

“In accordance with the custom of other commissions and museums,
I have employed an experienced Italian artist as a preparador of
specimens, and for the making of casts and reproductions of rare fos-

Rathbun.] 362 [April 17,

sils and antiquities to be sent abroad, and about one thousand repro-
ductions in plaster-paris are nearly ready for distribution, and I feel
sure that this work will be most highly appreciated abroad, especially
at this time when American antiquities are sought for with so great
an avidity.”

The following list of the scientific publications of Prof. Hartt has
been made as complete as the material to which I have had access
permitted.

1. The Gold of Nova Scotia of Pre-Carboniferous Age. Canadian Natur-
alist, 1, No. 6, 459-461, 1864.

2. Observations on the Geology of Southern New Brunswick, made princi-
pally during the Summer of 1864, by Prof. L. W. Bailey and Messrs. Geo. F.
Matthew and C. F. Hartt; prepared and arranged, with a Geological Map, bv L.
W. Bailey, A.M. Contains the three following special reports by C. F. Hartt:—

(a) Preliminary Notice of a Fauna of the Primordial Period in the Vicinity
of St. John, N.B., pp. 30-31. (Published also in Can. Nat., vir, 318-320, 1865;
and in Dawson’s “‘Acadian Geology,’’ 2d Ed., 1868, 641-643.)

(b) On the Devonian Plant Locality of the “Fern Ledges,’’ Lancaster, New
Brunswick, with a detailed Section, and Notes on the Fossils, 181-141. (Includes
report of S. H. Scudder on the Devonian insects. An abstract was published
in “Acadian Geology,’”’ 1868, 513-523. )

(c) List of New Brunswick Fossils, 143-147.

8. The Recent Bird-Tracks of the Basin of Minas. American Naturalist, 1,
169-176, 234-243, 1867.

4. Ona Sub-division of the Acadian Carboniferous Limestones, with a De-
scription of a Section across these Rocks at Windsor, N.S. Can. Nat., 11, 212-
224, 1867. (A summary of the results recorded in this paper are given in
“Acadian Geology,”’ 1868, 279-280.)

5. [Descriptions and Notices of the Trilobites and other Fossils of the
Acadian Group, at St. John, N. B.] “Acadian Geology,’’ 1868, 643-657, with
many figures, (Prepared by Dr. Dawson from the MS. notes of Prof. Hartt.)

6. Résumé of a Lecture on the “Growth of the South American Conti-
nent,’’ delivered before the Library Association, Ithaca, N. Y., Dec. 4, 1868.
Cornell Era, Dec. 12, 1868. (Pamphlet reprint contains 8 pages.)

7. A Vacation Trip to Brazil. Amer, Nat., 1, 642-651, 1868,

8. A Naturalist in Brazil. "Amer. Nat., 11, 1-13, with illustrations, 1868.

9. The Cruise of the ‘“‘Abrolhos.’”” Amer, Nat., m1, 85-93, with illustra-
tions, 1868.

10. Onthe Botocudos of Brazil, (abstract). Proceed. Amer, Ass. Adv. Sci.,
18th meeting, Salem, 1869, 273-274.

11. Thayer Expedition. —Scientific Results of a Journey in Brazil, by
Louis Agassiz and his Travelling Companions. — Geology and, Physical Geog-
raphy of Brazil, by Ch. Fred Hartt, with illustrations and maps, 8°, pp. 620.
Boston: Fields, Osgood & Co., 1870.

EE

1878.] 363 (Rathbun.

12. Discovery of Lower Carboniferous Fossils on the Rio Tapajos. (A letter
written near Monte Alegre, Rio Amazonas, Oct. 5, 1870). Amer. Nat., 1v, 694-
695, 1871.

13. Devonian Rocks in the Amazonian Valley. Amer. Nat., v, 121-122,
1871.

14, Amazonian Drift. Amer, Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1, April, 1871, 294-296.

15. Brazilian Rock Inscriptions. Amer. Nat., v, 139-147, with 9 plates, 1871.

16. The Ancient Indian Pottery of Marajo, Brazil. Amer. Nat., v, 259-271,
with numerous figures, 1871.

17. Recent Explorations in the Valley of the Amazonas, with Map. Journ,
Amer. Geog. Soc. N. Y., 11, 1872, 231-252, (read May 16, 1871).

18. [The Origin of the Basin of the Amazonas (abstract).] Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., xv, 153-154, 1872. a

19.’ On the Tertiary Basin of the Marafion. Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, rv,
July, 1872, 53-58.

20. On the Occurrence of Face-Urns in Brazil. Amer. Nat., v1, 607-610,
with one large figure, 1872.

21. Notes on the Lingoa Geral or Modern Tupf of the Amazonas, ‘Trans.
Amer. Philolog. Ass., 1872, pp. 20.

22. © Mytho do Curupira. Aurora Brasileira, Ithaca, N. Y., Oct. and Nov.
1873. (Also separate reprint, pp. 12.)

23. Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71. — Contributions to the Geology and Physi-
cal Geography of the Lower Amazonas. The Ereré-Monte-Alegre District and
the Table-Topped Hills. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., 1, No. 4, 201-235, with
maps and sketches, 1874.

24. Preliminary Report of the Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71, — Report of a
Reconnoissance of the Lower Tapajos. Bull. Cornell University (Science), 1,
No. 1, pp. 37, with map, 1874.

25. Evolution in Ornament. Popular Science Monthly, January, 1875, 266-
275, with many figures.

26. Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71.— On the Devonian Trilobites and Mol-
lusks of Ereré, Province of Para, Brazil; by Ch. Fred. Hartt and Richard Rath-
bun. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., x1, 110-127, May, 1875.

27. ‘The Indian Cemetery of the Gruta das Mumias, Southern Minas Gerees,
Brazil. Amer. Nat., 1x, 205~217 (illustrated), 1875.

28. Amazonian Tortoise Myths. Rio de Janeiro, Wm. Scully, publisher,
1875, pp. 40.

29. Notes on the Manufacture of Pottery among Savage Races. Published
at the office of the “South American Mail,” Rio de Janeiro, 1875, pp. 70.

30. Exploracces Scientificas, — I. Commiss4o0 Geologica do Brazil. Cata-
logo da Exposicao de Obras Publicas do Ministerio da Agricultura, Rio de Jan-
eiro, 1876, 95-106,

31. Nota sobre Aleumas Tangas de Barro Cosido dos Antigos Indigenas da
Ilha de Marajo. Archivos do Museu Nacional do Rio de Janeiro, 1, Trimestre
19, 21-25, Estampas 111, Iv & v, 1876.

Rathbun.] 364 [April 17,

82. Discripe&o dos Objectos de Pedra de Origem Indigena conservados no
Museu Nacional. Arch. do Mus. Nac. do Rio de Janeiro, 1, Trim, 2° & 3°, 45-
53, Estampas vit & vim, & 2 figuras 1876.

83. The Geological Survey of Brazil, First Preliminary Report made to the
Counselor Thomaz José Coelho de Almeida, Minister and Secretary of State for
Agriculture, ete.; by Ch, Fred. Hartt, Chief of the Geological Commission of
the Empire of Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, 1876. Translated and abridged by Prof.
T. B. Comstock. Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, x1, June, 1876, 466-473.

LIST OF SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC PAPERS BY VARIOUS AUTHORS ON COLLEC-
TIONS BROUGHT FROM BRAZIL BY PROF. C. F. HARTT.

1. Notice of Corals and Echinoderms collected by Prof. C. F. Hartt, at the
Abrolhos Reefs, Province of Bahia, Brazil, 1867; by Prof. A. E. Verrill. Trans.
Conn. Acad. of Arts and Sciences, 1, 1868, 851-371, pl. iv.

2. Notice of some New Reptilian Remains from the Cretaceous of Brazil ;
by Prof. O. C. Marsh. Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, xLvi1, May, 1869, 390-392.

8. Abstract of a Notice of the Crustacea collected by Prof. C. F. Hartt, on
the Coast of Brazil, in 1867; by S. 1. Smith. Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts,
XLVIII, 1869, 388-391.

4. Notice of the Crustacea collected by Prof. C. F. Hartt on the coast of
Brazil in 1867.—List of the described species of Brazilian Podopthalmia; by
8S. I. Smith. Trans. Conn. Acad. of Arts and Sciences, 1, pt. 1, 1-42, pl. 1,
1870.

5. Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71. — On the Devonian Brachiopoda of Ereré,
Province of Para, Brazil; by Richard Rathbun. Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Sci., 1,
No. 4, 236-261, plates 8-10, 1874.

6. On the Carboniferous Brachiopoda of Itaitiba, Rio Tapajos, Province of
Para, Brazil; by O. A. Derby, M.S. Bull. Cornell University (Science), 1, No.
2, 1-68, plates 1-1x, 1874.

7. Preliminary Report on the Cretaceous Lamellibranchs collected in the
vicinity of Pernambuco, Brazil, on the Morgan Expedition of 1870; by Richard
Rathbun. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1874, 241-256.

8. The Geological Commission of Brazil. — Additions to the Echinoid fauna
of Brazil; by Richard Rathbun. Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, xv, Feb., 1878,
82-84.

Profs. Hyatt and Niles, and Messrs. Putnam and Scudder
also spoke warmly in praise of the character and learning of
Prof. Hartt.

Dr. T. M. Brewer noted the recent occurrence within the
limit of the state of two rare birds: Actodromus Bairdit
and Hydrochelidon niger.

1878.] 365 [Uhler.

Rev. R. C. Waterston presented a mounted specimen of
the Prairie Dog, which he had shown to the Society several
years ago, and which had lived up to the past summer, hav-
ing become very tame.

The following paper was presented by title: —

NoTicEs @F THE HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA IN THE COLLEC-
TION OF THE LATE T. W. Harris, M.D. By P. R. Unter.

Through the kindness of Mr. Samuel H. Scudder, I have been
permitted to examine at leisure the precious remains of the collec-
tion of Dr. Harris, now belonging to the Boston Society of Natural
History. ;

This collection is of especial interest at the present time, because
it is the only one preserved in this country which contains original
and authentic types of the Hemiptera described by Mr. Say and
other early American entomologists. The destruction, or dispersion,
of the collections of all our earlier entomologists left wide gaps in the
knowledge of their types, which could only be filled by a study of the
specimens of Dr. Harris. Much damage has occurred to the speci-
mens, and a few have been entirely destroyed by the voracity of
Trogederma and Anthrenus; but generally the parts remaining have
been enough to admit of comparison and to establish identity. The
present paper gives, therefore, the results of a close comparison and
study of every one of his specimens, in connection with others in my
own cabinet, or an those of friends who have kindly lent them to me
for this purpose. It embraces, as far as possible, a reduction of the
synonyms, and a reference of the species to the latest appropriate
genera. Dr. Harris had carefully labelled each form and variety
with a distinct number, and recorded in a manuscript catalogue such
information as he had gathered respecting their habitat, time of ap-
pearance, and habits; and these notes have all been introduced in
their proper places, distinguished by quotation marks.

The present list includes in all 163 species, of which 125 have
been found in Massachusetts and the adjacent region, and about 35
in the Southern States.

Massachusetts has many more species than are here enumerated!
but as they are not in this collection, and as no survey of her terri-
tory has yet included a systematic plan of collecting them, the mate-

Uhler.] 366 [April 17,

rials available are too meagre at present to justify a more extended
work upon the subject.

CORIMELZANID 2.

CoRIMELENA White.
1. Corimelezna atra.

Galgupha atra Amyot et Serv., Hemipt., 68, 1. Odontoscelis uni-
color Germar, Zeitsch., 1, 37, 2. Jd. MHerrich-Scheffer, Wanz.
Ins., v, 12, 34, pl. 149, fig. 470. Tetyra helopioides Wolff, Icon.
Cim., 1745. plir17, nes 168.

No. 148, Harris’ Collection. ‘ New York, Mr. Willcox.”

This species varies somewhat in the breadth of its outline, and in
the distinctness of the punctation upon the pronotum and scutellum.
It is the largest thus far discovered in the United States, and is the
only one of our species which agrees with the descriptions of Ger-
mar and Herrich-Schaeffer, above cited. It is the same as a speci-
men of Galgupha atra Amyot and Serville, from Mexico, kindly sent
to me by Dr. Signoret. Mr. Scudder, while in Paris, obliged me by
comparing my specimens with the types of C. unicolor Palisot
Beauvois in the collection of Dr. Signoret; the result of which was
that both gentlemen coincided in considering them to be different
species. As the name unicolor is thus seen to have been previously
employed by Beauvois, it becomes necessary to adopt a-later one.
The next name given, however, that of C. helopivides by Wolff, is
also preoccupied, and thus we are carried to the latest, that of Amyot
and Serville, as the only one available for this species. Specimens
differ considerably in size and density of punctuation, and some are
much more dark and dull than others. Generally, they are highly
polished and have a greenish-brassy tinge.

The genus Galgupha erected for it by Amyot and Serville can not
stand, as the characters derived from the size of the scutellum are
neither separative nor permanent.

2. C. nitiduloides.

Cimex nitiduloides Wolff, Icones Cimicum, 98, pl. 10, fig. 92.
Odontoscelis nitiduloides Germar, Zeitsch., 1, 37, 1. Idem. H.-Schf.,
Wanz. Ins., v, 15 and 33, tab. 145, fig. 471. Thyreocoris histe-
roides Say, Heteropt.

Nos. 25 and 11. Harris’ collection. “ March 25, 1827; April 27,
1831; Cambridge, April, 1836; May 10, 1828; June 30, 1823; July
1825; Maine, Mr. Randall, July, August.”

ete met

2 A a eG is Sm

-
nm ——————e

1878.] 867 [Uhler,

There are four specimens with No. 25, in the collection. One of
them is a little more brassy and elongated than the others and has a
decidedly impressed streak near the margin of the pronotum, but the
conformity of the other characters induces me to keep it here.

Number 11 is labelled “ Ohio, Ward,’’ but it is the well known
form of this species, which is common. in New England, as well as
in the central States.

The name ‘‘ subviridis” was given to it by Mr. Say, but afterwards
changed to histeroides when he printed the description.

No. 25 was determined as histeroides, for Dr. Harris, by Mr. Say
himself.

The length given by Mr. Say to his 7. histeroides is large enough
to include also the preceding species; but, as far as our present
knowledge extends, the two are sufficiently distinct.

3. C. pulicaria.

Odontoscelis pulicarius Germar, Zeitsch., 1, 39,6. fd. H.-Schf.,
Wanz. Ins., v, 34. ue

No. 149, Harris’ Collection. ‘‘ New York, Mr. Willcox.”

This is a common species in Massachusetts, although Dr. Harris
seems not to have had specimens from the State. It may be found,
sometimes quite abundantly, in the axils of the leaves of species of
-Eupatorium.

PACHYCORIDZE.

AULACOSTETHUS. New genus.

Form of Diolcus Mayr. Head about two-thirds as long as the
width across the eyes, much shorter than the pronotum: Tylus longer
than the lateral lobes, raised above the adjoining surface. Inferior
cheeks blunt, convexly thick, buccule very slender; rostrum ex-
tending nearly to the end of the second ventral segment, the second
joint subequal to the third and fourth united, the third and fourth
equal. Klevated sternal flaps short, broadly rounded; the margin
of the deep sternal sulcus feebly elevated between the anterior and
intermediate cox, but thicker and more elevated between the inter-
mediate and posterior coxz. Exterior face of tibize obsoletely cari-
nate, the lateral edges acutely carinate. Odoriferous ducts very
long, ligulate, reaching almost to the outward margin of the plate on
which they are situated, the osteole placed more than one-half way
back upon it, and from it the sulcus runs outwards to the end of the

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XIX. 24. AUGUST, 1878.

Uhler.] 368 [April 17,

duct. Scutellum a little humped at base, gradually declining poste-
riorly. Edge of connexivum subacute.
A. marmoratus.

Tetyra marmorata Say, Heteropt. New Harm., 2,1. Fitch repr.
Trans. N. Y. State Agricult. Soc., 1857, p. 755. Aulacostethus mar-
moratus Uhler, Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 94.

No. 112, Harris’ Collection, ¢. “ North Carolina, April, Mr. Nut-
tall.” Determined by Mr. Say.

Mr. Say’s specimens were obtained in New Jersey. A male in my
collection, from near Baltimore, is much smaller than that of Dr.
Harris, but differs in no other respect.

Homamus Dallas.

Hi. eeneifrons.

Scutellera eneifrons Say, Long’s Exped., Appendix, 299, No. 2.
Pachycoris exilis H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., rv, tab. 110, fig. 346.

Not included in the original manuscript index of Dr. Harris; but
there are two specimens in the collection. It is not uncommon in
Eastern Massachusetts, near Andover, and in other localities. In
Maryland it is one of the forms belonging to the Alleghanian Fauna,
being replaced in the Carolinian District by Homemus parvulus
Germar. |

EURYGASTRINA.

EURYGASTER Lap.
EK. alternatus.

Tetyra alternata Say, Amer. Entomol., tab. 43, fig. 3.— Germar,
Zeitsch., 1, 74, 5.

No. 34, Harris’ Collection, ¢ and °. ‘* May 30,1826. April 22,
1829. Cambridge, July 10, 1836.”

This species occurs from Eastern Canada to Oregon and Califor-
nia; itis common in Illinois and Massachusetts. Specimens were
obtained by Mr. Kennicott near Great Slave Lake, and I have met
with two or three individuals in Maryland. It varies in color about
as much as its European congener; being found of all the shades
from light olive-gray to dark ferruginous.

PODOPINA.

Popors Lap.
P. dubius,

Scutellera dubia Beauv., Ins. Afr. et Amér., Hemipt., 33, pl. 5,

1878.] 369 [Uhier. .

fig. 6. Tetyra cinctipes Say, Amer. Ent., m1, pl. 43, fig. 4. Pod-
ops dubius Germ., Zeitsch.,1, 64, 2. H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., v. 44,
tab. 158, fig. 495. }

No. 55, Harris’ Collection. ‘ April 20, 1822, April 15, 1829.
May 15, 1829.” Determined as T. cinctipes by Mr. Say.

There is much variation in the size of the specimens. The species
is common in Massachusetts, abundant in Illinois, and not rare in
Louisiana. I have occasionally found specimens near Baltimore, be-
neath stones; sometimes as late as November.

ASOPINA.

STIRETRUS Lap.

St. fimbriatus.

Tetyra fimbriata Say, Amer. Ent., r1, tab. 43, fig. 1. Asopus
variegatus H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., tv, 90, tab. 137, fis. 427. Stiretrus
Jimbriatus Germar, Zeitsch., 1, 16, 3.

No. 30, Harris’ Gollectian: “ Flowers of Asclepias pulchra,
Aucust 10, 1825, July 25,1831.” Determined by Mr. Say as his
Tetyra alternata, but in his MS. list Dr. Harris corrects the error.

The specimens vary very much in size and colors. The two indi-
viduals in this collection are of the usual type, with yellow heme-
lytra and the black spot near the interior angle of the corium. A
variety from Mexico is the St, personatus Germar ; the same variety
occurs also in Pennsylvania. In Maryland it frequents Rhus glabra
and sucks the blood of the larva of a species of Galeruca waice
feeds on that plant.

PERILLUS Stal.
1. P. exaptus.

Pentatoma exapta Say, ease Acad. Phila., 1v, 331, 3. Penta-
toma variegata Kirby, N. Zool., 276, 384. Zicrona marginella Dal-
las, sorit. Mus. (Gat. Hem., 1, 109, 5. °

No. 69, Harris’ Collection. ‘' July 15,1828.” Determined as
P. exapta by Mr. Say.

Specimens have been examined, in which the “head was entirely
black, or with the front or outer margins white. The pronotum is
sometimes ivory-white, instead of red, and the basal black may be
reduced, or even entirely wanting.

One or other of the forms of this species have been found across

Uhler:] 370 [April 17,

the whole breadth of this continent about the latitude of New Eng-
land. West of the Mississippi river it extends farther south, and it
has been met with in southern Missouri.

2. P. circumcinctus.

Perillus circumceinctus Stal, Hemipt. Mex., Stettin. Ent. Zeit.,
©. O-0 ULE io)

No. 115, Harris’ Collection. ‘‘ Sutton, Mass., Dr. Smith.”

This is a variety of P. cirewmcinctus Stal, and is named Pentatoma
clauda Say in Dr. Harris’ list ; and was determined by Say. Itisa
more robust form than the typical one of the latter author, and differs
from it in various particulars unnecessary to reproduce here; but,

until we have fuller knowledge of the two species, it will be more

satisfactory to keep them separate.

The extraordinary range of this species is worthy of remark. It
extends from the island of Trinidad, near the mouth of the Orinoco
River, and from Panama to Nebraska, Canada, and New England.

Popisus Stal.

1..b. cynicus..

Pentatoma cynica Say, Heteropt. New Harm., 3, 1. Arma
grandis Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hemipt., p. 96, 3.

No. 147. Harris’ Collection. ‘‘ Cambridge, Mass., September 9,
1837.” .

Another specimen in the collection has a printed number (400) and
label, ‘‘ Wilcox, New York,’’ attached to the pin.

It is also a native of Missouri, Illinois, Pennsylvania, Maryland and
New. York.
2. P. modestus.

Arma modesta Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat., 101, 13.

No. 19. Dr. Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2.. “June 10, 19222"

Dr. Harris received the name Pentatoma maculiventris from Say,
but did not know whether its description was published or not. Cer-

tainly no description of it is to be found in the printed papers of Mr.

Say.
3. P. serievemtris.

Podisus serieventris Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 95.

Similar to the preceding species in form and appearance, but of a
more blackish-gray color. Pronotum not so much sinuated each

side, the humeral angles less prominent, obtusely triangular, blackish; _

the surface a little less regularly punctured, each side anteriorly and

- i

© Ce RT celal

1878.] BL [Uhler.

in each corner the punctures finer and confluent, presenting the
appearance of four blackish spots, the anterior surface more broadly
smooth, yellow. Scapus and basal joint of the antenne blackish ex-
teriorly. Scutellum punctured with black, the points aggregated
in a large patch at base, and the basal angles with a large, smooth,
whitish spot. Pectus remotely punctured with fuscous; near the
middle of the sides and at the exterior tip of the osteolar sulcus
black. Legs pale orange-yellow, the femora pointed with fuscous,
the dots more or less ageregated beyond the middle. Corium less
‘coarsely punctured, the punctures fuscous or rufous, those of the
costal area coarser, the finer ones ageregated in small patches, the
surface adjoining the median suture on its inner side, and near its
tip quite smooth, embrowned; embolium yellow, with a fuscous. spot
at base; membrane a little tinged with brownish, the base of the
nervures, basal margin very broadly, and a broad streak at tip, dark
brown. Tergum with large blackish clouded spots each side and
behind, the connexivum bright yellow, with a quadrangular black
spot at the base and apex of each segment, on the underside with a
marginal black dot at the base and apex of each segment, against
the sutures; venter punctured with rufous and black, the latter ar-
ranged each side in a longitudinal series of patches; interior to these
is a row of black spots, and upon the middle line four round spots,
the posterior one much the largest. Jength to end of abdomen 94
millims. Humeral breadth 54 millims.

No. 40. Harris’ Collection, ¢. ‘Cambridge, Mass., April 20,
1827.” |

Named Pentatoma serieventris by Mr. Say, but never published.
The inner basal angle of the membrane is very dark brown, and the
apical streak quite broad at tip. A specimen from Massachusetts in
my own collection is quite orange-rufous above. The lateral margins
of the anterior lobe of the pronotum are quite distinctly denticulato-
serrate; and pale yellow. The species is known to me from Minne-
sota, Maine and Massachusetts.

CYDNIDZ.

Pancaus Stal.
P. bilineatus.

Cydnus bilineatus Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., rv, 315, 1. Aethus
bilineatus Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hemipt., 1, 119, 20. Cydnus
femoralis H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., v, 98. fig. 548. Aethus Rovert-
soni Fitch. sec. typ. et Signoret.

Uhler.] 372 [April 17,

No. 135. Harris’ Collection. ‘‘ Florence, Ala., January and Feb-
ruary, 1836. Prof. Hentz.”

This species is widely distributed throughout the Eastern and
Atlantic States, and is found as far west as Texas. Having exam-
ined the type of Dr. Fitch, I am enabled to refer it to this species.
A specimen sent to Dr. Signoret of Paris was also identified by him
as Aethus Robinsonu Fitch.

AMNESTUS Dallas.
A. spinifrons.

Cydnus spinifrons Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., iv, 316. Amnestus

spinifrons Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hemipt., 1, 126, 1.

No. 68. Harris’ Collection. ‘Cambridge, Mass., March 28,
1828, May 15, 1831, Sept., 1831.”

Was named Cydnus spinifrons by Mr. Say in his letter to Dr.
Harris.

SEHIRUS Amyot et Serv.
S. cinctus.

Pentatoma cincta Beauv., Ins. Afr. et Amér., 114, pl. 8, fig.
7. Cydnus ligatus Say, Heteropt., 10, 1. Sehirus albonotatus Dal-
las, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hemipt., 1,128, 2. Sehirus cinctus Stal, Hemipt.
Afr., 1, 29. Note.

Nos. 24,42, 132. Harris’ Collection. ‘“ Cambridge, Mass., May
1, 1827; April 22, 1829; Milton; New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard;
June 10, 1823, palings. 2 Maine, May 6, 1836, Mr. Randall.”

No. 24 was named Cydnus bilineatus, and No. 42, Cydnus ligatus
by Say himself for Dr. Harris. Another specimen with printed
label, No, 116, was obtained by Dr. Simeon Shurtleff, at Westfield,
Mass.

The females usually have a sublunate white spot near the postero-
exterior corner of the corium. Mr. Say appears not to have known
the female of this species, for he makes the absence of the white spot
a specific difference.

It spreads over almost the whole country east of the great basin,
and extends into Canada and Mexico.

HALYDINA.

BRocHYMENA Am. et Serv.
1. B. arborea.
Pentatoma arborea Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., rv, 311, 1. Halys
erosa H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., v, 70, tab. 166, fig. 515.

1878.] 8373 [Uhler.

No. 114, Harris’ Collection, 2: “Sutton, Mass., Dr. Smith.”’
The above name is from Mr. Say. .
2. B. myops.

Brochymena myops Stal, Enum. Hemipt., 11, 16, No. 1. Cimez
quadripustulatus Fab., Ent. Syst., rv, 100, 81. Halys quadripustulata
Fab:, Syst. Rhyne., 182,9. Jb., H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vir, 57, tab.
234, fig. 729. Brochymena quadripustulata Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat.,
188, 2.

No. 110, Harris’ Collection, 3, 9. ‘N. Car., Mr. Nuttall, April;
also Florence, Alabama. Jan., Feb. Hentz.’’ Another specimen:
without a number, habitat uncertain, is in the collection.

3. Brochymena annulata.

Cimex annulatus Fab., Syst. Ent., 704, No. 38. Halys serrata Fab.,
Syst. Rhyng., 181, 2. Halys pupillata H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., rv,
104, tab. 144, fig. 453. Brochymena serrata Am. et Serv., 107, 1.

No. 23, Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2. ‘On fences in Mass., Nov. 12,
1821, June 1, 1829, and June 10, 1823.”

Dr. Harris confuses this species with 6. arborea, No. 114, from
which it is very distinct.

4, B. Harrisii.

Brochymena Harrisii Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 95.

Similar to B. annulata Fab., but proportionately shorter and
broader. Head elongate-sub-quadrate, much shorter than in B. an--
nulata, the lateral margins straight and parallel; tylus a little shorter:
than the lateral lobes, the anterior prolongations of these lobes not
much longer than the lateral projections, the exterior corner of tlie:
projections almost toothed. Pronotum proportionately shorter and
broader than in B. annulata, the anterior lobe having the lateral:
teeth direct and more nearly equal in size; humeral angles obliquely:
rounded, elevated, with a few short, oblique, ill-defined teeth, the sur--
face behind the angles obliquely impressed. Connexivum with a trans-
verse black, subdepressed spot before and behind each incisure.
Membrane hardly reaching beyond the abdomen, having fuscous.
ramifications as in BL. annulata. Venter more convex than in B. an-
nulata, the longitudinal groove continued distinctly to the penultimate
segment. Femora mottled with brown, having a yellow macular ring
before the tip; tibize brownish, with a yellow ring upon the middle.
The remaining characters as in B. annulata.

Length, 164-18 millims. Humeral breadth, 94 millims. @.

Uhler.] —Bi4 [April 17,

In Dr. Harris’ collection without a number. I possess a female
from Lancaster Co., Pa., which was beaten from a tree in May.

TRICHOPEPLA Stal.

T. semivittata.

Pentatoma semivittata Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, 9, 21. Pen-
tatoma semivittatum H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vir, 93, fig. 766. Penta-
toma pilipes Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hemipt., 1, 247, No. 37. Trich-
opepla pilipes Stal, Ofvers., 1867, 528. Trichopepla semivittata
Stal, Enum. Hemipt., u, 34. Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871,
p- 96. .

No. 89, Harris’ Collection. ‘‘ North Carolina, Prof. Hentz.’’

The above name was sent to Dr. Harris by Mr. Say. It is the

nearest North American representative of the African genus Ago-

noscelis Amyot and Serv.

PENTATOMINA.

Evuscuistus Dallas.

1. HE. variolarius.

Pentatoma variolaria Pal. Beauv., Ins. Afr. et Amér., 149, pl. 10,
fic. 6. Pentatoma punctipes Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., rv, 314, 5.
Cimex sordidus H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vi, 70, tab. 204, fig. 637.
Pentatoma sordidum H.-Schf., ib. vir, 95. Euschistus punctipes Dal-
las, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hem., 1, 207, 16. Huschistus variolarius Stal,
Enum. Hemipt., 11, 26, No. 22.

No. 32, Harris’ Collection. “May 15,.1826. Wilcox?- N. Y.”
Printed No. 320.

Dr. Harris, with doubt, refers the specimen to E. ictericus Linn.,
to which it is certainly related, but he failed to recognize its identity
with E. punctipes Say, with whose description it agrees in all re-
spects. To the latter he refers a species with elongate, split head,
which disagrees very distinctly with that description. Mr. Say de-
termined it for Dr. Harris under the name “ ictericus? Fab.”

2. HE. fissilis.

Euschistus fissilis Ubler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 96.

Form and general aspect of HE. servus Say. Robust, pale yellow,
finely aciculated with fuscous or black, the punctures more or less
grouped together, and becoming very dense near the lateral margins
of the pronotum. Head deeply cleft, caused by the prolongation of
the lateral lobes, which are very much thrust forward beyond the

1878.] 375 | [Uhler.

tylus, but do not meet in front. The basal joint of the antennz not
reaching the tip of the head; second joint a little shorter than the
third. Surface of the pronotum depressed each side in advance of
the humeral angles; the humeral angles prominent and rounded,
alike in both sexes. Corium more or less, and the membrane decid-
edly, dotted with fuscous. The whole inferior surface: minutely
sprinkled with red, the specks becoming larger on the pectus; both
the underside of head and the pectus coarsely punctured. Venter
polished, finely punctured. Length, 12-13 millims. Humeral breadth,
8—84 millims.

No. 2, Dr. Harris’ Collection, 23, 1%. ‘‘ Mass., May 30, 1826.”

Dr. Harris, in the manuscript catalogue, refers this species to E.
punctipes Say, and also makes it synonymous with H. servus Say. It
does not agree in many respects with the descriptions of either of
those species; which are easily distinguished from each other by good
characteristics. In one of the males, the second joint of the antenna
is longer than the third ; in other respects it agrees with the normal
forms of this species. Mr. Say named it for Dr. Harris as P. serva.
3. EH. servus Say.

Pentatoma serva Say, Heteropt., 4, 5. uchistus servus Stal,
Enum. Hemipt., 2, 26, No. ‘19.

A damaged @ is in the collection; obtained at Westfield; by Dr. S.
Shurtleff, No. 117.

MENECLEs Stal.
M inserta.

Pentatoma inserta Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 6, 11. Menecles
inserta Stal, Ofver. Vetensk.-Akad. Forhandl., 1867, p. 527.

No. 75, Harris Collection, ¢.

One specimen in this collection, without designation of the locality
where found. I have examined specimens from Illinois, Kansas,
Nebraska, California and Pennsylvania. This name was also sent to
Dr. Harris by Mr. Say.

Hymenarcys Amyot et Serv.
H. nervosa.

Pentatoma nervosa Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, 9, 20. Pen-
taioma pennsylvanie Hope, Cat. Hem., 35. Hymenarcys perpune-
tata Amyot and Serv., Hemipt., 124, 1.

No. 31, Harris’ Collection, ¢, ?. ‘‘ May 15, 1836.”

Uhler.] 376 [April 17,

So determined by Mr. Say. Moderately common in Massachu-
setts, but found in larger numbers farther south; extending through
New York, Pennsylvania, Virginia, North Carolina and Georgia into
northern Florida. Two other specimens, without number or locality,
are in the collection.

Cenvs Dallas.
C. delius.

Pentatoma delia Say, Heteropt., 8, 18. Hymenareys ceruginosa
Amyot et Serv., Hemipt., 125, 2. Conus tarsalis Dallas, Brit. Mus.
Cat. Hemipt. 1, 230, 1, pl. viii, fig. 6.

No. 3, Harris’ Collection, 2. ‘* April 25 and June 25, 1822.”

Mr. Say communicated to Dr. Harris the name Pentatoma obesa for
this insect, but he afterwards described it under that given above.

NeorrieiLossa Kirby.
N. undata.

Pentatoma undata Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, 8, 17; Com-
plete writings, 1, 319, 17. Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p.
96. |

No. 83, Harris’ Collection. “ Ipswich, Mr. Oakes.”

So determined by Mr. Say. This insect belongs to Platysolen
Fieber, but that genus must be replaced by the one here given. The
species is very closely related to P. injlecus Wolff, of Europe, and
may eventually prove to be only a geographical variety of it. In
eastern Massachusetts it seems to be very persistent in its pattern of
marking, but in Ohio and Illinois it varies quite appreciably.

CosMOPEPLA Stal.
C. carnifex.

Cimex carnifex Fab., Ent. Syst., Suppl., 535, 162. Hysarcoris ear-
nifex Hahn, Wanz. Ins., 0, 117, tab. 65, fig. 197. Pentatoma car-
nifex Kirby, Faun. Bor., 275.

No. 56, Harris’ Collection, ¢,?. “N. H., Mr. Leonard. Prof.
Peck’s insects, and Cambridge. Randall, Dublin, N. H. 3 on nettles,
July 20, 1835. Cambridge, Aug. 10, 1835, July 25, 2, od.”

MormipEa Am. et Serv.
M. lugens.
Cimex lugens Fab., Ent. Syst., rv, 125,175. Cimex albipes Fab.,
Ent. Syst., Suppl., 535. Pentatoma punctipes Beauy., Ins. Afr. et
Amér., 113; Hem., pl. 8, fig. 6. Pentatoma punctipes Say, Journ.

1878.] Bee [Uhler.

Acad. Philad., rv, 313, 4. Pentatoma lugens H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins.,
vu, 96. Pentatoma lugens Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat., 248, 39. Ci-
mex gamma Fab. (substitution for C. albipes), Syst. Rhyng., 7,
_ index.

No. 52, Harris’ Collection. “Milton, June 1, 1829; Ipswich,
Mr. Oakes. New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard. Cambridge, June, 1833.
Ohio.’’ .

Determined as Pentatcma punctipes Beauv., by Mr. Say. It ex-
tends from Canada to Mexico, and is sometimes excessively abundant
in Maryland and Pennsylvania.

OErBALuS Stal.
O. pugnax. f

Cimex pugnaz Fab., Syst. Rhyng., 162, 34. Pentatoma orthacantha
Beauv., Ins., 130; Hem., pl. 9, fig. 9. Pentatoma augur Say, Hete-
ropt., 3,2. Cimex viripennis Burm., Handb., u, 367, 9. Ocbalus
typhoeus Stal, Ent. Zeit. Stettin, 101, 68. Mormidea typheus Dallas,
Brit. Mus. Cat., 216,16. Oebalus pugnax Stal, Enum. Hemipt.,
1022 No: 1? ;

No. 92, Harris’ Collection. ‘‘ Penna., Dr. Pickering.”

Named Pentatoma 5-spinosa by Mr. Say. Ihave examined speci-
mens of this species from various parts of the United States, south of
Michigan; also from Cuba, Mexico and Brazil. It is common in
Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia and North Carolina.

LiopERMA Ubler.

Long-oval, subtriangular anteriorly. Head moderate; face a little
convex, lateral lobes depressed, the margins sinuated and gently re-
curved, tips subtriangular, rounded, extending a little beyond the
tylus; antennz at base with a blunt tooth, which bears a smaller
tooth near its base; bucculee extending to near the base of the head,
narrow, dilated anteriorly into rounded laps; rostrum reaching the
abdomen, fitting into a groove of the sternum, basal joint as long as
the bucculz, second joint longest; antenne long, slender, as long as
the corium of the hemelytra, basal joint about half as long as the
second, second and third subequal, fourth longer, fifth longest.
Pronotum very slightly inclining anteriorly, convex, hexagonal, the
lateral margins recurved anteriorly, humeral angles rounded, the
postero-lateral sides sinuated, posterior side straight; mesosternal
groove with a raiséd line in the middle. Scutellum long, narrow, at

Uhler.] | 378 | [April 17,

least two-thirds the length of the abdomen; legs with long, slender
hairs, exterior face of the anterior tibia flat between the slightly ele-
vated carine, basal tarsal joint longer and stouter than the apical
one, the middle one narrow, less than half the length of the basal
one. Corium produced at the exterior tip, membrane swith seven
nervures, the four exterior ones proceeding at base from a large cell.
Connexivum thin exteriorly, broader than the hemelytra.
1. LL. saucia.

Pentatoma saucia Say, Heteropt., 6,12. Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soe.
NH, 187. Oe

No. 47, Harris’ Collection, ?. ‘‘ Sept 1, 1827.”

Determined by Mr. Say.
2. L. senilis.

Pentatoma senilis Say, Heteropt., 5, 8. Pentatoma grisea Dallas,
Brit. Mus. Cat., p. 246, 33.

No. 38, Harris’ Collection, d, 2. ‘June 30, 1826. May 10,
1835.” Mr. Wilcox? N. Y., printed number 253.

Determined by Mr. Say.

* ATomostrA Uhler.

Oval, the sides subparallel, not dilated posteriorly. Head short,
rounded in front, the sides sinuated in front of the eyes, face convex,
the tylus forming the apex; eyes large, sub-truncated behind; anten-
ne longer than the head and thorax together, basal joint short, not
nearly reaching the apex of the head, second joint shorter than the
third, fourth and fifth much longer and stouter, fifth longest; rostrum
reaching to or beyond the first ventral segment, second joint com-
pressed, third depressed towards the tip, buccule slender, waved, not
reaching the base of the head. Thorax hexagonal, convex, trans-
verse, the lateral margins smooth, thickened, almost straight; poste-
rior side concavely arcuated; mesosternum with a slight longitudinal
carina, which becomes enlarged and produced on its anterior end.
Scutellum long, the sides rounded, suddenly narrowed before the tip.
Corium curved on the posterior edge, the exterior angle slightly
produced; membrane with seven or eight longitudinal nervures which
spring from a transverse curved one. Venter convex, smooth on the
middle, the basal spine rudimentary.

1. A. sordida.
Atomosira sordida Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 98.
Brownish or greenish yellow, polished, punctured above with fus-

1878.] | 379 [Uhler.

cous or black. Face finely, closely punctured, each side of the tylus
and some spots near the eyes and occiput impunctured; basal and
second joint of antennz green, remaining joints reddish except at
base, where they are greenish; rostrum green, paler at base, the api-
eal joint piceous. Thorax coarsely, deeply punctured in transverse,
wavy, interrupted lines, the, lateral submargins impressed, more
densely and finely punctured, the lateral margins and some spots be-
hind the head and upon the anterior margin smooth, yellow; humeri
rounded. Sides of the antepectus densely punctured near the ante-
rior corners, the rest of the surface more coarsely, remotely punc-
tured, medio- and postpectus each with a spot of dense black punc-
tures upon the pleura. Legs green, the last tarsal joint above, and
the apex of the nails piceous. Scutellum punctured in transverse,
wavy, interrupted series, the punctures finer towards the tip; tip im-
punctured, yellow. Corium guttated with distinct, deep punctures,
which are more crowded near the base, the suture separating the ex-
_terior field of the corium piceous, and terminating upon the disk in
an ill-defined spot of the same color; membrane brownish, trans-
parent, the nervures darker. Connexivum yellow, finely punctured,
having a double black spot at the incisures*of the segments, both
above and below; venter remotely punctured with brown, the punc-
tures more dense on the sides and near the base, each side with.two
longitudinal series of double, black spots. Length, 10 mm. Humeral
breadth, 55 mm.

No. 71, Harris’ Collection. “ August 30, 1828. Pentatoma dimid-
iata Say. MSS.”’
‘It has been found in Mass., Maryland and Virginia. Mr. Say de-
termined it as his Pentatoma dimidiata, but his description represents
a species having the second joint of the antenne one-half as long as
the third. In our species the second joint is decidedly more than
one-half the length of the third. It differs also in most of the other

characters given by Mr. Say.
2. A. calva.

Pentatoma calva Say, Heteropt., 7,138. Rhaphigaster catinus Dal-
las, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hemipt., 1, 282, 25.

No. 54, Harris’ Collection. “ Dublin, N. H., Mr. Leonard. Maine,
1836, Mr. Randall.’’

Dr. Harris calls this Pentatoma viridicolle, but no such species oc-
curs in his published papers.

hier.) : 380 [April 17,

The shape of the head is more quadrate than in the preceding
‘species, but in generic characters the two agree very well.

Fe Nezara Amyot et Serv.
.N. hilaris.

Pentatoma hilaris Say, Insects of La., 9; Heteropt. New Harm.,
5,9. Nazara sarpinus Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hemipt., 1, 276, 4.

No. 1, Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2. “On Tilia americana, Dec. 1, —
1825.”

Determined by Mr. Say as his P. hilaris. Other synonyms will
probably be hereafter added to this species. It is found in the West
Indies, and extends as far south as Para, Brazil. Specimens have
been sent to me from Canada, Maine, Massachusetts, New York,
New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Florida, Louisiana, Texas,
Panama, Cuba, Hayti, and the above-named locality. Another spec-
amen with the printed number 249, “Wilcox ? N. Y.,” is in the col-
lection.

RHAPHIGASTER Amyot et Serv.
R. pennsylvanicus.

Cimex viridis pennsylvanicus De Geer, Mémoires, 111, 330, pl. 34,
fig. 5. Pentatoma abrupta Say, Heteropt., 6, 10.

No. 129, Harris’ Collection. ‘ Cambridge, Mass., Mr. Randall.”

Through the courtesy of Dr. Stal, of Stockholm, Sweden, I have
been able to recognize this species of De Geer, which has hitherto
remained unknown to our entomologists. Say’s specimen came from
Georgia, but I have a poor specimen from Panama, and I have exam-
ined others from New Jersey, Mass., and Illinois. The decidedly
rounded outline and bluntly rounded humeri well agree with De
Geer’s figure, while the preceding species, to which it has been re-
ferred, is much more angular, particularly on the humeri.

THYANTA Stal.
T. custator. )

Cimex custator Fab., Syst. Rhyng., 164, No. 43. Pentatoma cus-
tator H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vir, 96 and 106, fig. 771. Pentatoma
calceolata Say, Heteropt., 8, 19.

No. 117, Harris’ Collection, ¢. “Cambridge, Mass., Mr. Randall.”

The specimen in this collection is so soiled, that if so during the
lifetime of Dr. Harris he could hardly have been able to recognize in
it either the species of Fabricius or that of Say.

1878.] 381 [Uhler.

ACANTHOSOMA Curtis.
A. laterale.

Edessa lateralis Say, Heteropt., 3, 2. Acanthesoma nebulosa Kirby,
Fauna Bor. Amer., 277, 1. Acathosoma nebulosum Dallas, Brit. Mus.
Cat. Hemipt.,.1, 307, 12.

In the collection, but without a number. It is widely distributed
in Canada, British America and the northern states. “ New Hamp-
shire, August, 1850.’’

MICTINA.

EurHoctua Mayr.
EK. galeator.

Coreus galeator Fab., Syst. Rhyng., 191, 2. Crinocerus tibialis
H.-Schf.; Wanz. Ins., vi, 21, fig. 576. Crinocerus galeator Dallas,
Brit. Mus. Cat. Hemipt., 1, 408, 4. Huthectha galeator Mayr,
Novara Reise, Hemipt., 87. Huthoctha yaleator Stal, Hem. Fab.,
1, 49.

No. 7, Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2. “On blackberry bushes, May 15,
1821-26; August 5, 1832; Sept. 30, 1837.”
A specimen without designation of locality is in the collection.

ACANTHOCEPHALINA.

Meraropius Westw.
1. M. femoratus.

Cimex femoratus Fab., Syst. Entom., 708; Lygceus femoratus, Syst.
Rhyng., 205, 10. Rhynuchus nasulus Say, Insects of La., 10. An-
isoscelis nasulus Say, Heteropt., 13,5. Aetapodius femoratus Dallas,
Brit Mus. Cat. Hemipt., 1, 430, 5. Jetapodius obscurus Hope, Cat.
Hemipt., pt. m, 15.

Harris’ Collection, without a number.

Three males and one female, from “ Florida; Edward Doubleday.”
2. M. instabilis.

Metapodius instabilis Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 98.

. Blackish-fuscous, sparingly clothed with yellowish pubescence,
‘ much more slender than M. femoratus Fab., and with the posterior
femora much more slender, and almost not curved. Antenne fuscous,
the apical joint fulvous and much longer than either.of the others,
the basal and second joint about equal in length; rostrum reaching
the tip of the intermediate cox, hairy and more or less tinged with
yellow. Thorax a little broader than long; humeri prominent, bluntly

Uhler.] 382 [April 17,

subacuminate, having a slightly backward curvature; surface finely
remotely punctured, and with scattered small tubercles, some of
which are excavated, lateral margins deeply sinuated, the subcarin-
ated edge bearing a few short, oblique, rather remote teeth, margins
behind the humeri granulated: scutellum transversely wrinkled, the
extreme tip yellow; hemelytra minutely, closely punctured, the punc-
tures becoming a little coarser upon the clavus, the costal area, near |
the base, bearing a few minute granules; anterior pleura shining,
granulated and punctured; odoriferous glands fulvous; legs blackish-
piceous, the tarsi and ends of the tibize fulvous, nails piceous; poste-
rior femora almost straight, the teeth graduating in size towards the
tip, the five in a row nearest the tip large and curved; posterior tibize
dilated exteriorly for two-thirds their length from near the base, sin-
uated upon the middle, the base of the sinus almost acutely angu-
lated, the opposite end tapering, and beyond this a few very small,
remote teeth, inner dilation very feeble, extending to about the mid-
dle, beyond this to the tip minutely tuberculato-denticulate, upper
and lower surface of the dilatation granulated. Length, 19 mil-
lims. Humeral breadth, 7 millims.

No. 50, Harris’ Collection, g. “Anisoscelis prominulus Say, MSS.
So named by Mr. Say. Pennsylvania, Dr. Pickering; North Caro-
lina, Prof. Hentz.” .

The typical specimen is the one from North Carolina. The other
is probably destroyed, as it is not now in Dr. Harris’ collection.
3. M. confraternus.

M. confraternus Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 90.

Dark-brown, blackish-fuscous beneath; clothed, even upon the
legs, with yellowish, almost prostrate hairs. Form and general ap-
pearance of the preceding species, but very distinct by the long and
very robust posterior femora. Antenne very long, slender, fuscous,
the apical joint fulvous, longer than the basal one. Thorax very mi-
nutely punctured, remotely tuberculated, some of the tubercles ex-
cavated, humeral angles a little upturned, bluntly subacuminate;
lateral margin subcarinate, with small, rather remote tubercular
teeth, the sides subsinuated, anterior pleura polished, granulated,
anteriorly with a few coarse punctures; odoriferous glands yellow;
scutellum a little elevated on the disk, each side with a shallow im-
pression, surface obsoletely transversely wrinkled, the extreme tip
yellow; hemelytra densely, finely punctured, minutely granulated at
base and on the costal area; legs blackish-piceous, anterior and inter-

1878.] 383 [Uhler.

mediate tibiz almost from base, tips of posterior tibie, and all the
tarsi, fulvous; posterior femora heavy, clavate, longer than in M.
femoratus Fab., the row of five teeth nearest the tip large and stout,
the tibiz moderately dilated exteriorly almost to the tip, tapering,
the sinuosity shallow, the angle at its base not very prominent, inte-
rior dilation very narrow, sublinear, but slightly apparent, from. the
middle of this to the tip of the tibize minutely denticulate; three or
four minute teeth on the opposite side of the tibie. Length, 23 mil-
lims. Humeral breadth, 8 millims. ¢.

Inhabits “ Florida. Mr. Doubleday.”’

In Dr. Harris’ Collection without a number. Both of these species
may have been previously described, but the diagnoses given by
Hope and Fabricius are too meagre to enable me to recognize their
species.

| ANISOSCELIDINA.

LEPTOGLOSSUS Gueér.
1. L. corculus.

Anisoscelis corculis Say, Heteropt., 12, 1.

Harris’ Collection (No. 137 printed). ¢. “New York.”

Say’s specimens were obtained in Florida. This is a very remark-
able species, from the unusual breadth of the humeral rounding. It
belongs to the group of species having the zigzag, white band on the
disk of the corium.

2. I. oppositus.

Anisoscelis oppositus Say, Heteropt., 12, 3. Anisoscelis tibialis H.-
Schf., Wanz. Ins., vir, 12. Anisoscelis tibialis Dallas, Brit. Mus.
Cat., 453, 5.

No. 49, Harris’ Collection, 2. “ Philadelphia, Dr. Pickering.”

Determined by Mr. Say.

3. L. phyllopus.

Cimex phyllopus Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. 12, 1, 731, No."113. Anis-
oscelis albicinctus Say, Heteropt., 12, 2. Anisoscelis confusa Dallas,
Brit. Mus. Cat., 453, 4. ;

No. 125, Harris’ Collection, ¢, °. “Long Island, Mr. Gibbs;
Florida, Edw. Doubleday.”

ALYDINA.

MrcaLotomus Fieb:
M. 5-spinosus.
Lygeus 5-spinosus Say, Jourfi. Acad. Phila., rv, 323, 4. Alydus

PROCEEDINGS BL. S. N. H. — VOL. XIX. 25 SEPTEMBER, 1878.

Uhler.] 384 [April 17,

cruentus H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vi11, 100, tab. 282, fig. 868. A. cruen-:

tus Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat., 477, 26.
No. 91, Harris’ Collection, 2. “ Pennsylvania, Dr. Pickering.”
Determined by Mr. Say.

Atypus Am. et Serv.

1. A. eurinus.
Lygeus eurinus Say, Journ. Acad. Phila., rv, 324, 5.
No. 36, Harris’ Collection, ¢, $. “Cambridge, Mass., June 30,

1826; Aug. 5, 1831; Sept. 1827; Oct. 10, 1837; Dublin, N. HL, July —

22, 1836; Hallowell, Me., Mr. Randall, frequent, July, Aug.; North
Conway, N. H., Aug. 15, 1851; Ohio.” And another specimen with
a printed label No. 228.

This species is very closely related to A. calcaratus Fab., but upon

comparison of a large number of specimens with some from Europe,
I cannot believe it to be that species. Specimens from many parts
of the United States agree pretty well in colors with A. calcaratus,
but their form is proportionally much more slender, the pronotum
more convex, and the abdomen more obese, with the basal. constric-
tion deeper.
2. A. pilosulus.

Alydus pilosulus H.-Schf., oe Ins., viii, 101, tab. 283, fig. 880.
Alydus pilosulus Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat., 478, 28.

No. 11, Harris’ Collection, 2. “ Massachusetts.’’

This is the Alydus vittinosus Say of Dr. Harris’ Catalogue ; so de-
termined by Say himself.

BERYTINA.

Nemes Lat.
N. muticus.

Berylus muticus Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, 13. Neidus decur-
vatus Uhler, Hayden Surv. of Montana, 402; Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H.,
TST psavo:

No. 72, Harris’ Collection. “ Dublin, N. H., Mr. Leonard.”

This is the Canadian representative of the common J. spinosus
Say. It beiongs to the northern mountains, and to the high lands of
Colorado, Dakota, Washington Territory, and western North Caro-
lina. The specimen was determined by Mr. Say.

ee eee

1878.] 385 [Uhler.

COREINA.

Anasa Amyot et Serv.
A. tristis. oe

Cimez tristis De Geer, Mémoires, 111, 340, pl. 34, fiz. 20. Coreus
rugator Fab., Syst. Rhyng., 192, 4. Oriterus destructor Hahn, Wanz.
Ins., 1, 8, tab. 1, fig. 2. Coreus ordinatus Say, Journ. Acad. Phila., rv,
318, 2. Gonocerus rugator Burm., Handb., 11, 311, 4. Anasa tristis
Stal, Ent. Zeitsch., Stettin, xx11, 301, 172.

No. 4, Harris’ Collection, ¢,?. “ On squash vines; Aug. 1-20.
Larva and pupa, abundant. Florence, Alabama, Jan. and Feb.,
1836, Prof. N. M. Hentz; Connecticut.”’

Determined as Coreus ordinatus by Mr. Say.

This is the ordinary squash bug, so well known to farmers and
gardeners. It is now found over the whole length and breadth of the
United States, extending into Mexico, the West India Islands, Cen-
tral America and Brazil. In California and Arizona it sustains the
greatest amount of variation and reaches its largest size. It is
the most persistent pest of the melon and squash grower, swarming
both upon the fruit and the vines, sucking their juices, and causing
them to shrivel and die.

CHARIESTERINA.

CHARIESTERUs Lap.
C. antennator.

Coreus antennator Fab., Syst. Rhyng., 198, 33. Chariesterus mes-
tus H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vil, 3, tab. 217, fig. 681. Gonocerus dubius
Say, Heteropt., 10.

No. 90, Harris’ Collection, ¢. “ Pennsylvania, Dr. Pickering.”

Mr. Say was induced to redescribe this species because of the un-
certainty produced by the Fabrician description, which reads —“A n-
tenne . . . articulo secundo scabro, tertio apice dilatato, membrana-
ceo, atro, ultimo claviformi.” The manner in which the antenne are
attached to the front of the head causes the lateral produced lobes to
appear like basal joints. Hence, Fabricius describes the second
joint to be scabrous, instead of the basal one. The apical, or ulti.
mate, joint would appear distinctly club-shaped but for the dilata-

Uhiler.] 386 | [April 17,

tion of the apex of the third. The species is rather common in the
Middie and Southern States. The specimen was determined by Mr.
Say.

RHOPALINA.

Corizus Fallen.
C. lateralis.

Coreus lateralis Say, Journ. Acad. Phila., rv, 320, 4.

Nos. 102 and 119, Harris’ Collection, J, two specimens. “N. H.,
Mr. Leonard; Cambridge, Mass., Aug. 15, 1832.” ,

Determined by Mr. Say:

Dr. Signoret, Ann. Soc. Ent. de France, 1858, 3e sér., viz, 97, No.
36, describes a Corizus which he refers to C. lateralis Say; but some
of the characters there employed do not agree with those given by
Mr. Say, and therefore I hesitate to quote the references here. Dr.
Harris received most of his names direct from Mr. Say, and they
should not be set aside without ample verification.

LYGAIDAE.

LYGANIA.

LyGzus Am. et Serv.

1. L. turcicus.

Lygeus turcicus Fab., Syst. iene 218, 61. Jb., H.-Schf., Wanz.
Ins: ixe 195"

No. 21, Harris’ Collection. “ On Asclepias syriaca, July 10, 1822.
Larve on Asclepias, Oct. 15, 1832. North Cannon, Mich., T. E.
Wetmore.’’ Westfield, Mass., Dr. S. Shurtleff.

2. L. reclivatus.

Lygeus reclivatus Say, Journ. Acad. Phila., rv, 321, 1. Lygeus bi-
punctulus H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., rx, 195...

“Columbia River,’ Washington Territory.

In Harris’ Collection, without a regular number.

ERYTHRISCHIUS Stal.

E. fasciatus.

Lygeus aulicus H.-Schf. (mec. Linn.), Wanz. Ins., v1, 76, fig. 646.

Lggeus fasciatus Dallas, Brit. Mus. List Hemipt., 1, 538,17. Ery-
thrischius fasciatus Stal, Enum. Hemipt., rv, 103, 14.

No. 86, Harris’ Collection. ,“ North Carolina, Mr. Hentz, July;
Pennsylvania, Dr. Pickering; Louisiana, Mr. Eustis.”

a

1878]. 887 [Uhler.

Another specimen, with printed label No. 522, is a male of the va-
riety with orange hemelytra. The species is common all over the
eastern side of the North American continent, from Maine to Florida,
and thence through the West Indies, Mexico, and Central America
to Brazil.

MYODOCHINA.

PTOCHIOMERA Say.
P. nodosa.

Piochiomera nodosus Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, 18, 9. Apha-
nus clavatus Dallas, Brit. Mus. Cat. Hemipt., 590, 5.

No. 144, Harris’ Collection. “Alabama, February, Prof. Hentz,
and North Carolina.”

M.M. Amyot and Serville, in their “ Histoire naturelle des In-
sectes: Hémipteres’’ have employed the term Plociomerus, placing
Say’s name after it, for a genus represented by the European Pachy-
merus fracticollis Schill. This is in no sense equivalent to the genus
Ptochiomera of Say, and should not be confused with it because of
similarity of spelling. More recently Dr. Stal has used the name
Ligyrocoris in its stead, and referred to it two of our common species
described by Say in his genus Pamera. However, as the latter au-
thor has failed to characterize that genus, it cannot stand; and the
species included in it will be distributed to the different genera in
which they belong.

In 1861 Dr. Fieber, in ‘his “ Europiischen Hemiptera,’ employed
the name Plociomerus for four European species, including the P.
fraticollis Schill., and our Ligyrocoris silvestris Linn.; hence if the
genus of M.M. Amyot and Serville must be set aside, that of Dr.
Stal must be snbstituted for it.

The Ptochiomera nodosa is quite common beneath stones, etc., in
fields and meadows in early spring, and like Muicropus falicus and
Blissus leucopterus often has the hemelytra and wings short or unde-
veloped.

Cnemopus H.-Schf.
C. mavortius.
Astemma mavortia Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, 10... Cnemodus
brevipennis H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., 1x, 184, pl. 309, fig. 948.
No. 118, Harris’ Collection. “3%, Cambridge, Randall.’’
Determined by Mr. Say.
Extremely common in sheltered places beneath stones, fallen leave

Uhler.] 388 April 17,

and rubbish. It varies much in the breadth of its outline, and has
the hemelytra and wings of at least three dimensions. Most com-
monly in the vicinity of Baltimore the hemelytra are shorter than the
abdomen.

Myopocna Latr.
M. serripes.

Myodocha serripes Oliv., Encyc. Method., vir, 106. Myodocha
petiolata Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, 19. Myodocha opetiolata
Fitch (by misprint), N. Y. State. Agricult. Soc. Trans., xvu, 781.
Chiroleptes raptor Kirby, Fauna Bor. Amer., Iv, 281. MJyodocha serri-
pes H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins:, 1x, fig. 966. .

No. 27, Harris’ Collection. ‘“ Under boards, Dec. 1, 1830 March
25, 1828. Dr. Pickering, Philadelphia; and North Carolina, Prof.

Hentz.”
Determined as M. petiolata by Mr. Say.

This is an extremely common species, often found in company with
the preceding. Occasionally common in stubble fields after the
wheat and oats have been reaped and removed; sometimes, also, in
the straw stored in the barns. It may be found hibernating in win-
ter beneath stones, logs, and leaves, or in stumps of trees behind the
loose bark.

Licyrocoris Stal.

1l.: L. sylvestris.

Cimex sylvestris Linn., Fauna Suec., 256: Plociomerus silvestris
Fieb., Eur. Hemipt., 171. Plociomerus diffusus Uhler, Proc. Boston
Soc. Nat. Hist., 1871, p. 101; Extra, 9. Pamera contracia Say,
Heteropt., 16. .

No. 103, Harris’ Collection. ‘ New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard.”

Dr. Harris (upon Mr. Say’s own determination) refers this species
to Pamera bilobata Say. It does not, however, agree with the descrip-
tion of that insect, and upon comparison with specimens is seen to
be widely different from it. The P. bi/obata is an inhabitant of the
Southern States, being quite common in Florida, South Carolina and
Louisiana. Its most northern limit thus far observed is in the Caro-
linian district of Maryland.

2. L. constrictus.

Pamera constricta Say, Heteropt., 15, No.1. Beosus abdominalis
Guér., Sagra, Hist. Nat. de Cuba, Ins., 397. Plociomera piligera
Stal, Stettin. Ent. Zeitschr., xvii, 312.

1878.] 389 [Uhler .

No. 122, Harris’ Collection. “ Milton, Aug. 15, 1831.”

Determined as Pamera constricta by Mr. Say.

This species is moderately common in Eastern Massachusetts, and
extends as far south as Mexico and Central America. It seems to be
abundant in Cuba, and occasional in the other large islands of fhe
Antilles. ,

In colors and proportions, as well as in amount of pilosity, it is
quite variable, and but for the links between the extremes, might
readily be arranged in about three species. The males are some-
times very slender, causing them to appear abnormally long-legged;
while the females are occasionally very obese, dark and dull, espe-
cially when distended with eggs. They live in the rubbish of fields
and gardens, especially among tangled grasses and plants, in late
summer.

OzopHorRA Uhler.

Elongate-oval, sides subparallel. Head small, sinuated before the
eyes, the diameter through the eyes greater than the anterior width
of the pronotum; tylus convex, bluntly curved; cranium bald at
base, and on each side of the vertex, the remainder and the face pu-
bescent ; surface behind the eyes tumid; the eyes situated on the
sides a little below the plane of the vertex, deeply seated, and not
close to the pronotum. Antenne long, slender, minutely pubescent;
basal joint more than half as long as the head, stouter than the api-
eal one ; second almost as long as the Basal and third conjoined ;
fourth a little curved, as stout as the thickened tip of the third. Ros-
trum reaching behind the posterior coxe, the basal joint as long
as the head. Thorax trapezoidal, sinuated on the sides, the lat-
eral margins narrowly reflexed from the humeri to near the collum,
the reflexed line thick and undulated ; anterior lobe of the pronotum
moderately convex, a little more than half as long as the posterior
lobe, the anterior margin with a narrow, raised collum; posterior lobe
wider than the length of the two lobes conjoined, the posterior mar-
gin concave, and the lateral margins sinuated; the humeri much ele-
vated, smooth, tubercle-like; pleura with a crescentic, smooth, ele-
vated longitudinal lobe, placed just below the lateral carina of the
pronotum. Legs long, the anterior femora thick, abruptly narrowed
at base, with a few very slender remote spines between the middle
and the tip, posterior femora very long and slender. Scutellum short,
acute. Membrane with five curved nervures, the two inner ones par-

Uhler.] 390 [April 17,

allel to each other, the extreme outer one very short and almost
straight.

Similar. in form to the preceding genus, but differing at first sight
by the carinate reflexed, margin of pronotum, ete.
O. picturata.

Ozophora picturata Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 102.

Pale rufo-piceous, or dull rufo-testaceous, elongate-oval, colors be-
neath and upon the anterior lobe of pronotum opaque; hemelytra and
base of pronotum glossy. Antenne, rostrum, legs, hemelytra, poste-
rior lobe of pronotum, and scutellum, testaceous. Apex of the sec-
ond and third joints, and apical two-thirds of the last joint of the
antenne, blackish, the basal third of the latter white. Head finely
punctured beneath, and more densely so upon the middle line, front,
and near the eyes; tips of the lateral lobes, and of the tylus, honey-
yellow, tip of rostrum piceous. Anterior lobe of pronotum impunc-
tured, more or less dark brown, the raised collar yellow, with a few
brown spots; lateral elevated margins more or less’ yellow, or pale
piceous; posterior lobe coarsely, irregularly, remotely punctured with
brown, and with brown longitudinal stripes (usually five), of which
the middle one is divided longitudinally by a smooth yellow line; hu-
meri smooth, yellow, generally with a dark brown spot exteriorly.
Pectoral areas with fine, remote, shallow punctures; posterior and
upper edges of the metasthetium yellow, coxe and the surface at
their base pale piceous, or yellow. Scutellum remotely punctured,
having a \/-shaped, smooth, yellow line (with its apex pointing
towards the apex of the scutellum), the lateral edges and tip, also,
yellow. Hemelytra punctured with brown in oblique lines, the clavus
clouded with brown; corium with a small streak near the base, a
broad spot behind the middle, which reaches the exterior edge in a
small (usually detached) spot, a spot at the apical exterior corner,
which continues along the suture of the membrane to the inner an-
gle, fuscous; costal margin broadly white, impunctured ; membrane
fuscous, a few irregular figures near the base, the nervures, and a
large spot at the tip, white. Venter impunctured, clothed with fine
yellowish pubescence. Length a trifle more or less than 6 millims.
Humeral breadth, 1.5 millims.

No. 127, Harris’ Collection, 2. ‘Cambridge, Mass., April 9, 1835.”

Beosus Burmeisteri Guer., belongs to this genus, and is so closely
allied to this species that a long series of specimens may prove them
to be identical. I have examined only females. A careful study of

1878.] 391 [Uhler.

the male will, probably, render it necessary to add to the eeu
characters employed above.

Eremocoris Fieber.
E. ferus.

Pamera fera Say, Hemipt., 16,4. LHremocoris ferus Uhler, Proc.
Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 103. Rhyparochromus borealis Dallas, Brit.
Mus. Cat., 565, 16.

No. 73, Harris’ Collection, 3%, °.

The No. 73 of Dr. Harris’ MS. Catalogue is called Anisoscelis
- prominulus Say, MSS. Both Dr. Harris and Mr. Say well knew the
genus Anisoscelis; so there must have been originally a very differ-
ent insect from the present with that number attached to the pin. I,
accordingly, omit the dates of capture given in the Catalogue, as I
am not sure that they refer to the present species.

a Rist:
PERITRECHUS Fieber.
P. fraternus.

Peritrechus fraternus Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N.H., 1871, p. 103.

‘Elongate-ovate, very slightly convex, black, above dull; without
long pile. Head black, a little polished, with fine, remote punctures
above and beneath, face with fine pubescence, which is erect and
longer about the tip of the tylus. Antenne pitchy-black, clothed
with short, erect pile, the scapus and incisures of the joints pale pi-
ceous. ‘Pip of tylus and rostrum pale piceous, or honey-yellow, the
rostrum (2) reaching beyond the mesosternum, its tip darker pice-
ous. Thorax broad, very slightly convex, the impression dividing
the anterior from the posterior lobe very indistinct, but a little better
defined each side, the lateral reflexed margin decurved correspond-
ingly with the anterior angles so as to mect the middle line of the
eye; surface dull, having a few minute, remote, prostrate hairs; the
anterior lobe black, the collar pale piceous, the posterior lobe dull
ochreous-yellow, with remote, coarse, blackish punctures; the poste-
rior margin smooth, impunctured; humeri moderately elevated, the
tubercle long, with a dusky spot in front. Pectus dull black, the
pleural pieces having a few remote, obsolete punctures. Legs, pale
rufo-piceous, the anterior femora blackish-piceous, excepting the
knees; tibiee dusky above, becoming paler towards the tip, the tarsi
also pale, but more or less dusky above and at tip, intermediate and
posterior femora dark piceous upon the middle, the trochanters,

Uhler.] 392 [April 17,

cox and surface adjacent pale rufo-piceous. Scutellum long, convex,
dull black, the raised edge, tip and submargins near the tip pale
ochreous-yellow, the surface before the tip remotely punctured, and
with a shallow depression upon the middle. Hemelytra pale, dull
ochreous-yellow, punctured obliquely, in numerous rows, with black;
a few dusky spots and clouds, caused by aggregations of punctures,
near the interior edge of the clavus and upon the disk and posterior
portion of the corium, the corium having the costal margin, and two
or more small spots on the disk, smooth, yellow. Membrane whitish,
with a spot not far from the interior angle and a few less distinct
ones upon the middle and sides, brown; the milk-white spot of the
interior angle not very distinct. Venter black, shining, very mi-
nutely, closely punctured, covered with minute, yellowish pubescence.
Costal submargin at tip with a black spot. Length, 5 millims.; hu-
meral breadth, 1.75 millims. ¢.

No. 146, Harris’ Collection. “Cambridge, Mass., April 20, 1837,
under a board.”

GoNIANOTUS Fieber.

G. marginepunctatus.

Lygeus marginepunctatus Wolff, Ic. Cim., 150, tab. xv, fig. 144.
Pachymerus marginepunctatus Hahn, Wanz. Ins., 1, fig. 32. Gonian-
otus marginepunctatus Fieber, Eur. Hemipt., 197, 1.

No. 128, Harris’ Collection. “ Cambridge, Mass., May 1, 1835.”

This species is probably an importation from Europe, as, it offers
no difference from specimens which I have examined from Germany.
Several of the varieties found in Europe are, also, to be met with in
this country.

BLISSINA.

Buissus Burm.
B. leucopterus.

Lygeus leucopterus Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 14,5. Micropus
leucopterus Fitch, Country Gent., v, 396; aes N.Y. State Agri-
cult. Soc., x1v, 293. Micropus leucopterus Signoret, Ann. Soc.
France, 3d ser., Vv, 31, No. 11, pl. 2, fig. 11.

Harris’ Collection, without a number. “Nov. 1, 1844. Cam-
bridge, June 17, 1853, garden. Illinois, Sept. 16, 1850, living.”
‘‘ In meadows under stones and sticks; in swarms.’

All but one of the specimens from Massachusetts are of the short-
winged form. Those from Illinois have the hemelytra and wings
fully developed.

1878.] 393 [Uhler.

GEOCORINA.

Gerocoris Fallen.
1. G. piceus.

Salda picea Say, Hemipt. New Harm.,, 18, 1.

No. 10, Harris’ Collection, ¢, ?. “Under boards. Dec. 10, 1830.
May 18, 1829. March, 1831. April 3 and 27, 1831. May 10, 1831.”

Dr. Harris, in the MS. Catalogue, calls this Salda pedunculata Say,
but I do not find any such name among Say’s descriptions.
2. G. bullatus.

Salda bullata Say, Hemipt., 18, 2.

No. 104, Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2. ‘“ New Hampshire, Mr. Leon-
ard. 104? Florence, Alab., Mr. Hentz, Jan. or Feb., 1836.”

Determined by Mr. Say.

This species varies greatly. The large specimen from Alabama
agrees, except in size, with specimens from other parts of the Union.

NYSIINA.
BeLonocnuitus Uhler.

Elongate-oval, flattened above, thorax and head forming a long tri-
angle; abdomen elongate-elliptical, sides parallel. Head very long,
acutely narrowed to the tip, gently cylindrico-convex above, slizhtly
slanting ; tylus long, reaching to about the anterior line of the eyes,
a little narrowed at base, the tip scarcely projecting beyond the la-
brum; superior lobe of cheeks triangular, emarginated above, acu-
minate at tip, the inferior lobe longer, elongated, rounded at tip and
coalescing with the buccule, convexly raised on the middle line, not
quite extending to the tip of the tylus, buccule linear, thin, expanded
at tip; rostrum long and slender, reaching to the tip of the sixth seg-
ment, first joint as long as the head, enclosed at base by the buccule,
a little stouter than the second, the second a little longer than the
first, third about twice the length of the fourth, fourth a little shorter
than the first, the two latter very slender,’a little more so than the
second joint; antenne about as long as the head, pronotum, and scu-
tellum united, the basal joint obconical, constricted at base, inserted
about half way between the eye and tip of tylus, its length being
less than that from the eye to the end of: the scapus, much thicker
than the succeeding joints, and about equal in thickness to the apical
one; second joint longest, slender, almost as long as the pronotum,
enlarged at tip, third of the same thickness as the second and about

Uhler.] 394 ) [April 17,-

two-thirds as long, also enlarged at tip, fourth thick, scarcely shorter
than the third, conical at base and tip; buccal gutter extending to
the base of the gula. Pronotum short-sub-campanuliform, moderately
declining forwards, surface almost flat, sides sinuated, carinately ele-
vated, posterior margin arcuated to receive the head, posterior mar-
gin subtruncated, emarginated each side adjoining the humeri, hume-
ral angles prominently raised; pro- meso- and metasternum deeply
grooved, the groove also defined on the basal, second and third ven-
tral segments. Scutellum short, broad, transversely elevated at base,
from this a medial, raised, blunt carina runs backward to the tip;
clavus very little broader on a line with the tip of the scutellum than
at base; corium truncated on its interior end, as far as to the median
nervure, exterior to this it is triangularly prolonged, becoming con-
nate with the cuneus, which is moderately bent on its interior mar-
gin; membrane with two closed areoles at base interiorly, from each —
of these a nervule runs back to the tip, and besides these, nearer the
exterior margin, radiate three nervules, the two inner ones running
to the tip, the outer one curving to the exterior margin. Abdomen
flattened above, the connexivum thin, blade-like, much elevated, ven-
tral segments of the female much flattened, strongly overlapping and
carried very obliquely backward, in curved wedges, to the second
seoment.
B. numenius.

Lygeus numenius Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 15, No. 9. Belono-
chilus numerius Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 104.

No. 81, Harris’ Collection, 2. “Sept. 1, 1829. Pennsylvania, Dr.
Pickering.”

This is an extremely rare species in Maryland; but I have exam-

ined several specimens from Ohio and Illinois. It was determined
for Dr. Harris by Mr. Say.

IscHNoRHYNCHUS Fieber.

I. resede Stal. A

Lygeus resede Panzer, Faun. Germ., 40, 20. Lygceus didymus
Zett., Acta Holm., 71 (1819). Lygcus geminatus Say, Hemipt.
New Harm., 14, 7.

No. 41, Harris’ Collection. “April 20, 1822; May 20, 1831, and
New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard. Wier’s, Aug. 16, 135i0

Determined as Lygeus geminatus by Mr. Say. .

This species is quite common both in the Eastern and Western

1878.] 395 (Uhler.

sections of the United States, and is found as far north as Lake Win-
nipeg. One specimen without a number.

‘Nysrus Dallas.
WN. thymi.

Nysius thymi Wolff, Icones Cim., fig. 143.

No. 123, Harris’ Collection. ‘“‘ Cambridge, Mass., Sept. 25, 1832.”
‘* Coreus catenarius Say, MSS.”

Specimens of this insect, collected in Walrussia, at the extreme
northern part of the Mackenzie River region, in Canada, and in
most of the States east of the Mississippi basin, as well as in New
England, have been sent to me for examination. Its introduction
from the Eastern continent to this, or the converse, may have been
across Behring’s Strait, as it is found in Siberia and Kamtschatka.
Dr. Stal has examined specimens from Sitka. Mr. Robert Kennicott
secured specimens in British and Russian America, which are now
the property of the Smithsonian Institution. During some summers
it has been very abundant near Baltimore upon various plants and
bushes around the édges of fields and meadows.

Cymus Hahn.
C. eclavulus.

Cymus claviculus Hahn, Wanz. Ins., 1, 77, tab.12, fig. 44.

No. 79, Harris’ Collection, 2. ‘* April 20, 1822.”

“ Coreus striatipennis Say, MS.”

Evidently introduced from Europe. It is now common in New
England, New York, Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Maryland.

No. 142, from “ Alabama, Prof. Hentz, February,” is a neat little
Pachymerid of new genus and species; but the specimen is too poor
to bear description.

PHYTOCORID.

Minis Auctor.
M. instabilis.

Miris instabilis Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 104.

Form and general appearance similar to M. virens Linn. Green,
greenish-testaceous, or pale dull straw-yellow, clothed with close yel-
low pubescence. Head broad conical, having a blackish vitta each
side, which is usually continued backward over the pronotum and
scutellum to the apex of the corium; apex of the head a little up-

Uhler.] 396 [April 17,
turned, the vertex densely pubescent, minutely confluently punc-
tured, at base bald, impunctured and with a central impressed line.
Antenne robust, rufous, the basal joint a little longer than the
head, sometimes greenish, armed with long stiff hairs. Eyes round,
prominent, posteriorly in contact with the pronotum. Rostrum
reaching to behind the middle coxe. Pronotum convex behind,
finely, deeply and in part confluently punctured, the lateral margins
broadly sinuated, and the carinate edge sharply prominent ; the ante-
rior angle callous exteriorly, and destitute of the carinate edge. Hu- .
meral angles slightly recurved behind, the median line distinct, pale.
Propleura coarsely and confluently punctured, having each side a
slender brown or red line which is continued interruptedly along the
venter; meso- and metapleura punctured on the middle. Hemelytra
almost white on the costal margin and on the inner edge; the surface
pubescent, minutely closely punctured; the cuneus usually pale
green, and the membrane hyaline, or tinged with brown, with rufous
or pale brown nervures, sometimes having a fuscous streak protracted
beyond the nervure. Wings hyaline or faintly infuscated, iridescent,
with the nervures brown. Scutellum more finely punctured than the
pronotum, often having those of the middle and base fuscous, the
middle line pale and smooth. ‘Tergum green or pale rufous, with the
disk more or less infuscated. Venter green or pale rufo-testaceous,
invested with rather close set yellow sericeous pubescence. Legs
pale green, pubescent, usually having the tarsi and apex of the tibize
rufous; posterior femora commonly with two series of piceous or ru-
fous dots above and two similar series below; the nails and part of
joint next to them piceous. Length, 6-74 millims. Breadth of pro-
notum, 13-2 millims.

No. 70, [u] Harris’ Collection,! ¢. ‘New Hampshire, Mr. Leon-
ard. Milton, July 20, 1828.”

Dr. Harris refers this to Miris bivittatus Say, but as no published
description of it has previously appeared, the above will serve to
characterize it for the present. It seems strange that among the
thousands of specimens of Miris which have been collected in regions
whence Prof. Say obtained his, that not one has yet been reported
which agrees with his short diagnosis of MJuris dorsalis. Our species
abounds in New England, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
Delaware, Maryland, Michigan, Illinois, Wisconsin, Minnesota, North

1 The letter ‘‘u’’ in the Harris catalogue means that the specimen is unique.

1878.] 8397 [Uhler.

Carolina; and recently specimens have been brought from Colorado
and Montana. The specimen belonging to No. 70 without the u was
not in the collection when examined by me.

. Loromorruus Doug. & Scott.

L. dolobratus. _

Cimex dolobratus Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 730, No. 103. Lopo-
morphus dolobratus Doug. & Scott, Brit. Hemipt.;?297, No. 5.
_ No. 120, Harris’ Collection, ¢, %. “Muris flagellatus Say, MS.
Cambridge. Determined by himself. Mr. Randall and myself, Au-
gust 15, 1832. June 10, 1833. July 1,1884. June 20, 1835.”

This. species, evidently introduced from Europe, has recently be-
come fully established in localities where it did not exist a few years
ago. In Maryland, on the edges of wheat fields, and in eastern
Massachusetts on grassy low grounds, it appears in swarms. About
ten years ago I first met with a few individual near Baltimore, by
sweeping the grass, etc., about the edge of a wheat field; since then
they have greatly multiplied, and large numbers may now be obtained
there and in similar localities elsewhere. In Cambridge, Mass., the
grass is sometimes crowded with them. Specimens from Connecticut,
kindly obtained for me by Mr. Edward Norton, have the antenne
yellow, and are a little more slender than usual. Both the short-
winged and the fully-winged varieties occur in all the localities known
to me.

Napsipra Uhler. ‘

General form of Nabis, elongated, body subcylindrical. Head
long, subcylindrical, clavate in front including the eyes, behind the
eyes elongated into a neck, which is almost as-long as the face and
front; face blunt and broad, the tylus vertical, forming with the up-
per lobes a globose prominence, the upper lobes almost as broad as
the tylus, triangular at tip; inferior lobes much longer than the upper
ones, narrowed and extending to the tip of the tylus, very slightly
convex, bounded above by a deeply impressed line; tylus at base
connate with the clypeus; cranium between the eyes with a short,
deep, longitudinal groove, behind transversely impressed, behind this
an elevated hump as in the Reduviina; gula moderately swollen be- —
neath the eyes, the middle line slightly gtooved; rostrum moderately
curved, reaching to the posterior cox, the basal joint stout, com-
pressed, extending to the anterior coxa, the apex superiorly produced

Uhler.] 398 [April 17,

over the base of the second joint, the other joints more slender, the
second much compressed, a little longer than the first, third de-
pressed, hardly half as long as the second, apical one longer than
the preceding and shorter than the basal joint; antennz setaceous,
situated below the middle line of the eyes, much longer than the
body, clothed with remote, obliquely-erect hairs, the basal joint eyl-
indrical, slender, gradually enlarging to the tip, rather longer than
the head, second joint much more slender, more than twice as long
as the first, third still more slender, about two-thirds the length of
the second, fourth slightly more slender, a little shorter than the third;
eyes prominent, subhemispherical, a little higher than broad. Pro-
notum subcampanulate, a little broader at base than long, the ante-
rior lobe almost cylindrical, about two-thirds the breadth of the pos-
terior one, the callosities greatly elevated, convex, separated by a
narrow incision, humeral angles slightly elevated, the posterior mar-
gin subtruncate and acutely raised. Legs long, slender, cylindrical,
the posterior femora longer and stouter than the others, curved at
base, the basal joint of the tarsi longer than the two others con-
joined. Sides of the hemelytra subparallel, the costal margin a little
broadened just behind its origin, cuneus long and broad, concavely
arcuated at base and not acutely incised ; membrane extending much
beyond the abdomen in fully winged individuals, the basal cell longer
than the cuneus, elongate, triangular at base, and narrowing from the
middle to tip, where it is truncated. |

N. coracina n. sp.

‘“‘Miris coracinus Say, MS.”

No. 121, Harris’ Collection, 2. “ New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard.”

Determined by Mr. Say.

Black, shining. Head polished, impunctured, a transverse white spot
behind the line of the eyes; eyes glaucous, or pale brown ; antenne fus-
cous or piceous, the basal joint luteous, black at base, scapus yellow;
rostrum pale yellow, almost translucent, piceous at its origin, and also
apical two-thirds of the last jomt piceous. Pronotum black with a
tinge of lead color, collum yellow, near each humeral angle is a large,
round velvety-black spot, callosities large, high, round, polished, sep-
arated by a shallow line; posterior lobe remotely punctured, humeral
angles sharp-edged, yellow, connected on the side with a very short
carina; edges of the anterior coxal sockets, and posterior part of the
metapleura, yellow; legs testaceous, the coxz more or less infuscated,
femora with rows of brown dots. Scutellum blackish, finely punc-

<n 9 ae INS

1878.] 399 * [Uhler.

tured from behind the base to the tip. Hemelytra pale dull testa-
ceous, infuscated near the base on the inner side, as is also the clavus,
particularly on the edge; corium with a fuscous spot near the apex,
and also the interior edge until upon the membrane, membrane
slightly embrowned. Abdomen black, shining, connexivum and basal
edge superiorly of the genital segment yellow; ventral segments
sometimes margined, and spotted on the middle, with yellow.

RESTHENIA Spin.

1. R. insitiva.

Capsus insitivus Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 21, 8.

No. 39, Harris’ Collection. ‘July, 1826.”

Determined by Mr. Say.

This is a southern form, more papieulanly abundant south of Mary-
land. The present is the only specimen that I know to have been
obtained north of Pennsylvania. It is rare in this part of Maryland,
but less so in the districts belonging to the Carolinian fauna.

2. R. confraterna, n. sp.

Bright sanguineous, opaque, form of fA. insitiva. Eyes, antenne,
circle upon the cranium, tylus and labrum black; head across the
eyes much broader than apex of the pronotum, eyes round above and
prominent, front very convex and more elevated than in the preced-
ing species ; the antenne not so stout, clothed with fine, erect hairs,
the basal joint a little shorter than the anterior breadth of the pro-
notum; the second joint twice as long as the basal one and a little
more slender, cylindrical, third joint still more slender, becoming
gradually more so towards the tip, fourth decreasingly slender and
about equal in length to the basal joint; anterior lobe of the gene
extending a little beyond the middle of the tylus, triangular, rather
blunt at tip; inferior lobe not quite reaching the apex of the tylus,
tipped with black; rostrum reaching the posterior coxe, more or less
piceous, the basal joint a little longer than the head, second joint a
little shorter than the fourth, third a little shorter than the second,
slightly swollen at base, fourth joint longest, stouter than the second
or third. Prothorax orange or red, longer than broad, regularly con-
vex on the disk, the collar broad, high, infuscated on the middle, the
incised line deep and entire, running continuously to the anterior
acetabule, callosities high, transverse, black, coalescing on the middle
line; on the middle a large, subtriangular black spot, extending from
the callosities to the basal margin; humeral angles bluntly rounded,

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N.. H.— VOL. XEX, 26 OCTOBER, 1878.

Uhler.] . 400 [April 17,

the posterior margin regularly bowed, the edge turned. downwards;
lateral margins sinuated. Scutellum subequilateral, convexly ele-
vated, opaque, black, impunctured. Hemelytra finely pubescent,
opaque, impunctured, black, the costal margin slightly bowed, broad-
ly bright red, as is also the base of the clavus, base of the cuneus not
incised; membrane fuscous. Wings brown, the nervures darker.
Legs fuscous or black, the middle or apical joints of the tarsi nar-
rower than the basal one; coxe yellowish, tinged with fuscous, or
red, at base. Length, 10 millims. Humeral breadth, 24 millims.

No. 48, Harris’ Collection. ‘“ Massachusetts, Sept. 15, 1827. Var.
New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard. Capsus trifidus Say, MSS.”

The variety alluded to is a race of Capsus dislocatus Say, and not
of the Resthenia just described. A specimen in my collection ob-
tained by myself in Maryland has the circle of the front of the head
filled in with black, and the hemelytra are entirely black. The ab-
domen is blood red, with the genital region and sternum infuscated,
and with the rostrum fuscous, excepting only the first joint on its
upper side, where it is yellowish. In the fresh specimen the rostrum
is remotely pubescent.

In Dr. Harris’ specimen the eyes are black, the legs fuscous, a lit-
tle paler on the underside of femora, the coxze yellowish-white with
a tinge of red, at base a little infuscated, the tarsi pale beneath; the
posterior pair of legs are wanting, as is also the abdomen. ‘The red
margin of the hemelytra is as broad as the clavus, covering the whole
of the cuneus except a very small part of the inner corner. The
black spot-on disk of pronotum is broad at base and gradually nar-
rowing to the head, but dilated in a transverse streak across the cal-
losities. This is the only specimen now present in his collection.

8. R. insignis.

Capsus insignis Say, Heteropt. New Harmony, 22, No. 12.

A specimen with old red label, No. 168, is in the collection.

Derzocoris Kirschb.

l. D. bipunctatus.

Lygeus bipunctatus Fab., Syst. Rhyng., 235, 158.

No. 58, Harris’ Collection. ‘On grass in ioee

Ihave collected many individuals of this species by sweeping the
grass and herbage of the margins of elevated spots in the midst of
the marshes near Chelsea, Mass. It is common in England and on

1878.] 401 {Uhler,

the Continent, and was probably introduced into the United States
from some part of Europe. Named Capsus virens ? F., by Mr. Say.
2. D. rapidus.

Capsus rapidus Say, Hem. New Harm., 20, 4. Capsus melaxan-
thus H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vi11, 18, tab. 254, fig. 794.

No. 45, Harris’ Collection, ¢. “ Pennsylvania, Dr. Pickering.
Milton, June 20, 1827. Cambridge, Aug. 20, 1835. Maine, Randall.
Mt. Auburn, Oct. 8, 1836.”

Determined by Mr. Say.

This is a common species throughout the States east of the Missis-
sippi river, and extends into Canada and British America. Two
specimens, do, 2, are now in this collection.

CoccoBAPHES Uhler.

Long-ovate, gradually expanding to beyond the middle of the
hemelytra, pubescent, punctured. Head about as long as high, blunt,
convex; face vertical, the crown a very little higher than the eyes,
conjointly with the clypeus very convex, bounded on the sides and
front by a line-like impression; eyes remote from the front, subpyri-
form, very convex, bisinuated behind; antenne a little shorter than
the body, basal joint shorter than the pronotum, second two and one-
half times as long as the basal, the base and apex narrowed, third
and fourth setaceous, together a little shorter than the second; tylus
vertical, prominent, convex, not decurved at tip; rostrum reaching to
the posterior coxe, the basal joint longer than the head, broad, much
dilated at tip; superior lobe triangular at tip, almost flat, inferior lobe
longer, prominent, very convex, triangularly rounded at tip. Pro-
notum convex, one and one-half times as broad as long, the collar
broad, flattened on the middle, the callosities transverse, coalescing
in the middle line; lateral edge not carinate, almost straight; pos-
terior margin broadly rounded, the humeral angles triangularly
rounded. Scutellum elevated, almost equilateral, convex. Cuneus
long, acutely narrowed to the tip; corium broadly rounded on the
costal margin, slightly convex, broadest across the tip of the clavus ;
basal celluli of membrane large, long, the postero-interior angle
rounded. Costal area of wings without a recurrent vein.

C. sanguinareus, n. sp.

Blood-red, shining, a little more opaque on the hemelytra, clothed
with yellowish pubescence. Head smooth, brilliant, impunctured,
rastrated about the cavity of the antenne; tylus and eyes black
(the latter sometimes red) ; antennz black, stout, the two basal joints

Uhler.] 402 [April 17,

clothed with pubescence and long, oblique sete, first joint red at
base, the two apical joints yellow, very slender. Posterior attach-
ment to the eyes red. Pronotum rather finely, deeply, confluently
punctured, clothed with erect, yellowish pubescence, the callosities
prominent, and together with the collum and anterior corners polished
and impunctured. Scutellum polished, rather rugulose than punc-
tured, the middle of the base impressed. Hemelytra closely, con-
fluently punctured, the punctures becoming exteriorly more minute;
the posterior portion of the clavus, and a continuation of the same,
color to the base of the membrane, black ; membrane dusky, or black-
ish, veins of the basal areole red. Wings more or less infuscated to-
wards the tip, the veins blackish, costal vein red. Tibiz more or less.
infuseated ; tarsi yellow, blackish at tip.

“ Capsus sanguinarius Say, MSS. So determined by himself.
New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard.”

Length to tip of membrane, 8 millims. Humeral breadth, 2 mil-
lims.

No. 97, ¢, Dr. Harris’ Collection.

A specimen from Canada in my collection has the inward half of
the hemelytra black, from behind the base of the clavus along its
whole breadth to the base of the membrane. The membrane is some-
times black, and the wings nearly so. Iam indebted to the generos-
ity of Mr. Scudder for a specimen from North Carolina.

Puytocoris Fallen. —
1. BP. inops, n. sp.

Pale ash-gray, with a tinge of green; form more slender than in
P. nubilis Say; legs and antenne very slender. Head long, pale yel-
low, tinged with brown, sparingly clothed with long white hairs havy-
ing a few black ones intermixed; spots at base, apical one-third of
tylus, mottlings of cranium and oblique streaks each side, transverse
stripe below the antenne, a broader one below this running the
whole length of the head and interrupted only by the eye, and buc-
cule, dark brown; underside of head yellowish white; eyes large,
oblique, subreniform, emarginate below ; rostrum reaching the middle
of the venter, yellow, infuscated at tip, first joint longer than the
head, second and fourth subequal in length, third nearly equal to the
first; antennee yellowish white, a little longer than the entire insect,
basal joint much stouter than the others, equal in length to the thorax
and head as far as the fore-line of the eyes, clothed with remote

1878.] 403 [Uhler.

brownish white hairs, the upper side with a band at base, a broader
one at tip and four or more spots on the middle, dark brown, be-
neath with a few brown mottlings; the three following joints pubes-
cent, very slender, regularly attenuating to the tip, the second joint
pale at base, equal in length to the third and fourth conjoined, the
third pale at base and tip. Pronotum pale gray, or luteous sprinkled
and spotted with gray or fuscous, clothed with cinereous and black
pubescence, the posterior submargin with six patches of black sete,
the lateral ones being on the humeri, between these patches the sur-
face including the edge is yellowish white. Scutellum yellowish
brown, or greenish, finely pubescent. Hemelytra brown, pubescent,
the costal margin speckled with whitish yellow; disk and base of the
clavus, a large spot near the apex of the corium, covering also the
base of the cuneus, and some streaks on the disk, cinereous or green-
ish; cuneous brown at tip; membrane brown, irrorate and spotted
with whitish, the nervures of the basal areole also whitish. Pectus
greenish yellow, brown at sides superiorly, where are also a few yel-
low spots; mesosternum brown. Coxe and femora yellow, or green-
ish, the latter brown at tip, sprinkled and spotted with yellow, tibiz
yellow, anterior and intermediate ones with three brown bands, the
latter with a brown trace at tip, posterior tibiz sprinkled and spotted
with brown, tarsi yellow, more or less infuscated, the tip and nails
brown. Venter yellow, or greenish, the sides superiorly with a broad
fuscous stripe, the disk and sides with a few reddish brown spots, the
genital segment more or less infuscated. Length, 6-7 millims. Hu-
meral breadth, 13 millims.

No. 58, Harris’ Collection. ‘‘Capsus inops Say, MSS., deter-
mined by himself. Cambridge, Sept. 1, 1837. Dublin, N. H., Mr.
Leonard. Milton, Mass., Aug. 15, 1832.”

2. P. nubilus.

Capsus nubilus Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 22, 10.

No. 131, Harris’ Collection, ¢. ‘Nashua, N. H., July 21, 1835.”
Another specimen with new, printed number 52.

This is a widely distributed species, common in various parts of the
Union, and found also in Canada and Mexico. In Massachusetts I
swept it from a species of Solidago, and from different kinds of herbs
growing in and about damp spots. Near Baltimore it may be met
with upon the Cephalanthus occidentalis, and occasionally upon black-
berry bushes or grape vines.

Uhler.] 404 [April 17,

'TROPIDOSTEPTES.

Form oval, rather broad, broadest across the posterior part of the
corium, abruptly deflected behind the line of the tips of the cunei.
Head broad, vertical, broad and blunt at tip, cranium very convex,
the occiput with a linear, transverse, entire carina connecting the
eyes; eyes small, oblique, laterally prominent, reniform, subacute at -
the upper corner; cranial surface higher than the eyes, the front very .
convex, each side near the eyes deeply impressed; the frontal bound-
ary impression sharply defined ; sutures bounding the tylus deep, the
tylus elongate-quadrilateral, with an impressed line upon each side ;
lateral superior lobe broad, convex, emarginated in front, the tipa
little rounded, and subtruncate, inferior lobe longer, convex, subelon-
gate-quadrate ; rostrum stout, reaching to the posterior coxz; anten-
nz short, slender, basal joint almost bald, the second joint a little
more slender at base than tip, remotely pubescent. Pronotum about
one-half as long as broad, disk posteriorly very convex ; anterior
margin with a linear, much elevated carina, posterior margin broadly
rounded, lateral margins straight, acute; callosities prominent, trans-
verse; humeri elevated, the angles-abruptly rounded; anterior angles
slightly rounded. Scutellum convex. Wings with no recurrent vein
in the costal areole.

This genus is allied to Polymerus, but differs in having the head
thick and blunt at tip, with the corresponding modification of the
upper and lower cheek-lobes, the eyes smaller and not so prominent
anteriorly, the tylus less elongated, and more curved inwardly at
tip, and the lateral margin of the thorax straighter and more com-
plete.

T. cardinalis.

Capsus cardinalis Say, MSS., determined by himself.

Bright scarlet, polished, coarsely, deeply, confluently punctured.
Antenne, eyes, tylus, base of labrum, membrane, cunei along the
interior margin and behind the middle to the tip, also the adjacent
portion of the corium as far as the membrane, black. Head paler
red, smooth, polished; with a few punctures in the depressions near
the eyes and antenne. Pronotum paler in front, very coarsely, deeply,
somewhat confluently punctured, the elevated jateral edge smooth,
impunctured, surface below the edge coarsely punctured. Under side
of head, sternal ends of coxz, basal joint of rostrum, middle line
of venter, and genital hook of male, yellow. Legs reddish black, or

1878.] 405 [Uhler.

red, with a pale band at tip of the anterior and intermediate tibiez,
tarsi yellowish, or dusky, with a black tip. Venter pale red, or
slightly infuscated, clothed with remote, prostrate, yellow pubes- .
cence; postpectus at sides, and surface of the hemelytra, minutely,
remotely pubescent.

Length to tip of hemelytra, 5-6 millims. Extreme breadth of
hemelytra, 24 millims.

No. 84, Harris’ Collection, 2. ‘‘ Massachusetts, June 20, 1831.”’
In my collection are specimens from Andover, Mass. (F. G. Sanborn),
Chicago (Robert Kennicott), and Connecticut (EK. Norton).

The rostrum is generally dusky, but sometimes yellow or reddish
with a tinge of black, and the tip black.

LopipEA Uhler.

Elongate-oval, minutely pubescent, the sides subparallel. Head
vertical, from the front to the occiput very short, face transverse,
fully twice as broad as long, the front raised in the middle, grooved
each side adjoining the eyes; eyes subhemispherical, large, very
prominent, occiput transversely impressed, the carina. higher in the
middle; surface of the face not elevated beyond the line of the eyes;
antennz placed just below the lower line of the eyes, in length
almost equal to the thorax and hemelytra together, the basal joint
about as long as the breadth between the eyes, abruptly narrowed at
base, second joint three times as long as the first, either cylindrical
or tapering at each end, the third joint more slender, about two-
thirds the length of the second, fourth about equal in length to the
first; tylus beginning vertical, then curving obliquely backwards be-
low, lateral lobes flattened, the superior ones small, elongate-quad-
rate, obliquely truncate; rostrum reaching upon the intermediate
coxe, the basal joint stout, reaching to the anterior cox, second
joint compressed, much more slender, of about the same length as
the basal one, third tapering, shorter than the second, about equal to
the fourth, which tapers still more finely to the tip. Pronotum tra-
pezoidal, about one-half broader than long, lateral edges strongly
carinately elevated, the middle of posterior margin sinuated, de-
flexed; callosities oval, placed obliquely, detached, situated in a de-
pression; point of contact of corium and cuneus deeply notched.
Areole of membrane elongated, with the sides subparallel, triangu-
larly narrowed from beyond the middle to the end.

“%

Uhler.] 406 [April 17,

L. media.
Capsus medius Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 22, 11. Capsus ro-
binie Uhler, Proc. Ent. Soc. Phila., 1, 24.

” No. 126, Harris’ Collection, 3,2. “ Cambridge, Mass., Aug. 1,

1834. On Robinia.”

This is the yellow variety of Capsus medius Say, which greatly
abounds during midsummer on Robinia pseudacacia. I have met
with the red type of this species upon blackberry bushes.

Lycus Hahn.

1. L. lineatus.
Lygeus lineatus Fab., Syst. Rhyng., 234, 152. Capsus 4-vittatus ©

Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 20, 5. - Calocoris lineatus Stal, Hemipt,

Fabris S673: :

Nos. 80 and 106, Harris’ Collection. “ New Hampshire, Mr. Leon-
ard. Maine, Randail, July. On grass, July, 1829.”

This species is very widely distributed throughout North America:
Specimens have passed through my hands, which were collected in
Canada, British Columbia, Nebraska, and in almost all the States of
the Atlantic coast, as well as in Mexico. Dr. Stal places it in the
genus Calocoris Fieb., but it disagrees with Dr. Fieber’s characters of
the genus.

Determined as Capsus 4-vittatus by Mr. Say. In one pair the eyes
are yellow, in the others they are black.

2. LL. dislocatus.

Capsus dislocatus Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 21, 6.

Nos. 48, 59, 60, Harris’ Collection. “No. 48, &, Capsus trifidus
Say, MSS. Sept. 15, 1827. Var. New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard.”

“No. 59, 2, Capsus lugubris Say, MSS. On grass, June, Maine
Randall.”

“No. 60, 2, Capsus dislocatus Say. On grass, June, Massachu-
setts.” ‘These names are from Mr. Say himself.

This is a somewhat common species occurring in Canada and in
almost all the States east of the Rocky Mountains. I have taken
many pairs in coitu near Baltimore, and commonly found the males
black and the females yellow, with more or less of the dislocated black
vitta on the hemelytra. But varieties occasionally occur which look
very much like a cross between this species and L. lineatus Fab.
Other varieties have a more or less sanguineous pronotum ; still oth-
ers are negrine females, with only a few streaks of yellow. No. 59

1878.] ; 407 [Uhler.

is a female, almost entirely black. No. 48 is a female almost entirely
orange-yellow above. But these last two varieties of the female have
thus far been of rather rare occurrence.

3. IL. lineolaris.

Coreus ? lineolaris Palisot Beauv., Ins. Afr. et Amér., 187, pl. xi,
fig. 7 (C. linearis on the plate). Capsus oblineatus Say, Hemipt.
New Harm., 21,7. Phytocoris lineolaris Harris, Ins. Injur., 200.

No. 8, Harris’ Collection, g, 2. “ Capsus oblineatus Say. Cam-
bridge, Mass., July 15, 1838. On potatoes and dahlias; abundant.
Florence, Ala., Hentz, Jan. and Feb., 1836. North Carolina, Aug.
15, 1831-32; April 20; autumn of 1834; and Maine, Randall, May
9.” Named C. oblineatus for Dr. Harris by Mr. Say.

This is the North American analogue of the European Lygus cam-
pestris Linn., if it be indeed anything more than a local race of that
species. It is quite as variable here as the L. campestris is in Europe
and is distributed over the greater part of North America, including
the more temperate parts of the sub-arctic regions. In North Caro-
lina and Tennessee it extends to the summits of the peaks more than
7000 feet above the level of the sea. '

4. IL. invitus.

Capsus invitus Say, Heteropt., 24, No. 21.

Form of Lygus contaminatus H.-Schf. Pale, obscure yellow ;' an-
tenn and transverse carina at base of head very slender, the former
nearly as long as the hemelytra, the apical joint infuscated ; surface
of head polished, impunctured, clothed with short hairs; tylus slen-
der, short ; eyes brown, large, prominent. Pronotum smooth, very
convex, sparingly hairy, finely, densely, mostly confluently punctured.
Scutellum moderately convex, brighter yellow, closely and finely
wrinkled and punctured, minutely pubescent. Hemelytra closely
covered with yellow prostrate pubescence, finely, closely punctured ;
clavus embrowned, a brown cloud across the tip of the corium invad-
ing the base of the membrane, the membrane with a brown spot
occupying the tip of the areole, behind this a marginal smaller
‘brown spot, and still farther back a smaller one. Inferior surface and
legs lighter yellow, the venter finely pubescent, shining, and more or
less embrowned about the disk. Leneth to tip of hemelytra, 6 mil-
lims, Humeral breadth, 1? miilims.

Specimens in my own collection from Massachusetts and Illinois
are entirely pale soiled yellow, with the cranium, fore part of thorax
and sides of hemelytra brighter yellow; while others have a dark

Uhler.] 408 [April 17,

stripe each side of pronotum extending upon the basal angles of the
scutellum, with the hemelytral bands dark brown, and with several
brown spots upon the membrane. I have a male specimen from Mas-
sachusetts, with the thorax, legs, and exterior part of the corium,
green. A specimen from York Co., Pa., is dirty yellow, with the
hemelytra soot-brown, excepting only the base, costal margin and
cuneus. In Dr. Harris’ specimen (?) there is only a slight duski-
ness on the clavus, a faint cloud at the tip of the corium, and a ves-
tige on the membrane about the tip of the cuneus. The veins of the
areole are brighter yellow very slightly edged with dusky.

No. 46, Harris’ Collection, 2. “July 15, 1827. June 20, 1831.”

Determined as C. invitus by Mr. Say.

In Maryland this species sometimes abounds on the blossoms of
the wild grapes, during June. The colors in life are bright pea-
green, the hemelytra more or less tinged with yellow, and the mark-
ings olive-brown. When recently excluded, the colors are very pale,
with but a faint tinge of green.

Capsus Fab.

C. capillaris.

Cimex capillaris Fab., Mantis., 1, 305, 270. Capsus capillaris
Fieb., Europ. Hem., 264, 10.

No. 95, Harris’ Collection, 2. “ Capsus abruptus Say, MSS.
Pennsylvania, Dr. Pickering.” Named by Mr. Say.

A well known European species, no doubt accidentally introduced
into this country. I have a specimen which was collected near New
York city, and another was sent to me from Para, Brazil.

CAMPTOBROCHIS Fieb.

C. nebulosus.

Camptobrochis nebulosus Uhler, Hayden’s Surv. Montana, 417.

Pale olivaceo-testaceous, ovate, robust, polished, coarsely punc-
tured. Head black, polished, impunctured, transverse groove in front
of the basal carina deep, the carina, a streak adjoining each eye, a
short one on the middle of the face, another extending along the ty-
lus, and one each side of the tylus, pale yellow; antennz with short
hoary pubescence, the basal joint black, polished, second piceous-
yellow, obscured at base and tip, third and fourth obscurely piceous-
yellow; buccule and sete yellow, the rostral sheath more or less pice-

1878.] 409 [Uhler.

ous, paler on the basal joint. Pronotum grayish testaceous, regularly
convex, with deep, remote, black punctures, which are confluent near
the sides, a large black cloud on the disk, and several vestiges about
the sides and near the posterior margin; callosities black, smooth, but
rather slightly elevated ; collum, lateral carinze, and posterior edge
yellow, the lateral margins sinuated, deflexed, carinate on the edge;
posterior margin broadly rounded, feebly sinuated on the middle and
adjoining the humeri, humeral angles a little raised, broadly rounded;
anterior angles almost rectangular, a little rounded; pleurz black,
margined with yellowish, and together with the anterior xyphus
deeply, confluently’ punctured ; sternum opaque black, posteriorly
margined with yellow, the odoriferous glands pale yellow. Femora
black, remotely whitish pubescent, obsoletely punctured, at tip pale
yellow, knees with a black spot; tibia pale yellow, with two piceous-
black rings a short distance below the knees and another at tip; tarsi
pale yellow, more or less piceous at base and tip, nails blackish.
Scutellum blackish piceous, confluently punctured, except at tip, each
side of the base and on the apex is an ivory-yellowish spot. Heme-
‘lytra olive-testaceous, remotely punctured with brown, costal edge,
base, the tip exteriorly, several large and occasionally coalescing
spots beyond the middle and base, interior edge and apex of the
clavus, interior corner and apex of the cuneus, dark brown; cuneus
broad, short, acute, sharply incised at base; membrane transparent,
the nervures of the areole, the middle of their margin, a small spot
beyond and a vestige at base, brown. Venter black, polished, re-
motely, minutely yellowish pubescent, finely, remotely, obsoletely
punctured; genital pieces of the female piceous. Length, 34-4 mil-
lims. Humeral breadth, 1} millims.

This species is in the collection, but without a number. “May 15,
Specimens in my own collection were captured in Canada, Maine,
Massachusetts, Illinois, ete. In eastern Massachusetts I have beaten
many specimens from the pine trees during all the summer months.

PLAGIOGNATHUS Fieb.
P. obscurus.
Plagiognathas obscurus Uhier, Hayden’s Surv. of Montana, 418.

Elongate-oval, dull black, or fuscous, clothed with yellowish pubes-
cence. Head black or piceous, the occipital ridge pale, face trans-
verse, moderately convex, obliquely inclining, smooth, sparingly pu-
bescent ; tylus rather abruptly prominent, cylindrico-convex, black,

Uhler.] 410 [April 17,

- cheeks black, the superior lobe small, convex, the inferior lobe longer,
subtriancular, acute at tip, gula black, buccule margined with yel-
low; labrum and setz yellow, rostrum yellow, or pale piceous, shin-
ing, reaching a little beyond the posterior coxe, the basal joint black,
a little longer than the head; antenne black, or blackish fuscous, mi-
nutely hairy, basal joint yellow at tip, the third and fourth joints
paler than the others. Pronotum regularly convex, broader than
long, polished, obsoletely wrinkled, rather more closely pubescent in
the males than in the females; humeral angles a little prominent,
subacute ; posterior margin regularly bowed, the edge deflexed;
lateral margins oblique, hardly sinuated, the sides siecle deta’
ing, the carinate edge blunt; anterior submargin collar-like, sin-
uated in the middle, the callosities very slightly elevated, broad
and long, coalescing interiorly. Pectus piceous, or black, bald, shin-
ing, edges of anterior acetabule and xyphus, mesopleural piece, teg-
ula and surroundings of the posterior acetabulz, more or less yellow,
sometimes tinged with piceous; anterior and intermediate femora
slightly sprinkled with brown near the tip, posterior femora com- —
pressed, a little embrowned above and below, on the inner and outer "
faces with a few brown dots; knees with a black dot, tibial spines
black, and each with a black dot at the base; tarsi more or less pi-
ceous at base and tip, nails black. Scutellum minutely, obsoletely
rugulose, black, shining, having a yellow \/ formed by the tip of the
lateral margins. Hemelytra black or piceous, closely clothed with -
yellowish pubescence, corium at base with a pale yellow elongated
spot, which runs along the suture and slightly upon the clavus, a
small spot at exterior tip, and the cuneus with a large spot touching
the base, also yellow; membrane smoky brown, the basal edge, ner-
vures of the areole, and a pale spot on the middle, yellowish. Venter
piceous, minutely pubescent, the superior genital appendages of the
male yellowish, the lateral appendages blackish. The deeply colored
females usually have the venter black, more or less invaded by yel-
low, or whitish, spots on the middle and sides. Length, 4 millims.
Humeral breadth, 14 millims.

No. 130, Harris’ Collection, 3. “ Cambridge, Mass., July 14, 1835.”
The two specimens in this collection are males; the one a newly ex-
cluded specimen.

The species is widely fepouel: in the United States, and is foil
also in British Columbia and Canada. It sometimes swarms on

1878.] 411 [Ubler.

golden-rod and ox-eye daisy in Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, and
Maryland, during the greater part of summer.

RHOPALOTOMUS Fieb.

R. ater.

Cimex ater Linn., Syst. Nat., 11, 725,72; Fab., Ent. Syst., 1v
178, No. 156. Lygeus flavicollis Wolff, Icon. Cim., tab. 4, fig. 32.

“ Capsus testudineus Say, Mass.” Named by himself. The variety
with yellow thorax.

Nos. 43 and 59, Harris’ Collection. ‘On grass, June 17, 1827.
June 30, 1826.” No. 59, “Capsus lugubris Say, MSS., also determ-
ined by Mr. Say. .On grass, June, Maine, Randall.” Another spec-
imen with locality unmarked.

This is the black variety with yellow cranium. The species varies
rather considerably in the thickness of the second joint of the an-
tenne. Itis found from the extreme north of British America to
the southern parts of the United States. In Europe it is also widely
distributed.

Hauticocoris Dougl. & Scott.

H. pallicornis.

Salda pallicornis Fab., Syst. Rhyng., 115, 6. Halticocoris palli-
cornis Dougl. & Scott, Brit. Hem., 479, 1.

‘““Capsus alticus Say, MSS.,” determined by himself.

No. 99, Harris’ Collection, 2. “New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard.”

I can find no satisfactory characters to separate this from the Ku-
ropean species to which it is here referred. By a direct comparison
with foreign specimens it seems to be the same, although some speci-
mens show a tendency to be yellow against the inner side of the eyes,
and to have the front pair of legs entirely yellow. When fresh, the
hemelytra are sprinkled with minute dots of prostrate silvery hairs.
Dr. Fieber says the “‘ body is coarsely punctured above.” In all the
specimens which I have examined from both sides of the Atlantic,
the upper surface, particularly of the pronotum, is rather rastrated
and shagreened than punctured. The anterior part, and occasionally
the posterior part, of the pronotum is transversely wrinkled. In my
collection are specimens from Illinois, Massachusetts, Pennsylvania,
and Maryland. ‘The species sometimes abounds near Baltimore
around the edges of fields, in the month of July.

Dr. Harris’ two specimens are females, of a dull black color, faintly

Uhler.] 412 [April 17,

marked with yellow adjoining the eyes; with the posterior tibie pi-
ceous at base.

PAaMEROcORIS Uhler.

General form of Anthocoris Auctor. Head horizontal, much longer
than broad, subconical, constricted at base, cranium horizontal,
slightly convex, higher than the eyes; face long, triangularly nar-
rowing, declining to the tip, clypeus transversely impressed before
the eyes; eyes large, prominent, laterally suborbicular, vertical,
almost embracing the gula; tylus slender, cylindrical, sharply sepa-
rated from the clypeus, forming the extreme tip of the head, the sides
contracted ; superior cheek-like lobe higher than long, slightly con-
vex, obliquely truncated in front, rounded above, inferior lobe sunken,
subtriangular, subtruncate at tip; antenne stout, cylindrical, inserted
in an emargination below the middle of the forepart of the eye,
longer than the whole body, basal joint extending about one-half its
length beyond the tip of the tylus, stouter at apex than at base, sec-
ond joint very long, cylindrical, densely pubescent, rather more than
three times the length of the basal, third and fourth much more slen-
der, densely pubescent, each somewhat longer than the basal one;
rostrum very long and slender, gradually narrowing to the tip, reach-
ing beyond the middle of the venter, basal joint stout, compressed,
a little longer than the head, second reaching to the back of the an-
terior cox, apical joint about as long as the basal one, but very
slender, and acute. Pronotum subcampanuliform, the anterior mar-
gin with a slender, raised collar, the anterior lobe convexly elevated,
the sides rounded, posterior lobe much broader, flattened, the lateral
edge acute, carinate, the humeral angles produced; posterior margin
broadly sinuated; the anterior lobe separated from the posterior one
by a slightly impressed, waved line. Scutellum longer than wide,
acute at tip, the base transversely elevated, behind this deeply exca-
vated each side, the lateral edge slenderly carinated, almost to the
tip. Prosternum depressed, at- tip acute, the lateral margins much
elevated. Coxe long, stout, compressed; the anterior ones much
longer and stouter than the others; legs long, femora compressed,
slenderly channelled on the outer and inner faces, the anterior pair
stouter and broader than the others, the posterior pair longest; tibie
very slender; tarsi very long, the basal joint longest, middle one
very small, the apical one shorter than the basal. Hemelytra flat, a
little bowed on the costal margin, which edge is thick and elevated;

1878.] 413 (Uhler.

euneus long, conically triangular, the basal margin bowed; mem-
brane long, subtriangularly rounded at tip, the basal areole large,
elongate-subquadrate, triangular at base, extending from the base of
cuneus almost to its tip. Venter subcylindrical, much narrower than
the hemelytra.

P. anthocoroides.

Piceous-black, elongate oval. Head smooth, impunctured, eyes
pale piceous around the orbit, the facets very large ; sides of face in-
feriorly, and tip of tylus rufous; antenne yellow, more or less infus-
cated, densely pubescent, the basal joint less so, that joint piceous
with a yellow tip; rostrum pale yellowish, more or less infuscated at
tip. Pronotum dull black, sparsely pubescent, polished on the ele-
vated disk of the anterior lobe, neck constricted; the lateral margins
very oblique; the posterior margin almost twice the length of the an-
terior margin; posterior lobe slightly scabrous, depressed, the hu-
meral angles obliquely produced, upturned, somewhat liguliform,
rounded at tip. Anterior area of pectus wrinkled; coxe yellowish
white, femora piceous, or rufous, tipped with yellow; tibiz and tarsi
yellowish white, or slightly infuscated. Scutellum piceous or rufo-
piceous, a bright orange spot each side of disk, and the tip acute,
pale yellowish. Hemelytra yellowish white, minutely scabrous,
sparsely, minutely pubescent, infuscated at base, and with a large
fuscous cloud from the middle to the tip, (sometimes fuscous, with a
pale disk to clavus, and a pale spot on the disk of corium), cuneus
fuscous, with a round yellow spot at base; membrane fuliginous.
Postpectus and venter rufous, the latter piceous in the middle; the
genital attachments more or less orange. Length, to tip of tegmina,
3-34 millims. Humeral breadth, 1 millim.

No. 96, Harris’ Collection, 3. “July 20, 1831.”’

This is a very interesting addition to the family, and supplies one
more link to the chain of connection between the Phytocoride and
Anthocoride. Ata first glance it might readily be confounded with
some of the larger species of Anthocoris. _

IpoLocoris Dougl. & Scott.
I. famelicus.
Pale yellow, more or less rosy, polished, somewhat opaque on the
clavus. Face yellow, tinged with rosy, head behind the eyes rosy,
smooth, shining; eyes large, prominent, brown; cranium often hay-

Uhler.] 414 [April 17,

ing a brownish, or red, line on the middle; antenne as long as the
hemelytra, the basal joint stout, narrower at base, about as long as
the head and neck together, yellow, red at base and tip; second

joint twice the length of the first, thickened at tip, yellow, a little -

embrowned at base and broadly blackish at tip; third more slender,
a little shorter than the second, fuscous, yellow at base; fourth a lit-
tle longer than the basal one, fuscous, paler at tip. Rostrum slender,
reaching to the base of the venter, testaceous, piceous at tip. Pro-
notum yellowish, smooth, the anterior lobe yellow, or rosy, opaque,
callosities bright yellow, polished, margined before and behind with
red; posterior lobe white, obsoletely punctured and shagreened,
tinged with rosy on the sides and humeral angles. Pectus yellow,
polished, more or less tinged with red; legs yellow, slender, the tarsi
infuscated at tip. Scutellum yellow, tinged with rosy, opaque, mi-
nutely pubescent, obsoletely carinated on the middle line. Hemely-
tra yellow, finely pubescent, the clavus red on the middle, corium
margined inwardly with red; on the disk posteriorly and reaching to
the cuneus is an oblong red spot, exterior to this a streak which co-
alesces with a small spot at the base of the cuneus ; cuneus at tip, and
veins of the basal areole of membrane red, or reddish brown; mem-
brane yellowish, translucent, a little clouded at the tip. Venter
smooth, yellow, more or less rosy, particularly on the sides and anal
segment. Length, 44 millims. Thoracic breadth, hardly 1 millim.

No. 101, Harris’ Collection, ¢. ‘“ New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard’.
Capsus famelicus Say, MSS., so determined by himself.

A variety has the whole disk of the corium red; while another
variety is almost entirely yellow.

TINGIDIDZ&.

Tineis Fab.

1. T. ciliata.

Tingis ciliata Say, Hem. New Harm., 26, 1. Tingis hyalina
H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., v, 84, fig. 532.

No. 140, Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2. “Florence, Ala. January
and February, 1836, Prof. Hentz.”

One specimen with a printed label No. 178, belongs here.

This widely distributed species lives, sometimes in vast swarms,
upon the underside of leaves of sycamore. Although often met with

1878.] race 415 : [Ubler.

on many kinds of trees, shrubs and plants, particularly when they
grow adjacent to the sycamore, I have not yet discovered the young
brood feeding upon them. But on the sycamore, the undersides of the
leaves are frequently blackened by numbers of the young, sucking the
juices from the midrib and its branching veins. In Maryland I have
observed them to extend to the topmost leaves of sycamores more
than fifty feet from the ground. Senility, or ripe maturity, is ex-
pressed in these, as well as in some others of the Heteroptera, by
the pruinoseness of the inferior surface of the thorax and abdomen.

Trees growing in sheltered places and near water-courses seem to
be most affected by them; but I have examined many trees in high
and exposed places without finding a single specimen. They hiber-
nate beneath loose bark and stones in sheltered places.

2. T. arcuata. 3 .

Tingis arcuata Say, |. c. 27,3. Tingis juglandis Fitch, Third Re-
port, 1856, p. 466, No. 193.

No. 61, in part, Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2. “Tingis marmoratus Say,
MSS. On trees in great numbers. Florence, Alab. January or
F ebruary, 1816; Prof. Hentz. One from New Hampshire, Mr.
Leonard.”

Three of the specimens in this collection are of the darkest vari-
ety, common in Maryland upon the black-walnut. A type from Dr.
Fitch enables me to compare his species with that of Mr. Say, and. I
find no characters to separate them.

3. T. marmorata.

Form similar to that of 7. arcuata Say. Body black, the humeral
region and pleural margins sometimes paler, or piceous; the venter
polished, minutely, transversely wrinkled. Buccule highly elevated,
white ; antenne slender, the apical joint sometimes dusky. Prono
tal vesicle high, extending far forwards, regularly arching over the
head, abruptly compressed anteriorly for more than half its length;
the meshes large, two larger ones occupying the basal breadth; the
nervures more or less embrowned, that of the middle carinate, much
elevated, entire. Most of the nervures with short spines, which in
some specimens are obsolete. Lateral lobes of pronotum short,
prominent, semicircular, having the same curve anteriorly as poste-
riorly; narrower than the base of the hemelytra, with large, rather
regular cells; the nervures of the middle tinged with brown; a brown
spot exteriorly and sometimes a second spot at the posterior margin;
the marginal spines long and slender. Processus divided into cells

PROCEEDINGS B. S, N. H. — VOL. XIX. 27 NOVEMBER, 1878.

Uhler.] 416 [April 17,

as far as the tip; only the base of the lateral margin elevated, the
middle carina high, not so high as the pronotal vesicle, gradually de-
clining to the tip, the base arched, bearing two large areoles sur-
mounted by a series of smaller ones, the upper edge spinous. Raised
margin of the sternum whitish, the metasternum circular, auriculate
each side. Legs pale honey-yellow, embrowned at tip and on the
tarsi. Hemelytra rather quadrangular, with the basal angles, very
acute, very widely removed from the pronotal lateral lobes, the basal
margin distinctly concave ; lateral margins spinous uatil a little be-
yond the middle, the tips widened, bluntly, broadly rounded ; areoles
large, next to the apical series is a transverse row of three or four
very large ones, usually connected with another large one in front
exteriorly; vesicular elevations small, with a high carina, spinous,
bearing posteriorly a brown spot; a brown spot exteriorly near the
basal angle, another submarginal near the middle, and a broad brown
and at tip which omits the subapical series of large areoles.

Length, 3 millims. Breadth at base of hemelytra, 15 millims. —

This species is most nearly related to T. gossypii Auctor., of the
West Indies. In some specimens the surface of the processus is
almost completely embrowned.

The two specimens of this species in the Harrisian collection pre-
sent marked differences in color; the one, a male, being almost des-
titute of brown markings, having only pale indications where the
spots should be. “‘ North Carolina, Prof. Hentz.” Dr. Harris at-
tached No. 61 to the pins of these specimens, no doubt mistaking
them for varieties of the preceding species.

ANTHOCORIDZ.

Lyctocoris Hahn.

-L. domesticus.

Cimex domesticus Schill., Isis, 1834, p: 738. Anthocoris bicuspis
H.-Schf., Nomencl. Entom., 50. Lyctocoris domesticus Uhler, Proc.
Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 106. ;

No. 148, Harris’ Collection. “ Alabama, February, and North
Carolina, Prof. Hentz.’’

‘After a severe, critical comparison of specimens from different
parts of North America with a series from Europe, I can find no per-
manent or important differences between them. ‘There is a decided
clearness of color in some specimens which: strongly contrasts with

1878.] AIT (Uhler.

the dull uniformity of others, but the same feature is seen in the
European specimens. Some specimens from the south of Europe
exhibit a yellowish tint at the base of the hemelytra.

In Maryland they live beneath the loose bark of decaying trees,
such as oak and liriodendron, but most likely are not confined to
those kinds of trees. Specimens from beneath bark where the de-
bris is wet and plastic are more robust, plethoric and darkly colored
than others which I have found in drier spots. Recently, I have seen
them running over the fruit of the raspberry.

TRIPHLEPS.
T. insidiosus.

Reduvius insidiosus Say, Hem. New Harm., 32, No. 5. Anthocoris
pseudo-chinche Fitch, Second Report on Nox. Ins., 295.

The species is common in Massachusetts, and often swarms in mid-
summer on the flowers of Leucanthemum vulgare. During Septem-
ber and October they may be beaten from trees and shrubs. It
extends over all the eastern United States and into Canada.

ACANTHIADA.

ACANTHIA Fabr.
A. lectularia.

Cimex lectularius Linn.,. Syst. Nat., 01, 715. Acanthia lectularia
Fabr., Syst. Rhyng.,112, 1. Cimez lectularia H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins.,
II, 17, fig. 242.

No. 62, Harris’ Collection. ‘ Beds.”

This disgusting insect is widely distributed over Europe and most,
if not all, of temperate North America. Forms from India and
Africa differ from this and are probably distinct species. From the
differences in the shape and size of the rudiments of hemelytra, it
might be safely inferred that some specimens become almost, if not
quite, fully winged. Specimens from the negro-quarters of the East-
ern Shore of Maryland are often twice the ordinary size and covered
with almost erect bristly hairs. A new species has recently occurred
to me near Baltimore, which I took from a white oak tree.

ARADIDA.

ARADUS Fab.
1. A. similis.

Aradus similis Say, Hem. New Harm., 28, 3.

Uhler.] 418 [April 17,

Nos. 133 and 139 u., Harris’ Collection, ¢, ?. “ Alabama, Mr.
Hentz.” ;

A single female of the typical form remains in the collection. It
is found also in New York, Illinois and Maryland. No. 133 is a large
female which has the third joint of the antenne brown, instead of
yellow ; but agreeing in other respects with the type. This latter is
from “ Maine, April ; Randall.”

2. A. crenatus.

Aradus crenatus Say, Hem. New Harm., 28, 1..

No. 138, Harris’ Collection, 2. “January and February, 1836;
Florence, Alabama, Mr. Hentz.”

This is our largest species. ‘The specimen is of a somewhat paler
color than usual.

3. A. rectus. 3

Aradus rectus Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 29, 4. Aradus affinis
Kirby, Fauna Bor. Amer., 279, 2.

No. 12, Harris’ Collection. “Aradus muticollis Say, MSS., deter-
mined by himself. May 1-15, 1833 and 1835; April 22, 1829. May
20,1829. Maine, Mr. Randall.”

This species closely resembles A. lugubris Fallen, of Europe, and
may prove to be only a local variety of that species. I have been
permitted to examine specimens from Mackenzie River region, Canada,
Newfoundland, Maine, Massachusetts, Maryland, California and Col-
orado.

4. B. acutus.

Aradus acutus Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 29,2. Aradus america-
nus H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vit, 115, fig. 880.

No. 18, Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2, 2. ‘January and February,
1836; Florence, Alaba., Prof. Hentz.” A nymph from “ H. H.,
Aug., 1850.”

A third specimen with the same number belongs to A. similis Say.
One specimen loc.? with.printed number 84 is a large ? acutus.

5. A. quadrilineatus.

-Aranus quadrilineatus Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., rv, 326.

No. 18, Harris’ Collection. “ Aradus penultimus Say, MSS., deter-
mined by himself. Under rails, on the ground, July. May 10, 1835.
August 10, 1837, Cambridge. North Carolina, April and May; Prof.
Hentz.”

Three specimens, one male and two females, are in the collection.
They are quite darkly colored, but in other respects agree with the

1878.] 419 [Uhler.

types. The manuscript name quoted above is an old one which Mr.
Say set aside when he published the description of the species.

It occurs in Canada West, in many parts of New England, and
more rarely in Pennsylvania and Maryland. In my collection is a
specimen from Panama.

6. A. robustus.

Aradus robustus Uhler, Proc. Boston Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 104.

Dark fuscous, or rufo-piceus, with numerous close-set, short sete
over most of the surface; form of A. quadrilineatus Say. . Head
broad and short, deeply grooved each side, and the posterior part of
the grooves still more deepened. Tylus narrow, high, rounded at
tip; on the constriction behind it is a minute, elevated granule. An-
tenniferous processes stout, subacute at tip, extending almost to the
tip of the first joint of the antenne. Antenne slightly flat, very
broad; basal joint very short, shorter than the apical one; second
longest, subfusiform, more than twice as long as the apical one, much
stouter than the basal; third equally stout, a little more than one-
half the length of the second; apical one a little longer than the ba-
sal, much narrower than the third, the tip subconical. Rostrum
paler, slender, reaching to between the anterior coxe. Pronotum
transversely elongate-oval, more than twice as wide as long; the lat-
eral margins remotely denticulated, the teeth being smaller and closer
posteriorly; the anterior margin subtruncated, posterior margin lobed
behind the humeri; disk with four elevated ridges, the lateral ones
incomplete, curving inwards anteriorly, and on each humerus is a
short ridge. Margins of the scutellum much elevated. Legs paler
at base, the tibiz pale yellowish, with the base, tip and a broad band
on the middle black; tarsi tipped with black. Disk of corium usually
reticulated with pale ferruginous, which’ includes also the two elevated
nervures; membrane pale, marmorated with fuscous, bearing four
long nervures. Tergum more or less ferruginous; venter very dis-
tinctly granulated, the middle line incised; postgenital flaps long and
broad, obliquely approaching at tip. Sides of the apical segments
broadly scalloped. Length, 53-7 millims. Humeral breadth, 2-24
millims. :

No. 82, Harris’ Collection. ‘‘ May 20, 1829.”

‘The only specimen in the collection is a female, of a dusky fus-
cous, more clearly ferruginous on the venter. The femora in some
specimens have a pale band or spot near the tip. Specimens have
been sent:to me from Canada, Massachusetts, Illinois, and a single

Uhler.] 420 [April 17,

female was found near Baltimore, on May 15. Occasionally the less
mature individuals have the second joint of the antennz pale.

BRACHYRHYNCHUS Lap.

B. granulatus.

Aradus granulatus Say, Hem. New Harm., 30, No. 7

No. 118, Harris’ Collection, ¢, ¢, 2. “Aradus granulatus Say,
MSS.? North Carolina, April, Mr. Nuttall. Alabama, February,
Prof. Hentz.” Determined by Mr. Say.

Four specimens now remain in the collection. But I have exam-
ined many others from Cuba, Maryland and Florida. In Maryland
it is found occasionally, in May. No other of our species agrees
with Mr. Say’s description, and I feel confident that this is i the
one described by that anthor.

ANEURUS Curtis.
A. inconstans.

Aneurus inconstans Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 105.

Ferruginous, or rufo-fuscous; when deeply colored displaying a
whitish spot upon the middle of the corium. Antenne stouter than
in the allied species, the second joint a little longer than the basal
one, the third almost as long, or at least two-thirds as long as the
fourth. Spines of the antenniferous tubercles acute, and a little
curved. The other characters correspond with those of the allied
species. Length, 64 millims. Breadth of base of thorax, 2 millims.

No. 13, Harris’ Collection, ?. ;
' This is “Aradus sanquineus Say, MSS.” “ Massachusetts, May 29,
on afence.” A specimen labelled “April 8,” belongs here.

It would be unsatisfactory to ‘adopt the above manuscript name
given by Mr. Say, as it does not apply to the moderately mature
specimens, and not at all to the fully colored ones.

The following table includes all the species at present known to me.

A. — Coarsely granulated species.
Antenne, second joint hardly longer than the basal one;
third joint about one-half as long as the fourth.
1. A. levis Fab. Europe.
Antennz, second joint stout, longer than the basal one;
third joint almost as long as the fourth.
2. A. inconstans n. sp. Mass.

1878.] 421 [Uhler.

Antenne very slender, second joint more slender at base,
much longer than the basal one; third joint less than one-half
as as long as the fourth; the fourth very long and slender.

3. <A. simplex n. sp. New England.

B. — Minutely granulated, highly polished.

Antenne, second and third joints subequal, neither longer
than the basal one; the fourth longer than any’two of the
others conjoined. Antenniferous tubercles not denticulated.

4, A. politus Say. Florida and Cuba.

PHYMATIDZ.

PHYMATA -Latr.

P. erosa.

Cimex erosus Linn., Syst. Nat., 11, 718,19. Cimex scorpio De
Geer, Mém., m1, 350, pl. 35, fig. 138. Syrtis fasciata Gray, Cuvier
Animal Kingdom, ed. Griffith, Ins., 11, pl. 93.

No. 16, Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2. “On peach tree. On flowers of
Achillea, ete. Sept. 20,1821 ; August 5, 1828; July 18, 1831 ;
Sept. 1837.”

A very common species, inhabiting a large part of North America.
It creeps along stealthily on the heads of flowering plants and bushes,
plunging its beak into any unfortunate insect within its reach and
sucking the blood. When carelessly handled it punctures the skin
and produces a very severe pain. It abounds in the Southern
States, and in various parts of Mexico and California. Another
form, No. 137, “Florence, Ala., January, February, Mr. Hentz,” in
the collection, does not agree with any of the other descriptions,
but in the absence of more and better specimens, I deem it improper
to attempt a description.

A pair, ¢, 2, without a number, Florida, Doubleday, belong to the
variety with acute lateral angles.

NABIDZE.

Coriscus Schrank.
1. ©. ferus.
Cimex ferus Linn., Fauna Suec., 962; Syst. Nat., 1, 731. Nabis
ferus H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., m1, 31, fig. 252. KReduviolus inscriptus
Kirby, Fauna Bor. Amer., 280, 1.

Uhler.] 422 [April 17,

No. 9, Harris’ Collection, ¢, @. “ April 1, 1822. April 20, 1834.
Mass.”’

Named Miris vagans ? Fab., by Mr. Say. The species appears
but little like a Miris, and it-is surprising that so close an observer as
Mr. Say should confound the two genera. Although similar to the
European NV. vagans Fab., it is, nevertheless, sufficiently distinct
from it. Ou species is widely distributed throughout North Amer-
ica, and offers several varieties, particularly in the number and .
length of the nervures of the membrane. Harris says “ does not
seem to agree with the Swedish vagans.”

2. C. assimilis, n. sp.

Miris brevidapex Say, MSS., determined by himself.

No. 57, Harris’ Collection. “Under boards. April 21, 1822.
May 15, 1834.”?

Of the same form as NV. dorsalis Dufour, of Europe. The hem-
elytra shorter and the abdomen not so ample as in WN. ferus. Color
dull ochreous yellow, sometimes tinged with rosaceous. Form rather
elliptical; pubescent. Head ochreo-testaceous, sparingly incanous
pubescent, mixed with longer hairs; behind the eye a large black-
ish spot, and before the eye a blackish trace; tylus yellow, nar-
row, elevated, linear, very slightly broader at base; cranium a little
flattened between the eyes, having two abbreviated fuscous lines
extending from the ocelli and divaricating anteriorly. Antenne tes-
taceous, remotely pubescent, the tip of third and the whole of the
fourth and fifth joints infuscated. Rostrum reaching to the inter-
mediate coxe, testaceous, piceous at tip. Pronotum gradually widen-
ing to the base, sparingly incanous pubescent; a longitudinal im-
pressed dark line on the middle, with impressed waved lines like
those of NV. ferus; the posterior lobe a little flattened above, the sides
emarginated before the humeri, the adjoining edge defined by a sub-
marginal impressed line, the lateral carina sharply defined as far as
the line behind the collum. Pectus paler than the upper surface,
minutely pubescent; the pleurz with an interrupted blackish vitta
which becomes broader behind and is continued along the sides of the
venter; meso- and metasternum deep black. Legs pale testaceous, a
little incanous pubescent; the anterior femora transversely ribbed
and dotted in irregular rows with brown, not so stout as in M. dorsa-
lis Duf. Intermediate femora also ribbed, more sparingly dotted;
posterior femora very minutely dotted, more obsoletely so posteriorly,
rufescent at tip. Hemelytra darker testaceous, more contracted at

1878.] 423 [Uhler.

base than in M. dorsalis Duf., the costal margin broadly arcuated; co-
rium dotted with fuscous, on the extreme tip is a larger dot, and on
the medial nervure usually two others between which the space is
whitish. Membrane short, usually with a few longitudinal fuscous
nervules; in the male almost confined to the inner side of corium,
with a fuscous dot near the middle of base. ‘Tergum ochreous, more
or less tinged with sanguineous, with a dark longitudinal cloud along
the middle; the connexivum thin and white, bounded interiorly by a
red streak. Genital seement subquadrate, with an impressed line
beneath, the apex emarginated; the lateral lamellar pieces broad,
very acute at the anterior tip.

Length, 6-74 millims. Length of pronotum, 13 millims. Humeral
breadth, 14-14 millims.

Dr. Harris’ female is of the pale variety, with the membrane pro-
jecting a little beyond the tip of the abdomen; the nervules are long
and straight, and there are only two transverse ones near the base
inwardly. ‘The venter polished, pubescent, with a slender black line
along the middle reaching to the tip; the lateral blackish stripes not
so dark as on the pectus. The male is of the usual ochreous type,
but having less distinct black dots on the hemelytra. Costal margin
of corium whitish. Specimens of this species have passed my exam-
ination, which were taken in Canada, Maine, and Maryland.

3. C. subcoleoptratus.

Nabicula subcoleoptrata Kirby, Fauna Bor. Amer., Iv, 282. Nabis
subcoleoptratus Reuter, Ofv. Vetensk. Selsk., 1872,+p. 81, No. 1.
Nabis canadensis Provancher, Canad. Nat., 1869. Coriscus subcoleo-
ptratus Stal, Enum. Hemipt., 111, 112, No. 1.

“ New Hampshire, August, 1850.”

The specimen belongs to the ordinary short-winged variety com-
mon in New England, Canada and New York.

A badly damaged Nabis, with printed number 513, is in the collec-
tion, but is not determinable.

MerastemMMA Amyot & Serv.
M. fusca.
Prostemma fuscum Stein, Berliner Entom. Zeitschr., 1, 90, 4.
No. 44, Harris’ Collection, 9. ‘June 17, 182%.” |
The type of Dr. Stein’s description, collected in Pennsylvania,
- seems to belong to the less mature condition of color, in which the

Uhler.] : 424 [April 17,

deep piceous-black clypeus is replaced by rufo-flavus, or honey-yellow.
In the Harrisian specimen the clypeus is rather flavo-piceous, and the
basal margin of pronotum tinged with rufo-piceous. The lateral re-
curved margin of prothorax is only slightly rufous, and the abdomen,
both above and below, rufo-piceous, clothed with remote yellowish
hairs.

The darkest specimens have the pronotum all over deep black,
highly polished, as also the upper side of the head; with the clypeus
rufo-piceous, and only the base of gula yellow; the hemelytra fusco-
piceus, and the membrane a little paler; the abdomen entirely deep
black, polished. A specimen from Lake Winnipeg has legs almost
entirely nigro-piceous.

REDUVID.

MELANOLESTES Stal.
1. M. picipes.

Pirates picipes H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vu, 62, tab. 269, fig. 831.
Reduvius pungens Leconte, Proc. Acad. Philad., 1855, p. 404.

No. 88, Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2. “ Pennsylvania, Dr. Picker-
ing. North Carolina, April, Mr. Nuttall. Louisiana, Mr. Eustis.”

“ Reduvius striaticollis Say, MSS.,” determined by himself.

Two individuals now remain in the collection, labelled “ Ala-
bama.” They are small specimens of the normal type, common to
the Middle States; the legs and antennz being deeper black than
such as I have seen from Louisiana and Texas. It occurs also in
Massachusetts. A specimen is in my collection, which was colleeted
for me near Para, Brazil.

2. M. abdominalis.

Pirates abdominalis H.-Schf:, Wanz. Ins., vit, 63, tab. 269, fig.
832.

Also No. 88, Harris’ Collection.

A single pupa is in the collection, collected in North Carolina. It
is sometimes very common in Maryland, and hibernates beneath
stones. Dr. Harris probably never saw the adult insect, or he would
not have included it in the same number as the preceding species.
Although closely related in structure the two species seem to keep

always apart, and notwithstanding that ] have seen many pairs —

in coitu, I have never yet observed the two kinds to unite sexually.

1878.] 425 [Uhler.

Rasanus Amyot et Serv.

R. carinatus. |

Reduvius carinatus Fab., Syst. Rhyng., 278, 57; Coquebert, Ilustr.
1, 42, tab. 10, fig. 15. Peirates carinatus Serv., Ann. Sci. Nat.,
1831, 10.

No. 111, Harris’ Collection. “North Carolina, April, Nr. Nut-
tall. Louisiana, Mr. Eustis.” Named Nabis humeralis by Mr. Say.

Two specimens of the normal form are.at present in this collec-
tion. It occurs occasionally near Baltimore, beneath stones. I have
examined specimens from California and Mexico which agreed with
the usual form.

Repvuvivus Fab.

R. personatus.

Cimex personatus Linn., Fauna Suec., 942. Cimex quisquilius De
Geer, Mém., 111, 281, 25, pl. 15, fig. 7. Reduvius pergonatus Fab.,
Syst. Rhyng., 267, 7.

No. 6, Harris’ Collection. ‘‘ Reduvius mimicus Say, MSS., de-
termined by himself. In houses, and under boards; flies by night,
entering houses. August1, 1822. June, 1826.”

This European species is fully established, although not numerous,
in the United States. I have examined specimens from Maine, Mas-
sachusetts, New York, Pennsylvania, Maryland and Georgia. After
a comparison with Kuropean specimens, I find no difference to sepa-
rate them as distinct species.

ONCEROTRACHELUS Stal.
O. acuminatus.
Reduvius acuminatus Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 32, 3. Oncerotra-
chelus acuminatus Stal, Ofversigt, 1867, p. 130.
No. 94, Harris’ Collection. ‘‘ Pennsylvania, Dr. Pickering.”
In my collection there are specimens from Illinois and Maryland.

RHIGINIA Stal.
R. cruciata. |
Petalocheirus cruciatus Say, Hem. New Harm., 33,1. LEctrychotes
bicolor H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., v1i1, 43, tab., 266, fiz. 822. Rhyginia
crudelis Stal, Stettiner Ent. Zeitschr., x x11, 456, No. 320.
No. 51, Harris’ Collection. ‘ Philadelphia, Dr. Pickering.”
The specimen is a male of great beauty, with long, perfect heme-

Uhler.] 426 [April 17,

lytra extending quite to the tip of the abdomen. It was determined
by Mr. Say. Dr. Stal’s type came from Mexico, and by a compari-
son of ours with specimens from that country, I find no specific dif-
ferences between them. It is of very rare occurrence in Maryland.

HamMATOcERvs Blanch.

H. furcis.

Cimex furcis Drury, Illust. Exotic Ent., 111, 63, pl. 45, fig. 4. Ham;
matocerus nycthemerus Illig. Burm. Handb. Ent., 11, 236, 1.

No. 136, Harris’ Collection, ¢, ?. “Florence, Alab., January and
February, 1836, Prof. Hentz.”

This species extends from Florida as far north as the Valley of
Virginia. It varies in the amount of red on the hemelytra and legs.

Prionotus Lap.
P. cristatus. |

Cimex cristatus Linn., Cent. Ins. Rar., 16, No. 41. , reduvius no-
venarius Say, Amer. Ent., 1, pl. 31, fig. 2. Arilus denticulatus West-
wood, Drury’s Illust. of Exotic Entom., 11, 73.

No. 76, Harris’ Collection. ‘ Pennsylvania, Dr. Pickering.”

This is a common species in many parts of the Middle and South-
ern States, extending as far west as Texas. It inhabits small pine
trees in the woods, and is occasionally found upon other kinds of
trees in the streets of the cities of Baltimore and Washington.

I have no doubt that this is the true Cimezx cristatus Linn., Ameen.
Acad., v1, 399, No. 42, and Syst. Nat., 12e ed., tome I, pars 2, p.
723, No. 62. His description agrees with alcoholic specimens of
our species, while it disagrees with the South American species fig-
ured by Drury, and described by Fabricius under the name Redu-
vius serratus, Syst. Rhyng., 266,2. Moreover our species is the one
living at Charleston, and other parts of the South, from the former
of which places Dr. Garden sent the type of Linnzus’ description.
As no other species has thus far been found to inhabit South Caro-*
lina, and as the Fabrician species is the one cited by Amyot & Ser-
ville and others as synonymous with the Linnean C. cristatus, the
evidence is all in favor of the well-known Carolinian species being
the true type. Besides the greater number of teeth to the crest of
the Brazilian form, as well as the rufous face and rostrum and struc-
ture of the fourth and fifth ventral segments abundantly separate
that species from the cristatus = novenarius Say. Dr. Stal now con-
curs with me in considering this to be the true C. cristatus Linn.

1878.] 7 : 427 . [Uhler.

Mityas Stal.
M. cinctus.

Reduvius cinctus Fab., Ent. Syst., 1v, 199, 20. Harpactor cinctus
H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vii, 82, fig. 858. Milyas cinctus Stal, Stettin.
Ent. Zeitschr., xx11 (1862), 448.

No. 85, Harris’ Collection. ‘ North Carolina, Prof. Hentz. Penn-
sylvania, Dr. Pickering. Cambridge, Mass., Mr. Randall.”

Determined as Reduvius cinctus by Mr. Say.

A specimen of each sex now remains in the collection. They are
of the normal type, as it most commonly appears throughout the At-
lantic region. Near the seacoast of New Jersey it is sometimes met
with in great numbers on the small oak and hickory trees.

ZELUS Fab.
Z. longipes.

Cimez longipes Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, pt. 2, 724,65. Zelus bilobus
Say, Ins. of Louisiana, 12. Evagoras rubidus Am. & Serv., Hem.,
368. Hvagoras speciosus Burm., Handb., 1, 227, 3. Evagoras tri-
color H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vir, 45, figs. 817, 818. Zelus longipes
Stal, Stettin. Entom. Zeitschr., 1862, xxi11, 449.

No. 124, Harris’ Collection. ‘“ Louisiana, Mr. Eustis.”

A single male without annulations upon the femora now belongs
to the collection. ‘The species varies very greatly, andis very widely
distributed throughout sub-tropical America, including our Southern
States and Mexico.

DireLtopus Amyot & Serv.
D. luridus.

Zelus luridus Stal, Stettin. Ent. Zeitschr., 1862, xx111, 452.

Nos. 20, ¢, and 35, 2, Harris’ Collection. “Zelus acanthogonius
Say, MSS., determined by himself. May 30, 1826. June 1, 1829.
June 20, 1822.”

The description given by Dr. Stal applies to the faded female.
When alive the female is apple-green with bright red eyes. The
male is almost black on the hemelytra. Specimens of the first named
sex become more or less fuscescent after death, and such is the type
described by Dr. Stal. I regret that before meeting with the above
description, I had sent specimens to various correspondents in this
country and Europe, labelled Evagoras viridis Uhler. The latter
name is the one I had given it in my MS., and of course it must fall
before the published one of Dr. Stal.

&

Uhler.] ey 428 | [April 17,

In the collection is a cluster of the eggs, arranged in a single tier,
forming a globular pellet, from which a larva has partly emerged.
The species ranges from Canada to Florida, and west into Texas,
and is perhaps represented in California by a variety.

_ACHOLLA Stal.
A. multispinosa.

Cimex multispinosus DeGeer, Mém., 111, 348, 23, pl. 35, fig. 10.
Reduvius sex-spinosus Wolff, Icon. Cim., 124, tab. 12, fig. 118. Har-
pactor subarmatus H..-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vi11, 83, p. fig. 852. Acholla
sex-spinosa Stal, Stettin. Ent. Zeitschr., xx111, 286.

No. 5, Harris’ Collection, ¢. ‘“ Trees, July-Nov. 1820. Oct. 15,
1836. Oct. 10, 1837.”

Dr. Harris erroneously refers this te Reduvius raptatorius Say. His
No. 37 is the true R. raptatorious Say. The specimens now remaining
are all females, notwithstanding one is labelled with the ¢ sign.

SinEA Amyot & Serv.
S. diadema.

Cimex multispinosus De Geer, Mém., 111, 348, pl. 35, fig. 11. Zelus
diadema, Fab., Syst. Rhyng., 286, No. 18. Reduvius raptatorius Say,
Amer. Ent., pl. 31, fig. 1; idem, Journ. Acad. Philad., Iv, 327.

Nos. 37, ¢, 116, ?, Harris’ Collection. “ June 30, 1826. Sutton
Mass., Dr. Smith.”

Determined as Reduvius diadema Fab., by Mr. Say.

One very much damaged male now remains in the collection ; the
female is so much mutilated as to be scarcely recognizable. The spe-
cies is common in many parts of North America, including Califor-
nia, Mexico and Central America.

ConorHInus Lap.

E. variegatus.

Cimez variegatus Drury, Illust., 1, 109, pl. 45, fig. 5. Conorhinus
lecticularius Stal, Berlin. Ent. Zeitschr., 111, 107, 1.

No. 87, Harris’ Collection, ¢, 2. ‘North Carolina, Prof. Hentz.
South Carolina, Mr. Curtis.”

“ Reduvius (Petalochetrus) sangusugus Say, MSS.,” determined
by himself. |

This species is known to me from Illinois, Georgia and Florida,
and recently a specimen has been captured in Maryland. It differs
from the C. sanguisugus LeConte; that species ha’ been redescribed
by Dr. Stal under the name C. lateralis.

1878.] 429 : [Uhler.
The species of this genus are said to freqnent beds and sleeping
apartments in the far South, and in Ohio and Illinois.

STENOPODIDZ.

PYGOLAMPIS Germar.
P. pectoralis.

Reduvius pectoralis Say, Ins. of Louisiana, 11; Entomol.,; ed. Le-
Conte, 1, 306. Pygolampis fuscipennis Stal, Ofv. Vetensk. Akad.,
1859, p. 380, 4.

No. 30, Harris’ Collection, ¢. “May 15, 1826.”

The above name by Mr. Say was sent from him to Dr. Harris.

One male alone remains; measuring a little more than half an inch
in total length. In general, specimens are larger. I have seen spec-
imens from Massachusetts, New York, Chicago, southern Illinois,
Maryland, Florida aud Texas.

EMESIDZ.

Emesa Fabr.
EK. longipes.

Cimex longipes De Geer, Mém., 111, 352, pl. 35, figs. 17, 19. Plot-
aria brevipennis Say, Amer. Ent., 111, pl. 47. Hmesa pia Am. & Serv.,
Hem., 394, 2. Hmesa filum Gry: Cuvier An. King. Insects, 11, 244,
pl. 97, fig. 3. Emesa pia H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., rx, 114, fig. 9387.
‘Emesa longipes Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 107.

No. 93, Harris’ Collection, ¢. “ Eetnsyivanita’ Del Pickering, Dr.
Gould.”

Determined by Mr. Say to be his P. brevipennis.

Two badly mutilated and five other specimens of both sexes, with-
out a number, are in the collection. They are of the usual us
common to Pennsylvania and Maryland.

Through the kindness of Prof. Verrill, of Yale College, I have vei
able to examine a series of specimens from New Haven, a pair, 3, °,
from Bloomington, Ind., and a male from Long Island. I have ‘lke
compared them with specimens from North Carolina and other south-
ern states, and found an agreement in structural characters. The
suffusion with red and distinctness of the white bands on the legs
depend upon individual peculiarities, such as maturity and rank feed-
ing, and cannot serve to distinguish the species. ‘The species re-

Uhler.] 430 " [April 17,

ferred to E. brevipennis Say by Dr. Dohrn, Linnza Ent., vol. xrv.
p. 220, No. 3, is not the true type. Mr. Say’s species was collected
in Philadelphia, and his description agrees with the common form
from that locality. The species of Dr. Dohrn is as yet unknown to
me, and will probably prove to be distinct from the preceding.

The figure of Mr. Gray no doubt represents a male, while that of
Herrich-Schaffer is an obese female, full of maturing eggs. Speci-
mens in the latter condition are common late in summer, and present
avery gross appearanee, and seem very different from the clearly
colored virgin types found earlier in the season.

EMESODEMA Spin.
G. simplicipes. R
“ Ploiaria simplicipes Say, MSS.,” determined by himself.

_ Clay-yellow, or dull ashy-fuscous; moderately stout. Head broad,
above almost flat, minutely granulated ; the lobes almost equal, the
posterior one subtruncated at base, each side of which there isa
group of more elevated granules; the middle line grooved from the
base to a little before the transverse impressed line, the under surface
pale yellowish. Sides of the head infuscated, more coarsely granu-
lated, the eyes black, composed of few facets; process of the tylus
long, slender, acute at tip, projecting considerably in advance of the
labrum; rostrum reaching to the anterior legs, pale-yellowish, the
- basal and second joints subequal, the apical one much longer, very
slender. Antenne very slender, the basal joint hardly thicker but
much longer than the second, third joint exceedingly short. Prono-
tum wider than the head, a little narrowed behind, emarginated on
the posterior middle, obsoletely roughened, pubescent, longer than
the mesonotum; pectus distinctly granulated; postpectus longitudi-
nally carinated. Meso- and metanotum each widened behind, both
shagreened and with a common ridge each side extending behind the
end of the scutellum. Scutellum trapezoidal, the narrow end behind.
Anterior legs robust, the femora compressed, pale testaceous, faintly
clouded with brown, almost white beneath, the teeth extending over
two-thirds the length from the tip, the posterior spine much the long-
est, white, tipped with black, three or four others not so long, and
with numerous short ones between; the tibize less than one-half the
length of the femora, faintly banded with whitish. Intermediate and
posterior coxe conical, the trochanters knob-like; the intermediate
femora not as long as the abdomen, not_apparently banded; the pos-

1878.] 431 [Uhler.

terior femora a little longer than the abdomen. Abdomen more than
three times as wide as the thorax, pubescent, obsoletely shagreened,
infuscated on the sides and middle of the segments, the sutures
pale; connexivum with about five pale dots, below the connexivum
each side of venter is a broad blackish vitta; the venter distinctly
granulated, its middle line carinated. Length, 9 millims.. Greatest
breadth of pronotum, 2 millim.

No. 58, Harris’ Collection, 2. “June 17, 1827; Dr. Pickering, Sa-
lem, Mass.”

This insect must be related to Emesodema Carolina H.-Schf., but
the different length of the pronotum at once serves to distinguish it
from that species.

Only one much damaged female is now present in this collection.

PLoEARIA Am. et Serv.
P. errabunda.

Ploiaria errabunda Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 34, 2; Uhler, Proc.
Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p.197. Ploiaria maculata Hale., Proc. Acad.
Philad., 11, 151.

“No. 107, Harris’ Collection. ‘‘ New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard.”

The only specimen now present is somewhat immature and lacks
- the legs and antennz. Prof. Haldeman generously gave me the type
of his description, and by comparison with the specimen of Dr. Har-
ris, I find the two to be identical.

‘The above name by Mr. Say was sent by himself to Dr. Harris.

SALD.

SALDA Fabr.
1. S. ligata.

Acanthia ligata Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 34, 1.

No. 141, Harris’ Collection, 2. “Acanthia maritima Harris, MSS.,
Cambridgeport, on salt marshes, July 20, 1836.”

This pretty species is common throughout a considerable part of
the Atlantic region. In Maryland it most abounds on rocks which
project above the water in rapid streams.

2. S. interstitialis.

Acanthia interstitialis Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., rv, 324.

No. 77 (u), Harris’ Collection. “Acanthia alternata Say, MSS.,
named by himself. May 15, 1837. On salt marsh ? Dr. Green.

Ponds, May 16, 1838.”
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XIX. 28 NOVEMBER, 1878.

Uhler.] 432 [April 17,

This species must not be confounded with the one which follows.
Dr. Harris has attached the same number to both, as if considering
them to be the same; but the longer and narrower pronotum will at
once serve to distinguish the latter. The S. interstitialis inhabits the
far northern parts of British America; most parts of the region north
of the Ohio River on the west, and the Atlantic region on the east.
3. S. separata. .

Black, minutely, sparingly pubescent above; general form of S.
interstitialis Say. Head large, eyes brown, large and very prominent;
face minutely, densely punctured, clothed with erect hairs; cranium
wider than in the preceding species, having a small yellow spot each
side against the eyes, on a line with the amber-yellow ocelli; lower
margin of the clypeus recurved, the tylus and labrum bright yellow,
the rostrum, excepting its immediate base, piceous, extending a little
beyond the base of the posterior coxe. Antenne black, the basal
joint yellow, black underneath excepting the base and tip; the second
joint almost twice as long as the basal, third longer than the basal
and shorter than the fourth. The base of head longer than in the
preceding species. Pronotum obsoletely punctured, hardly polished,
clothed with erect pubescence; the sides oblique, slightly curved,
the callosities more polished, connate, forming a single transverse ele-
vation, with a rounded pit in the middle; behind it is an impressed,
punctured line. Pectus polished black, obsoletely wrinkled, sparingly
pubescent. Legs testaceous; the cox more or less infuscated; ante-
rior femora black on the middle underneath, the intermediate and
posterior pairs with a black spot beneath near the tip, and clothed
with thick, whitish pubescence; tip of tibiz and also of tarsi blackish.
Hemelytra dull black, obsoletely rugulose, sparingly clothed with erect
pubescence, widest just behind the middle; the corium with a yellow
dot on the exterior margin near the tip, usually also with three or
four more minute ones on the middle suture and one at tip of clavus.

Membrane sometimes whitish, with a large black spot at the base in- .

wardly, a small subquadrate one against the base exteriorly, and
behind this an orange spot which is bounded behind by another black
spot; the nervures blackish. Others have the membrane black, with
a yellow spot against the exterior margin and a few pale vestiges on
the middle. Venter, black, more or less tinged with piceous, pol-
ished, very remotely pubescent, minutely inconspicuously punctured,
tip of the genital segment broadly white. Length 4-44 millims.. Hu-
meral breadth, 14 millims. Extreme width of hemelytra, 2 millims.

1878.] 433 [Uhler.

One specimen now remains in the collection. I have seen specimens
from Canada West, New Hampshire, Massachusetts and Pennsylvania.
S. coriacea.

Form of S. littoralis Linn. of Europe.

Uniform black, highly polished. Cranium broad, densely, minutely
shagreened, minutely pubescent, faintly grooved on the middle line;
before the ocelli are two raised tubercles, placed far apart; face hairy;
tylus and labrum yellowish, the rostrum piceous, reaching to the pos-
terior cox; eyes large, prominent, brown, very oblique; antenne
black, slender, the second joint sometimes pale piceous, more than
twice as long as the basal joint; the third and fourth subequal. Pro-
notum trapezoidal, very narrow anteriorly, the sides very oblique,
hardly arcuated, the lateral edge broadly recurved; the surface mi-
nutely shagreened, pubescent; callosities obsolete, their locality a lit-
tle convex, with an indented, punctured transverse line behind; pos-
terior angles acute, the posthumeral margin very acutely oblique.
Legs honey-yellow, infuscated on the tip of tibie and on the ends of
the tarsal joints. Pectus highly polished, remotely, minutely pubes-
cent, minutely wrinkled. Scutellum minutely, densely granulated.
Hemelytra very convex, widest far behind the middle, very highly
polished, remotely, coarsely, rather obsoletely punctured; the clavus
bounded on the inner submargin and outer suture by an indented line
of punctures; membrane coalescing with the corium, indistinctly pice-
ous, and with three faint yellowish spots between the longitudinal
nervures, near the tip. Venter brilliant black, closely, minutely
punctured, clothed with sparse, fine pubescence. Length, 6—7 millims.
Humeral breadth, 2 millims. Extreme width across hemelytra, 34
millims.

No. 63, Harris’ Collection. “Acanthia coriacea Say, MSS.;” named
by himself.

Some specimens have large yellow spots on the posterior margin of
the antepectus, and yellow coxz; the femora have a broad black cloud
on the under side. Two specimens now belong to the collection, both
of which appear to be males.

“ Cambridge, Mass., June 20, 1834. Salem, Mass., Dr. Picker-
ing. Near water in ,Cambridgeport, July 20, 1836. On sand near
water.”

‘This species extends far north in British America, and is not un-
common in New England and Pennsylvania.

Ohler} 434 [April 17,

~~ VELIIDA. »

RHAGOVELIA Mayr.

R. obesa. sO Be
Rhagovelia obesa Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p.:107.
Allied to R. collaris Mayr (Burm.), but differs:in the colors, in the

more contracted abdomen with its acutely produced posterior tips of

the connexivum, and in the absence of dense long hairs at the tip of
venter in the same sex.

Brownish, or bronze-black; the under side bluish, sericeous;. when
very mature less polished, but more densely powdered with bluish, or
cinereous bloom. Head _ black, velvety, the front almost truncated,
cinereous, with an impressed longitudinal line running almost to the
base, a few long hairs about the sides and above; the cranium a little
* elevated on the middle, extending back in the form of.a triangle;
the base of the occiput transversely a little carinately elevated. La-
brum and lateral lobes yellowish, or rufo-piceous; rostrum black,
reaching to the tip of the anterior cox. Eyes round, brown. ' An-
tenne black, excepting the base of the basal joint, less hairy than in
R. collaris; the basal joint stoutest, curved, about twice as long as the
second joint, the second subequal to the third, the fourth decidedly
shorter than the third. Thorax obese, the pronotum velvety blackish,
sparingly clothed about the sides with fine golden pubescence; col-
lum with an orange band which is interrupted in the middle; middle
line faintly carinated; the tip of pronotum produced at tip, curved
upwards, its extreme end expanded, emarginated, and each process
granulated; the humeri prominent in the winged individuals, in the
unwinged it is obliquely rounded. Pectus bluish, sericeous, each side
of prosternum broadly orange. Coxe, trochanters, and usually the
base of femora, yellow; the femora bronzed or bluish-black, minutely
hoary pubescent; the tibiz and tarsi duller black; posterior femora
of the males stouter than of the females, in both with a yellow, black-
tipped, curved spur beyond the middle, and from it to near the tip
series of minute teeth. Abdomen moderately compressed, (very
strongly compressed in the unwinged females) minutely sericeous,
pubescent, excepting on the middle of tergum, which is bald, shining
black; the raised upper edge of the connexivum orange, in the female
its posterior tips produced into long slender spines. ‘The middle of
the ante-genital ventral segment of the male quadrately, broadly flat-
tened, each side of which a little elevated. Basal genital segment of

1878:] 435 (Uhler,

the female broadly black on the. middle. The cerci of the male are
long, slender, curved, hairy processes. Length, 34-4 millims.
Breadth of pronotum, 12 millims.

Lam deeply indebted to my much lamented late friend, Dr. Die
B. Bean, of Baltimore, for ample series of this species from the moun-
tain and valley streams of eastern Tennessee and western North and
South Carolina. The specimens from the valleys are mostly winged,
while none of those from the great altitudes are'so. . For a period of
fifteen years I have. observed these insects in Maryland, eastern Vir-
ginia and Pennsylvania, and have also. seen: many specimens from
Massachusetts and Canada, but from these localities always with-
out wings. ‘The cognate species, &. collaris Mayr, is very com-
mon on the surface of the Grand Anse River in Haiti; where I ob-
‘served and collected both winged and unwinged individuals from.a
single colony. Having the true R. collaris Burm. in my collection, I
am thereby enabled to mark the differences between it and our new
species. The R. collaris Burm. is also a native of Cuba, from which
locality I have examined specimens.

HYGROMETRIDX.

HycGrotrecnuus Stal...
1. H. remigis.
Gerris remigis Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 35,1.
~ No. 15? (sic) Harris’. Collection, ¢.. No. 14, Q. “‘ Charles River.”

“Larva, July 20, 1827.”

One eaiidaal of each sex, labelled ‘* Maine.”. I have examined
specimens of this species from many parts of the United States and
Canada. It is quite common, and sometimes abounds in Maryland ;
but near Baltimore it is never winged. Individuals differ in color,
many being reddish brown, or ferruginous on the base of the prono-
tum, but the most usual color is fusco-olivaceous. The emargination
of the last ventral segment (<), together with the shorter, robust cerci
will distinguish this species from its nearest allies. ‘The cerci in the
present specimens are a little shorter than usual. Determined as G.
remigis by Mr. Say. Another specimen, with printed number 144, is
in the collection. :

2. H. conformis, n. ‘sp.

“Velia collaris Say, Hoste: named by himself. On water, Septem-

ber 30.”

Uhler.} 436 [April 17,

- Dull olivaceo-fuscous, occasionally a little reddish brown on the
base of the pronotum; form rather more slender than that of H. remi-
gis; the eyes more prominent. Pronotum invested with short, dense,
olivaceous pubescence, the middle line of anterior lobe impressed,
orange; the posterior lobe coarsely, deeply, in places confluently
punctured, with a slender elevated longitudinal line running along
the whole length; lateral edge narrowly yellow. Antepectus pale
yellow, powdered with white; under sides of the anterior and inter-
mediate coxz and outside of the posterior coxe pale yellow. Medio-
and pdstpectus grayish sericeous.. Hemelytra blackish brown, not
reaching to the top of the ante-genital segment; tergum black, mi-
nutely, transversely wrinkled, the connexivum minutely punctured,
lateral raised margin yellow, the apical processes slender, acuminate, ~
as long as the segment to which they are attached. Venter cinereous,
sericeous minutely pubescent, the posterior margin of the last segment
deeply concave, and together with the under side of the genital seg-
ments rufescent. Male. Length to tip of venter, 15-16 millims.
Greatest breadth of pronotum, 23 millims.

The lateral margin of pronotum has a stout ridge terminating in a
knob on the humerus, and between the humeri are two smaller pro-
tuberances, which are sometimes obsolete.

No. 14, Harris’ Collection, ¢. ‘September 20, 1821. Charles
River.”

A fully winged male is the only specimen in this collection. The
other specimen with the same number is the female of H. remigis Say.
This species was formerly very common on the streams near Balti- |
more, but it is now seldom met with; it occurs in summer.

LIMNOTRECHUsS Stal.
L. marginatus.

Gerris marginatus Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 36, 2.

No. 29, Harris’ Collection. ‘ Gerris humilis Say, MSS., so named
by himself. Water, July 20, 1827, May 15, 1826, and Maine, Mr.
Randall, April and May.”

It seems strange that Dr. Harris did not recognize in this the Gerris
marginatus Say. It agrees in all respects with the description of that
insect and the size there given will hardly apply to any other of our
species. Although offering slight differences of color and form, it
comes very near to L. lacustris Linn. of Europe, and it may yet prove
to be but a local, or climatic form of that species. One male and
two females now belong to the collection.

1878.] 437 [Uhler.

Limnoponus Stal.
L. rufoscutellatus. Ma

Gerris rufoscutellatus Latr., Gen., 111, 134, No. 2; Stoll, Punaises,
tab. xv, fig. 108. Limnoporus rufoscutellatus Stal, Ofv., 1868, p. 396.

No. 15, Harris’ Collection. “Gerris marginatus Say, MSS., so
named by himself. Pond, Sept. 20, 1821.” —

The specimen in the collection is a female of unusually small size.
After a close comparison of several individuals from various parts of
North America with specimens from Europe, I can find no permanent
differences to separate them. The species appears to be northern
and it has only twice been taken as far south as Maryland.

HALoBATESs Esch.
H. pictus.

Halobates pictus H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., vit, 111, figs. 882, 883.

A single poor specimen now remains to represent this species. In
_ my own collection may be found specimens from Andover, Mass.,
kindly collected for me by Mr. Francis G. Sanborn.

This species is widely distributed, extending as far south as Cuba;
from which locality I have specimens sent to me by Prof. Felipe
Poey, of Havana. I once found a winged female near Baltimore.
It was swimming about in the midst of a large group of unwinged
specimens, and notwithstanding my repeated search, I have not since
met with another winged individual. Among the mountains of
North Carolina and Tennessee it is likewise unwinged, but commonly
more slender than is usual in the types from Maryland.

MeETROBATES Uhlcr.

Robust and broad. Winged form: head very convex, a little slant-
ing forwards, between the eyes narrower than long, much narrower
than the pronotum; eyes very large, viewed from above placed ob-
liquely, subglobose, moderately prominent, their upper surface below
the line of the vertex, projecting widely over the sides of the prono-
tum; with one or two impressed lines running across near the middle.
Antenne stout, almost as long as the entire body, the basal joint
nearly as long as the three others conjoined, curved at base, and
narrowing in that direction, much stouter in the male, and a little
expanded at tip, the under side with erect hairs; second joint about
one-third the length of the basal one, greatly enlarged at tip; the
third shortest, enlarged at tip; fourth very stout, fusiform, almost as

Uhler.] 438 [April 17, -

long as the second. Rostrum stout, hairy, extending beyond the
basal line of the prosternum. Pronotum ample, (in the unwinged
form narrow and short, with the mesothorax forming the largest di-
vision of the body) a very little wider than long, the posterior lobe
large and extending back in the form of a broad triangle, with the
sides nearly straight and the tip a little rounded; lateral margins
(including the humeri) constituting high, broad ridges. . Anterior
lobe much narrower than the head across the eyes, the lateral mar-
gins and submargins lobately elevated. Anterior legs stout, the tibie
a little curved at tip, with the process small and almost in contact
with the surface on which it is situated; basal joint of tarsi about one-
fourth the length of the second, the second carrying the unguiculi
about one-third of its length from the tip. Intermediate femora about
two-thirds the length of the posterior; the tibia not quite as long as
the posterior femur and tibia conjoined, but equal in length to the
distance from the base of ‘head to the tip of the intermediate femur;
tarsus equal:in length to the posterior tibia and tarsus conjoined.
Hemelytra not covering the whole width of mesothorax, but much
longer than the body; corium short, having two elongated cells oc-
eupying nearly the whole width; the nervures very prominent, mem-
brane more than twice as long as the corium, having a submarginal
nervure running around the entire circumference, following equally
the curve of the tip, a longitudinal suture extends along the middle
quite to the tip. Abdomen broad and short; the penultimate ventral
segment of the female concavely curved on the posterior margin.
M. hesperius. .

M. hesperius Uhler, Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., 1871, p. 109.

Opaque, velvety blue-black, or brown-black, densely pubescent,
robust, the mesothorax very large and composing the larger part of
the body. Head convex, robust, brown, at base rufous, or orange,
the anterior part of: which is invaded by a rounded spot of the black
surface extending from the face; minutely, densely pubescent; ros-
trum black, shining beneath, densely grayish pubescent above, more
or less:orange at base. Antenne black, pubescent, the basal fourth
of the-first joint orange. Pronotum very small in the unwinged spec-
imens, less than one half as long as wide, having the anterior margin
a little. concave; the surface closely, finely pubescent, the anterior
lobe with a yellow, depressed spot on the middle, covered by a more
or less: wide gray, or lead-blue middle line, which color expands and
coversthe whole width of the tergum to its tip, omitting only a few

RTS) 3 439 (Uhler.

black streaks on the disks and margins of the segments. The whole
breast, venter, and two spots on the pleura lead color, with a seri-
ceous gloss.

The winged form has the pronotum blackish brown, densely pubes-
cent, the middle of the anterior lobe broadly depressed, covered by
an orange spot, lacking the bluish stripe. Coxe yellow beneath, legs
brownish black, the anterior pair yellow at base, and on the under
side the yellow is a little farther extended. Sternum blackish, each
side of it yellowish. Hemelytra dark brown, with a faint paler streak
on the medial suture, the base and costal margin pubescent. Venter
cinereous, the disk of the penultimate and base of the last segment

yellow.
Length to tip of hemelytra, 5 millims. Extreme width of mesotho-

rax, 2 millims. Unwinged, length 3-4 millims. Width of mesothorax,
13-21 millims.

No. 29, Harris’ Collection. ‘* Water, July 20, 1827; May 15,
1826,.and Maine, Randall, April, May. 245 & 246.”

The label is marked “ larva,’’ as if taking it to be the larva of Shi
notrechus marginatus Say. The unwinged form is very common in
summer, on the surface of the Charles River, Mass., near Waltham.
At that place I saw numbers of solitary individuals skimming the
surface at a considerable distance from the shore. In Maryland it
usually congregates in groups of a score or more on the surface of
still pools near the banks of streams. It is quite common in North
and South Carolina, but no winged specimens have yet occurred to
me from either of those States. In Haiti, on the Grand Anse River,
the winged form abounds, usually in company with the unwinged.
Within a period of twelve years, this species first made its appearance
on Gwynn’s Run, near Baltimore; a few years earlier it was not to
be found on that stream.

NAUCORIDZ.
Navcoris Geoff.
N.. Poeyi:
- Naucoris ie Guerin Bibi Amyot), Icon. du Regn. Animal, 353,
pl. 57, fig.

Five aa, are in the collection, labelled “ Florida, Doubleday,”
and without a number attached. They differ in no respect from spec-
imens collected in Cuba, Maryland, Illinois, and Massachusetts. .- -

Uhler.] 440 [April 17,

GALGULIDZ.

GaALGuLus Latr.
G. oculatus.

Naucoris oculata Fabr., Syst. Rhyng., 111, 5. Galgulus oculatus
Latr., Hist. Nat. Ins., x11, 386, pl. 95, fig. 9.

No. 67, Harris’ Collection, 2. “In brooks, leaping like a frog.
North Carolina, Prof. Hentz.” Determined by Mr. Say.

The above observation may apply to the beds of brooks from which
the water has been withdrawn. ‘These insects do not live in the
water, but on muddy spots where the water has previously stood, or
on the damp banks of pools and streams, among the grass or stones.

They vary very much in colors and size. The most brightly col-
ored specimens being of a clay brownish, speckled with silvery spots.
Others are dull rufous, greenish, dirty brownish, or clay brownish,
with a large black cloud on the disk. In Maryland, the species ap-
pears in May; a few stragglers have also been taken in August.

NEPIDZ.

Nepa Linn.
N. apiculata.

Nepa apiculata Harris, Ins. Mass., 1862, pl. 1. fig. 1.

No. 26, Harris’ Collection. ‘“Nepa apiculata Say, MS. Under
stones near water. May 15, 1826.’’

The principal differences between our species and the European
one consist in the color of the tergum, which is red in the latter, fus-
cous in ours, and in the length of the apical tubes, which in ours are
stouter and shorter. A single specimen only, lacking the apical tubes,
remains in the collection.

RANATRA Fabr.
1. R. fusca. |

Ranatra fusca Beauv., Ins. Af. et Amér., 235, pl. 20, fig. 1. Ran-
atra nigra H.-Schf., Wanz. Ins., 1v, 32, tab. 290, fig. L, head.

No. 65, Harris’ Collection. “Ranatra fusca Beauv. Pond, Taun-
ton, May 23, 1827; June 10, 1829. Cambridge, Oct. 1, 1832.’
Determined by Mr. Say.

This species is sometimes very common in eastern Massachusetts.
Mr. E. P. Austin kindly presented to me several specimens of both
sexes, collected in Fresh Pond, Cambridge. These, in common with

1878.] 441 {Uhler.

many other hemiptera, become suffused with rufous color, no doubt
arising from a ripe maturity of development.
2. R. quadridentata.

Ranaira quadridentata Stal, Ofv. af Koenigl. Vet. Akad. Forh.,
1864, p. 204.

An imperfect specimen, without locality indication, seems to belong
to this species. It is found in Mexico, and more rarely in various |
parts of the United States. A good specimen without the locality, is
in the collection.

-BELOSTOMIDZ.

° ZAITHA Am. et Serv.
Z. fluminea.

Belostoma fluminea Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 37, No.1. Perthos-
toma aurantiacum Leidy, Journ. Acad. Philad., 2d ser., 1, 60.

No. 74, Harris’ Collection. ‘“ Belostoma fluminea Say, MS., de-
termined by himself. Salt pond margin, May 1, 1825, and Ipswich,
Mr. Oakes, Sept. 5,1832. Found in great numbers in the stomach
of a duck.”

This species is common in many parts of the Union, sometimes ap-
pearing in great numbers about the muddy beds of streams, beneath
the stones, early in autumn. The female seems to be the broader
form of the twosexes. A specimen is in the collection with printed
label No. 335.

Benacus Stal.
B. griseus.

Beiostoma grisea Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 37, No. 2. Belostoma
Hlaldemanum, Leidy, Journ. Acad. Philad., 2d ser., 1, 66. Benacus
Haldemanus Stal, Ofv. Kong. Vet. Akad., Forh., 1861, p. 205. Belos-
toma angustatum Guerin, La Sagra, Hist Nat. Cuba, 420.

No. 108, Harris’ Collection. “ North Carolina, April, Mr. Nuttall.”

Occasionally occurring in most of the regions near the eastern
coast of the United States, from New England to Forida. It inhabits
Cuba, also, from which place I have a specimen, sent to me through
the kindness of Prof. Felipe Poey.

BELosToma Lat.
B. americanum.
Belostoma americanum Leidy, Journ. Acad. Philad., 2d ser., 1, 66.
_Belostoma grandis Fab., var. americanum, teste Leidy.

Uhler.} 4492 [April 17,

Nos. 66,109, Harris’ Collection. _“Belostoma americana Fab., Be-
lostoma grisea Say MSS., determined by himself.” “ Pond at Sweet
Auburn, Cambridge, Oct. 20,1831. No. 109, Belostoma sordida Har-
ris’ Catalogue. :Cambridge, September and October... Maine, Mr.
Randall, 1836.”

The name B. americana does not. occur in the published writings
of Fabricius; and if not merely.one of his manuscript designations,
it may have originated with some of the older entomologists in the
United States.

It is also so closely allied to B. annulata, H.-Schf,, helongtee to
South America, that the comparison of a’series of specimens from
the two localities may prove them to be the same species. The spec-
imens in this collection consist of a very large individual, measuring
50 millims in length, and of a very small one, measuring 43 millims.

NOTONECTIDZ.

Notonecta Linn.
1. N. insulata.

Notonecta insulata Kirby, Fauna Bor. Amer., 285, No. 399. Noto-
necta rugosa Fieber, Rhyng., 52; No. 7. Var. plagiata, et var. cor-
digera.

No. 17, Harris’ Collection. “ July 1, 1823.” ) 5

Two varieties of this species are present. -Those above cited in
Fieber’s Monograph seem to be of rare occurrence in New York,
where the species is quite common. Thus far I have failed to obtain
specimens of these varieties in Maryland, although Dr. Fieber indi-
cates Baltimore as the locality for them. . Determined as NV. novebo-
racensis Forster: (maculata Oliv.) var. by Mr. Say. Another specimen
in the collection has a printed number 402, attached to the pin.

Zz. N. undulata.

Notonecta undulata Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 39, 1. . Notonecta va-
riabilis Fieber, |. c..53, No. 8. Var. maculata.

No. 17, 8, Harris’ Collection. . ““ Rivers. and ponds... Sept. 20,
1821. . May 15, 1828, ¢, 2.” Determined by Mr. Say. |

Four varieties remain in the collection, noted £. y. d.«. The va-
riety y differs only a very little from the tye of maculata Fieber; but
besides this, the species offers almost every possible variation between
that with the broad black band and streaks, to that without a vestige
of dark marking. It varies also in size, ranging from 9 to 124 mil-

1878.) | 443 (Uhler.

lims in'length. Notonecta lineata Forster, Nov. Ins. Spec. p. 70, is
probably one of the varieties of this species, but the description is
not full enough to limit it with precision. .The length given by this
author, 4 inch, is erroneous; it is far too small for any species yet
known to science. Gmelin in Linn. Systema Nature, vol. rv, 2119,
unwatrrantably changes Forster’s specific name to NV. noveboracensis,
while, at the same time. he gives only a part of the description from
that author.

3. N. irrorata. ,

Closely resembling NV. insulata Kirby, : but proportionally more
robust. - Velvety black beneath and on the hemelytra. Face white,
eyes more closely approaching at base, the occipital, transverse car-
ina absent; vertex coarsely punctured, the punctures continued for-
ward and downward in double or triple series adjacent to the eyes
The longitudinal ellipse of the face faintly punctured with brown,
and sometimes, in addition, a brown streak reaches to tip of the cly-
peus. Pronotum smooth, yellowish, obsoletely, coarsely punctured,
transversely, rather deeply impressed, anterior to which: transversely
wrinkled; sometimes the anterior and posterior margins embrowned,
and with a round spot near the middle anteriorly; the lateral margins
elevated, sinuated anteriorly, the anterior angles blunt, posterior ones
prominent, rounded, the posthumeral margin sinuated, the posterior
margin not quite straight. Scutellum dull black, not apparently
punctured. Propleura smooth, yellow, with the lower margin black;
pectus black, clothed with very long hairs. Legs orange-yellow, or
pale piceous, sometimes tinged with green, and streaked with brown;
the bristles and teeth dark brown, the ciliz golden rufo-flavous; the
‘nails piceous. Hemelytra velvety black, minutely golden pubescent;
finely punctured; the corium confluently dotted and spotted with
ochreous, particularly at base, the spots behind the middle and those
adjoining the costal margin few and remote; embolium ochreous mar-
gined with black; membrane black, more or less flecked with och-
reous, the tip pale brown, with a paler spot before it. Venter black,
polished, having dense, long, blackish cilie on the middle ridge and
lateral suture; the connexivum whitish or green, closely punctured,
with the sutures of the segments blackish; tergum ochreous, clouded
with fuscous at base and tip, the posterior margins of the segments °
fuscous; the superior surface of the connexivum ochreous, with quad-
rate, fuscous spots. Length, 13-154 millims. Humeral breadth, 44-5

millims.

‘‘ Ipswich, March, Mr. Oakes. Milton, Mass, April 22, 1829.”

Uhler.] 444 [April 17

Mr. Say calls this NV. noveboracensis Forster, but it does not agree
with that author’s description, nor with that of Gmelin, who quotes
the characters originally given. Still less is it the European WV. ma-
culata Oliv. Two other specimens without numbers are in the’col-

lection.
CORISIDZ.

CorisA Am. et Serv.
1. C. calva.

Corixa calva Say, Hemipt. New Harm., 38, 1. Corisa calva Fieb.,
Spec. Gen. Corisa, 19, 12.

No. 134, Harris’ Collection. ‘Maine. May 1, 1836.” “ Probably
only a variety of No. 105.’ Harris.

It is by no means a variety of No. 105, as the structure of the
pale will show at a glance.

2. C. Harrisii.

Blackish fuscous, not quite so broad as C. interrupta Say; the upper
surface of the pronotum and of the hemelytra, except at tips, dis-
tinctly, uniformly rastrated. Head pale yellowish, a little broader
than the pronotum; face with a few rows of large punctures each
side, frontal fovea not very deep, oblong-oval, extending a little way
above the lower line of the eyes, sparingly clothed with very long
golden bristles; posterior margin carinately elevated, embrowned, the
middle a little produced, dark brown; the eyes brown, or lead-color.
Pronotum very nearly twice as broad as long, fuscous, with eleven
slender, yellow, slightly curved bands, which do not touch the lateral
margin; one or two on the disk and one at posterior tip uniting at
either end with the one preceding or succeeding. Posterior margin
yellow, bluntly triangular, with the apex a little rounded; pleura
and parapleura pale yellow. Legs yellow, tibiz a little broader than
the pala, the upper margin bowed; pale broad, elongate-subquad-
rate, a little obliquely narrowing to the base, the apex obliquely sub-
truncated, a little decurved, the upper angle rounded, feebly promi-
nent, the lower angle almost blunt, the indented tip carrying an
oblique row of coarse punctures, the middle line of inner face de-
pressed, the raised edge bounding its lower side minutely, closely
denticulated, the comb of ciliz arising from this ridge long, golden-
yellowish; the upper submargin and margin with rows of very minute
teeth, and near the tip a few long ciliz; the outer face broadly sul-
cated. Intermediate and posterior tibizee with brown spines; the
edges of the posterior tibie and tarsal paddles and a streak on the

1878.} 445 [Uhler

middle of the former dark brown. Mesosternum, except its posterior
marvin and parts of the pleural pieces adjoining it, also the bases of
the cox, blackish; posterior xyphus long triangular, subacute, yellow,
except at base. Hemelytra having the yellow lines very slender; on
the base of clavus straight, entire, on the disk and beyond it arranged
in series of three or four across the width, somewhat dislocated, a few
of them angulately waved, or bifurcated at one end. Lines of the
corium waved, a few at base entire, behind the base short, placed in
dislocated series, those on the exterior margin a little broader, some-
times a few bifurcated; on the membrane they are broader, placed
transversely, but much more tortuous, those at the tip much smaller,
“more irregular, with the ends near the inner margin straight and
placed subequidistantly, and at the base of membrane a fuscous
cloud. Epipleura dull sordid yellowish, sparingly, minutely, yellow-
ish pubescent, the outer margin, a streak at base and a cloud at apex
fuscous; embolium a little infuscated. Wings milky white. Tergum
blackish, the connexivum yellowish, having a few oblique streaks of
brown, the anal segments pale at base and at the margins; venter
yellowish, ciliated with long yellowish hairs, the surface with sparse
yellowish pubescence, the three basal segments blackish, excepting
the sides and posterior margins; genital segments with a broad fus-
cous arc common to the two; the inferior surface of connexivum with
a few streaks of brown. ¢. Length, 9 millims. Breadth of prono-
tum, 3 millims.

Female, from Massachusetts in my collection. Pale broad and
long, cultrate, the upper margin minutely denticulated, the outer side
suleate and on the middle line a series of remote, setigerous, coarse
punctures; the lower margin a little concave, ciliated, with minute
teeth between the cilia, the apex and above it bearing a few long
bristles; the carinate edge of the middle line with a comb of minute
teeth on the inner surface. Sameé size as the male. —

No. 22 8, Harris’ Collection. Called a variety of C. interrupta by
Mr. Say. One damaged male is the most that now remains to rep-
resent this species in the present collection. A badly damaged
specimen with printed label 501, is also in the collection.

3. C. interrupta.

Coriza interrupta Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., rv, 328, 1.

No. 22, Harris’ Collection. Named by Mr. Say.

A small, badly damaged female is all that remains to represent this
species. It is five lines long; the pale are broadly falcate, acumi-
nate, as in the allied species. :

Ubler.] 446 | [April 17,

This is by no means the insect which Dr. Fieber, ‘‘ Species generis
Corisa,’”’ p. 27. No. 28; refers to Say’s species. Dr. Fieber mistakes
Say’s insect, and probably had never seen the description of it, since
he misquotes the authority, and refers only to the Hemiptera of North
America, where the description does not occur.

No. 202 with red label seems to be a variety of this species, but
in its present damaged condition no accurate determination can be
made. .

4. C. alternata.

Coriza alternata Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., rv, 322, 2.

No. 105 ? Harris’ Collection.» “ Maine, Mr. Randall. May 9; 1836.
New Hampshire, Mr. Leonard.”’ .

Determined by Mr. Say.

Two females, the one 9 millims, the other 8 millims in length are
present, the smaller one agreeing very well with the description of
Mr. Say. The larger one is no doubt a variety of this species.

The No. 105 without the ? is a distinct species, but the specimen
is too badly disfigured for correct description.

Doubtless many species yet remain to be discovered in Massachu-
setts and the other New England States, and the close collector will
be abundantly rewarded by the capture of new and interesting forms.
The present collection lacks many species which are known to be
common in Massachusetts.

INDEX TO VOL. XIX.

The names of genera and species described as new are italicised.

Acanthia lectularia, 497.
Acanthosoma laterale, 381.
Accipiter columbarius, 242.
Acholla multispinosa, 428.
Achurum brevipenne, 88.
Acridians, dimorphism in, 336.
Acridii, 27.
Acridium americanum, 86.
appendiculatum, 86,
Acstidromas Bairdii, 307.
/Ezialitis vociferus, 140.
/Hiziothus linarius, 116.
Agipan, 38.
grallator, 39.
phalangium, 40.
Agelaius gubernator, 122.
phoeiceus, 122.
Aix sponsa, 142.
Alasmodonta, occurrence of
in Warm Spring Lake, 1.
Alea, 161.
impennis, 161.
torda, 161.
Alcidx, catalogue of in Society’s Muse-
um, with new classification, 150.
Aloe, 47.
Alydus eurinus, 384.
pilosnlus, 384.
Amblycorypha rotundifolia, 83.
Amblytropidia subhyalina, 88.
Amia calva, 337.
Ammodromus caudacutus, 305.
maritimus, 360, 305.
Amnestus spinifrons, 372.
Ampelis garrulus, 115.
Ampelopsis, climbing mechanism of,
247

Anas boschas, 145.
Anasa tristis, 385.
Ancylocheilus subarquatus, 307.
Aneurus inconstans, 420.
levis, 420.
politus, 421.
simplex, 421.
ANNUAL MEETING and REPORTS, 186,
Anguilla bostoniensis, 279.
Anser albifrons, 144.
hyperboreus, 144.
Rossii, 144.
ANTHONY, John G., death of, 257,
Anthus ludovicianus, 113, 302.
Antilocapra americana, 100.
Antrostomus carolinensis, 242.
Nuttalli, 128,
Aptenopedes, 83.
. aptera, 86.
rufovittata, 85.
sphenarioides, 84.

PROCEEDINGS B.S. N. H.— VOL. XIX.

Aquila canadensis, i136.
chrysaétus, 136.

Avadus acutus, 418.
crenatus, 418.
quadrilineatus, 418.
rectus, 418.
robustus, 419.
similis, 417.

Archibuteo ferrugineus, 135.
lagopus, 136.
Sancti-johannis, 136.

Ardea candidissima, 143.

herodias, 142.
ludoviciana, 242.

Ardetta exilis, 143, 242.

Argyriosus capillaris, 4.

Arnilia chlorizans, 88.

Arquatella maritima, 306.

Astrophyton, mode of forking in, 102.

Astur atricapillus, 135.

palumbarius, 135.

Athene cunicularia, 240, 244.

Atomosira, 378.
ealva, 379.
sordida, 378.

Atropus, anatomy of head of, 295.

Auks, 150.

Aulacostethus, 367.

marmoratus, 368.

AUSTIN, E. P. Species of Sunius and

Pederus in the U.S., 4; on White
Mt. insects, 250.
Aythya americana, 146.
valisneria, 146.

Baikalia, 46.
Bahamas, birds of, 240, 241.
BaRRows, W. B. Catalogue of the
Alcidz in the Society’s Museum,
with proposed classification, 150.
Basket Fish, 102.
Batrachidea cristata, 90.
Belocephalus subapterus, 83.
Belonochilus, 393.
numenius, 394.
Belostoma americanum, 441.
BENDIRE, Capt. Charles. Birds found
in 8S. K. Oregon, particularly near
Camp Harney, 109.
Benacus griseus, 441.
Bernicla leucopsis, 307.
BICKNELL, Edwin, death of, 149.
Blattina fascigera, 238.
Blissus leucopterus, 392.
Bonasa Sabini, 140.
umbellus, 140.
Bos americanus, 107.
Botaurus minor, 143.

29 NOVEMBER 1878.

448

BRAcE, L. J. K. Birds observed at
New Providence, Bahamas, 240.

Brachyrhampus, 157.

Kittlitzii, 158.
marmoratus, 157.

Brachyrhynchus granulatus, 420.

Brachystola Behrensii, 33.

Branta bernicla, 145.

canadensis, 144.
nigricans, 145.

BREWER, Dr. T. M. Eggs of Molo-
thrus bonariensis, 76: on the Chest-
nut-collared Longspur, 239; occur-
rence of Micropalma himantopus in
New England, 252; the House Spar-
row vs. the Sulphur-crested Cater-
pillar, 260; notes on certain species
of New England birds, with addi-
tions to his list, 301.

Brochymena annulata, 373.

arborea, 372.
Harrisii, 373.
myops, 373.
Bubo arcticus, 132.
virginianus 132.
Bucephala albeola, 146.
clangula, 146.

BurGEssS, Edward. Secretary’s report,
192; anatomy of the head and
structure of the Maxilla in the Pso-
cidz, 291; two new American Dip-
tera, 320.

Buteo borealis, 135.

calurus, 135.
insignatus, 306.
Swainsoni, 135, 306.

Cacozelia, 263.
basiochrealis, 264.
Calliptenus,, 281.
clypeatus, 40.
femur-rubrum, 86, 281.
nigrescens, 27.
* Caloptenus, see Calliptenus.
Calotermes castaneus, 273.
Camp Harney, birds of, 109.
Camptobrochis nebulosus, 408.
Canace obscurus, 137.
Canis latrans, 95.
lupus, 95.
occidentalis, 95.
Capsus capillaris, 408.
Carabus chamissonis, 251.
Carboniferous insects, 238, 248, 259, 300.
Carpodacus Cassini, 116.
frontalis, 116.
Castor canadensis, 98.
Centrocercus urophasianus, 139.
Centronyx Bairdii, 118.
Certhiola bahamensis, 245, 246.
flaviola, 245.
Cervus canadensis, 99.
leucurus, 100.
macrotis, 100.
virginianus, 100.
Ceryle alcyon, 128,
Charadrius virginicus, 242.
Chariesterus antennator, 385.
Chaulelasmus streperus, 145.
Chimarocephala viridifasciata, 89.
Chloealtis viridis, 88.
Chondestes grammaca, 118, 305.

Chordeiles Henryi, 128.
popetue, 128, 243.
Chroicocephalus Philadelphia, 242.
Chrysochraon obscurus, 88.
Chrysomitris tristis, 116.
pinus, 116.
Cinclus mexicanus, 110.
Circus cyaneus, 134.
hudsonins, 134.
Cistothorus paludicola, 113.
palustris, 113.
Cnemodus mavortius, 387.
Coccobaphes, 401.
sanguinarius, 401.
Cockroach, new fossil, 238.

_ Coccygus americanus, 128.

minor, 240, 242.
Ceenus delius, 376.
Colaptes hybridus, 130.
mexicanus, 130.
Collurio borealis, 115.
excubitoroides, 115, 305.
ludovicianus, 115.
Colymbus torquatus, 149.
Conorhinus variegatus, 428.
CONSTITUTION, change in, 77.
Contopus borealis, 127.
Richardsoni, 128.
virens, 128.
Corimelena atra, 366.
nitiduloides, 366.
fulicaria, 367.
Corisa alternata, 446.
calva, 444.
Harrisii, 444.
interrupta, 445.
Coriscus assimilis, 422.
ferus, 421.
subcoleoptratus, 423,
Corizus lateralis, 386
Corvus carnivorus, 123.
caurinus, 123.
corax, 1238.
ossifragus, 306.
Corylus hyalinus, 165.
Cosmopepla carnifex, 376.
Coturniculus Henslowi, 305.
Cotyle riparia, 115.
Cyanospiza amoena, 121.
ciris, 247.
cyanea, 242.
Cyanura Stelleri, 126.
canadensis, 126.
Cygnus americanus, 144.
buccinator, 144.
Cymus clavulus, 395.
Cynomus ludovicianus, 98.
Cyrtoxipha delicatula, 82.

Dafila acuta, 145.

Dakotah mammals, 94,

DALL, Wm. H. Note on * Die Gaster-

opoden Fauna Baikalsees,”’ 43.

Dendroica zstiva, 113.
Auduboni, 113, 303.
Blackburniz, 303.
cerulea, 303.
crerulescens, 303.
dominica, 240, 242, 303.
nigrescens, 114.
Townsendi, 114.

Dendrocygna fulva, 259.

449

Derzocoris bipunctatus, 400.
rapidus, 401.
Diaphragm, apparatus to show action
Oi 331
Dictyophorus reticulatus, 83.
Dimorphism in Acrydians, 336.
Diplodus luridus, 427.
Dipodomys Ordii, 98.
Diptera of the “ Polaris ” expedition,
41.

Disceus, 298.
strongylopterus, 208.
Dissosteira carolina, 89.
Dory, the Hair-finned, 4.
Draba caroliniana. 165.
ene gout hills of in New England,

Dy Wooinetin: 46.

Eel, males of the common, 279.
Ellipesurus spinicauda, 214.
EMERTON, James H. Comparison of
the Spiders of Europe and N. Amer-
ica, 68; White Mountain spiders, 250
Emesa ‘lonzipes, 429.
Emesodema simpl/icipes, 480.
Empidonax acadicus, 306.
Hammondi, 128.
pusillus, 138.
Eozoic Rocks of N. A., 275.
Kpeira displicata, 250.
Packardii, 250.
Epibates Osten-Sackenii, 323.
Epipaschia, 262.
superatilis, 263.
Eremocoris ferus, 391.
Eremophila alpestris, 122.
Erethizon dorsatus, 99.
epizanthus, 99.
Ereunetes pusillus, 141.
Erythrischius fasciatus, 386.
Euchistus fissilis, 374.
servus, 375.
variolarius, 374.
Euephemerites primordialis, 249.
Eurygaster alternatus, 368.
EKutermes morio, 272.
Rippertii, 2 272, 275.
Euthoctha galeator, 381.

Falco anatum, 134.
columbarius, 134.
communis, 134.
pobaeens, 133.
ichardsoni, 134.
sparverius, 154.
FARLOw, Dr. W. G. Remarks on some
Alge from Horn Pond, Woburn, 47.
Felis concolor, 95.
Fiber zibethicus, 99.
Fratercula, 151.
arctica, 153.
cirrhata, 151.
corniculata, 152.
monocerata, 154.
Fulica americana, 143.
Fuligula affinis, 145.
collaris, 146.
marila, 145.

Galeruca decora, 250.

Galeoscoptes carolinensis, 242.

Galgulus oculatus, 440.

Gallinago Wilsoni, 141.

Gambetta flavipes, 242.

melanoleuca, 242.

GARMAN, S.W. Qn the pelvis and ex-
ternal sexual organs of Selachians,
with especial reference to the new
genera Potamotrygon and Disceus,
197.

Gasteropoda of Lake Baikal, review of,

Generation, a theory of, 171.
Geocoris bullatus, 393.
piceus, 393.
Geothlypis Macgillivrayi, 114.
Geotrygon martinica, 241, 242.
Germinal layers, formation of, 165.
Glaucidium californicum, 132.
Glutops, 321.
singularis, 322
Gonianotus mar ginepunctatus, 392.
Graculus dilophus, 148.
Grand River, D. T., mammals of the
vicinity of, 94.
Granite of North Jay, Me., 2387.
Gravel ridges in the Merrimack Valley,
47.

GRAY, Dr. Asa.
folia, 75.
Grote, A. R. The Pyralid genus Epi-

paschia and allied forms, 262.

Grus canadensis, 143.

Gryllus assimilis, 80.
pennsylvanica, 81.
Saussure, 35.

Gulo luscus, 96.

Gymnokitta cyanocephala, 125.

Note on Kalmia Jati-

Hadencecus puteanus, 37.
HAGEN, Dr. H. Note on Termes, 73.
Haliaétus leucocephalus, 137.
HALSTED, Byron D. Notes on Verna-
tion, 215; climbing mechanism of
the Japanese Ampelopsis, 247.
Halticocoris pallicornis, 411.
Hammatoceras furcis, 426.
Harris Collection, list of Heteroptera
of the, 365.
HARTT, Prof. Charles Fred. Death of,
337; sketch of life, 338.
Hedymeles melanocephalus, 120.
Helmintherus vermivorus, 242.
Helminthophaga celata, 113, 302.
chrysoptera, 302.
Hemiptera of the Harris Collection,
365.
Herodias californica, 142.
egretta, 142.
Hierofalco labradora, 306.
Himantopus nigricollis, 140.
Hippiscus discoideus, 89.
lineatus, air
Hirundo bicolor, 241, 242.
horreorum, 115.
thalassina, 115.
HitcHcock, Prof. C. H. Lenticular
Hills of Glacial Drift, 63.

450

HOFFMAN, Dr. W. J. List of Mam- Lygus dislocatus, 406.

mals of the vicinity of Grand Riv- invitus, 407.
er, D. T., 94. lineatus, 406.
Homemus eneifrons, 368. lineolaris, 407.
HUBBARD, Henry G. Onthehabitsof LyMAN, Theodore. Mode of forking
White Ants observed in Jamaica, among Astrophytons, 102.
267. Lynx rufus, 95.
Hunt, Dr. T. Sterry. The Quebec
Group in Geology, 2; geology of | Machetes pugnax, 307.
the Eozoic rocks of North Amer- Macrorhamphus griseus, 141.
ica, 275. Malacorhina mira, 207.

Hyatt, Prof. Alpheus. Embryology Mareca americana, 145.
of Sponges, 12; Custodian’s report, McCrapy, Prof. John. A provisional
186 theory of generation, 171.

Hydrochelidon nigra, 149. MEEK, F. B. Death of, 76.
Hygrotrechus conformis, 485. _ MEETINGS, GENERAL, 1, 2,11, 17, 26,
remigis, 436. 47, 68, 76, 77, 79, 80, 109, 149, 165, 186,
Hylotomus pileatus, 130, 216, 251, 257, 258, 259, 266, 275, 281,

Hiymenarcys nervosa, 375. 301, 309, 324, 330, 337, 338.
MEETINGS, of the Section of BOTANY,

Ibis alba, 307. . 75, 165, 215, 247,

Ordi, 142. MEETINGS, of the Section of ENTOMOL-

Icteria longicauda, 114:
virens, 114; 303.
Icterus Bullocki, 122.
Idolocoris famelicus, 413.
Insects, circulation in, 77;
Ischnoptera unicola, 92.
Ischnorhynchus resedz, 394,

Junco oregonus, 118, 305.

Kalmia latifolia, 75.
King fish, 4.

Labia guttata, 94.
Labidura riparia, 94.
Lanivireo flavifrons, 304.
Larus californicus, 148.
delawarensis, 148.
occidentalis, 148.
Leprus ingens, 32.
Leptoglossus corculus, 383.
oppositus, 383.
phyllopus, 383.
Leptysma marginicollis, 88.
Lepus campestris, 99.
callotis, 99.
Leucosticte littoralis, 117.
tephrocotis, 117.
Ligyrocoris constrictus, 388.
sylvosus, 388.
Limnoporus rufoscutellatus, 437:
Limnotrechus marginatus, 436.
Liobaikalia, 46.
Lioderma, 377.
saucia, 378.
senilis, 378.
Lomvia, 159.
arra, 160.
troile, 160.
Lophophanes bicolor, 302.
Lopidea, 405.
media, 406.
Lopomorphus dolobratus, 397.
Loxia americanus, 116. -
curvirostra, 116.
Lutra canadensis, 96.
Lyctocoris domesticus, 416.
Lygzus reclivatus, 386.
turcicus, 386.

OGY, 4, 247, 250, 267, 281, 320, 336.
Megalotomus 5-spinosus, 383.
Melanerpes torquatus, 130.
Melanolestes abdominalis, 424.

picipes, 424.
Melanoplus, 281, 286.
atlantis, 285, 288.
bivittatus, 285.
cinereus, 288.
collaris, 286.
collinus, 284.
devastator, 288.
femoratus, 284.
femur-rubrum, 86, 281, 284,
289.
junius, 286.
Kennicottii, 289.
Packardii, 288.
punctulatus, 284.
rectus, 284.
spretus, 288.
Melospiza fallax. 119.
Lincolni, 119.
melodia, 119.
rufina, 119.
MEMBERS, ASSOCIATE, elected
John E. Alden, 11.
Miss J. Alexander, 80.
Miss Jenny M. Arms, 12.
G. E. Atkins, 11.
Edw. Atkinson, 197.
Wm. B. Barrows, 257. ;
Chas. F. Batchelder, 257.
Wm. S. Bryant, 76.
Miss H. E. Cary], 12.
Miss E. A. Chandler, 76.
Miss C. H. Clark, 11.
Miss R. E. Cole, 12.
Albert Conant, 257.
Miss G. G. Cowing, 11.
Miss E. A. L. Crem, 12,
Miss L. Crocker, 11.
Miss A. R. Curtis, 197.
L L. Dame, 80.
Wm. M. Davis, Jr., 76.
Harold C. Ernst, 324.
John A. Estabrooks, 324.
H. E. Freeman, 197.
Arthur C. Gould, 275.

Fred. Habirshaw, 257.
Miss M. L. Hall, 11.
Chas. A. Houghton, 197.
Miss E. P. Howard, 11.
Miss C. I. Ireland, 12.
C. W. Kempton, 76.
Mrs. M. P. Kennard, 12.
Dr. Edw. L. Mark, 275.
H. D. Minot, 197.
Miss E. O. Patch, 12.
Miss L. M. Peabody, 12.
Miss Mary E. Rice, 12.
Edw. W. Ropes, 275.
W.H. Sawtelle, 197.
Dr. L. Sewall, 11.
Chas. W. Scudder, 76.
W. A. Stearns, 257.
Miss J. H. Stickney, 12.
Frank T. Stanley, 275.
Allen Sullivant, 80.
John B. Sweet, 197.
Chas. E. Swett, 80.
Miss A. C. Taber, 76.
Miss KE. A Temple, 12.
Miss M. L. Tinker, 12.
B. H. VanVleck, 257.
Miss L. B. White, 12.
Edw. Whitney, 257.
W. L. Whittemore, 275.
Mrs. J. W. Wolcott, 12.
Rev. G. F. Wright, 80.
MEMBERS, CORRESPONDING, elected
Dr. W. K. Brooks, 197.
Dr H. J. Carter, 197.
Prof. Oscar Fraas, 197.
Prof. Albert Gaudry, 197.
Dr. L. De Koninck, 197.
Dr. W. Waagen, 197.
Dr. Carl L. Zittel, 197.
MEMBERS, HONORARY, elected
Mr. George Bentham, 197,
Prof. T. H. Huxley, 197.
Dr. J. D. Hooker, 197.
Prof. Dr. A. von Kolliker, 197.
Menecles inserta, 375.
Menticirrus nebulosus, 4.
Mephitis mephitica, 97.
Mergulus, 156.
alle, 156.
antiquus, 157.
wurmizusume, 157.
Mergus cucullatus, 146.
merganser, 146.
. serrator, 146.
Mernmniria «/acris, 30.
Merrimack Valley, gravel ridges of the,
47.
Metapodius confraternus, 382.
femoratus, 381.
instabilis, 381.
Metastemma fusca, 423.
Metrobates, 437.
hesperius, 438.
Microcentrum retinervis, 83.
Micropalama himantopus, 241, 252.
Milvulus forficatus, 306.
Milyas cinctus, 427.
Mimus polyglotta, 247.
Mineralogy and petrography of Boston
and vicinity, 217.

Minot, Charles S._ On the relationship
of Worms and Vertebrates, 1; class-
ification of some of the lower
Worms, 17; remarks on the forma-
tion of the germinal layers, and on
impregnation, 165.

Miris instabilis, 395.

Mochlocera, 264.

Zelleri, 264.

Molothrus bonariensis, 76.

Moore, N. B. Birds seen in the Ba-

hamas in July — Dec., 1876, 241;

birds seen near Nassau, 243.

Mormidea lugens, 276. _

Morss, Prof. KE. S. On Lingula from
Japan, 266; a Japanese shell-
mound, 267.

Mountain slopes, structure of, 324.

Mud Fish, respiration of, 337.

Mus musculus, 99.

Mustela americana, 96.

Myiadestes Townsendi, 115.

Myiarchus cinerascens, 127.

Myiodioctes mitratus, 308.

Myodocha serripes, 588.

Nabidea, 397.
coracind, 398.

Naucoris Poeyi, 439.

Neides muticus, 384.

Nemobius ambitiosws, 81.

carolinus, 36.
Socius, 37.
volaticus, 36.

Neotiglossa undata, 376.

Nepa apiculata, 440.

Nettion carolinensis, 145.

Newbury, Mass., so-called Tremolite of,
251.

New England birds, 301.

Nezara hilaris, 380.

NILES, Prof. W.H. The occurrence of
zones of different physical features
upon mountain slopes, 324; rela-
tive agency of glaciers and sub-
glacial streams in the erosion of
valleys, 330.

Nisus Cooperi, 135.

fuscus, 1385.

Notonecta insulata, 442.

irrorata, 443.
undulata, 442.

Numenius longirostris, 141.

Nyctale acadica, 131.

Nyctia arctica, 142.

Nyctiardea neevia, 148.

Nysius thymi, 395.

Oebalus pugnax, 377.

Oedemia americana, 146.

OFFICERS, election of for 1877-78, 196.

Oligonyx graminis, 90.

Oncerotrachelus acuminatus, 425.

Oporornis formosus, 303.

Oregon, birds of south-eastern, 109.

Oreoscoptes montanus, 110.

Ortyx virginianus, 140.

OSTEN SACKEN, C. R. Diptera of the
“Polaris ’’ voyage, 41; on the Ter-
mites of California, 72.

Otus brachyotus, 131.
vulyaris, 131.
Wilsonianus, 131.

Ovis montana, 101.

Ozophora, 389.

picturata, 390.

Pachylus Gouldii, 319.
mesopotamogalis, 316.
Pederus, 4, 7.
compotens, 9.
femoralis, 8.
floridanus, 10.
grandis, 8.
littorarius, 11.
littoreus, 9.
nevadensis, 10.
palustris, 9.
riparius, 9.
ustus, 11.
Pandion carolinensis, 134.
Pangeus bilineatus; 371.
Pamerocoris, 412.
anthocoroides, 413.
Paroxya, 28.
atlantica, 29, 88.
recta, 30, 88.
Parus hudsonius, 302.
montanus, 111.
occidentalis, 112.
Passer domesticus, 240, 260.
Passerculus alaudinus, 118.
princeps, 305.
Passerella schistacea, 120.
Townsendi, 120.
Pediocetes columbianus, 139.
Pelecanus trachyrhynchus, 26, 146.
Pelican in Massachusetts, 26.
Perillus circumcinctus, 370.
exaptus, 569.
Periplaneta americana, 94.
australasiz, 94.
Peritrechus fraternus, 391.
Petrochelidon Innifrons, 114.
Petrography of Boston and vicinity, 217.
Pezotettix puer, 87.
rotundipennis, 86.
Phaleris, 155.
aleutica, 156.
camtschatica, 156.
cristatella, 155.
pusilla, 156.
Phalaropus hyperboreus, 141.
Wilsoni, 141.
Phyllodromia germanica, 92.
Phymata erosa, 421.
Phytocoris inops, 402.
nubilus, 403.
Pica caudata, 125.
hudsonica, 125.
Picicorvus columbianus, 124,
PICKERING, Dr. Charles, death of,
330.
PICKERING, Edward, death of, 26.
Picoides arcticus, 129.
Picus albolarvatus, 129.
Gairdneri, 129.
Harrisi, 129.
pubescens, 129.
villosus, 129

452

Pieris rapz, 249.
Pipilo chlorurus, 121.
megalonyx, 121.
Pinicola enucleator, 116.
Plagiognathus obscurus, 4 09.
Platyzosteria ingens, 92. 9
sabalianus, 3.
Plectrophanes lapponicus, 118, 257.
nivalis, 117.
ornatus, 239° 305.
Ploearia errabunda, 431.
Podiceps auritus, 149.
californicus, 149.
occidentalis, 149.
Podilymbus podiceps, 149.
Podisus cynicus, 370.
modestus, 370.
serieventris, 370.
Podops dubius, 368.
“Polaris ’’ Expedition, Diptera of, 41.
Polioptila coerulea, 241, 247, 301.
Poocetes confinis, 118.
gramineus, 118.
Poospiza Belli, 119.
nevadensis, 119.
Porzana carolina, 143, 241, 242.
jamaicensis, 143, 307.
Potamotrygon, 210.
Dumerilii, 213.
Humboldtii, 210.
motoro, 211.
Potamotrygones, 208.
Prionotus cristatus, 426.
Prodryas, 330.
Prunus serotina, 216. |
Psaltriparus minimus, 112.
plumbeus, 112.
Psinidea eucerata, 90.
Psocidee } anatomy of the head in,
oie

Psocus
Pterostichus punctatissimus, 251.
Ptochiomera nodosa, 387.
Putorius longicaudus, 96.
nigrescens, 96.
vison, 96.
PutTNAM, F. W. On the male of the
common eel, 279.
Pygolampis pectoralis, 429.
Pyranga ludoviciana, 304.

Quartz, fusibility of amorphous varie-
ties of, 238.
Quebec Group, 2.
Querquedula cyanoptera, 145. .
discors, 145.
Quincy, petrography of, 309.

Raja (Malacorhina) mira, 207.
Rallus crepitans, 307.
elegans, 307.
Ranatra fusca, 440.
quadridentata, 441.
Rasahus carinatus, 425.
Reduvius personatus, 425.
Regulus calendula, 111.
satrapa, 111.
Resthenia confraterna, 399.
insignis, 400.
insitiva, 399.
Recurvirostra americana, 140, 307.

Rhachura venosa, 296.

Rhagovelia obesa, 434.

Rhaphigaster pennsylvanicus, 380.

Rhiginia cruciata, 425.

Rhinogryphus aura, 137.

Rhopalotomus ater, 411.

Rhyacophilus solitarius, 242.

RILEY, C. V. Award of Walker Prize
to, 257.

Rockport, petrography of, 309.

Salda coriacea 433.
interstitialis, 431.
ligata, 431.
separaia, 432.

Salpinctes obsoletus, 112.

Sandpiper. the Stilt, in N. E., 252.

Sayornis Sayus, 127.

Sciurus hudsonius, 97.

Scolecophagus cyanocephalus, 122.

SCUDDER, C. W., elected Treasurer, 79;
Treasurer’s report, 195.

ScuDDER, Samuel H. Century of Or-
thoptera, Decade vii, 27; new Sal-
tatorial Orthoptera from the South-
ern U.S., 35; on the circulation in
insects, 77; on some Orthoptera
from Florida, 80; on a carboniter-
ous species of cockroach, 238; an
insect wing of extreme simplicity
from the coal-formation, 248; on
Pieris rape, 249; fossil insects from
Illinois, 259; note on Termes Rip-
pertii, 275; remarks on Calliptenus
and Melanoplus, with a notice of
the N. E. species, 281; species of
Melanoplus west of the 117th me-
ridian, 286; Rhachura, a new genus
of fossil Crustacea, 296; a carbon-
iferous Termes from Illinois, 300;
dimorphism in Acridians, 336.

Sehirus cinctus, 372.

Selachians, sexual organs and two new
genera of, 197.

Selasphorus rufus, 128.

Sialia mexicana, 111.

arctica, 111.
Sinea diadema, 428.

Sitta aculeata, 112.

pygmea, 112.

Siurus aurocapillus, 242.
novaboracensis, 242.

Spatula clypeata, 145.

Speotyto cunicularia, 132, 242.

Spermophilus pallidus, 98.

tridecim-lineatus, 98.

Sphyropicus nuchalis, 129.

Spiders of Europe and America com-
pared, 68.

Spizella Breweri, 119.

monticola, 119.

Sponges, embryology of, 12.

Stelgidopteryx serripennis, 304.

Stenobothrus maculipennis, 89.

Sterna anglica, 241.

Forsteri, 148.
frenata, 242.
fuliginosa, 308.

Stiretrus fimbriatus, 369.

455

Stryx furcata, 242, 244.
praticola, 306.
sp. 245.
Sturnella neglecta, 122.
Sunius, 4.
binotatus, 6.
brevipennis, 6.
californicus, 6.
centralis, 6.
linearis, 5.
longiusculus, 6.
monstrosus, 5.
prolixus, 6.
similis, T.
trisignatus, T.
Surnia ulula, 306.
Sympterygia acuta, 206.
Syringa vulgaris, 215.

Tachypetes aquilus, 308.

Tamias quadrivittatus, 97.

Tanager, the Louisiana, in Mass., 330.

Taxidea americana, 97.

Termes, Californian species of, 72.
carboniferous species of, 300.
contusus, 500.

Termopsis, 73.

Termites, 267.

Tettigidea lateralis, 90.

obesa, 34.
prorsa, 34.
Tettix rugosus, 90,
arenosus, 90.

Triphleps insidiosus, 417.

Thomomys rufescens, 99.

Thyanta custator, 380.

Thryothorus Bewickii, 113.

ludovicianus, 302.
spilurus, 113.
Thyreonotus dorsalis, 83.
Tingis arcuata, 415,
ciliata, 414.
marmorata, 415.

Tipula Besse/si, 42,
nodulicornis, 43,
Tomonotus Zimmermanni, 89.

Toripalpus, 265.

breviornatilis, 265.

Totanus flavipes, 141.
melanoleucus, 141.
semipalmatus, 141.

TREHERNE, H. S. Letter relating to

Termites in California, 74.
Tremolite of Newbury, Mass., 251.
Trichopepla semivittata, 374.
Trimerotropis picta, 31, 90.
‘Tringa Bonapartii, 241.

maculata, 241.
maculosa, 241.
Tringoides macularius, 141.
Troglodytes Parkmani, 113.
Tropidosteptes, 404.
cardinalis, 404.
Trygonide, 208.
Tryonia, 46.
Turdus migratorius, 110.
nanus, 110.
neevius, 110.
Tyrannus carolinensis, 127.
verticalis, 127.

454

UHLER, P.R. List of the Heteropter-
ous Hemiptera in the Harris collee-
tion, 365.

Uria, 158.

carbo, 159.
columba, 159.
grylle, 158.

Ursus americanus, 97.

cinnamoneus, 97.
horribilis, 97.

Valleys, formation of, 330..
Vernation of the lilac and wild cherry,
215.
Vireosylvia flavifrons, 242.
gilvus, 304.
olivacea, 247.
philadelphicus, 304.
Swainsoni, 115.
Vulpes argentatus, 96.
fulvus, 96. ©
velox, 96.

WADSWORTH, M. Edward. Notes on
the mineralogy and petrography of
Boston and vicinity, 217; on the
granite of North Jay, Maine, 237;
fusibility of the amorphous varie-
ties of quartz, 238; on theso-called
tremolite of Newbury, Mass., 251;

petrography of Quincy and Rock-
port, 509.

Walker Prize for 1877, award of, 257.

Wasp, nests of mud, 150.

WEYENBERGH, Prof. H. Two new
species of Pachylus from the Argen-
tine Republic, 316.

White ants, NEabie of in J amaica, 267.

White Mountains, insects of, 250.

WILDER, Prof. BG Respiration in
the Mud Fish, 337; new apparatus
for showing action of the dia-
phragm in respiration, 337.

WINSLOW, C. F. On the occurrence
of Alasmodonta in Warm Spring
Lake, 1.

Worms, relationships of the, 1

classification of lower, 17.

WRIGHT, Rev. Geo. F. Some remark-
able ’ gravel ridges in the Merri-
mack Valley, 47.

Xanthocephalus ecterocephalus, 122.
Xiphidium ensiferum, 83.

Zaitha fluminea, 441.

Zelus longipes, 427.
Zenaidura carolinensis, 137,
Zonotricha Gambeli, 118.

Plate l.

A
Hi

Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. XIX.

/ = %
CAAA
2 4, Yivvigas Mapa
a ea Tamn
RY OZ
2 rings x ®
BRN SAW NZS IP FE liste
, % FGM Ny “Ufile e
Wey me lN/AY Me
24 WN Cy IK) , Se Lage
atte SUaealay, Rf 1S AVN =
AUS a) uN vt AY] ahs TUN wi WD
SF TROS nig He sé s vias fl PN NI) AN)
i Wallis, 4i ANY LLU TL i
Re TNS te Mis Bane Ey ai
CIMT LYS : YN why Whe Winans Ny ae Wath,
\ hs I) fl ‘ npsila TREN nara ula wy: y as Le TIS
x, %ey\ DLLs aie CLR Pts CO] (7 i on Ae / ar,
Hip AAW SANE HU RR ARUN SEE
S Siyesaee AA {i oS oy, { "(Ot VEN Gar
(139018, \ x Si ») fia} ae

yor is
i N nef Me RS SINS
} WPS AS Nu ' ‘SMe } ry SEAR

Y iment \
yy TSN uw, t SF~! QE
anil % Asus NY Dn Wy RISES i :

ta ® S
=A

' Nye? Mi w/b AY
OLN Zs ye Mp gay ial yy (Avia 1M ghana
3901 LSaM f AAS" wwe ( Me \ TaN
tt =

TN te ,GeE

Ry

Zu’

Sumy

Uy Tes a i
ag.
WX)

7

=
~

x

a

< Hf

a. tt
oy

= i

ts) i

>

BLE GRAVEL HIDGES.

WRIGHT, BR

t

Hite
NN)

|

7000 a,

i

—-—

Watt ‘
BYE VILAGE

XN

| f

tn =
‘ |
Prospect
ASKSSe Had i,
~~ ae eng Aw
3 ‘ \ ANN
j Vist
t| py
~
mY 4
x \ VA
ey /
Pi
=
wy 7 WILMINGTON. me
oe / ees ; |
e 2) a 7 4 . Sey |
oP Vik : Hes j ey
) We hu. READING. 7
| Ona Meaes|

WRIGHT, REMARKABLE GRAVEL HIDGES.

/ WILMINGTON
4

Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. DIES

Z
UL A fe
“HONS UF

Pe
WS)

y

»,
4

46,

WA

Zs

fx | eos
N<
SS

Wa
Se

Wi
€
ty

CH

y\'

1
“

ON. RE

ne

;

yh

hy,
Ue)

\

\

H
Zz
m
<=
z

WZ

N
\

AAS
Fue

\

AY

4,

~"

ip =
\

h\. PEABODY
“A \

Rly
ny

ye
\
\
wy i}
DY Dwi

(
«\

oa Ly
SOT RTA,

‘

WDA
Te Ne,
AM (TE by 77
syne

Wy
VATA

\s
>)

Hy
VTTAARALAD)

‘ - Lenticular Hills.
< Gravel Ridges.

WAHIGHT, REMARKABLE GRAVEL HIDGES.

Pizie: vo:

Zity
4

Y

PANU Sat Waa
7}

\
VAS
Zw. S
OVELAND
Ne
SZ Sno
ZAS oe s

n

RGETOWN

We

a
. =

aS - cen

Z
—_—
=

|
|
|
|
|

caer

ao
ES
Lf

Proc Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol XIX

UNO re

E.H.Ctuar« ad Nar.

Lyman on Astrophyton.

=

Proc.Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist Vol XIX Pie 5:

HeELIOTYPE

E.HWCiarK AD NAT.

Lyman on Astrophyter.

IPL.
Proc, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist Vol XIX

72

Oh 15

EV AULCLARK.AD. NAT.

a
HELIGiyPEe

Lyman On Astrophyton

Proc.Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist Vol XIX

Big. 3

Ee Granik AD NAT,

Lyman on Astrophytor

ME WOTYPE

~>S
?
~)

te

re

oe

1 ee
Dae Pe,

i

oy

Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist Vol. XIX.

RE
a

wihieceechine—t cit
te este
co

BURGESS dev

EMERTON On Stone

AH Butfords Sons Bostan

BURGESS, ANATOMY OF PSOGUS.

Plate 9.

Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol XIX.

JH Butfards Sons Boston

BURGESS & EMERTON del

BURGESS, AMERIGAN DIPTERA.SCUDDER,ON RHAGHURA.

;
*
t
'
%
:
}
®

a de

a 1 SD) epee a ee tn bh iy = wr “a | ra V4
NS GE en SS eee ee ee QO Xe
DILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS SAlYVUaIT LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTI
= = yen Xs = =<) a
Zz om Pee . NE = ©
g 8 2 NK 8 e
= 2 E 2 FE
” i ie SG oat
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ pNOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314
w“ 7 way :
ul <o uw SB We 4
(aes = Qe za ~ .j
here, a < ee <
See = Cc 5 oa
Ga S ~ S le
: = ten
I LALILSNI” NVINOSHLIWS Saiuvagil LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI
ss S a S oh el hee
= E = t+ Gy >
= 2 = YS fi
a ee te 2 o
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
% ” a a ” Pa v7)
= Z = Whee 4
NA 2 2 é ae 5
A \ NS S | = “ 9 oe x 2
ILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS SStIYVYSIT LIBRARIES
ae iO - | . =
: : : = :
| 2 z g zl :
; & =
SRARI ES _ SMITHSONIAN, INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S31uYy
9 ee © 2 6
= if. tip > 2 a4 5
Vi 4%
5 Gp : 2 -
Zz ify ye = : WN
ILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS $3 luvug et BRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTIT
< = _& Kr z= & S SS
Ze =| (2 4 = WW .
oO ae A Qi Bf oO Wa
22) ny iy: ef) Tp) SW
aa @)) <7 2 O BS
a = = = a
ai 3 | a ie a
BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI
if z : if = is
ne n 0 ow Ld
a ae “ a
<3 < <
a = oe a oc
mM — yea) ae faa}
OU a pr $ ye
INIILSNINVINOSHLIWS _ LIBRARI ES __ SMITHSOn ana
us Ton j
STITUS me : O in an @ y at
WE Ye E 5 GD 2 Gy =
r 2 > Ya, 5 2 (Me = Goa x

ce

oe ee eee NK
ILSN! NVINOSHLIWS S3IY¥VYdEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIOI
z : g ; c Sao g S oon
Vis 4 yl ff ee SS Zz
yf § 3 Dif 2 WG D
am O Ui, a NS (@) 5 &
Poe a ae E
, >
= 2 % ne 5
21ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI
Pa a, oc Tis o
<x} a < pa =
ie a fae) cs (a8)
dae O — O Le
i€ z a i Z Sah std
S3luvudgil LIBRARIE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO
a 2 a Zz Cy ae
oe. s = w : = GL ow
> WN = > = by i D>
pS) ms = A we V jf ‘s eo)
_ : NN a [gue a 4 —
7 Ww 2 Reo 2 4
21ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAIYVud!
: Sg 2 aoe
a= S 5 6b Zz 5
a 5 Gy, 2 2
SON w) tig ty, ”
N O 5 ae We le. 2 O
s = ize Pap pp Puen oa Zz
= 7 | =.
| = = eS = ; = = >
ILSNI_NVINOSHLINS |S 3 lyYVvug ee BRARI ee IN a INSTITUTIO
Zz Zz Zz
7) uJ Te ;
a z = = Cy
ie ae = ih ae
= ee rae as ANY ca
= co = z a
= co : a
2 a att 3 if S |
R | ee ONES He UTM NOMAL ISN NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUE
3 | fe
o re S) = Re 5
= 2 E a We 5
cy _ E EB =
: = Fs - e
, ”
Leet o Z A ae:
a oon l\uvud el B RAR | ee
= g ie res v z x
oe = we = Zz
lp S z G ;
ME: af : : :
aa = Z a = i
: 2 oo ee ;
RIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
ep) > ap) = (dp)
. ue a a cx
<x” | x 4 <x
ia S oO aa fad
oO = oo jay a
= Z fe) ai
| nid iis igewes wed 2 ce ea
HLISNI_NVINOSHLIWS _S4 1YVvyg Phe BRARI Sh Marae ale tN
= is A“ ° CCU ca ai 12) wih a el
Be Nn GE GRE He 2 GR
. WS Ee 10 BS) (Ee ) 2 QV» (FF %

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES
ETA
3 9088 01276 3983